10,000 Matching Annotations
  1. Mar 2025
    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, Rethemeier et al capitalize on their previous observation that the beetle central complex develops heterochronically compared to the fly and try to identify the developmental origin of this difference. For this reason, they use a fez enhancer trap line that they generated to study the neuronal stem cells (INPs) that give rise to the central complex. Using this line and staining against Drosophila type-II neuroblast markers, they elegantly dissect the number of developmental progression of the beetle type II neuroblasts. They show that the NBs, INPs, and GMCs have a conserved marker progression by comparing to Drosophila marker genes, although the expression of some of the lineage markers (otd, six3, and six4) is slightly different. Finally, they show that the beetle type II neuroblasts lineages are likely longer than the equivalent ones in Drosophila and argue that this might be the underlying reason for the observed heterochrony.

      Strengths:

      - Very interesting study system that compares a conserved structure that, however, develops in a heterochronic manner.<br /> - Identification of a conserved molecular signature of type-II neuroblasts between beetles and flies. At the same time, identification of transcription factors expression differences in the neuroblasts, as well as identification of an extra neuroblast.<br /> - Nice detailed experiments to describe the expression of conserved and divergent marker genes, including some lineaging looking into co-expression of progenitor (fez) and neuronal (skh) markers.

      Weaknesses:

      - The link between size and number of neuroblast lineages and the earlier central complex development in beetles is not examined.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      General Response to Public Reviews

      We thank the three reviewers for their positive evaluation of our work, which presents the first molecular characterization of type-II NB lineages in an insect outside the fly Drosophila. They seem convinced of our finding of an additional type-II NB and increased proliferation during embryogenesis in the red flour beetle. The reviewers expressed hesitations on our interpretation that the observed quantitative differences of embryonic lineages can directly be linked to the embryonic development of the central complex in Tribolium. While we still believe that a connection of both observations is a valid and likely hypothesis, we acknowledge that due the lack of functional experiments and lineage tracing a causal link has not directly been shown. We have therefore changed the manuscript to an even more careful wording that on one hand describes the correlation between increased embryonic proliferation with the earlier development of the Cx but on the other hand also stresses the need for additional functional and lineage tracing experiments to test this hypothesis. We have also strengthened the discussion on alternative explanations of the increased lineage size and emphasize the less disputed elements like presence and conservation of type-II NB lineages. 

      While our manuscript could in conclusion not directly show that the reason of the heterochronic shift lies in the progenitor behaviour, we still provide a first approach to answering the question of the developmental basis of this shift and testable hypotheses directly emerge from our work. We agree with reviewer#1 that functional work is best suited to test our hypothesis and we are planning to do so. However, we believe that the presented work is already rich in novel data and significantly advances our understanding on the conservation and divergence of type-II NBs in insects. We would also like to stress that most transgenic tools for which genome-wide collections exist for Drosophila have to be created for Tribolium and doing so can be quite time consuming. Conducting RNAi experiments is certainly possible in Tribolium but observing phenotypes in this defined cellular context will need laborious optimization. We have for example tried knocking down Tc-fez/erm but could not see any embryonic phenotype which might be due to an escaper effect in which only mildly affected or wild type-like embryos survive while the others die in early embryogenesis. Due to pleiotropic functions of the involved genes a cell-specific knockdown might be necessary and we are working towards establishing a system to do that in the red flour beetle. For the stated reasons, we see our work as an important basis to inspire future functional studies that build up on the framework that we introduced. 

      In response to these common points, we have made the following changes to the manuscript

      -        The title has been changed from ‘being associated’ to ‘correlate’

      -        The conclusions part of the abstract has been changed

      -        We deleted the statement ‘…thus providing the material for the early central complex formation…’

      -        Rephrased to saying that the two observations just correlate

      -        The part of the discussion ‘Divergent timing of type-II NB activity and heterochronic development of the central complex’ has been extensively rewritten and now discusses several alternative explanations that were suggested by the reviewers. It also stresses the need for further functional work and lineage tracing (line 859-862 (608-611)).

      In addition, we have made numerous changes to the manuscript to account for more specific comments of the reviewers and to the recommendations for the authors.

      Our responses to the individual comments can be found in the following. 

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      Insects inhabit diverse environments and have neuroanatomical structures appropriate to each habitat. Although the molecular mechanism of insect neural development has been mainly studied in Drosophila, the beetle, Tribolium castaneum has been introduced as another model to understand the differences and similarities in the process of insect neural development. In this manuscript, the authors focused on the origin of the central complex. In Drosophila, type II neuroblasts have been known as the origin of the central complex. Then, the authors tried to identify those cells in the beetle brain. They established a Tribolium fez enhancer trap line to visualize putative type II neuroblasts and successfully identified 9 of those cells. In addition, they also examined expression patterns of several genes that are known to be expressed in the type II neuroblasts or their lineage in Drosophila. They concluded that the putative type II neuroblasts they identified were type II neuroblasts because those cells showed characteristics of type II neuroblasts in terms of genetic codes, cell diameter, and cell lineage. 

      Strengths: 

      The authors established a useful enhancer trap line to visualize type II neuroblasts in Tribolium embryos. Using this tool, they have identified that there are 9 type II neuroblasts in the brain hemisphere during embryonic development. Since the enhancer trap line also visualized the lineage of those cells, the authors found that the lineage size of the type II neuroblasts in the beetle is larger than that in the fly. They also showed that several genetic markers are also expressed in the type II neuroblasts and their lineages as observed in Drosophila. 

      Weaknesses: 

      I recommend the authors reconstruct the manuscript because several parts of the present version are not logical. For example, the author should first examine the expression of dpn, a well-known marker of neuroblast. Without examining the expression of at least one neuroblast marker, no one can say confidently that it is a neuroblast. The purpose of this study is to understand what makes neuroanatomical differences between insects which is appropriate to their habitats. To obtain clues to the question, I think, functional analyses are necessary as well as descriptive analyses. 

      The expression of an exclusive type-II neuroblast marker would indeed have been the most convincing evidence. However, asense is absent from type-II NBs and deadpan is not specific enough as it is expressed in many other cells of the developing protocerebrum. The gene pointed, although also expressed elsewhere, emerged as the the most specific marker. Therefore, we start with pointed and fez/erm to describe the first appearance and developmental progression of the cells and then add further evidence that these cells are indeed type-II neuroblasts. Further evidence is provided in the following chapters.  We have discussed the need for functional work in the general response. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      The authors address the question of differences in the development of the central complex (Cx), a brain structure mainly controlling spatial orientation and locomotion in insects, which can be traced back to the neuroblast lineages that produce the Cx structure. The lineages are called type-II neuroblast (NB) lineages and are assumed to be conserved in insects. While Tribolium castaneum produces a functional larval Cx that only consists of one part of the adult Cx structure, the fan-shaped body, in Drosophila melanogaster a non-functional neuropile primordium is formed by neurons produced by the embryonic type-II NBs which then enter a dormant state and continue development in late larval and pupal stages. 

      The authors present a meticulous study demonstrating that type-II neuroblast (NB) lineages are indeed present in the developing brain of Tribolium castaneum. In contrast to type-I NB lineages, type-II NBs produce additional intermediate progenitors. The authors generate a fluorescent enhancer trap line called fez/earmuff which prominently labels the mushroom bodies but also the intermediate progenitors (INPs) of the type-II NB lineages. This is convincingly demonstrated by high-resolution images that show cellular staining next to large pointed labelled cells, a marker for type-II NBs in Drosophila melanogaster. Using these and other markers (e.g. deadpan, asense), the authors show that the cell type composition and embryonic development of the type-II NB lineages are similar to their counterparts in Drosophila melanogaster. Furthermore, the expression of the Drosophila type-II NB lineage markers six3 and six4 in subsets of the Tribolium type-II NB lineages (anterior 1-4 and 1-6 type-II NB lineages) and the expression of the Cx marker skh in the distal part of most of the lineages provide further evidence that the identified NB lineages are equivalent to the Drosophila lineages that establish the central complex. However, in contrast to Drosophila, there are 9 instead of 8 embryonic type-II NB lineages per brain hemisphere and the lineages contain more progenitor cells compared to the Drosophila lineages. The authors argue that the higher number of dividing progenitor cells supports the earlier development of a functional Cx in Tribolium. 

      While the manuscript clearly shows that type-II NB lineages similar to Drosophila exist in Tribolium, it does not considerably advance our understanding of the heterochronic development of the Cx in these insects. First of all, the contribution of these lineages to a functional larval Cx is not clear. For example, how do the described type-II NB lineages relate to the DM1-4 lineages that produce the columnar neurons of the Cx? What is the evidence that the embryonically produced type-II NB lineage neurons contribute to a functional larval Cx? The formation of functional circuits could rely on larval neurons (like in Drosophila) which would make a comparison of embryonic lineages less informative with respect to understanding the underlying variations of the developmental processes. Furthermore, the higher number of progenitors (and consequently neurons) in Tribolium could simply reflect the demand for a higher number of cells required to build the fan-shaped body compared to Drosophila. In addition, the larger lineages in Tribolium, including the higher number of INPs could be due to a greater number of NBs within the individual clusters, rather than a higher rate of proliferation of individual neuroblasts, as suggested. What is the evidence that there is only one NB per cluster? The presented schemes (Fig. 7/12) and description of the marker gene expression and classification of progenitor cells are inconsistent but indicate that NBs and immature INPs cannot be consistently distinguished. 

      We thank this reviewer for pointing out the inconsistency in our classification of cells within the lineages as one central part of our manuscript. These were due to a confusion in the used terms (young vs. immature). We have corrected this mistake and have changed the naming of the INP subtypes to immature-I and immature-II. We are confident that based on the analysed markers, type-II NBs and immature INPs can actually be distinguished with confidence.

      We agree that a functional link of increased proliferation to heterochronic CX development is not shown although we consider it to be likely. As stated in the general response we have changed the manuscript to saying that the two observations (higher number of progenitors and larger lineages/more INPs) correlate but that a causal link can only be hypothesized for the time being. At the same time, we have strengthened the discussion on alternative explanations.

      We would like to remain with our statement of an increased number of embryonic progeny of Tribolium type-II NBs. We counted the total number of progenitor cells emerging from the anterior median cluster and divided this by the number of type II NBs in that cluster. Hence, the shown increased number of cells represents an average per NB but is not influenced by the increased number of NBs. On the same line, we have never seen indication for the presence of additional NBs within any cluster while one type-II NB is what we regularly found. Hence, we are confident that we know the number of respective NBs. The fact that the fly data included also neurons and was counted at a later stage indicates that the observed differences are actually minimum estimates.

      We have discussed that based on the position and comparison to the grasshopper we believe that Tribolium type-II NB 1-4 contribute to the x, y, z and w tracts. To confirm this, lineage tracing experiments would be necessary, for which tools remain to be developed. 

      We agree that the role of larvally born neurons and the fate of Tribolium neuroblasts through the transition from embryo to larva and pupa need to be further studied.

      Available data suggests that the adult fan shaped body in Tribolium does not hugely differ in size from the Drosophila counterpart, although no data in terms of cell number is available. In the larva, however, no fan shaped body or protocerebral bridge can be distinguished in flies while in beetle larvae, these structures are clearly developed. Hence, we think that it is more likely that differences observed in the embryo reflect differences in the larval central complex. We discuss the need for further investigation of larval stages.

      The main difference between Tribolium and Drosophila Cx development with regards to the larval functionality might be that Drosophila type-II NB lineage-derived neurons undergo quiescence at the end of embryogenesis so that the development of the Cx is halted, while a developmental arrest does not occur in Tribolium. However, this needs to be confirmed (as the authors rightly observe). 

      Indeed, there is evidence that cells contributing to the CX go into quiescence in flies – hence, this certainly is one of the mechanisms. However, based on our data we would suggest that in addition, the balance of embryonic versus larval proliferation of type-II lineages is different between the two insects: The increased embryonic proliferation and development leads to a functional larval CX in beetles while in flies, postembryonic proliferation may be increased in order to catch up.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary: 

      In this paper, Rethemeier et al capitalize on their previous observation that the beetle central complex develops heterochronically compared to the fly and try to identify the developmental origin of this difference. For this reason, they use a fez enhancer trap line that they generated to study the neuronal stem cells (INPs) that give rise to the central complex. Using this line and staining against Drosophila type-II neuroblast markers, they elegantly dissect the number of developmental progression of the beetle type II neuroblasts. They show that the NBs, INPs, and GMCs have a conserved marker progression by comparing to Drosophila marker genes, although the expression of some of the lineage markers (otd, six3, and six4) is slightly different. Finally, they show that the beetle type II neuroblast lineages are likely longer than the equivalent ones in Drosophila and argue that this might be the underlying reason for the observed heterochrony. 

      Strengths: 

      - A very interesting study system that compares a conserved structure that, however, develops in a heterochronic manner. 

      - Identification of a conserved molecular signature of type-II neuroblasts between beetles and flies. At the same time, identification of transcription factors expression differences in the neuroblasts, as well as identification of an extra neuroblast. 

      - Nice detailed experiments to describe the expression of conserved and divergent marker genes, including some lineaging looking into the co-expression of progenitor (fez) and neuronal (skh) markers. 

      Weaknesses: 

      - Comparing between different species is difficult as one doesn't know what the equivalent developmental stages are. How do the authors know when to compare the sizes of the lineages between Drosophila and Tribolium? Moreover, the fact that the authors recover more INPs and GMCs could also mean that the progenitors divide more slowly and, therefore, there is an accumulation of progenitors who have not undergone their programmed number of divisions. 

      We understand the difficulty of comparing stages between species, but we feel that our analysis is on the save side. At stages comparable with respect to overall embryonic development (retracting or retracted germband), the fly numbers are clearly smaller. To account for potential heterochronic shifts in NB activity, we have selected the stages to compare based on the criteria given: In Drosophila the number of INPs goes down after stage 16, meaning that they reach a peak at the selected stages. In Tribolium the chosen stages also reflect the phase when lineage size is larger than in all previous stages. Therefore, we believe that the conclusion that Tribolium has larger lineages and more INPs is well founded. Lineage size in Tribolium might further increase just before hatching (stage 15) but we were for technical reasons not able to look at this. As lineage size goes down in the last stage of Drosophila embryogenesis the number of INPs goes down and type-II NB enter quiescence, we think it is highly unlikely that the ratio between Tribolium and Drosophila INPs reverses at this stage, but a study of the behaviour of type-II NB in Tribolium and whether there is a stage of quiescence is still needed.

      - The main conclusion that the earlier central complex development in beetles is due to the enhanced activity of the neuroblasts is very handwavy and is not the only possible conclusion from their data. 

      As discussed in the general response we have made several changes to the manuscript to account for this criticism and discuss alternative explanations for the observations.

      - The argument for conserved patterns of gene expression between Tribolium and Drosophila type-II NBs, INPs, and GMCs is a bit circular, as the authors use Drosophila markers to identify the Tribolium cells. 

      We tested the hypothesis that in Tribolium there are type-II NBs with a molecular signature similar to flies. Our results are in line with that hypothesis. If pointed had not clearly marked cells with NB-morphology or fez/erm had not marked dividing cells adjacent to these NBs, we would have concluded that no such cells/lineages exist in the Tribolium embryo, or that central complex producing lineages exist but express different markers. Therefore, we regard this a valid scientific approach and hence find this argument not problematic.  

      An appraisal of whether the authors achieved their aims, and whether the results support their conclusions: Based on the above, I believe that the authors, despite advancing significantly, fall short of identifying the reasons for the divergent timing of central complex development between beetle and fly. 

      We agree that based on the available data, we cannot firmly make that link and we have changed the text accordingly.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      In addition to these descriptive analyses, functional analyses can be included. RNAi is highly effective in this beetle. 

      We agree that functional analyses of some of the studied genes and possible effects of gene knockdowns on the studied cell lineages and on central complex development could be highly informative. However, when studying specific cell types or organs these experiments are less straight forward than it may seem as knockdowns often lead to pleiotropic effects, sterility or lethality. All the genes involved are expressed in additional cells and may have essential functions there. Given the systemic RNAi of Tribolium, it is challenging to unequivocally assign phenotypes to one of the cell groups. Overcoming these challenges is often possible but needs extensive optimization. Our study, though descriptive is already rich in data and is the first description of NB-II lineages in Tribolium central complex development. We see it as a basis for future studies on central complex development that will include functional experiments.

      (1) Introduction 

      For these reasons the beetle... 

      Could you explain the differences in the habitats between Tribolium and Drosophila? or What is the biggest difference between these two species at the ecological aspect? 

      We have added a short characterisation of the main differences.

      The insect central complex is an anterior... 

      The author should explain why they focus on the structure. 

      Added

      It is however not known how these temporal... 

      If the authors want to get the answer to the question, they need to conduct functional analyses. 

      While we agree with the importance of functional work (see above) we believe that detailed descriptions under the inclusion of molecular markers as presented here is very informative by itself for understanding developmental processes and sets the foundation for the analysis of mutant/RNAi- phenotypes in future studies.

      CX - Central complex? 

      We have opted to not use this abbreviation anymore for clarity.

      “because intermediate cycling progenitors have also been...” 

      Is the sentence correct? 

      We have included ‘INPs’ in the sentence to make clear what the comparison refers to and added a comma

      “However, molecular characterization of such lineage in another...” 

      The authors should explain why molecular characterization is necessary. 

      We have done so

      (2) Results 

      a) Figure 8. Could you delineate the skh/eGFP expression region? 

      We have added brackets to figure 1 panel A to indicate the extent of skh and other gene expressions within the lineages.

      b) This section should be reorganized for better logical flow. 

      There certainly are different ways to organize this part and we have considered different structures of the results part. We eventually subjectively concluded that the chosen one is the best fit for our data (also see comment below on dpn-expression).

      c) For the tables. The authors should mention what statistical analysis they have conducted. 

      The tables themselves are just listing the raw numbers. They are the basis for the graph in figure 9. Statistical tests (t-test) are mentioned in the legend of that figure and now also in the Methods sections.

      “We also found that the large Tc-pnt...” 

      The authors could examine the mitotic index using an anti-pH3 antibody. 

      We have used the anti-pH3 antibody to detect mitoses (figure 3C, table 1 and 3) but as data on mitoses based on this antibody is only a snapshot it would require a lot of image data to reliably determine an index in this specific cells. While mitotic activity over time possibly combined with live imaging might be very interesting in this system also with regards to the timing of development, for this basic study we are satisfied with the statement that the type-II NB are indeed dividing at these stages.

      “Based on their position by the end of embryogenesis...” 

      How can the authors conclude that they are neuroblasts without examining the expression of NB markers? 

      Type-II NB do not express asense as the key marker for type I neuroblasts. To corroborate our argument that the cells are neuroblasts we have used several criteria:

      - We have used the same markers that are used in Drosophila to label type-II NBs (pnt, dpn, six4). We are not aware of any other marker that would be more specific.

      - We have shown that these cells are larger and have larger nuclei than neighbouring cells and they are dividing

      - We have shown that these cells through their INP lineages give rise to central complex neuropile

      We believe that these features taken together leave little doubt that the described cells are indeed neuroblasts. 

      “We found that the cells they had assigned as...” 

      How did the authors distinguish that they are really neuroblasts? 

      We see the difficulty that we first describe the position and development of these cells (e.g. fig 3) and then add further evidence (cell size, additional marker dpn) that these are neuroblasts (also see above). However, without previous knowledge on position (and on pnt expression as the most specific marker) the type-II NB could not have been distinguished from other NBs based on cell size or expression of other markers.

      “Conserved patterns of gene expression...” 

      This must be the first (especially dpn). 

      Dpn is not specific to type-II NB because it is also expressed in type-1 NBs, mature INPs and possibly other neural cells. It is therefore impossible to identify type-II NBs based on this gene alone. We therefore first used the most specific marker, pnt, in addition to adjacent fez expression to identify candidates for type-II lineages. Then we mapped expression of further genes on these lineages to support the interpretation (and show homology to the Drosophila lineages). Although of course the structure of a paper does not necessarily have to reflect the sequence in which experiments were done we would find putting dpn expression first misleading as it would not be clear why exactly a certain part of the expression should belong to type-II NB. Also, our pnt-fez expression data shows the position of the NB-II in the context of the whole head lobe whereas the other gene expressions are higher magnifications focussing on details. We therefore believe that the structure we chose best fits our data and the other reviewers seemed to find it acceptable as well.  

      “As type-II NBs contribute to central...” 

      Before the sentence, the author could explain differences in the central complex structure between Tribolium and Drosophila in terms of cell number and tissue size. 

      We have added references on the comparisons of tissue sizes, but unfortunately there is no Tribolium data that can be directly compared to available Drosophila resources in terms of cell number.  

      “We conclude that the embryonic development of...” 

      How did the authors conclude? They must explain their logic. 

      Actually, before this sentence, I only found the description of the comparison between Tribolium NBs and Drosophila once. 

      We agree that this conclusion is not fully evident from the presented data. We have therefore changed this part to stating that there is a correlation with the earlier central complex development described in Tribolium. See also response to the general reviewer comments.

      “Hence, we wondered...” 

      The authors need to do a functional assessment of the genes they mentioned. 

      We agree that the goals originally stated at the beginning of this paragraph can only be achieved with functional experiments. We have therefore rephrased this part.

      (3) Discussion

      “A beetle enhancer trap line...” 

      This part should be moved elsewhere (it does not seem to be a discussion) 

      In accordance with this comment and reviewer#2’s similar comment we have removed this section. We have added a statement on the importance of testing the expression of an enhancer trap line to the results part and an added the use of CRISPR-Cas9 for line generation to the introduction. 

      “We have identified a total...” 

      The authors emphasized that they discovered 9 type II NBs. The authors should clarify how important this it

      We have added some discussion on the importance of this finding.

      Dpn is a neural marker - Is this correct? 

      According to Bier et al 1992 (now added as reference) dpn is a pan-neural marker. Reviewer#2 also recommended calling dpn a neural marker.

      “Previous work described a heterochronic...” - reference? 

      Reference have been added

      “By contrast, we show that Tribolium...” 

      What about the number of neurons in the central complex in Tribolium and Drosophila? 

      Does the lineage size of type II NBs reflect the number? 

      Unfortunately, we do not have numbers for that.  

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      I recommend using page and line numbers to make reviewing and revising less timeconsuming. 

      We apologize for this oversight. We include a line numbering system into our resubmission.

      (1) Abstract 

      "These neural stem cells are believed to be conserved among insects, but their molecular characteristics and their role in brain development in other insect neurogenetics models, such as the beetle Tribolium castaneum have so far not been studied." 

      I recommend explaining the importance of studying Tribolium with regard to the evolution of brain centres rather than just stating that data are lacking. 

      We have now emphasized the importance of Tribolium as model for the evolution of brain centres.

      "Intriguingly, we found 9 type-II neuroblast lineages in the Tribolium embryo while Drosophila produces only 8 per brain hemisphere." 

      It should be made clear that the 9 lineages also refer to brain hemispheres. 

      We have added this information

      (2) Introduction 

      I would remove the first paragraph of the introduction; the use of Tribolium as model representative for insects is too general. The authors should focus on the specific question, i.e. the introduction should start with paragraph 2. 

      While we can relate to the preference for short and concise writing, we feel that giving some background on Tribolium might be important as we expect that many of our readers might be primarily Drosophila researchers. Keeping this paragraph also seems in line with a recommendation of reviewer#1 to add some additional information on Tribolium ecology.  

      "Several NBs of the anterior-most part of the neuroectoderm contribute to the CX and compared…”

      The abbreviation has not been introduced. 

      For clarity we have now opted to not use this abbreviation but to always spell out central complex.

      "Several NBs of the anterior-most part of the neuroectoderm contribute to the CX and compared to the ventral ganglia produced by the trunk segments, it is of distinctively greater complexity..." 

      Puzzling statement. Why would you compare a brain center with ventral ganglia? I recommend removing this. 

      We have changed this statement to just emphasizing the complexity of the brain structure.

      "The dramatically increased number of neural cells that are produced by individual type-II lineages, and the fact that one lineage can produce different types of neurons..."  In my opinion, this statement is too vague and unprofessional in style. Instead of "dramatically increased" use numbers. 

      We have removed ‘dramatically increased’ and now give a numeric example.

      "The dramatically increased number of neural cells that are produced by individual type-II lineages, and the fact that one lineage can produce different types of neurons, leads to the generation of increased neural complexity within the anterior insect brain when compared to the ventral nerve cord.." 

      I assume that this statement relates to the comparison of type I and II nb lineages. However, type I NB lineages also produce different types of neurons due to GMC temporal identity, and neuronal hemi-lineage identity. 

      We have rephrased and tried to make clear that the second part of the statement is not specific to type-II NB only. In line with the comment above we have also removed the reference to the ventral nerve cord.

      "In addition, in Drosophila brain tumours have been induced from type-II NBs lineages [34], opening up the possibility of modelling tumorigenesis in an invertebrate brain, thus making these lineages one of the most intriguing stem cell models in invertebrates [35,36]." 

      This statement is misplaced here; it should be mentioned at the start (if at all). 

      We have moved this statement up.

      "However, molecular characterisation of such lineages in another insect but the fly and a thorough comparison of type-II NBs lineages and their sub-cell-types between fly and beetle are still lacking" 

      The background information should include what is known about type-II NB lineages in Tribolium, including marker gene expression, e.g. Farnworth et al. 

      We refer to He et al 2019, Farnworth et al 2020 and Garcia-Perez 2021. All these publications speculate about a contribution of type-II NBs to Tribolium central complex development but do not show evidence of it. As we emphasize throughout the manuscript, the present work is the first description of type-II NB in Tribolium. 

      "The ETS-transcription factor pointed (pnt) marks type-II NBs [40,41], which do not express the type-I NB marker asense (ase) but the pro-neural gene deadpan (dpn)"  Deadpan is considered a pan-neural gene. To avoid confusion, I would remove "proneural" throughout.

      We have done so throughout the manuscript.

      "We further found that, like the type-II NBs itself, the youngest Tc-pnt-positive but fezmm-eGFP-negative INPs neither express Tc-ase (Fig. 5D, pink arrowheads)."  What is the evidence that these are the youngest pnt positive cells? Position? This needs to be explained. 

      We have clarified that ‘youngest pnt-positive cells’ refers to the position of these cells close to the type-II NB.

      "Therefore these neural markers can be used for a classification of type II NBs (Tc-pnt+, Tcase-), young INPs (Tc-pnt+, Tc-fez/erm-, Tc-ase-), immature INPs (Tc-pnt+, Tcfez/erm+, Tcase+), mature INPs (Tc-dpn+, Tc-ase+, Tc-fez/erm+, Tc-pros+), and GMCs (Tc-ase+, Tcfez/ erm+, Tc-pros+, Tc-dpn). This classification is summarized in Fig. 7 A-B." 

      This is not the best classification and not in line with the schemes in Figure 7 - the young INPs are also immature. What is the difference? It needs to be explained what "mature" means (dividing?). 

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have corrected the error in this part that confused the two original groups (young and immature). To take the immaturity of both types of INPs into account we have then also changed our naming of INP subtypes into immature-I and immature-II and throughout the manuscript). Figure 7 and figure 12 were also changed accordingly. While our classification if primarily based on gene expression the available data indicates that both types of immature INPs are not dividing, whereas mature INPs are. We have added a statement on that to this part.

      "In beetles a single-unit functional central complex develops during embryogenesis while in flies the structure is postembryonic." 

      This statement is vague - the authors need to explain what is meant by "single-unit". The phrase "The structure is postembryonic" also needs more explanation. The Drosophila CX neuroblasts lineages originate in the embryo and the neurons form a commissural tract that becomes incorporated into the fan-shaped body of the Cx. 

      We have explained single-unit central complex and have improved our summary of known differences in central complex development between fly and beetle.

      "To assess the size of the embryonic type-II NBs lineages in beetles we counted the Tc- fez/erm positive (fez-mm-eGFP) cells (INPs and GMCs) associated with a Tc-pntexpressing type-II NBs of the anterior medial group (type-II NBs lineages 1-7).  It is not clear what is meant by "with a Tc-pnt-expressing type-II NBs". Is this a typo?" 

      We have removed this bit.

      (3) Discussion 

      I would remove the first paragraph "A beetle enhancer trap lines reflects Tc-fez/earmuff expression". This is a repetition of the methods rather than a discussion. 

      This part has been removed also in line with reviewer#1’s comment.

      (4) Figures 

      Figure 2 

      To which developing structure do the strongly labelled areas in Figure 2D correspond? 

      We believe that these areas from the protocerebrum including central complex, mushroom bodies and optic lobe. We have added this to the text and to the figure legend.

      Figure 7 

      What do A and B represent? Different stages? 

      A and B show the same lineage but map the expression of different additional markers for clarity. We have added an explanation of this. 

      The classification contradicts the description in the section "Conserved patterns of gene expression mark Tribolium type-II NBs, different stages of INPs and GMCs" (last sentence) where young INPs are first in the sequence and described as pnt+, erm-, ase- and immature INPs as pnt+ erm+ and ase+. 

      We have corrected this mistake and changed the names of the subtypes into immatureI and immature-II (see above).

      "We conclude that the evolutionary ancient six3 territory gives rise to the neuropile of the z, y, x and w tracts." 

      Please clarify if six3 is also expressed in the corresponding grasshopper NB lineages or if your conclusion is based on the comparison of Drosophila and Tribolium and you assume that this is the ancestral condition. 

      Six3 expression has not been studied in grasshoppers. Owing to the highly conserved nature of an anterior median six3 domain in arthropods and bilaterian animals in general, we would expect it to be expressed anterior-medially in grasshoppers as well. In Drosophila the gene is expressed in the anterior-medial embryonic region where the type-II NBs are expected to develop, but to our knowledge it has not been specifically studied which type-II NB lineages are located within this domain. We have clarified in our text that we do not claim that the origin of anterior-medial type-II NB 1-4 and the X,Y, Z and W lineages from the six3 territory is highly conserved but only the territory itself. As far as we know our work is the first to analyse the relationship of type-II lineages and the conserved head patterning genes six3 and otd. We have added some clarification of this into this part of the discussion.

      (5) Methods 

      The methods section should include the methods for cell counting, as well as cell and nuclei size measurements including statistics (e.g. how many embryos, how many NB lineages). The comparison of the Tribolium NB lineage cell numbers to published Drosophila data should include a brief description of the method used in Drosophila (in addition to the method used here in Tribolium) so that the reader can understand how the data compare. 

      We have added a separate section on this to the Methods part which also includes the criteria used in Drosophila. We have also included some more information to the results part on the inclusion of neurons in the Drosophila counts that may only be partially included in our numbers. This does however not change the results in terms of larger numbers of progenitor cells in Tribolium.

      (6) Typos and minor errors 

      Abstract 

      “However, little is known on the developmental processes that create this diversity” 

      Change to ... little is known about

      Changed.

      NBs lineages 

      Change to NB lineages throughout. 

      We have used text search to find and replace all position where this was used erroneously,

      Results 

      "Schematic drawing of expression different markers in type-II NB lineages.." 

      Schematic drawing of expression of different markers 

      Corrected

      Discussion 

      "However, the type-II NB 7, which is we assigned to the anterior medial group but which..." 

      .... which we assigned.... 

      corrected

      "......might be the one that does not have a homologue in the fly embryo The identification of more..."  Full stop missing. 

      Added.

      "Adult like x, y, and w tracts as well as protocerebral bridge are...." 

      Change to "The adult like x, y, and w tracts as well as the protocerebral bridge are.... 

      This part has been removed with the rewriting of this paragraph.  

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      (1) Suggestions for improved or additional experiments, data, or analyses: 

      a) The analysis of nuclear size is wrong. The authors compare the largest cell of a cluster of cells with a number of random cells from the same brain. It is obvious that the largest cell of a cluster will be larger than the average cell of the same brain. A better control would be to compare the largest cell of the pnt+ cluster with the largest cell of a random sample of cells, although this also comes with biases. Personally, I have no doubt that the authors are looking at neuroblasts, based on the markers they are using, so I would recommend completely eliminating Figure 4.

      We agree that we produced a somewhat biased and expected result when we select the largest cell of a cluster for size comparison. However, we found it important to show based on a larger sample that these cells are also statistically larger than the average cell of a brain, which we think our assessment shows. We do not claim that type-II NBs are the largest cells of a brain, or that they are larger than type-I NBs, therefore in a random sample there might be cells that are equally big (see also distribution of the control sample shown in figure 4, and we have added a note on this to the text). We are happy to hear that this reviewer has no doubts we are looking at neural stem cells. However, reviewer#1 did express some hesitations and therefore we think it is important to keep the information on cell size as part of our argument that we are indeed looking at type-II NBs (gene expression, cell size, dividing, part of a neural lineage).

      b) The comparison of NB, INP, and GMC numbers between Drosophila and Trbolium (section "The Tribolium embryonic lineages of type-II NBs are larger and contain more mature INPs than those of Drosophila") compares an experiment that the authors did with published data. I would suggest that the authors repeat the Drosophila stainings and compare themselves to avoid cases of batch effects, inconsistent counting, etc.

      None of the authors is a Drosophila expert or has any experience at working with this model and reassessing the lineage size would require a number of combinatorial staining. Therefore, we feel that using the published data produced by experts and which also includes repeat experiments is for us the more reliable approach.

      c) In Figure 10, there are some otd+ GFP+ cells laterally. What are these? 

      We believe that these cells contribute to the eye anlagen. We have added this information to the legend.

      (2) Minor corrections to the text and figures: 

      a) There are some typos in the text: e.g. "pattering" in the abstract. 

      We have carefully checked the text for typos and hope that we have found everything.

      b) The referencing of figures in the text is inconsistent (eg "Figure 5 panel A" vs "Figure 5D" on page 12). 

      We have checked throughout the manuscript and made sure to always refer to a panel correctly.

      c) In Figure 3C, the white staining (anti-PH3) is not indicated in the Figure. 

      The label has been added in the figure.

      d) Moreover, in Figure 3, green is not very visible in the images. 

      We have improved the colour intensity where possible.

      e) In the figures, it might be better to outline the cells with color-coded dashed circles instead of using arrows. 

      We think that this would obscure some details of the stainings and create a rather artificial representation. We also feel that doing this consistently in all our images is an amount of work not justified by the degree of expected improvement to the figures

      NOTE: We are submitting a revised version of the supplementary material which only contains two minor changes: a headline was added to Table S4 (Antibodies and staining reagents) and a typo was corrected in line one of table S5 (TC to Tc).

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study employs an optogenetics approach aimed at activating oncogene (KRASG12V) expression in a single somatic cell, with a focus on following the progression of activated cell to examine tumourigenesis probabilities under altered tissue environments. Although the description of the methodologies applied is incomplete, the authors propose a mechanism whereby reactivation of re-programming factors correlates with the increased likelihood of a mutant cell undergoing malignant transformation. This work will be of interest to developmental and cancer biologists, especially in relation to the genetic tools described.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the work by Scerbo et al, the authors aim to better understand the open question of what factors constrain cells that are genetically predisposed to form cancer (e.g. those with a potentially cancer-causing mutation like activated Ras) to only infrequently undergo this malignant transformation, with a focus on the influence of embryonic or pluripotency factors (e.g. VENTX/NANOG). Using genetically defined zebrafish models, the authors can inducibly express the KRASG12V oncogene using a combination of Cre/Lox transgenes further controlled by optogenetically inducible Cre-activated (CreER fusion that becomes active with light-induced uncaging of a tamoxifen-analogue in a targeted region of the zebrafish embryo). They further show that transient expression and activation of a pluripotency factor (e.g. Ventx fused to a GR receptor that is activated with addition of dexamethasone) must occur in the model in order for overgrowth of cells to occur. This paper describes a genetically tractable and modifiable system for studying the requirements for inducing cellular hyperplasia in a whole organism by combining overexpression of canonical genetic drivers of cancer (like Ras) with epigenetic modifiers (like specific transcription factors), which could be used to study an array of combinations and temporal relationships of these cancer drivers/modifiers.

      Strengths:

      The combination of Cre/lox inducible gene expression with potentially localized optogenetic induction (CreER and uncaging of tamoxifen analogues) of recombination as well as inducible activation of a transcription factor expressed via mRNA injection (GR-fusion to the TF and dex induction) offers a flexible system for manipulating cell growth, identity, and transcriptional programs. With this system, the authors establish that Ras activation and at least transient Ventx overexpression are together required to induce a hyperproliferative phenotype in zebrafish tissues.

      The ability to live image embryos over the course of days with inducible fluorophores indicating recombination events and transgene overexpression offers a tractable in vivo system for studying hyperplastic cells in the context of a whole organism.

      The transplant experiments demonstrate the ability of the induced hyperplastic cells to grow upon transfer to new host.

      Weaknesses:

      There is minimal quantitation of key aspects of the system, most critically in the efficiency of activation of the Ras-TFP fusion (Fig 1) in, purportedly, a single cell. The authors note "On average the oncogene is then activated in a single cell, identified within ~1h by the blue fluorescence of its nuclear marker) but no additional quantitative information is provided. For a system that is aimed at "a statistically relevant single-cell<br /> tracking and characterization of the early stages of tumorigenesis", such information seems essential.

      The authors indicate that a single cell is "initiated" (Fig 2) using the laser optogenetic technique, but without definitive genetic lineage tracing, it is not possible to conclude that cells expressing TFP distant from the target site near the ear are daughter cells of the claimed single "initiated" cell. A plausible alternative explanation is 1) that the optogenetic targeting is more diffuse (i.e. some of the light of the appropriate wavelength hits other cells nearby due to reflection/diffraction), so these adjacent cells are additional independent "initiated" cells or 2) that the uncaged tamoxifen analogue can diffuse to nearby cells and allow for CreER activation and recombination. In Fig 2B, the claim is made that "the activated cell has divided, giving rise to two cells" - unless continuously imaged or genetically traced, this is unproven. In addition, it appears that Figures S3 and S4 are showing that hyperplasica can arise in many different tissues (including intestine, pancreas, and liver, S4C) with broad Ras + Ventx activation (while unclear from the text, it appears these embryos were broadly activated and were not "single cell activated using the set-up in Fig 1E? This should be clarified in the manuscript). In Fig S7 where single cell activation and potential metastasis is discussed, similar gut tissues have TFP+ cells that are called metastatic, but this seems consistent with the possibility that multiple independent sites of initiation are occurring even when focal activation is attempted.

      Although the hyperplastic cells are transplantable (Fig 4), the use of the term "cells of origin of cancer" or metastatic cells should be viewed with care in the experiments showing TFP+ cells (Fig 1, 2, 3) in embryos with targeted activation for the reasons noted above.

      Comments on latest version:

      The authors have clarified and strengthened a number of important conclusions/claims.

      In Figure 4, the requirement for both kRas and VentX activation for successful transplant and survival of transplanted activated cells does indeed support the need for both MAPK activation and the reprogramming factor. A limitation remains that, as in a tail vein injection in a mouse model, this may be a better measure of the ability of disbursed cells to survive in the embryo, and not "native" metastatic behavior as cells may just lodge in ectopic sites, and survive, but not exhibit complete metastatic potential. Still, these are interesting and important results about the combination effects of an oncogene and a reprogramming factor.

      Further, the addition of Fig 2A and additional explanation in the text on the specificity of the light-induced activation of the Ras and/or VentX supports that transgene induction is indeed limited to one or a few cells. We agree that visual tracking of daughter cells over days is technically challenging and will be a revealing and exciting potential addition in the future.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study employs an optogenetics approach aimed at activating oncogene (KRASG12V) expression in a single somatic cell, with a focus on following the progression of activated cell to examine tumourigenesis probabilities under altered tissue environments. The research explores the role of stemness factors (VENTX/NANOG/OCT4) in facilitating oncogenic RAS (KRASG12V)-driven malignant transformations. Although the evidence provided is incomplete, the authors propose an important mechanism whereby reactivation of re-programming factors correlates with the increased likelihood of a mutant cell undergoing malignant transformation.

      Strengths:

      · Innovative Use of Optogenetics: The application of optogenetics for precise activation of KRAS in a single cell is valuable to the field of cancer biology, offering an opportunity to uncover insight into cellular responses to oncogenic mutations.<br /> · Important Observations: The findings concerning stemness factors' role in promoting oncogenic transformation are important, contributing data to the field of cancer biology.

      Weaknesses:

      Lack of Methodological Clarity: The manuscript lacks detailed descriptions of methodologies, making it difficult to fully evaluate the experimental design and reproducibility, rendering incomplete evidence to support the conclusion. Improving methodological transparency and data presentation will crucially strengthen the paper's contributions to understanding the complex processes of tumorigenesis.

      Sub-optimal Data Presentation and Quality:<br /> The resolution of images through-out the manuscript are too low. Images presented in Figure 2 and Figure 4 are of very low resolution. It is very hard to distinguish individual cells and in which tissue they might reside.<br /> Lack of quantitative data and control condition data obtained from images of higher magnification limits the ability to robustly support the conclusions.

      Here are some details:<br /> · Tissue specificity of the cells express KRASG12V oncogene: In this study, the ubiquitin promoter was used to drive oncogenic KRASG12V expression. Despite this, the authors claim to activate KRAS in a single brain cell based on their localized photo-activation strategy. However, upon reviewing the methods section, the description was provided that 'Localized uncaging was performed by illumination for 7 minutes on a Nikon Ti microscope equipped with a light source peaking at 405 nm, Figure 1. The size of the uncaging region was controlled by an iris that defines a circular illumination with a diameter of approximately 80 μm.' It is surprising that an epi-fluorescent microscope with an illumination diameter of around 80μm can induce activation in a single brain cell beneath skin tissue. Additionally, given that the half-life for mTFP maturation is around 60 minutes, it is likely that more cells from a variety of different lineages could be activated, but the fluorescence would not be visible until more than 1-hour post-illumination. Authors might want to provide more evidence to support their claim on the single cell KRAS activation.<br /> · Stability of cCYC: The manuscript does not provide information on the half-life and stability of cCYC. Understanding these properties is crucial for evaluating the system's reliability and the likelihood of leakiness, which could significantly influence the study's outcomes.<br /> · Metastatic Dissemination claim: Typically, metastatic cancer cells migrate to and proliferate within specific niches that are conducive to outgrowth, such as the caudal hematopoietic tissue (CHT) or liver. In Figure 3 A, an image showing the presence of mTFP expressing cells in both the head and tail regions of the larva, with additional positive dots located at the fin fold. This is interpreted as "metastasis" by the authors. However, the absence of supportive cellular compartment within the fin-fold tissue makes the presence of mTFP-positive metastatic cells there particularly puzzling. This distribution raises concerns about the spatial specificity of the optogenetic activation protocol.<br /> The unexpected locations of these signals suggest potential ectopic activation of the KRAS oncogene, which could be occurring alongside or instead of targeted activation. This issue is critical as it could affect the interpretation of whether the observed mTFP signal expansion over time is due to actual cell proliferation and infiltration, or merely a result of ectopic RAS transgene activation.<br /> · Image Resolution Concerns: The cells depicted in Figure 3C β, which appear to be near the surface of the yolk sac and not within the digestive system as suggested in the MS, underscore the necessity for higher-resolution imaging. Without clearer images, it is challenging to ascertain the exact locations and states of these cells, thus complicating the assessment of experimental results.<br /> · The cell transplantation experiment is lacking protocol details: The manuscript does not adequately describe the experimental protocols used for cell transplantation, particularly concerning the origin and selection of cells used for injection into individual larvae. This omission makes it difficult to evaluate the reliability and reproducibility of the results. Such as the source of transplanted cells:<br /> • If the cells are derived from hyperplastic growths in larvae where RAS and VX (presumably VENTX) were locally activated, the manuscript fails to mention any use of fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS) to enrich mTFP-positive cells. Such a method would be crucial for ensuring the specificity of the cells being studied and the validity of the results.<br /> • If the cells are obtained from whole larvae with induced RAS + VX expression, it is notable and somewhat surprising that the larvae survived up to six days post-induction (6dpi) before cells were harvested for transplantation. This survival rate and the subsequent ability to obtain single cell suspensions raise questions about the heterogeneity of the RAS + VX expressing cells that transplanted.<br /> · Unclear Experimental Conditions in Figure S3B: The images in Figure S3B lack crucial details about the experimental conditions. It is not specified whether the activation of KRAS was targeted to specific cells or involved whole-body exposure. This information is essential for interpreting the scope and implications of the results accurately.<br /> · Contrasting Data in Figure S3C compared to literatures: The graph in Figure S3C indicates that KRAS or KRAS + DEX induction did not result in any form of hyperplastic growth. This observation starkly contrasts with previous literature where oncogenic KRAS expression in zebrafish led to significant hyper-proliferation and abnormal growth, as evidenced by studies such as those published in and Neoplasia (2018), DOI: 10.1016/j.neo.2018.10.002; Molecular Cancer (2015), DOI: 10.1186/s12943-015-0288-2; Disease Models & Mechanisms (2014) DOI: 10.1242/dmm.007831. The lack of expected hyperplasia raises questions about the experimental setup or the specific conditions under which KRAS was expressed. The authors should provide detailed descriptions of the conditions under which the experiments were conducted in Figure S3B and clarifying the reasons for the discrepancies observed in Figure S3C are crucial. The authors should discuss potential reasons for the deviation from previous reports.<br /> Further comments:<br /> Throughout the study, KRAS-activated cell expansion and metastasis are two key phenotypes discussed that Ventx is promoting. However, the authors did not perform any experiments to directly show that KRAS+ cells proliferate only in Ventx-activated conditions. The authors also did not show any morphological features or time-lapse videos demonstrating that KRAS+ cells are motile, even though zebrafish is an excellent model for in vivo live imaging. This seems to be a missed opportunity for providing convincing evidence to support the authors' conclusions.<br /> There were minimal experimental details provided for the qPCR data presented in the supplementary figures S5 and S6, therefore, it is hard to evaluate results obtained.

    4. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      First, we thank the reviewers for a thorough reading of our paper and some useful comments. A recurrent remark of the reviewers concerns the appearance of kRas-expressing cells (labelled by a nuclear blue fluorescent marker) which we attribute to the progeny of the initially induced cell. The reviewers suggest that these cells may have been obtained through activation of the Cre-recombinase in other cells by cyclofen released from light scattering, via diffusion, leakiness, etc. These remarks are perfectly reasonable from people not familiar with the cyclofen uncaging approach that we are using, but are unwarranted as we shall show below. 

      We have been using cyclofen uncaging with subsequent activation of a Cre-recombinase (or some other proteins) since 2010 (see ref.34, Sinha et al., Zebrafish 7, 199-204 (2010) and our 2018 review (ref.35, Zhang et al., ChemBioChem 19,1-8 (2018)). In our experiments, the embryos are incubated in the dark in 6µM caged cyclofen (cCyc) and washed in E3 medium (and transferred to a new medium with no cCyc). In these conditions, over many years we never observed activation of the recombinase, i.e. the appearance of the associated fluorescent label in cells of embryos grown in E3 medium. Hence leakiness can be ruled out (in presence of cCyc or in its absence).

      Following transfer of the embryos to new E3 medium we illuminate the embryos locally with light at 405nm. In these conditions, cCyc is only partially uncaged and results in activation of Cre-recombinase in only a few cells (1,2, 3, …) within the illuminated region only, namely in the appearance of the kRas-associated nuclear blue fluorescent label in usually one cell (and sometimes in a few more). Data and statistics are now incorporated in the revised manuscript, see Fig.2A and S7. In absence of activation of a reprogramming factor these fluorescently labelled cells disappear within a few days (either via shut-down of their promotor, apoptosis or some other mechanism). The crucial point here is that we see less and not more kRas expressing cells (i.e. with nuclear blue fluorescence) in absence of VentX activation. This observation rules out activation of Cre-recombinase in other cells days after illumination due to leakiness, cyclofen released by light or diffusing from the illumination spot.

      To observe many more fluorescent cells days after activation of the initial cell, one needs to transiently activate VentX-GR by overnight incubation in dexamethasone (DEX). Injecting the embryos at 1-cell stage with VentX-GR only or incubating them in DEX (without injection of VentX-GR) does not result in the appearance of more blue fluorescent cells.  Following activation of VentX-GR, the fluorescent cells observed a couple of days after initiation are visualized in E3 medium (i.e. in absence of cyclofen) and are localized to the vicinity of the otic vesicle (the region where the initial cell was activated). In the revised manuscript we show images of these fluorescent cells taken a few days apart in the same embryo in which a single cell was initially activated (Fig.S8). Hence, we attribute these cells to the progeny of the activated cell. Obviously, single cell tracking via time-lapse microscopy would definitely nail down this issue and provide fascinating insight into the initial stages of tumor growth. Unfortunately, immobilization of embryos in the usual medium (e.g. MS222, tricaine) over 5-6 days to track the division and motion of single cells is not possible. We are considering some other possibilities (immobilization in bungarotoxin or via photo-activation of anionic channels), but these challenging experiments are for a future paper.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review): 

      The authors then performed allotransplantations of allegedly single fluorescent TICs in recipient larvae and found a large number of fluorescent cells in distant locations, claiming that these cells have all originated from the single transplanted TIC and migrated away. The number of fluorescent cells showed in the recipient larve just after two days is not compatible with a normal cell cycle length and more likely represents the progeny of more than one transplanted cell.  

      As mentioned in the manuscript, we measure the density of cells/nl and inject in the yolk of 2dpf Nacre embryos a volume equivalent to about 1 cell, following published protocols (S.Nicoli and M.Presta, Nat.Prot. 2,2918 (2007)). We further image the injected cell(s) by fluorescence microscopy immediately following injection, as shown in Fig.4A and Fig.S8B. We might miss a few cells but not many. With a typical cell cycle of ~10h the images of tumors in larvae at 3dpt (and not 2dpt) correspond to  ~100 cells. In any case the purpose of this experiment was to show that the progeny of the initial induced cell is capable of developing into a tumor in a naïve fish, which is the operational definition of cancer that we adopted here. 

      The ability to migrate from the injection site should be documented by time-lapse microscopy. 

      As stated above our purpose here is not to study tumor formation from transplanted cell(s)  but to use that assay as an operational test of cancer. Besides as mentioned earlier single cell tracking in larvea over 3-4dpt is not a trivial task.

      Then, the authors conclude that "By allowing for specific and reproducible single cell malignant transformation in vivo, their optogenetic approach opens the way for a quantitative study of the initial stages of cancer at the single cell level". However, the evidence for these claims are weak and further characterization should be performed to: 

      (1) Show that they are actually activating the oncogene in a single cell (the magnification is too low and it is difficult to distinguish a single nucleus, labelling of the cell membrane may help to demonstrate that they are effectively activating the oncogene in, or transplanting, a single cell)  

      In the revised manuscript we provide larger magnification of the initial induced cell and show examples of oncogene activation in more than one cell. 

      (2) The expression of the genes used as markers of tumorigenesis is performed in whole larvae, with only a few transformed cells in them. Changes should be confirmed in FACS sorted fluorescent cells  

      When the oncogene is activated in a whole larvae all cells are fluorescent and thus FACS  is of no use for cell sorting. Sorting could be done in larvae where single cells are activated , but then the efficiency of FACS is not good enough to isolate the few fluorescent cells among the many more non-fluorescent ones. We agree that the expression change of the genes used as markers of tumorigenesis is an underestimate of their true change, but our goal at this time is not to precisely measure the change in expression level, but to show that the pattern of change was different from the controls and corresponded to what is expected in tumorigenesis.

      (3) The histology of the so called "tumor masses" is not showing malignant transformation, but at the most just hyperplasia. 

      The histology of the hyperplasic tissues show cellular proliferation with a higher density of nuclear material which is characteristic of tumors, Fig.S4C. Besides the increased expression of pERK in these tissues, Fig.S4A,B is also a hallmark of cancer. 

      In the brain, the sections are not perfectly symmetrical and the increase of cellularity on one side of the optic tectum is compatible with this asymmetry. 

      The expected T-shape formed by the sections of the tegmentum and hypothalamus are compatible with the symmetric sections shown in Fg.2D. The asymmetry in the optic tectum is a result of the hyperplasic growth.

      (4) The number of fluorescent cells found dispersed in the larvae transplanted with one single TIC after 48 hours will require a very fast cell cycle to generate over 50 cells. Do we have an idea of the cell cycle features of the transplanted TICs? 

      As answered above, the transplanted larvae are shown at 3dpt. With a cell cycle of about 10h, a single cell can give rise to about 100 cells in that time lapse.  

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      This paper describes a genetically tractable and modifiable system …which could be used to study an array of combinations and temporal relationships of these cancer drivers/modifiers. 

      We thank this referee for its positive comments. We would also like to point out that our approach provides for the first quantitative means to estimate the probability of tumorigenesis from a single cell, an estimate which is crucial in any assessment of cancer malignancy and the effectiveness of prophylactics. 

      Weaknesses: 

      There is minimal quantitation of … the efficiency of activation of the Ras-TFP fusion (Fig 1) in, purportedly, a single cell. …, such information seems essential.  

      We have added more images of induction of a single (or a few cells) and a plot where the probability of RAS activation in one or a few cells is specified. 

      The authors indicate that a single cell is "initiated" (Fig 2) using the laser optogenetic technique, but without definitive genetic lineage tracing, it is not possible to conclude that cells expressing TFP distant from the target site near the ear are daughter cells of the claimed single "initiated" cell. A plausible alternative explanation is 1) that the optogenetic targeting is more diffuse (i.e. some of the light of the appropriate wavelength hits other cells nearby due to reflection/diffraction), so these adjacent cells are additional independent "initiated" cells or 2) that the uncaged tamoxifen analogue can diffuse to nearby cells and allow for CreER activation and recombination.  

      We have addressed this point in our general comments to the reviewers’ remarks. The possibilities mentioned by this reviewer would result in cells expressing TFP in absence of VentX activation, which is NOT the case. Cells expressing TFP away from the initial site are observed DAYS after activation of the oncogene (and TFP) in a single cell and ONLY upon activation of VentX.

      In Fig 2B, the claim is made that "the activated cell has divided, giving rise to two cells" - unless continuously imaged or genetically traced, this is unproven. 

      We have addressed this remark previously. Tracking of larvae over many days is not possible with the usual protocol using tricaine to immobilize the larvae. Nonetheless, in the revised version we present images of an embryo imaged at various times post activation (1hpi, 3dpi, 7dpi) where proliferation and metastasis of the cells can be observed. We are pursuing other alternatives for time-lapse microscopy over many days, since besides convincing the sceptics, a single cell tracking experiment (possibly coupled with in-situ spatial transcriptomics) will shed a new and fascinating light on the initial stages of tumor growth. 

      In addition, it appears that Figures S3 and S4 are showing that hyperplasia can arise in many different tissues (including intestine, pancreas, and liver, S4C) with broad Ras + Ventx activation …. This should be clarified in the manuscript). 

      This is true and has been clarified in the new version. 

      In Fig S7 where single cell activation and potential metastasis is discussed, similar gut tissues have TFP+ cells that are called metastatic, but this seems consistent with the possibility that multiple independent sites of initiation are occurring even when focal activation is attempted. 

      As mentioned previously this is ruled out by the fact that these cells are observed days after cyclofen uncaging (and TFP activation) and IF AND ONLY IF VentX was activated during the first dpi.

      Although the hyperplastic cells are transplantable (Fig 4), the use of the term "cells of origin of cancer" or metastatic cells should be viewed with care in the experiments showing TFP+ cells (Fig 1, 2, 3) in embryos with targeted activation for the reasons noted above.  

      The purpose of this transplantation experiment was to show that cell in which both kRas and VentX have been activated possess the capacity to metastasize and develop a tumor mass when transplanted in a naïve zebrafish. This -  to the best of our knowledge  - is the operational definition of a malignant tumor. Notice also that transplantation of kRAS only activated cells (i.e. without subsequent activation of VentX) does NOT yield tumors, rather the transplanted cell disappears after a few days, see Fig.S10. 

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      This study employs an optogenetics approach … to examine tumorigenesis probabilities under altered tissue environments.  

      We thank this reviewer for this remark, since we believe that the probability to assess the probability of tumorigenesis from a single cell is probably the most significant contribution of this work.

      Weaknesses: 

      Lack of Methodological Clarity: The manuscript lacks detailed descriptions of methodologies, 

      We have included additional detail of our methodology and statistical analyses in the revised manuscript.

      Sub-optimal Data Presentation and Quality:  

      Lack of quantitative data and control condition data obtained from images of higher magnification limits the ability to robustly support the conclusions.  

      We have included more images at higher magnification and quantitative data to support the main report of targeted single cell induction. 

      Here are some details:  

      Authors might want to provide more evidence to support their claim on the single cell KRAS activation.  

      More images and a data on activation of single or few cells in the illumination field are provided as well as statistical analysis of  cell induction.  

      Stability of cCYC: The manuscript does not provide information on the half-life and stability of cCYC. Understanding these properties is crucial for evaluating the system's reliability and the likelihood of leakiness, which could significantly influence the study's outcomes. 

      We have been using the cCyc system for about 14 years. We refer the reader to our previous papers and reviews on this methodology. Briefly, cCyc is stable when not illuminated with light around 375nm. Typically, we incubate our embryos in the dark for about 1h before washing, transferring them into E3 medium and illuminating them. Assessing the leakiness of the system is easy as expression of a fluorescent marker is permanently turned on. We have observed none in the conditions of our experiment or in previous works.

      Metastatic Dissemination claim: However, the absence of a supportive cellular compartment within the fin-fold tissue makes the presence of mTFP-positive metastatic cells there particularly puzzling. This distribution raises concerns about the spatial specificity of the optogenetic activation protocol … The unexpected locations of these signals suggest potential ectopic activation of the KRAS oncogene, 

      We have addressed this remark in the introduction and above. Specifically, metastatic and proliferative mTFP-positive cells are observed IF AND ONLY IF VentX is also activated concomitant with activation of kRAS in a single cell. No proliferative cells are observed in absence of VentX activation, or in presence of VentX or Dex alone, or if kRAS has not been activated by cyclofen uncaging. 

      Image Resolution Concerns: The cells depicted in Figure 3C β, which appear to be near the surface of the yolk sac and not within the digestive system as suggested in the MS, underscore the necessity for higher-resolution imaging. Without clearer images, it is challenging to ascertain the exact locations and states of these cells, thus complicating the assessment of experimental results. 

      Better images are provided in the revised version.

      The cell transplantation experiment is lacking protocol details:

      Details are provided. We have followed regular protocols for transplantation:  S.Nicoli and M.Presta, Nat.Prot. 2,2918 (2007). 

      If the cells are obtained from whole larvae with induced RAS + VX expression, it is notable and somewhat surprising that the larvae survived up to six days post-induction (6dpi) before cells were harvested for transplantation. This survival rate and the subsequent ability to obtain single cell suspensions raise questions about the heterogeneity of the RAS + VX expressing cells that transplanted. 

      From Fig.S4D, about 50% of the embryos survive at 6dpi. Though an interesting question by itself we have not (yet) addressed the important issue of the heterogeneity of the outgrowth obtained from a single cell. Our purpose here was just to show that cells in which both kRAS and VentX have been activated possess the capacity to metastasize and develop a tumor mass when transplanted in a naïve zebrafish. This -  to the best of our knowledge  - is the operational definition of a malignant tumor.

      Unclear Experimental Conditions in Figure S3B: …It is not specified whether the activation of KRAS was targeted to specific cells or involved whole-body exposure. 

      This was whole body (global) illumination and is specified in the revised version.

      Contrasting Data in Figure S3C compared to literature: The graph in Figure S3C indicates that KRAS or KRAS + DEX induction did not result in any form of hyperplastic growth. The authors should provide detailed descriptions of the conditions under which the experiments were conducted in Figure S3B and clarifying the reasons for the discrepancies observed in Figure S3C are crucial. The authors should discuss potential reasons for the deviation from previous reports. 

      This discrepancy is discussed in the revised version. First the previous reports consider the development of tumors within 3-4 weeks which we have not studied in detail. Second, the expression of the oncogene in these reports might be stronger than in ours. Third, the stochastic and random appearance of tumors in these reports suggest that some other mechanism (transient stress-induced reprogramming?) might have activated the oncogene in the initial cell. 

      Further comments: 

      Throughout the study, KRAS-activated cell expansion and metastasis are two key phenotypes discussed that Ventx is promoting. However, the authors did not perform any experiments to directly show that KRAS+ cells proliferate only in Ventx-activated conditions.  

      Yes, we did. See Fig. S1 and compare with Fig.S3B, or Fig.S10A in comparison with Fig.2A,B.

      The authors also did not show any morphological features or time-lapse videos demonstrating that KRAS+ cells are motile, even though zebrafish is an excellent model for in vivo live imaging. This seems to be a missed opportunity for providing convincing evidence to support the authors' conclusions.  

      Performing time-lapse microscopy on larvae over many (4-5) days is not possible with the regular tricaine protocol for immobilization. We are definitely planning such experiments, but they will require some other protocol, perhaps using bungarotoxin or some optogenetic inhibitory channels.

      There were minimal experimental details provided for the qPCR data presented in the supplementary figures S5 and S6, therefore, it is hard to evaluate result obtained. 

      More details are given in the revised version.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      Abstract: what is the definition of tumors that they are using? I never heard of a full-blown tumor that develops in less than 6 days from a single cell!  

      This is indeed surprising! We are using an operational definition of a tumor: if cells from an hyperplasic tissue can metastasize and outgrow when transplanted in a naïve zebrafish, then it is a tumor. 

      Introduction: The claim that this is the first report of the induction of oncogene expression in a single cell in zebrafish is wrong as there are other reports (PMID: 27810924, PMID: 30061297) 

      These other approaches are invasive (electroporation and transplantation). We have added non-invasive in the revised version. 

      Figure 2: The quality of these images is too low to visualize the infiltration that they talk about, the sections are not perfectly coronal and the asymmetric distribution of cells may be confused with an infiltration. 

      We have addressed this question above. 

      Results, page 5: how do we know that these are metastatic cells? there could have been spurious activation in other locations, you need to prove that these cells moved from one place to the other and that they are of the same cell type as the primary tumor  

      We have addressed this question extensively in the introduction and in our answers to the reviewers. We have also added a figure showing cell proliferation in the same embryos at various time post induction. Time-lapse microscopy studies of tumor initiation and growth over many days are planned, but will be the subject of an other paper.

      Figure 3: not clear why they did not use anaesthetic or mounting media to take pictures of the transplanted fish  

      We tried to minimally stress the larvae that are already in a perilous condition…

      Results, page 6: Not clear why the authors used KRAS v12 as an oncogene and uncaged its expression in the brain, as KRAS is not a common oncogene for brain tumors. 

      There are reports of kRASG12V tumors in zebrafish brain (doi: 10.1186/s12943-015-0288-2)

      It is not clear what is the mechanism of Ventx -driven oncogenesis? What changes in gene expression, cell function etc are induced by Ventx in the cells that express KRASv12? The qPCR analysis performed is done on whole larvae and an analysis on single TICs and their progeny should be done following FACS sorting of fluorescent cells.  

      FACS sorting of a single TIC (and its progeny) among many thousand cells in the embryo is not possible. The analysis on whole larvae provides an underestimate of the changes in gene expression following activation of kRAS and VentX.  We are looking for spatial transcriptomics as a better approach of the changes in gene expression induced in single TICs and their progeny, but that is beyond the scope of this paper. 

      Nuclear staining is necessary to make sure that only 1 cell was transplanted. How is it possible that we get more than 50 cells from a single transplanted cell in less than 48 hours? What is the length of the cell cycle of these transformed cells? 

      Nuclear staining is not necessary as the transplanted cell is fluorescent. Thus we can see how many cells are transplanted. With a cell-cycle of about 10h in 3dpt, a single cell will have generated as many as 100 cells. 

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      Minor grammatical change - hyperplasic more commonly called hyperplastic. 

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      Provide Detailed Methodologies: Clearly describe all experimental protocols used, particularly those for cell transplantation and photo-activation techniques. Detailed protocols will aid in replicating your findings and enhancing the manuscript's credibility.  

      Done.

      Provide High-Resolution Imaging data: To substantiate the claims about cell location and behaviour, provide high-resolution images where individual cells and their specific tissue contexts are clearly visible. 

      Greater magnification images provided.

      Quantitative Data: Incorporate quantitative analyses to strengthen the findings, particularly in experiments where cell proliferation and activation are key outcomes. 

      Done.

      Verify Single Cell Activation: Offer additional evidence or experimental validation to support the claim that KRASG12V activation is confined to single cells, considering the limitations mentioned about the photo-activation setup. 

      Discussion, figures and statistical analysis added in manuscript.

      Discuss Stability and Leakage of cCYC: Provide data on the stability and half-life of cCYC to assess the likelihood of system leakiness, which could influence the interpretation of your results.  

      Reference to our previous papers and reviews added.

      Clarify Metastatic Claims: Discuss the unexpected presence of mTFP-positive cells in nontraditional metastatic sites, like the fin fold, and consider additional experiments to verify whether these are cases of ectopic activation or true metastasis.

      Discussion added in manuscript

      Utilize time-lapse live imaging to visually document the motility and behaviour of KRAS+ cells over time, leveraging the strengths of the zebrafish model. 

      Definitely interesting, but non trivial to conduct over many days and subject for a future paper.

      Address Discrepancies in KRAS Activation Effects from literature: Specifically, discuss why your findings on KRAS-induced hyperplasia differ from existing literature. Consider whether experimental conditions or KRAS expression levels might have contributed to these differences.  

      Discussion added in revised version

    1. eLife Assessment

      This study makes the important finding that pleiotropy is positively associated with parallelism of evolutionary responses in gene expression. This finding, if true, runs counter to current expectations in the field. The analysis uses state-of-the art experimental evolution approach to study the genetic basis of adaptation of Drosophila simulans to a hot environment. Although the experimental results are convincing, the theoretical model is incomplete, due to several unusual assumptions. It remains to be seen whether the main conclusion can be replicated in other contexts.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      When different groups (populations, species) are presented with similar environmental pressures, how similar are the ultimate targets (genes, pathways)? This study sought to illuminate this broader question via experimental evolution in D. simulans and quantifying gene-expression changes, specifically in the context of standing genetic variation (and not de novo mutation). Ultimately, the authors showed pleiotropy and standing-genetic variation play a significant role in the "predictability" of evolution.

      The results of this manuscript look at the interplay between pleiotropy, standing genetic variation and parallelism (i.e. predictability of evolution) in gene expression. Ultimately, their results suggest that (a) pleiotropic genes typically have a smaller range in variation/expression, and (b) adaptation to similar environments tends to favor changes in pleiotropic genes, which leads to parallelism in mechanisms (though not dramatically). However, it is still uncertain how much parallelism is directly due to pleiotropy, instead of a complex interplay between them and ancestral variation.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Lai and collaborators use a previously published RNAseq dataset derived from an experimental evolution set up to compare the pleiotropic properties of genes which expression evolved in response to fluctuating temperature for over 100 generations. The authors correlate gene pleiotropy with the degree of parallelisms in the experimental evolution set up to ask: are genes that evolved in multiple replicates more or less pleiotropic?

      They find that, maybe counter to expectation, highly pleiotropic genes show more replicated evolution. And such effect seems to be driven by direct effects (which the authors can only speculate on) and indirect effect through low variance in pleiotropic genes (which the authors indirectly link to genetic variation underlying gene expression variance).

      Weaknesses:

      The results offer new insights into the evolution of gene expression and into the parameters that constrain such evolution, i.e., pleiotropy. Although the conclusions are supported by the data, I find the interpretation of the results a little bit complicated.

      Major comment:

      The major point I ask the authors to address is whether the connection between polygenic adaptation and parallelism can indeed be used to interpret gene expression parallelism. If the answer is not, please rephrase the introduction and discussion, if the answer is yes, please make it explicit in the text why it is so.

      The authors argument: parallelism in gene expression is the same as parallelism in SNP allele frequency (AFC) (see L389-383 here they don't mention that this explanation is derived from SNP parallelism and not trait parallelism, and see Fig1 b). In previous publications the authors have explained the low level of AFC parallelism using a polygenic argument. Polygenic traits can reach a new trait optimum via multiple SNPs and therefore although the trait is parallel across replicates, the SNPs are not necessarily so.

      In the current paper, they seem to be exchanging SNP AFC by gene expression, and to me, those are two levels that cannot be interchanged. Gene expression is a trait, not a SNP, and therefore the fact that a gene expression doesn't replicate cannot be explained by polygenic basis, because again the trait is gene expression itself. And, actually the results of the simulations show that high polygenicity = less trait parallelism (Fig4).

      Now, if the authors focus on high parallel genes (present in e.g. 7 or more replicates) and they show that the eQTLs for those genes are many (highly polygenic) and the AFC of those eQTL are not parallel, then I would agree with the interpretation. But, given that here they just assess gene expression and not eQTL AFC, I do not think they can use the 'highly polygenic = low parallelism' explanation.

      The interpretation of the results to me, should be limited to: genes with low variance and high pleiotropy tend to be more parallel, and the explanation might be synergistic pleiotropy.

      Comments on revisions: The authors didn't really address any of the comments made by any of the reviewers - basically nothing was changed in the main text. Therefore, I leave my original review unchanged.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The authors aim to understand how gene pleiotropy affects parallel evolutionary changes among independent replicates of adaptation to a new hot environment of a set of experimental lines of Drosophila simulans using experimental evolution. The flies were RNAsequenced after more than 100 generations of lab adaptation and the changes in average gene expression were obtained relative to ancestral expression levels from reconstructed ancestral lines. Parallelism of gene expression change among lines is evaluated as variance in differential gene expression among lines relative to error variance. Similarly, the authors ask how the standing variation in gene expression estimated from a handful of flies from a reconstructed outbred line affects parallelism. The main findings are that parallelism in gene expression responses is positively associated with pleiotropy and negatively associated with expression variation. Those results are in contradiction with theoretical predictions and empirical findings. To explain those seemingly contradictory results the authors invoke the role of synergistic pleiotropy and correlated selection, although they do not attempt to measure either.

      Strengths:

      The study uses highly replicated outbred laboratory lines of Drosophila simulans evolved in the lab under constant hot regime for over 100 generations. This allows for robust comparisons of evolutionary responses among lines.

      The manuscript is well written and the hypotheses are clearly delineated at the onset.

      The authors have run a causal analysis to understand the causal dependencies between pleiotropy and expression variation on parallelism.

      The use of whole-body RNA extraction to study gene expression variation is well justified.

      Weaknesses:

      The accuracy of the estimate of ancestral phenotypic variation in gene expression is likely low because estimated from a small sample of 20 males from a reconstructed outbred line. It might not constitute a robust estimate of the genetic variation of the evolved lines under study.

      There are no estimates of the standing genetic variation of expression levels of the genes under study, only estimates of their phenotypic variation. I wished the authors had been clear about that limitation and had refrained from equating phenotypic variation in expression level with standing genetic variation.

      Moreover, since the phenotype studied is gene expression, its genetic basis extends beyond expressed sequences. The phenotypic variation of a gene's expression may thus likely misrepresent the genetic variation available for its evolution. The authors do not present evidence that sequence variation correlates with expression variation.

      The authors have not attempted to estimate synergistic pleiotropy among genes, nor how selection acts on gene expression modules. It makes their conclusion regarding the role of synergistic pleiotropy rather speculative.

    5. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the current reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      When different groups (populations, species) are presented with similar environmental pressures, how similar are the ultimate targets (genes, pathways)? This study sought to illuminate this broader question via experimental evolution in D. simulans and quantifying gene-expression changes, specifically in the context of standing genetic variation (and not de novo mutation). Ultimately, the authors showed pleiotropy and standing-genetic variation play a significant role in the "predictability" of evolution.

      The results of this manuscript look at the interplay between pleiotropy, standing genetic variation and parallelism (i.e. predictability of evolution) in gene expression. Ultimately, their results suggest that (a) pleiotropic genes typically have a smaller range in variation/expression, and (b) adaptation to similar environments tends to favor changes in pleiotropic genes, which leads to parallelism in mechanisms (though not dramatically). However, it is still uncertain how much parallelism is directly due to pleiotropy, instead of a complex interplay between them and ancestral variation.

      Yes, the reviewer is correct that our results for the direct effects of pleiotropy were not consistent for both measures of pleiotropy. We highlight this in the discussion:” Only tissue specificity had a significant direct effect, which was even larger than the indirect effect (Table 2). No significant direct effect was found for network connectivity. The discrepancy between the two measures of pleiotropy is particularly interesting given their significant correlation (Supplementary Figure 1). This suggests that both measures capture aspects of pleiotropy that differ in their biological implications.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Lai and collaborators use a previously published RNAseq dataset derived from an experimental evolution set up to compare the pleiotropic properties of genes which expression evolved in response to fluctuating temperature for over 100 generations. The authors correlate gene pleiotropy with the degree of parallelisms in the experimental evolution set up to ask: are genes that evolved in multiple replicates more or less pleiotropic?

      They find that, maybe counter to expectation, highly pleiotropic genes show more replicated evolution. And such effect seems to be driven by direct effects (which the authors can only speculate on) and indirect effect through low variance in pleiotropic genes (which the authors indirectly link to genetic variation underlying gene expression variance).

      Weaknesses:

      The results offer new insights into the evolution of gene expression and into the parameters that constrain such evolution, i.e., pleiotropy. Although the conclusions are supported by the data, I find the interpretation of the results a little bit complicated.

      We are very happy to read that the reviewer finds our conclusions to be supported by the data.

      Major comment:

      The major point I ask the authors to address is whether the connection between polygenic adaptation and parallelism can indeed be used to interpret gene expression parallelism. If the answer is not, please rephrase the introduction and discussion, if the answer is yes, please make it explicit in the text why it is so.

      Yes, we think that gene expression parallelism can be explained by polygenic adaptation.

      The authors argument: parallelism in gene expression is the same as parallelism in SNP allele frequency (AFC) (see L389-383 here they don't mention that this explanation is derived from SNP parallelism and not trait parallelism, and see Fig1 b). In previous publications the authors have explained the low level of AFC parallelism using a polygenic argument. Polygenic traits can reach a new trait optimum via multiple SNPs and therefore although the trait is parallel across replicates, the SNPs are not necessarily so.

      In the current paper, they seem to be exchanging SNP AFC by gene expression, and to me, those are two levels that cannot be interchanged. Gene expression is a trait, not a SNP, and therefore the fact that a gene expression doesn't replicate cannot be explained by polygenic basis, because again the trait is gene expression itself. And, actually the results of the simulations show that high polygenicity = less trait parallelism (Fig4).

      We agree with the reviewer that it is important to consider different hierarchies when talking about the implications of polygenic adaptation. The lowest hierarchical level is SNP variation and the highest level is fitness. In-between these extreme hierarchical levels is gene expression. While gene expression is a trait itself, as correctly pointed out by the reviewer, it is possible that selection is not favoring a specific trait value, because selection targets a trait on a higher hierarchical level. This implies that not only SNPs, but also intermediate traits such as gene expression can exhibit redundancy. Considering a simple example of one selected trait (e.g. body size), which is affected by the expression level of two genes A and B, each regulated by SNP A1, A2 and B1, B2. It is now possible to modulate the focal trait by allele frequency changes of A1, which in turn will only affect gene A. Alternatively, SNP B2 may change, modifying the expression of gene B, leading to the same change in body size. Hence, we could have redundancy both at the SNP level as well as on the gene expression level (although higher redundancy is expected on the SNP level). Most importantly, this redundancy at intermediate hierarchical levels is not pure theory, but it is supported by empirical evidence. We have shown that redundancy exists not only for gene expression (10.1111/mec.16274) but also for metabolite concentrations (10.1093/gbe/evad098).

      Now, if the authors focus on high parallel genes (present in e.g. 7 or more replicates) and they show that the eQTLs for those genes are many (highly polygenic) and the AFC of those eQTL are not parallel, then I would agree with the interpretation. But, given that here they just assess gene expression and not eQTL AFC, I do not think they can use the 'highly polygenic = low parallelism' explanation.

      This is clearly an interesting proposed research project, but we doubt that it would result in the expected outcome. Since most of the adaptive gene expression changes are not having a simple genetic basis (10.1093/gbe/evae077) and most expression variation is determined by trans-regulatory effects (10.1038/s41576-020-00304-w), eQTL mapping will most likely not identify all contributing loci. Large effect loci are more easily identified, but they are also expected to be more parallel.

      The interpretation of the results to me, should be limited to: genes with low variance and high pleiotropy tend to be more parallel, and the explanation might be synergistic pleiotropy.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion, but prefer to stick to our interpretation of the data.

      Comments on revisions: The authors didn't really address any of the comments made by any of the reviewers - basically nothing was changed in the main text. Therefore, I leave my original review unchanged.

      We modestly disagree, in our point to point reply, we respond to all reviewers’ comments. Since, we did not identify any major problem in our manuscript, we only modified the wording in some parts where we felt that a clarification could resolve the misunderstanding of the reviewers. In response to the reviewers’ comments, we added a new paragraph in the discussion and generated a new figure.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The authors aim to understand how gene pleiotropy affects parallel evolutionary changes among independent replicates of adaptation to a new hot environment of a set of experimental lines of Drosophila simulans using experimental evolution. The flies were RNAsequenced after more than 100 generations of lab adaptation and the changes in average gene expression were obtained relative to ancestral expression levels from reconstructed ancestral lines. Parallelism of gene expression change among lines is evaluated as variance in differential gene expression among lines relative to error variance. Similarly, the authors ask how the standing variation in gene expression estimated from a handful of flies from a reconstructed outbred line affects parallelism. The main findings are that parallelism in gene expression responses is positively associated with pleiotropy and negatively associated with expression variation. Those results are in contradiction with theoretical predictions and empirical findings. To explain those seemingly contradictory results the authors invoke the role of synergistic pleiotropy and correlated selection, although they do not attempt to measure either.

      Strengths:

      The study uses highly replicated outbred laboratory lines of Drosophila simulans evolved in the lab under constant hot regime for over 100 generations. This allows for robust comparisons of evolutionary responses among lines.

      The manuscript is well written and the hypotheses are clearly delineated at the onset.

      The authors have run a causal analysis to understand the causal dependencies between pleiotropy and expression variation on parallelism.

      The use of whole-body RNA extraction to study gene expression variation is well justified.

      Weaknesses:

      The accuracy of the estimate of ancestral phenotypic variation in gene expression is likely low because estimated from a small sample of 20 males from a reconstructed outbred line. It might not constitute a robust estimate of the genetic variation of the evolved lines under study.

      We agree with the reviewer that variation estimates based on 20 samples are not very precise. Nevertheless, we demonstrated that the estimated variance in gene expression was highly correlated between two independent samples from the same ancestral population. Furthermore, we identified a significant correlation of expression variance with evolutionary parallelism. In other words, the biological signal has been sufficiently strong despite the variance estimate has been noisy.

      There are no estimates of the standing genetic variation of expression levels of the genes under study, only estimates of their phenotypic variation. I wished the authors had been clear about that limitation and had refrained from equating phenotypic variation in expression level with standing genetic variation.

      The reviewer is right that we did not estimate genetic variation of gene expression, but use expression variation as a proxy for the standing genetic variation. There are two potential problems with this approach. First, a large expression variation could be caused by a single large effect variant segregating at intermediate frequency. Such large effect variants will exhibit a highly parallel selection response-contrary to our empirical results. Since we have shown previously (10.1093/gbe/evae077) that adaptive gene expression changes are mostly polygenic we do not consider this extreme scenario to be very relevant in our study. Rather, we would like to emphasize that neither a SNP analysis of the 5’ region nor an eQTL study will provide an unbiased estimator of genetic variation of gene expression. The second problem arises if gene expression noise differs among genes, hence more noisy genes will appear to have more standing genetic variation than genes with less noise. Since, we average across many different cells and cell types, gene expression noise is expected to be levelled out- this aspect is discussed in detail in the manuscript.

      In other words, despite these two potential limitations, we consider our approach superior to alternative approaches of estimating genetic variation in gene expression.

      Moreover, since the phenotype studied is gene expression, its genetic basis extends beyond expressed sequences. The phenotypic variation of a gene's expression may thus likely misrepresent the genetic variation available for its evolution. The authors do not present evidence that sequence variation correlates with expression variation.

      Gene expression is determined by the joint effects of cis-regulatory and trans-regulatory variation. Hence, recombination can create more extreme phenotypes than the one of the parental lines (in quantitative genetics this is called transgressive segregation). It is unclear to what extent this constitutes a problem for our analyses. Nevertheless, we would like to point out that eQTL mapping will miss many trans-acting variants and therefore we doubt that the requested empirical evidence for correlation between genetic variation (estimated by eQTL mapping) and observed expression variation is as straight forward as suggested by the reviewer.

      Nevertheless, we reference an empirical study, which showed a positive correlation between expression variation and cis-regulatory variation.

      The authors have not attempted to estimate synergistic pleiotropy among genes, nor how selection acts on gene expression modules. It makes their conclusion regarding the role of synergistic pleiotropy rather speculative.

      The reviewer is correct that we did not demonstrate synergistic pleiotropy, but we discuss this as a possible explanation for the observed direct effects of pleiotropy.


      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The results of this manuscript look at the interplay between pleiotropy, standing genetic variation, and parallelism (i.e. predictability of evolution) in gene expression. Ultimately, their results suggest that (a) pleiotropic genes typically have a smaller range in variation/expression, and (b) adaptation to similar environments tends to favor changes in pleiotropic genes, which leads to parallelism in mechanisms (though not dramatically). However, it is still uncertain how much parallelism is directly due to pleiotropy, instead of a complex interplay between them and ancestral variation.

      I have a few things that I was uncertain about. It may be these things are easily answered but require more discussion or clarity in the manuscript.

      (1) The variation being talked about in this manuscript is expression levels, and not SNPs within coding regions (or elsewhere). The cause of any specific gene having a change in expression can obviously be varied - transcription factors, repressors, promoter region variation, etc. Is this taken into account within the "network connectivity" measurement? I understand the network connectivity is a proxy for pleiotropy - what I'm asking is, conceptually, what can be said about how/why those highly pleiotropic genes have a change (or not) in expression. This might be a question for another project/paper, but it feels like a next step worth mentioning somewhere.

      In current study, we are only able to detect significant and repeatable expression changes but unable to identify the underlying causal variants. An eQTL study in the founder population in combination with genomic resequencing for both evolved and ancestral populations would be required to address this question.

      (2) The authors do have a passing statement in line 361 about cis-regulatory regions. Is the assumption that genetic variation in promoter regions is the ultimate "mechanism" driving any change in expression? In the same vein, the authors bring up a potential confounding factor, though they dismiss it based on a specific citation (lines 476-481; citation 65). I'm of the mindset that in order to more confidently disregard this "issue" based on previous evidence, it requires more than one citation. Especially since the one citation is a plant. That specific point jumps out to me as needing a more careful rebuttal.

      It was not our intention to claim that the expression changes in our experiment are caused by cis-regulatory variation only. We believe that the observed expression variation has both cis- and trans-genetic components, where as some studies tend to estimate much higher cisvariation for gene expression in Drosophila populations (e.g. [1, 2]). We mentioned the positive correlation between cis-regulatory polymorphism and expression variation to (1) highlight the genetic control of gene expression and (2) make the connection between polygenic adaptation and gene expression evolutionary parallelism.

      (3) I feel like there isn't enough exploration of tissue specificity versus network connectivity. Tissue specificity was best explained by a model in which pleiotropy had both direct and indirect effects on parallelism; while network connectivity was best explained (by a small margin) via the model which was mostly pleiotropy having a direct effect on ancestral variation, that then had a direct effect on parallelism. When the strengths of either direct/indirect effects were quantified, tissue specificity showed a stronger direct effect, while network connectivity had none (i.e. not significant). My confusion is with the last point - if network connectivity is explained by a direct effect in the best-supported model, how does this work, since the direct effect isn't significant? Perhaps I am misunderstanding something.

      To clarify, for network connectivity, there’s a significant “indirect” effect on parallelism (i.e. network connectivity affect ancestral gene expression and ancestral gene expression affect parallelism). Hence, in table 2, the direct effect of network connectivity on parallelism is weak and not significant while the indirect effect via ancestral variation is significant.

      Also, network connectivity might favor the most pleiotropic genes being transcription factor hubs (or master regulators for various homeostasis pathways); while the tissue specificity metric perhaps is a kind of a space/time element. I get that a gene having expression across multiple tissues does fit the definition of pleiotropy in the broad sense, but I'm wondering if some important details are getting lost - I'm just thinking about the relative importance of what tissue specificity measurements say versus the network connectivity measurement.

      We examined the statistical relationship between the two measures and found a moderate positive correlation on the basis of which we argued that the two measures may capture different aspects of pleiotropy. We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestions about the biological basis of the two estimates of pleiotropy, but we think that without further experimental insights, an extended discussion of this topic is too premature to provide meaningful insights to the readership.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Lai and collaborators use a previously published RNAseq dataset derived from an experimental evolution set up to compare the pleiotropic properties of genes whose expression evolved in response to fluctuating temperature for over 100 generations. The authors correlate gene pleiotropy with the degree of parallelisms in the experimental evolution set up to ask: are genes that evolved in multiple replicates more or less pleiotropic?

      They find that, maybe counter to expectation, highly pleiotropic genes show more replicated evolution. Such an effect seems to be driven by direct effects (which the authors can only speculate on) and indirect effects through low variance in pleiotropic genes (which the authors indirectly link to genetic variation underlying gene expression variance).

      Weaknesses:

      The results offer new insights into the evolution of gene expression and into the parameters that constrain such evolution, i.e., pleiotropy. Although the conclusions are supported by the data, I find the interpretation of the results a little bit complicated.

      Major comment:

      The major point I ask the authors to address is whether the connection between polygenic adaptation and parallelism can indeed be used to interpret gene expression parallelism. If the answer is not, please rephrase the introduction and discussion, if the answer is yes, please make it explicit in the text why it is so.

      Our answer is yes, we interpreted gene expression parallelism (high ancestral variance -> less parallelism) using the same framework that links polygenic adaptation and parallelism (high polygenicity = less trait parallelism). We believe that our response covers several of the reviewer’s concerns.

      The authors' argument: parallelism in gene expression is the same as parallelism in SNP allele frequency (AFC) (see L389-383 here they don't mention that this explanation is derived from SNP parallelism and not trait parallelism, and see Figure 1 b). In previous publications, the authors have explained the low level of AFC parallelism using a polygenic argument. Polygenic traits can reach a new trait optimum via multiple SNPs and therefore although the trait is parallel across replicates, the SNPs are not necessarily so.

      Importantly, our rationale is based on the idea that gene expression is rarely the direct target of selection, but rather an intermediate trait [3]. Recently, we have specifically tested this assumption for gene expression and metabolite concentrations and our analysis showed that both traits were are redundant [4], as previously shown for DNA sequences [5]. The important implication for this manuscript is that gene expression is also redundant, so that adaptation can be achieved by distinct changes in gene expression in replicate populations adapting to the same selection pressure. This implies that we can use the same simulation framework for gene expression as for sequencing data. In our case different SNP frequencies correspond to different expression levels (averaged across individuals from a population), which in turn increases fitness by modifying the selected trait. Importantly, the selected trait in our simulations is not gene expression, but a not defined high level phenotype. A key insight from our simulations is that with increasing polygenicity the expression of a gene is more variable in the ancestral population.

      In the current paper, they seem to be exchanging SNP AFC by gene expression, and to me, those are two levels that cannot be interchanged. Gene expression is a trait, not an SNP, and therefore the fact that a gene expression doesn't replicate cannot be explained by a polygenic basis, because again the trait is gene expression itself. And, actually, the results of the simulations show that high polygenicity = less trait parallelism (Figure 4).

      As detailed above, because adaptation can be reached by changes in gene expression at different sets of genes, redundancy is also operating on the expression level not just on the level of SNPs. To clarify, the x-axis of Fig. 4 is the expression variation in the ancestral population.

      Now, if the authors focus on high parallel genes (present in e.g. 7 or more replicates) and they show that the eQTLs for those genes are many (highly polygenic) and the AFC of those eQTLs are not parallel, then I would agree with the interpretation. But, given that here they just assess gene expression and not eQTL AFC, I do not think they can use the 'highly polygenic = low parallelism' explanation.

      The interpretation of the results to me, should be limited to: genes with low variance and high pleiotropy tend to be more parallel, and the explanation might be synergistic pleiotropy.

      While we understand the desire to model the full hierarchy from eQTLs to gene expression and adaptive traits, we raise caution that this would be a very challenging task. eQTLs very often underestimate the contribution of trans-acting factors, hence the understanding of gene expression evolution based on eQTLs is very likely incomplete and cannot explain the redundancy of gene expression during adaptation. Hence, we think that the focus on redundant gene expression is conceptually simpler and thus allows us to address the question of pleiotropy without the incorporation of allele frequency changes.  

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The authors aim to understand how gene pleiotropy affects parallel evolutionary changes among independent replicates of adaptation to a new hot environment of a set of experimental lines of Drosophila simulans using experimental evolution. The flies were RNAsequenced after more than 100 generations of lab adaptation and the changes in average gene expression were obtained relative to ancestral expression levels from reconstructed ancestral lines. Parallelism of gene expression change among lines is evaluated as variance in differential gene expression among lines relative to error variance. Similarly, the authors ask how the standing variation in gene expression estimated from a handful of flies from a reconstructed outbred line affects parallelism. The main findings are that parallelism in gene expression responses is positively associated with pleiotropy and negatively associated with expression variation. Those results are in contradiction with theoretical predictions and empirical findings. To explain those seemingly contradictory results the authors invoke the role of synergistic pleiotropy and correlated selection, although they do not attempt to measure either.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study uses highly replicated outbred laboratory lines of Drosophila simulans evolved in the lab under a constant hot regime for over 100 generations. This allows for robust comparisons of evolutionary responses among lines.

      (2) The manuscript is well written and the hypotheses are clearly delineated at the onset.

      (3) The authors have run a causal analysis to understand the causal dependencies between pleiotropy and expression variation on parallelism.

      (4) The use of whole-body RNA extraction to study gene expression variation is well justified.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) It is unclear how well phenotypic variation in gene expression of the evolved lines has been estimated by the sample of 20 males from a reconstructed outbred line not directly linked to the evolved lines under study. I see this as a general weakness of the experimental design.

      Our intention was not to measure the phenotypic variance of the evolved lines, but rather to estimate the phenotypic variance at the beginning of the experiment. Hence, we measured and investigated the variation of gene expression in the ancestral population since this was the beginning of the replicated experimental evolution. Furthermore, since the ancestral population represents the natural population in Florida, the gene expression variation reflects the history of selection history acting on it.

      (2) There are no estimates of standing genetic variation of expression levels of the genes under study, only phenotypic variation. I wished the authors had been clear about that limitation and had discussed the consequences of the analysis. This also constitutes a weakness of the study.

      The reviewer is correct that we do not aim to estimate the standing genetic variation, which is responsible for differences in gene expression. While we agree that it could be an interesting research question to use eQTL mapping to identify the genetic basis of gene expression, we caution that trans-effects are difficult to estimate and therefore an important component of gene expression evolution will be difficult to estimate. Hence, we consider that our focus on variation in gene expression without explicit information about the genetic basis is simpler and sufficient to address the question about the role of pleiotropy.

      (3) Moreover, since the phenotype studied is gene expression, its genetic basis extends beyond expressed sequences. The phenotypic variation of a gene's expression may thus likely misrepresent the genetic variation available for its evolution. The genetic variation of gene expression phenotypes could be estimated from a cross or pedigree information but since individuals were pool-sequenced (by batches of 50 males), this type of analysis is not possible in this study.

      We agree with the reviewer that gene expression variation may also have a non-genetic basis, we discuss this in depth in the discussion of the manuscript.  

      (4) The authors have not attempted to estimate synergistic pleiotropy among genes, nor how selection acts on gene expression modules. It makes any conclusion regarding the role of synergistic pleiotropy highly speculative.

      We mentioned synergistic pleiotropy as a possible explanation for our results. A positive correlation between the fitness effect of gene expression variation would predict more replicable evolutionary changes. A similar argument has been made by [6]. 

      I don't understand the reason why the analysis would be restricted to significantly differentially expressed genes only. It is then unclear whether pleiotropy, parallelism, and expression variation do play a role in adaptation because the two groups of adaptive and non-adaptive genes have not been compared. I recommend performing those comparisons to help us better understand how "adaptive" genes differentially contribute to adaptation relative to "nonadaptive" genes relative to their difference in population and genetic properties.

      We agree with the reviewer that the comparison between the pleiotropy of adaptive and nonadaptive genes is interesting. We performed the analysis but omitted from the current manuscript for simplicity. Similar to the results in [6], non-adaptive genes are more pleiotropic than the adaptive genes. For adaptive genes we find a positive correlation between the level of pleiotropy and evolutionary parallelism. Thus, high pleiotropy limits the evolvability of a gene, but moderate and potentially synergistic pleiotropy increases the repeatability of adaptive evolution. We included this result in the revised manuscript and discuss it.

      There is a lack of theoretical groundings on the role of so-called synergistic pleiotropy for parallel genetic evolution. The Discussion does not address this particular prediction. It could be removed from the Introduction.

      We modestly disagree with the reviewer, synergistic pleiotropy is covered by theory and empirical results also support the importance of synergistic pleiotropy. 

      References

      (1) Genissel A, McIntyre LM, Wayne ML, Nuzhdin SV. Cis and trans regulatory effects contribute to natural variation in transcriptome of Drosophila melanogaster. Molecular biology and evolution. 2008;25(1):101-10. Epub 20071112. doi: 10.1093/molbev/msm247. PubMed PMID: 17998255.

      (2) Osada N, Miyagi R, Takahashi A. Cis- and Trans-regulatory Effects on Gene Expression in a Natural Population of Drosophila melanogaster. Genetics. 2017;206(4):2139-48. Epub 20170614. doi: 10.1534/genetics.117.201459. PubMed PMID: 28615283; PubMed Central PMCID: PMCPMC5560811.

      (3) Barghi N, Hermisson J, Schlötterer C. Polygenic adaptation: a unifying framework to understand positive selection. Nature reviews Genetics. 2020;21(12):769-81. Epub 2020/07/01. doi: 10.1038/s41576-020-0250-z. PubMed PMID: 32601318.

      (4) Lai WY, Otte KA, Schlötterer C. Evolution of Metabolome and Transcriptome Supports a Hierarchical Organization of Adaptive Traits. Genome biology and evolution. 2023;15(6). Epub 2023/05/26. doi: 10.1093/gbe/evad098. PubMed PMID: 37232360; PubMed Central PMCID: PMCPMC10246829.

      (5) Barghi N, Tobler R, Nolte V, Jaksic AM, Mallard F, Otte KA, et al. Genetic redundancy fuels polygenic adaptation in Drosophila. PLoS biology. 2019;17(2):e3000128. Epub 2019/02/05. doi: 10.1371/journal.pbio.3000128. PubMed PMID: 30716062.

      (6) Rennison DJ, Peichel CL. Pleiotropy facilitates parallel adaptation in sticklebacks. Molecular ecology. 2022;31(5):1476-86. Epub 2022/01/09. doi: 10.1111/mec.16335. PubMed PMID: 34997980; PubMed Central PMCID: PMCPMC9306781.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This study provides important findings that during credit assignment, the lateral orbitofrontal cortex (lOFC) and hippocampus (HC) encode causal choice representations, while the frontopolar cortex (FPl) mediates HC -lOFC interactions when the causality needs to be maintained over longer distractions. This research offers compelling evidence and employs sophisticated multivariate pattern analysis. However, while the task design captures the delayed component, it lacks the full complexity and ambiguity of the credit assignment process observed in real-world scenarios. Moreover, the data indicated that other frontal regions beyond just lOFC were involved in delayed credit assignment. This work will be of interest to cognitive and computational neuroscientists who work on value-based decision-making and fronto-hippocampal circuits.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary

      The authors conducted a study on one of the fundamental research topics in neuroscience: neural mechanisms of credit assignment. Building on the original studies of Walton and his colleagues and subsequent studies on the same topic, the authors extended the research into the delayed credit assignment problem with clever task design, which compared the non-delayed (direct) and delayed (indirect) credit assignment processes. Their primary goal was to elucidate the neural basis of these processes in humans, advancing our understanding beyond previous studies.

      Major Strengths and Considerations

      Strengths:

      (1) Innovative task design distinguishing between direct and indirect credit assignment.<br /> (2) Use of sophisticated multivariate pattern analysis to identify neural correlates of pending representations.<br /> (3) Well-executed study with clear presentation of results.<br /> (4) Extension of previous research to human subjects, providing valuable comparative insights.

      Considerations for Future Research:

      (1) The task design, while clear and effective, might be further developed to capture more real-world complexity in credit assignment.<br /> (2) There's potential for deeper exploration of the role of task structure understanding in credit assignment processes.<br /> (3) The interpretation of lateral orbitofrontal cortex (lOFC) involvement could be expanded to consider its role in both credit assignment and task structure representation.

      Achievement of Aims and Support of Conclusions

      The authors successfully achieved their aim of investigating direct and indirect credit assignment processes in humans. Their results provide valuable insights into the neural representations involved in these processes. The study's conclusions are generally well-supported by the data, particularly in identifying neural correlates of pending representations crucial for delayed credit assignment.

      Impact on the Field and Utility of Methods

      This study makes a significant contribution to the field of credit assignment research by bridging animal and human studies. The methods, particularly the multivariate pattern analysis approach, provide a robust template for future investigations in this area. The data generated offers valuable insights for researchers comparing human and animal models of credit assignment, as well as those studying the neural basis of decision-making and learning.

      The study's focus on the lOFC and its role in credit assignment adds to our understanding of this brain region's function

      Additional Context and Future Directions

      (1) Temporal ambiguity in credit assignment: While the current design provides clear task conditions, future studies could explore more ambiguous scenarios to further reflect real-world complexity.

      (2) Role of task structure understanding: The difference in task comprehension between human subjects in this study and animal subjects in previous studies offers an interesting point of comparison.

      (3) The authors used a sophisticated method of multivariate pattern analysis to find the neural correlate of the pending representation of the previous choice, which will be used for credit assignment process in the later trials. The authors tend to use expressions that these representations are maintained throughout this intervening period. However the analysis period is specifically at the feedback period, which is irrelevant for the credit assignment of the immediately preceding choice. This task period can interfere with the interference of ongoing credit assignment process. Thus, rather than the passive process of maintaining the information of the previous choice, the activity of this specific period can mean the active process of protecting the information from interfering and irrelevant information. It would be great if the authors could comment on this important interpretational issue.

      (4) Broader neural involvement: While the focus on specific regions of interest (ROIs) provided clear results, future studies could benefit from a whole-brain analysis approach to provide a more comprehensive understanding of the neural networks involved in credit assignment.

      Comments after the revision:

      The authors have adequately addressed the majority of concerns raised in my previous review. The manuscript has demonstrably improved as a result of these revisions and represents a valuable contribution to the literature on credit assignment.

      However, some limitations persist that, while not readily resolvable within the scope of the current study, warrant attention. Specifically, the investigation focuses primarily on the temporal dimension of credit assignment. In real-world scenarios, the complexity of credit assignment extends beyond temporal distance to encompass the inherent ambiguity of causal attribution arising from the presence of multiple potential causal events. Resolving this ambiguity necessitates a form of structural understanding of the environment, a capacity presumably possessed by humans and animals. While the experimental design of this study provides explicit cues regarding the structure of the environment, deciphering such structure in natural settings is a crucial component of the credit assignment process.<br /> Future research should prioritize the investigation of credit assignment within more ecologically valid contexts, focusing on the role of structural understanding in navigating the causal ambiguity inherent in real-world environments. Addressing this aspect will be crucial for developing a more complete and nuanced understanding of credit assignment mechanisms.

      In addition, the newly added whole-brain searchlight decoding analysis provides an important nuance regarding the neural substrates of credit assignment (Figure S7). The results reveal not only activity in the lateral orbitofrontal cortex (lOFC), but also, and more robustly, in the medial orbitofrontal cortex/ventromedial prefrontal cortex (mOFC/vmPFC) specifically during the "indirect transition condition" and not the "direct transition condition." This finding suggests a potentially more significant role for mOFC/vmPFC in processing complex, non-immediate credit assignment scenarios. This nuance should be explicitly noted to appreciate the complexity of the neural mechanisms at play.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The present manuscript addresses a longstanding challenge in neuroscience: how the brain assigns credit for delayed outcomes, especially in real-world learning scenarios where decisions and outcomes are separated by time. The authors focus on the lateral orbitofrontal cortex and hippocampus, key regions involved in contingent learning. By integrating fMRI data and behavioral tasks, the authors examined how neural circuits maintain a causal link between past decisions and delayed outcomes. Their findings offer insights into mechanisms that could have critical implications for understanding human decision-making.

      Strengths:

      - The experimental designs were extremely well thought-out. The authors successfully coupled behavioral data and neural measures (through fMRI) to explore the neural mechanisms of contingent learning. This integration adds robustness to the findings and strengthens their relevance.<br /> - The emphasis on the interaction between the lateral orbitofrontal cortex (lOFC) and hippocampus (HC) in this study is very well-targeted. The reported findings regarding their dynamic interactions provide valuable insights into contingent learning in humans.<br /> - The use of advanced modeling framework and analytical techniques allowed the authors to uncover new mechanistic insights regarding a complex case of decision-making process. The methods developed will also benefit analyses of future neuroimaging data on a range of decision-making tasks as well.

      Weaknesses:

      - Given the limited temporal resolution of fMRI and that the measured signal is an indirect measure of neural activity, it is unclear the extent to which the reported causality reflects the true relationship/interactions between neurons in different regions. That said, I believe this concern is minimized by a series of well-thought-out and robust analyses which consistently point to compelling results.

      Comments on revisions:

      Thank you for your thorough point-by-point responses to my comments and questions. After carefully reviewing the responses and additional analyses/results provided, I do not have further comments. Importantly, I believe the authors have done a great job addressing inevitable limitations that are inherent to fMRI signals. The thoughtful analyses used in the study combined with the timely questions the manuscript is able to address make the study an important contribution to the field.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The authors apply multivoxel decoding analyses from fMRI during reward feedback about the cues previously chosen that led to that feedback. They compare two versions of the task - one in which the feedback is provided about the current trial, and one in which the feedback is provided about the previous trial. Reward probability changes slowly over time, so subjects need to identify which cues are leading to reward at a given time. They find that evidence for recall of the cue in lateral orbitofrontal cortex (lOFC) and hippocampus (HC). They also find that in the second condition, where feedback is for the one-back trial, this representation is mediated by the lateral frontal pole (FPl).

      Overall, the analyses are clean and elegant and seem to be complete. I have only a few comments, all of which can be public.

      (1) They do find (not surprisingly) that the one-back task is harder. It would be good to ensure that the reason that they had more trouble detecting direct HC & lOFC effects on the harder task was not because the task is harder and thus that there are more learning failures on the harder one-back task. (I suspect their explanation that it is mediated by FPl is likely to be correct. But it would be nice to do some subsampling of the zero-back task [matched to the success rate of the one-back task] to ensure that they still see the direct HC and lOFC there.)

      (2) The evidence that they present in the main text (Figure 3) that the HC and lOFC are mediated by FPl is a correlation. I found the evidence presented in Supplemental Figure 7 to be much more convincing. As I understand it, what they are showing in SF7 is that when FPl decodes the cue, then (and only then) HC and lOFC decode the cue. If my understanding is correct, then this is a much cleaner explanation for what is going on than the secondary correlation analysis. If my understanding here is incorrect, then they should provide a better explanation of what is going on so as to not confuse the reader.

      (3) I like the idea of "credit spreading" across trials (Figure 1E). I think that credit spreading in each direction (into the past [lower left] and into the future [upper right]) is not equivalent. This can be seen in Figure 1D, where the two tasks show credit spreading differently. I think a lot more could be studied here. Does credit spreading in each of these directions decode in interesting ways in different places in the brain?

      Comments on revisions:

      After revision, I have no additional comments.

    5. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer 1:

      Point 1 of public reviews and point 2 of recommendations to authors. 

      Temporal ambiguity in credit assignment: While the current design provides clear task conditions, future studies could explore more ambiguous scenarios to further reflect real-world complexity…. The role of ambiguity is very important for the credit assignment process. However, in the current task design, the instruction of the task design almost eliminates the ambiguity of which the trial's choice should be assigned credit to. The authors claim the realworld complexity of credit assignment in this task design. However, the real-world complexity of this type of temporal credit assignment involves this type of temporal ambiguity of responsibility as causal events. I am curious about the consequence of increasing the complexity of the credit assignment process, which is closer to the complexity in the real world.

      We agree that the structure of causal relationships can be more ambiguous in real-world contexts. However, we also believe that there are multiple ways in which a task might approach “real-world complexity”. One way is by increasing the ambiguity in the relationships between choices and outcomes (as done by Jocham et al., 2016). Another is by adding interim decisions that must be completed between viewing the outcome of a first choice, which mimics task structures such as the cooking tasks described in the introduction. In such tasks, the temporal structure of the actions maybe irrelevant, but the relationship between choice identities and the actions is critical to be effective in the task (e.g., it doesn’t matter whether I add spice before or after the salt, all I need to know that adding spice will result in spicy soup).  While ambiguity about either form of causal relation is clearly an important part of real-world complexity, and would make credit assignment harder, our study focuses on how links between outcomes and specific past choice identities are created at the neural level when they are known to be causal. 

      We consequently felt it necessary to resolve temporal ambiguity for participants. Instructing participants on the structure of the task allowed us to make assumptions about how credit assignment for choice identities should proceed (assign credit to the choice made N trials back) and allowed us make positive predictions about the content of representations in OFC when viewing an outcome. This gave the highest power to detect multivariate information about the causal choice and the highest interpretability of such findings. 

      In contrast, if we had not resolved this ambiguity, it would be difficult to tell if incorrect decoding from the classifier resulted from noise in the neural signal, or if on that trial participants were assigning credit to non-causal choices that they erroneously believed to have caused the outcome due to the perceived temporal structure. We believe this would have ultimately decreased our power to determine whether representations of the causal choice were present at the time of outcome because we would have to make assumptions about what counts as a “true” causal representation. 

      We have commented on this in the discussions (p.13): 

      “While our study was designed to focus on the complexity of assigning credit in tasks with different known causal structures, another important component of real-world credit assignment is temporal ambiguity. To isolate the mechanisms which create associations between specific choices and specific outcomes, we instructed participants on the causal structure of each task, removing temporal ambiguity about the causal choice.  However, our results are largely congruent with previously reported results in tasks that dissolved the typical experimental trial structure, producing temporal ambiguity, and which observed more pronounced spreading of effect, in addition to appropriate credit assignment (Jocham et al, 2016).  Namely, this study found that activation in the lOFC increased only when participants received rewards contingent on a previous action, an effect that was more pronounced in subjects whose behavior reflected more accurate credit assignment. This suggests a shared lOFC mechanism for credit assignment in different types of complex environments. Whether these mechanisms extend to situations where the temporal causal structure is completely unknown remains an important question.”

      Point 2 of public reviews and point 1 of recommendations to authors

      Role of task structure understanding: The difference in task comprehension between human subjects in this study and animal subjects in previous studies offers an interesting point of comparison…. The credit assignment involves the resolution of the ambiguity in which the causal responsibility of an outcome event is assigned to one of the preceding events. In the original study of Walton and his colleagues, the monkey subjects could not be instructed on the task structure defining the causal relationships of the events. Then, the authors of the original study observed the spreading of the credit assignments to the "irrelevant" events, which did not occur in the same trial of the outcome event but to the events (choices) in neighbouring trials. This aberrant pattern of the credit assignment can be due to the malfunctions of the credit assignment per se or the general confusion of the task structure on the part of the monkey subjects. In the current study design, the subjects are humans and they are not confused about the task structure. Consistently, it is well known that human subjects rarely show the same patterns of the "spreading of credit assignment". So the implicit mechanism of the credit assignment process involves the understanding of the task structure. In the current study, there are clearly demarked task conditions that almost resolve the ambiguity inherent in the credit assignment process. Yet, the focus of the current analysis stops short of elucidating the role of understanding the task structure. It would be great if the authors could comment on the general difference in the process between the conditions, whether it is behavioral or neural.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for making this important point. We believe that understanding the structure of the credit-assignment problem above is quite important, at least for the type of credit assignment described here. That is, because participants know that the outcome viewed is caused by the choice they made, 0 or 1 trials into the past, they can flexibly link choice identities to the newly observed outcomes as the probabilities change. Note, however, that this is already very challenging in the 1-back condition because participants need to track the two independently changing probabilities. We believe this is critical to address the questions we aimed to answer with this experiment, as described above. 

      We agree that this might be quite different from previous studies done with non-human primates, which also included many more training trials and lesions to the lOFC. Both of these aspects could manifest as difference in task performance and processing at behavioural and neural levels, respectively. Consistent with this possibility, in our task, we found no differences in credit spreading between conditions, suggesting that humans were quite precise in both, despite causal relationships being harder to track in the “indirect transition condition”. This lack of credit spreading could be because humans better understood the task-structure compared to macaques or be due to differences in functioning of the OFC and other regions. Because all participants were trained to understand, and were cued with explicit knowledge of, the task structure, it is difficult to isolate its role as we would need another condition in which they were not instructed about the task structure. This would also be an interesting study, and we leave it to future research to parse the contributions of task-structure ambiguity to credit assignment. 

      Point 3 of public reviews. 

      The authors used a sophisticated method of multivariate pattern analysis to find the neural correlate of the pending representation of the previous choice, which will be used for the credit assignment process in the later trials. The authors tend to use expressions that these representations are maintained throughout this intervening period. However, the analysis period is specifically at the feedback period, which is irrelevant to the credit assignment of the immediately preceding choice. This task period can interfere with the ongoing credit assignment process. Thus, rather than the passive process of maintaining the information of the previous choice, the activity of this specific period can mean the active process of protecting the information from interfering and irrelevant information. It would be great if the authors could comment on this important interpretational issue.

      We agree that lFPC is likely actively protecting the pending choice representation from interference with the most recent choice for future credit assignment. This interpretation is largely congruent with the idea of “prospective memory” (e.g., Burgess, Gonen-Yaacovi, Volle, 2011), in which the lFPC can be thought of as protecting information that will be needed in the future but is not currently needed for ongoing behavior. That said, from our study alone it is difficult to make claims about whether the information maintained in frontal pole is actively protecting this information because of potentially interfering processes. Our “indirect transition condition” only contains trials where there is incoming, potentially interfering information about new outcomes, but no trials that might avoid interference (e.g., an interim choice made but there is nothing to be learned from it). We comment on this important future direction on page 14:  

      “One interpretation of these results is that the lFPC actively protects information about causal choices when potentially interfering information must be processed. Future studies will be needed to determine if the lFPC’s contributions are specific to these instances of potential interference, and whether this is a passive or active process”

      Point 3 of recommendation to authors 

      A slightly minor, but still important issue is the interpretation of the role of lOFC. The authors compared the observed patterns of the credit assignment to the ideal patterns of credit assignment. Then, the similarity between these two matrices is used to find the associated brain region. In the assumption that lOFC is involved in the optimal credit assignment, the result seems reasonable. But as mentioned above, the current design involves the heavy role of understanding the task structure, it is debatable whether the lOFC is just involved in the credit assignment process or a more general role of representing the task structure.

      We agree that this is an important distinction to make, and it is very likely that multiple regions of the OFC carry information about the task structure, and the extent to which participants understood this structure may be reflected in behavioral estimates of credit assignment or the overall patterns of the matrices (though all participants verbalized the correct structure prior to the task). However, we believe that in our task the lOFC is specifically involved in credit-assignment because of the content of the information we decoded. We demonstrated that the lOFC and HPC carry information about the causal choice during the outcome. These results cannot be explained by differences in understanding of the task structure because that understanding would have been consistent across trials where participants choose either shape identity. Thus, a classifier could not use this to separate these types of trials and would reflect chance decoding.   

      One interpretation of the lOFC’s role in credit assignment is that it is particularly important when a model of the task structure has to be used to assign credit appropriately. Here, we show lOFC the reinstates specific causal representations precisely at the time credit needs to be assigned, which are appropriate to participants’ knowledge of the task structure.  These representations may exist alongside representations of the task structure, in the lOFC and other regions of the brain (Park et al., 2020; Boorman et al., 2021; Seo and Lee, 2010; Schuck et al., 2016). We have added the following sentences to clarify our perspective on this point in the discussion (p. 13):

      “Our results from the “indirect transition” condition show that these patterns are not merely representations of the most recent choice but are representations of the causal choice given the current task structure, and may exist alongside representations of the task structure, in the lOFC and elsewhere (Boorman et al., 2021; Park et al., 2020; Schuck et al., 2016; Seo & Lee, 2010).”

      Point 4 of public reviews and point 4 of recommendation to authors

      Broader neural involvement: While the focus on specific regions of interest (ROIs) provided clear results, future studies could benefit from a whole-brain analysis approach to provide a more comprehensive understanding of the neural networks involved in credit assignment… Also, given the ROI constraint of the analysis, the other neural structure may be involved in representing the task structure but not detected in the current analysis

      Given our strong a priori hypotheses about regions of interest (ROIs) in this study, we focused on these specific areas. This choice was based on theoretical and empirical grounds that guided our investigation. However, we thank the reviewer for pointing this out and agree that there could be other unexplored areas that are critical to credit-assignment which we did not examine. 

      We conducted the same searchlight decoding procedure on a whole brain map and corrected for multiple comparisons using TFCE. We found no significant regions of the brain in the “direct transition condition” but did find other significant regions in our information connectivity analysis of the “indirect transition condition”. In addition to replicating the effects in lOFC and HPC, we also found a region of mOFC which showed a strong correlation with pending choice in lFPC. It’s difficult to say whether this region is involved in credit assignment per se, because we did not see this region in the “direct transition condition” and so we cannot say that it is consistently related to this process. However, the mOFC is thought to be critical to representing the current task state (Schuck et al., 2016), and the task structure (Park et al., 2020). In our task, it could be a critical region for communicating how to assign credit given the more complex task structure of the “indirect transition condition” but more evidence would be needed to support this interpretation. 

      For now, we have added the results of this whole brain analysis to a new supplementary figure S7 (page 41), and all unthresholded maps have been deposited in a Neurovault repository, which is linked in the paper, for interested readers to assess.  

      Minor points:

      There are some missing and confusing details in the Figure reference in the main text. For example, references to Figure 3 are almost missing in the section "Pending item representations in FPl during indirect transitions predict credit assignment in lOFC". For readability, the authors should improve this point in this section and other sections.

      Thank you to the reviewer for pointing this out. We have now added references to Figure 3 on page 8:

      “Our analysis revealed a cluster of voxels specifically within the right lFPC ([x,y,z] = [28, 54, 8], t(19) = 3.74, pTFCE <0.05 ROI-corrected; left hemisphere all pTFCE > 0.1, Fig. 3A)”

      And on page 10: 

      Specifically, we found significant correlations in decoding distance between lFPC and bilateral lOFC ([x,y,z] = [-32,24, -22], t(19) = 3.81, [x,y,z] = [20, 38, -14], t(19) = 3.87, pTFCE <0.05 ROI corrected]) and bilateral HC ([x,y,z] = [-28, -10, -24], t(19) = 3.41, [x,y,z] = [22, -10, -24], t(19) = 4.21, pTFCE <0.05 ROI corrected]), Fig. 3C).

      Task instructions for the two conditions (direct and indirect) play important roles in the study. If possible, please include the following parts in the figures and descriptions in the introduction and/or results sections.

      We have now included a short description of the condition instructions beginning on page 5: 

      “Participants were instructed about which condition they were in with a screen displaying “Your latest choice” in the direct transition condition, and “Your previous choice” in the indirect condition.”

      And have modified Figure 1 to include the instructions in the title of each condition. We thought this to be the most parsimonious solution so that the choice options in the examples were not occluded. 

      The subject sample size might be slightly too small in the current standards. Please give some justifications.

      We originally selected the sample size for this study to be commensurate with previous studies that looked for similar behavioral and neural effects (see Boorman et al., 2016; Howard et al., 2015; Jocham et al., 2016). This has been mentioned in the “methods” section on page 24.  

      However, to be thorough, we performed a power analysis of this sample size using simulations based on an independently collected, unpublished data set. In this data set, 28 participants competed an associative learning task similar to the task in the current manuscript. We trained a classifier to decode causal choice option at the time of feedback, using the same searchlight and cross-validation procedures described in the current manuscript, for the same lateral OFC ROI. We calculated power for various sample sizes by drawing N participants with replacement 1000 times, for values of N ranging from 15 to 25. After sampling the participants, we tested for significant decoding for the causal choice within the subset of data, using smallvolume TFCE correction to correct for multiple comparisons. Finally, we calculated the proportion of these samples that were significant at a level of pTFCE <.05.  

      The results of this procedure show that an N of 20 would result in 84.2% power, which is slightly above the typically acceptable level of 80%. We have added the following sentences to the methods section on page 25: 

      “Using an independent, unpublished data set, we conducted a power analysis for the desire neural effect in lOFC. We found that this number of participants had 84% power to detect this effect (Fig. S8).” 

      We also added the following figure to the supplemental figures page (42):

      Reviewer 2:

      I have several concerns regarding the causality analyses in this study. While Multivariate analyses of information connectivity between regions are interesting and appear rigorous, they make some assumptions about the nature of the input data. It is unclear if fMRI with its poor temporal resolution (in addition to possible region-specific heterogeneity in the readouts), can be coupled with these casual analysis methods to meaningfully study dynamics on a decision task where temporal dynamics is a core component (i.e., delay). It would be helpful to include more information/justification on the methods for inferring relationships across regions from fMRI data. Along this line, discussing the reported findings in light of these limitations would be essential.

      We agree that fMRI is limited for capturing fast neural dynamics, and that it can be difficult to separate events that occur within a few seconds. However, we designed the information connectivity analysis to maximally separate the events in question – the representations of the causal choice being held in a pending state, and the representation of the causal choice during credit assignment. These events were separated by at least 10 seconds and by 15 seconds on average, which is commensurate with recommended intervals for disentangling information in such analysis (Mumford et al., 2012, 2014, also see van Loon et al., 2018, eLife; as example of fluctuations in decodability over time). This feature of our task design may not have been clear because information connectivity analyses are typically performed in the same task period. We clarify this point on page 32:

      “Note that the decoding fidelity metric at each time point represents the decodability of the same choice at different phases of the task. These phases were separated by at least 10 seconds and 15 seconds on average, which can be sufficient for disentangling unique activity (Mumford et al., 2012, 2014).”

      However, we agree with the reviewer that the limitations of fMRI make it difficult to precisely determine how roles of the OFC and lFPC might change over time, and whether other regions may contribute to information transfer at times scales which cannot be detected by fMRI. Further, we do not wish to imply causality between lFPC and lOFC (something we believe we do not claim in the paper), only that information strength in lFPC predicts subsequent strength of the same information in the OFC and HC. We have clarified this limitation on page 14:

      “Although we show evidence that lFPC is involved in maintaining specific content about causal choices during interim choices, the limited temporal resolution of fMRI makes it difficult to tell if other regions may be supporting the learning processes at timescales not detectable in the BOLD response. Thus, it is possible that the network of regions supporting credit assignment in complex tasks may be much larger. Our results provide a critical first stem in discerning the nature of interactions between cognitive subsystems that make different contributions to the learning process in these complex tasks.”

      Reviewer 3:  

      Point 1 of public reviews:

      They do find (not surprisingly) that the one-back task is harder. It would be good to ensure that the reason that they had more trouble detecting direct HC & lOFC effects on the harder task was not because the task is harder and thus that there are more learning failures on the harder oneback task. (I suspect their explanation that it is mediated by FPl is likely to be correct. But it would be nice to do some subsampling of the zero-back task [matched to the success rate of the one-back task] to ensure that they still see the direct HC and lOFC there).

      We would like to thank the reviewer for this comment and agree that the “indirect transition condition” is more difficult than the direct transition condition. However, in this task it is difficult to have an explicit measure of learning failures per se because the “correctness” of a choice is to some extent subjective (i.e., based on the gift card preference and the computational model). We could infer when learning failures occur through the computational model by looking at trials in which participants made choices that the model would consider improbable, (i.e., non-reward maximizing) while accounting for outcome preference. However, there are also a myriad of other possible explanations for these choices, such as exploratory/confirmatory strategies, lapses in attention etc. Thus, we could not guarantee that the two conditions would be uniquely matched in difficulty with specific regard to learning even if we subsampled these trials. We feel it would be better left to future experiments which can specifically compare learning failures to tackle this issue. We have now addressed this point when discussing the model on page 31:  

      “Note that learning failures are not trivial to identify in our paradigm and model, because every choice is based on a participant’s preference between gift card outcomes, and the ability of the computational model to accurately estimate participants’ beliefs in the stimulus-outcome transition probabilities.”

      Point 2 of public reviews:

      The evidence that they present in the main text (Figure 3) that the HC and lOFC are mediated by FPl is a correlation. I found the evidence presented in Supplemental Figure 7 to be much more convincing. As I understand it, what they are showing in SF7 is that when FPl decodes the cue, then (and only then) HC and lOFC decode the cue. If my understanding is correct, then this is a much cleaner explanation for what is going on than the secondary correlation analysis. If my understanding here is incorrect, then they should provide a better explanation of what is going on so as to not confuse the reader.

      SF7 (now Figures 3C and 3D) does show that positive decoding in the HC and lOFC are more likely to occur when there is positive decoding in lFPC. However, the analysis shown in these figures are only meant to be control analysis to further characterise what is being captured, but not necessarily implied, by the information connectivity analysis. For example, in principle the classifier might never correctly decode a choice label in the lOFC or HC while still getting closer to the hyperplane when the lFPC patterns are correctly decoded. This would lead to a positive correlation, but a difficult to interpret result since patterns in lOFC and HPC are incorrect. Figure SF7A (now Fig. 3C) shows that this is not the case. Lateral OFC and HC have higher than chance positive decoding when lFPC has positive decoding. Figure SF7B (now Fig. 3D) shows that we can decode that information even if a new hyperplane is constructed. However, both cases have less information about the relationship between these regions because they do not include the trials where lOFC/HC and lFPC classifiers were incorrect at the same time. The correlation in Figure 3B includes these failures, giving a more wholistic picture of the data. We therefore try to concisely clarify this point on page 10:

      “These signed distances allow us to relate both success in decoding information, as well as failures, between regions.”

      And here on page 10: 

      “Subsequent analyses confirmed that this effect was due to these regions showing a significant increase in positive (correct) decoding in trials where pending information could be positively (correctly) decoded in lFPC, and not simply due to a reduction in incorrect information fidelity (see Fig. 3C & 3D).”

      And have integrated these figures on page 9:

      Point 3 of public reviews:

      I like the idea of "credit spreading" across trials (Figure 1E). I think that credit spreading in each direction (into the past [lower left] and into the future [upper right]) is not equivalent. This can be seen in Figure 1D, where the two tasks show credit spreading differently. I think a lot more could be studied here. Does credit spreading in each of these directions decode in interesting ways in different places in the brain?

      We agree that this an interesting question because each component of the off diagonal (upper and lower triangles) may reflect qualitatively different processes of credit spreading. However, we believe this analysis is difficult to carry out with the current dataset for two reasons. First, we designed this study to ask specifically about the information represented in key credit assignment regions during precise credit assignment, meaning we did not optimize the task to induce credit spreading at any point. Indeed, our efforts to train participants on the task were to ensure they would correctly assign credit as much as possible. Figure 1F shows that the regression coefficients representing credit spreading in each condition are near zero (in the negative direction), with little individual differences compared to the credit assignment coefficients. Thus, any analysis aiming to test for credit spreading would unfortunately be poorly powered. Studies such as Jocham et al. (2016), with more variability in causal structures, or studies with ambiguity about the causal structure by dissolving the typical trial structure would be better suited to address this interesting question. The second reason why such an analysis would be challenging is that due to our design, it is difficult to intuitively determine what kind of information should be coded by neural regions when credit spreads to the upper diagonal, since these cells reflect current outcomes that are being linked to future choices. 

      Replace all the FPl with LFPC (lateral frontal polar cortex)

      We have no replace “FPl” with “LFPC” throughout the text and figures

    1. eLife Assessment

      This work attempts to demonstrate an ATP-independent non-canonical role of proteasomal component PA28y in the promotion of oral squamous cell carcinoma growth, migration, and invasion. Although the authors have addressed some concerns, uncertainties regarding the PA28g-C1QBP direct interaction still exist. The overall findings of the manuscript are useful, but the validation evidence is incomplete.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This manuscript determines how PA28g, a proteasome regulator that is overexpressed in tumors, and C1QBP, a mitochondrial protein for maintaining oxidative phosphorylation that plays a role in tumor progression, interact in tumor cells to promote their growth, migration and invasion. Evidence for the interaction and its impact on mitochondrial form and function was provided although it is not particularly strong.

      The revised manuscript corrected mislabeled data in figures and provides more details in figure legends. Misleading sentences and typos were corrected. However, key experiments that were suggested in previous reviews were not done, such as making point mutations to disrupt the protein interactions and assess the consequence on protein stability and function. Results from these experiments are critical to determine whether the major conclusions are fully supported by the data.

      The second revision of the manuscript included the proximity ligation data to support the PA28g-C1QBP interaction in cells. However, the method and data were not described in sufficient detail for readers to understand. The revision also includes the structural models of the PA28g-C1QBP complex predicted by AlphaFold. However, the method and data were not described with details for readers to understand how this structural modeling was done, what is the quality of the resulting models, and the physical nature of the protein-protein interaction such as what kind of the non-covalent interactions exist in the interface of the protein complexes. Furthermore, while the interactions mediated by the protein fragments were tested by pull-down experiments, the interactions mediated by the three residues were not tested by mutagenesis and pull-down experiments. In summary, the revision was improved, but further improvement is needed

    3. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Comment of Review of Revised Version:

      Although the authors have partly corrected the manuscript by removing the mislabeling in their Co-IP experiments, my primary concern on the actual functional connotations and direct interaction between PA28y and C1QBP still remains unaddressed. As already mentioned in my previous review, since the core idea of the work is PA28y's direct interaction with C1QBP, stabilizing it, the same should be demonstrated in a more convincing manner.

      My other observation on the detection of C1QBP as a doublet has been addressed by usage of anti-C1QBP Monoclonal antibody against the polyclonal one used before. C1QBP doublets have not been observed in the present case.

      The authors have also worked on the presentation of the background by suitably modifying the statements and incorporating appropriate citations.

      However, the authors are requested to follow the recommendations provided to them by the reviewers to address the major concerns.

      Thank you very much for your comments. We appreciate your concerns regarding the need for more direct evidence to support the stabilizing interaction between PA28γ and C1QBP. In response to your feedback, we have taken additional steps to provide more convincing evidence of this interaction.

      To complement our existing pull-down and Co-IP experiments, we utilized AlphaFold 3 to predict the three-dimensional structure of the PA28γ-C1QBP complex. The predicted model reveals specific residues and interfaces that are likely involved in the direct interaction between PA28γ and C1QBP. Our analysis indicates that this interaction may depend on amino acids 1-167 and 1-213 of C1QBP (Revised Appendix Figure 1E-H). Furthermore, aspartate (ASP), as the 177th amino acids of PA28γ, was predicted to interact with the 76th amino acid threonine (THR) and the 78th amino acid glycine (GLY) of C1QBP (Revised Appendix Figure 1I). This structural insight was further validated by our immunoprecipitation experiments (Revised Figure 1J). These findings provide a molecular basis for the observed stabilizing effect and suggest potential mechanisms by which PA28γ influences C1QBP stability. Specifically, the identified interaction sites offer clues into how PA28γ may stabilize C1QBP at the molecular level.

      Furthermore, we performed proximity ligation assays (PLA) to detect in situ interactions between PA28γ and C1QBP at the single-cell level. PLA results clearly demonstrate the presence of PA28γ-C1QBP complexes within cells, providing direct evidence of their physical interaction (Revised Figure 1D). This approach overcomes some of the limitations associated with traditional IP experiments and confirms the direct nature of the interaction.

      In summary, the integration of AlphaFold 3 predictions, PLA data, and our previous Pull-down and Co-IP experiments provides robust and direct evidence for a stable interaction between PA28γ and C1QBP. We believe that these additional findings significantly reinforce our conclusions and effectively address the concerns raised by the reviewers. Once again, thank you for your valuable feedback, which has been instrumental in refining and enhancing our study.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Comment of Review of Revised Version:

      Weaknesses:

      Many data sets are shown in figures that cannot be understood without more descriptions either in the text or the legend, e.g., Fig. 1A. Similarly, many abbreviations are not defined.

      The revision addressed these issues.

      Some of the pull-down and coimmunoprecipitation data do not support the conclusion about the PA28g-C1QBP interaction. For example, in Appendix Fig. 1B the Flag-C1QBP was detected in the Myc beads pull-down when the protein was expressed in the 293T cells without the Myc-PA28g, suggesting that the pull-down was not due to the interaction of the C1QBP and PA28g proteins. In Appendix Fig. 1C, assume the SFB stands for a biotin tag, then the SFB-PA28g should be detected in the cells expressing this protein after pull-down by streptavidin; however, it was not. The Western blot data in Fig. 1E and many other figures must be quantified before any conclusions about the levels of proteins can be drawn.

      The revision addressed these problems.

      The immunoprecipitation method is flawed as it is described. The antigen (PA28g or C1QBP) should bind to the respective antibody that in turn should binds to Protein G beads. The resulting immunocomplex should end up in the pellet fraction after centrifugation, and analyzed further by Western blot for coprecipitates. However, the method in the Appendix states that the supernatant was used for the Western blot.

      The revision corrected this method.

      To conclude that PA28g stabilizes C1QBP through their physical interaction in the cells, one must show whether a protease inhibitor can substitute PA28q and prevent C1QBP degradation, and also show whether a mutation that disrupt the PA28g-C1QBP interaction can reduce the stability of C1QBP. In Fig. 1F, all cells expressed Myc-PA28g. Therefore, the conclusion that PA28g prevented C1QBP degradation cannot be reached. Instead, since more Myc-PA28g was detected in the cells expressing Flag-C1QBP compared to the cells not expressing this protein, a conclusion would be that the C1QBP stabilized the PA28g. Fig. 1G is a quantification of a Western blot data that should be shown.

      The binding site for PA28g in C1QBP was mapped to the N-terminal 167 residues using truncated proteins. One caveat would be that some truncated proteins did not fold correctly in the absence of the sequence that was removed. Thus, the C-terminal region of the C1QBP with residues 168-283 may still bind to the PA29g in the context of full-length protein. In Fig. 1I, more Flag-C1QBP 1-167 was pull-down by Myc-PA28g than the full-length protein or the Flag-C1QBP 1-213. Why?

      The interaction site in PA28g for C1QBP was not mapped, which prevents further analysis of the interaction. Also, if the interaction domain can be determined, structural modeling of the complex would be feasible using AlphaFold2 or other programs. Then, it is possible to test point mutations that may disrupt the interaction and if so, the functional effect.

      The revision added AlphaFold models for the protein interaction. However, the models were not analyzed and potential mutations that would disrupt the interact were not predicted, made and tested. The revision did not addressed the request for the protease inhibitor.

      Thank you for your insightful comments regarding the binding site of PA28γ in C1QBP. We appreciate your concern about the potential misfolding of truncated proteins and the possible interaction between the C-terminal region (residues 168-283) of C1QBP and PA28γ in the context of full-length protein.

      To address these concerns, we have conducted additional analyses and experiments to provide a more comprehensive understanding of the interaction between PA28γ and C1QBP. Using AlphaFold 3, we predicted the three-dimensional structure of the PA28γ-C1QBP complex. The model reveals specific residues and interfaces that are likely involved in the direct interaction between PA28γ and C1QBP. Notably, our structural analysis indicates that the interaction may primarily depend on amino acids 1-167 and 1-213 of C1QBP (Revised Appendix Figure 1E-H). Furthermore, aspartate (ASP), as the 177th amino acids of PA28γ, was predicted to interact with the 76th amino acid threonine (THR) and the 78th amino acid glycine (GLY) of C1QBP (Revised Appendix Figure 1I). This prediction supports the idea that the N-terminal region of C1QBP is crucial for its interaction with PA28γ. Regarding the observation in old Figure 1I (Revised Figure 1J), where more Flag-C1QBP 1-167 was pulled down by Myc-PA28γ compared to the full-length protein or Flag-C1QBP 1-213, we believe this can be explained by several factors:

      A. The truncation of C1QBP to residues 1-167 may expose key interaction sites that are partially obscured in the full-length protein. This enhanced accessibility could lead to stronger binding affinity and higher pull-down efficiency.

      B. While it is possible that some truncated proteins do not fold correctly, our data suggest that the N-terminal fragment (1-167) retains sufficient structural integrity to interact effectively with PA28γ. The increased pull-down of this fragment suggests that it captures the essential elements required for binding.

      C. The C-terminal region (168-283) might exert steric hindrance or allosteric effects on the N-terminal binding site in the context of the full-length protein. This interference could reduce the overall binding efficiency, leading to less pull-down of full-length C1QBP compared to the truncated version.

      Compared with the control group, the presence of Myc-PA28γ significantly increased the expression level of Flag-C1QBP (r Revised Figure 1G). Gray value analysis showed that in cells transfected with Myc-PA28γ, the decay rate of Flag-C1QBP was significantly slower than that of the control group (Revised Figure 1H), suggesting that PA28γ can delay the protein degradation of C1QBP and stabilize its protein level. This indicates that an increase in the level of PA28γ protein can significantly enhance the expression level of C1QBP protein, while PA28γ can slow down the degradation rate of C1QBP and improve its stability. In addition, our western blot analysis also proved that PA28γ could still prevent the degradation of C1QBP under the action of proteasome inhibitor MG-132 (Revised Appendix Figure 1D). Moreover, PA28γ could not stabilize the mutation of C-terminus of C1QBP (amino acids 94-282), which was not the interaction domain of PA28γ-C1QBP (Revised Figure 1K).

    1. eLife Assessment

      This valuable study leverages innovative high-dimensional imaging strategies to interrogate pancreatic immune cell profiles and distributions throughout stages of type 1 diabetes (T1D). Despite a notable limitation in the number of donor samples analyzed, the authors identify a series of intriguing "immune signatures" and histopathological features that collectively constitute a solid foundation for future investigations into immunological processes underpinning the pathogenesis of T1D. Accordingly, the work will be of considerable interest to the community of T1D researchers and clinicians.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Barlow and coauthors utilized the high-parameter imaging platform of CODEX to characterize the cellular composition of immune cells in situ from tissues obtained from organ donors with type 1 diabetes, subjects presented with autoantibodies who are at elevated risk, or non-diabetic organ donor controls. The panels used in this important study were based up prior publications using this technology, as well a priori and domain specific knowledge of the field by the investigators. Thus, there was some bias in the markers selected for analysis. The authors acknowledge that these types of experiments may be complemented moving forward with the inclusion of unbiased tissue analysis platforms that are emerging that can conduct a more comprehensive analysis of pathological signatures employing emerging technologies for both high-parameter protein imaging and spatial transcriptomics.

      Strengths:

      In terms of major findings, the authors provide important confirmatory observations regarding a number of autoimmune-associated signatures reported previously. The high parameter staining now increases the resolution for linking these features with specific cellular subsets using machine learning algorithms. These signatures include a robust signature indicative of IFN-driven responses that would be expected to induce a cytotoxic T cell mediated immune response within the pancreas. Notable findings include the upregulation of indolamine 2,3-dioxygenase-1 in the islet microvasculature. Furthermore, the authors provide key insights as to the cell:cell interactions within organ donors, again supporting a previously reported interaction between presumably autoreactive T and B cells.

      Weaknesses:

      These studies also highlight a number of molecular pathways that will require additional validation studies to more completely understand whether they are potentially causal for pathology, or rather, epiphenomenon associated with increased innate inflammation within the pancreas of T1D subjects. Given the limitations noted above, the study does present a rich and integrated dataset for analysis of enriched immune markers that can be segmented and annotated within distinct cellular networks. This enabled the authors to analyze distinct cellular subsets and phenotypes in situ, including within islets that peri-islet infiltration and/or intra-islet insulitis.

      Despite the many technical challenges and unique organ donor cohort utilized, the data are still limited in terms of subject numbers - a challenge in a disease characterized by extensive heterogeneity in terms of age of onset and clinical and histopathological presentation. Therefore, these studies cannot adequately account for all of the potential covariates that may drive variability and alterations in the histopathologies observed (such as age of onset, background genetics, and organ donor conditions). In this study, the manuscript and figures could be improved in terms of clarifying how variable the observed signatures were across each individual donor, with the clear notion that non-diabetic donors will present with some similar challenges and variability.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aimed to characterize the cellular phenotype and spatial relationship of cell types infiltrating the islets of Langerhans in human T1D using CODEX, a multiplexed examination of cellular markers

      Strengths:

      Major strengths of this study are the use of pancreas tissue from well-characterized tissue donors, the use of CODEX, a state-of-the-art detection technique of extensive characterization and spatial characterization of cell types and cellular interactions. The authors have achieved their aims with the identification of the heterogeneity of the CD8+ T cell populations in insulitis, the identification of a vasculature phenotype and other markers that may mark insulitis-prone islets, and characterization of tertiary lymphoid structures in the acinar tissue of the pancreas. These findings are very likely to have a positive impact on our understanding (conceptual advance) of the cellular factors involved in T1D pathogenesis which the field requires to make progress in therapeutics.

      Weaknesses:

      A major limitation of the study is the cohort size, which the authors directly state. However, this study provides avenues of inquiry for researchers to gain further understanding of the pathological process in human T1D.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have responded well to the 3 critiques. They have addressed my specific comments in their revised text.<br /> I have no further comments.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors applied an innovative approach (CO-Detection by indEXing - CODEX) together with sophisticated computational analyses to image pancreas tissues from rare organ donors with type 1 diabetes. They aimed to assess key features of inflammation in both islet and extra-islet tissue areas; they report that the extra-islet space of lobules with extensive islet infiltration differs from the extra-islet space of less infiltrated areas within the same tissue section. The study also identifies four sub-states of inflamed islets characterized by the activation profiles of CD8+T cells enriched in islets relative to the surrounding tissue. Lymphoid structures are identified in the pancreas tissue away from islets, and these were enriched in CD45RA+ T cells - a population also enriched in one of the inflamed islet sub-states. Together, these data help define the coordination between islets and the extra-islet pancreas in the pathogenesis of human T1D.

      Strengths:

      The analysis of tissue from well-characterized organ donors, provided by the Network for the Pancreatic Organ Donor with Diabetes, adds strength to the validity of the findings.

      By using their innovative imaging/computation approaches, key known features of islet autoimmunity were confirmed, providing validation of the methodology.

      The detection of IDO+ vasculature in inflamed islets - but not in normal islets or islets that have lost insulin-expression links this expression to the islet inflammation, and it is a novel observation. IDO expression in the vasculature may be induced by inflammation and may lost as disease progresses, and it may provide a potential therapeutic avenue.

      The high-dimensional spatial phenotyping of CD8+T cells in T1D islets confirmed that most T cells were antigen experienced. Some additional subsets were noted: a small population of T cells expressing CD45RA and CD69, possibly naive or TEMRA cells, and cells expressing Lag-3, Granzyme-B, and ICOS.

      While much attention has been devoted to the study of the insulitis lesion in T1D, our current knowledge is quite limited; the description of four sub-clusters characterized by the<br /> activation profile of the islet-infiltrating CD8+T cells is novel. Their presence in all T1D donors, indicates that the disease process is asynchronous and is not at the same stage across all islets. Although this concept is not novel, this appears to be the most advanced characterization of insulitis stages.

      When examining together both the exocrine and islet areas, which is rarely done, authors report that pancreatic lobules affected by insulitis are characterized by distinct tissue markers. Their data support the concept that disease progression may require crosstalk between cells in the islet and extra-islet compartments. Lobules enriched in β-cell-depleted islets were also enriched in nerves, vasculature, and Granzyme-B+/CD3- cells, which may be natural killer cells.

      Lastly, authors report that immature tertiary lymphoid structures (TLS) exist both near and away from islets, where CD45RA+ CD8+T cells aggregate, and also observed an inflamed islet-subcluster characterized by an abundance of CD45RA+/CD8+ T cells. These TLS may represent a point of entry for T cells and this study further supports their role in islet autoimmunity.

      Weaknesses:

      As the author themselves acknowledge, the major limitation is that the number of donors examined is limited as those satisfying study criteria are rare. Thus, it is not possible to examine disease heterogeneity, and the impact of age at diagnosis. Of 8 T1D donors examined, 4 would be considered newly diagnosed (less than 3 months from onset) and 4 had longer disease durations (2, 2, 5 and 6 years). It was unclear if disease duration impacted the results in this small cohort. In the introduction, the authors discuss that most of the pancreata from nPOD donors with T1D lack insulitis. This is correct, yet it is a function of time from diagnosis. Donors with shorter duration will be more likely to have insulitis. A related point is that the proportion of islets with insulitis is low even near diagnosis, Finally, only one donor was examined that while not diagnosed with T1D, was likely in the preclinical disease stage and had autoantibodies and insulitis. This is a critically important disease stage where the methodology developed by the investigators could be applied in future efforts.

      While this was not the focus of this investigation, it appears that the approach was very much immune-focused and there could be value in examining islet cells in greater depth using the methodology the authors developed.

      Additional comments

      Overall, the authors were able to study pancreas tissues from T1D donors and perform sophisticated imaging and computational analysis that reproduce and importantly extend our understanding of inflammation in T1D. Despite the limitations associated with the small sample size, the results appear robust, and the claims are well supported.

      The study expands the conceptual framework of inflammation and islet autoimmunity, especially by the definition of different clusters (stages) of insulitis and by the characterization of immune cells in and outside the islets.

      Comments on revisions:

      I have not felt the need to update the initial review.

      However, I note that the paragraph describing the nPOD repository (lines 154-158) can be misinterpreted that insulitis is infrequent in T1D (17 of 200 donors had it) without the clarification that insulitis is present around the time of diagnosis in most patients and it subsides over time. Thus, authors are urged to clarify that the presence of insulitis and its severity are impacted by the disease stage and disease duration.

      The last sentence of this paragraph, lines 164-165, although linked to the previous sentence about the cause of death in the donors, may be misconstrued in the context of this paragraph, and it is unclear what data support this statement. Please delete this sentence.

    5. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Barlow and coauthors utilized the high-parameter imaging platform of CODEX to characterize the cellular composition of immune cells in situ from tissues obtained from organ donors with type 1 diabetes, subjects presented with autoantibodies who are at elevated risk, or non-diabetic organ donor controls. The panels used in this important study were based on prior publications using this technology, as well as a priori and domain-specific knowledge of the field by the investigators. Thus, there was some bias in the markers selected for analysis. The authors acknowledge that these types of experiments may be complemented moving forward with the inclusion of unbiased tissue analysis platforms that are emerging that can conduct a more comprehensive analysis of pathological signatures employing emerging technologies for both high-parameter protein imaging and spatial transcriptomics.

      Strengths:

      In terms of major findings, the authors provide important confirmatory observations regarding a number of autoimmune-associated signatures reported previously. The high parameter staining now increases the resolution for linking these features with specific cellular subsets using machine learning algorithms. These signatures include a robust signature indicative of IFN-driven responses that would be expected to induce a cytotoxic T-cell-mediated immune response within the pancreas. Notable findings include the upregulation of indolamine 2,3-dioxygenase-1 in the islet microvasculature. Furthermore, the authors provide key insights as to the cell:cell interactions within organ donors, again supporting a previously reported interaction between presumably autoreactive T and B cells.

      Weaknesses:

      These studies also highlight a number of molecular pathways that will require additional validation studies to more completely understand whether they are potentially causal for pathology, or rather, epiphenomenon associated with increased innate inflammation within the pancreas of T1D subjects. Given the limitations noted above, the study does present a rich and integrated dataset for analysis of enriched immune markers that can be segmented and annotated within distinct cellular networks. This enabled the authors to analyze distinct cellular subsets and phenotypes in situ, including within islets that peri-islet infiltration and/or intra-islet insulitis.

      Despite the many technical challenges and unique organ donor cohort utilized, the data are still limited in terms of subject numbers - a challenge in a disease characterized by extensive heterogeneity in terms of age of onset and clinical and histopathological presentation. Therefore, these studies cannot adequately account for all of the potential covariates that may drive variability and alterations in the histopathologies observed (such as age of onset, background genetics, and organ donor conditions). In this study, the manuscript and figures could be improved in terms of clarifying how variable the observed signatures were across each individual donor, with the clear notion that non-diabetic donors will present with some similar challenges and variability.

      Thank you to all reviewers and editors for their thoughtful and constructive engagement with our manuscript. We agree that patient heterogeneity and the sample size limited the impact of this study. In the future, more cases with insulitis will become available and spatial technologies will become more scalable.

      Given these constraints, we have made a significant effort to illustrate the individual heterogeneity of the disease by using the same color for each nPOD case ID throughout the manuscript and showing individual donors whenever feasible (e.g. Figures 1D-E, 2C, 2I, 3E, 3G, 4B-C, 5C, and 5F). For figures related to insulitis, we do not typically include non-T1D controls since they did not have any insulitis (Figure 2C). We also explicitly discuss the differences in the two autoantibody-positive, non-T1D cases: one closely resembled the T1D cases with respect to multiple features and the other more closely resembled the non-T1D, autoantibody-negative controls.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aimed to characterize the cellular phenotype and spatial relationship of cell types infiltrating the islets of Langerhans in human T1D using CODEX, a multiplexed examination of cellular markers

      Strengths:

      Major strengths of this study are the use of pancreas tissue from well-characterized tissue donors, and the use of CODEX, a state-of-the-art detection technique of extensive characterization and spatial characterization of cell types and cellular interactions. The authors have achieved their aims with the identification of the heterogeneity of the CD8+ T cell populations in insulitis, the identification of a vasculature phenotype and other markers that may mark insulitis-prone islets, and the characterization of tertiary lymphoid structures in the acinar tissue of the pancreas. These findings are very likely to have a positive impact on our understanding (conceptual advance) of the cellular factors involved in T1D pathogenesis which the field requires to make progress in therapeutics.

      Weaknesses:

      A major limitation of the study is the cohort size, which the authors directly state. However, this study provides avenues of inquiry for researchers to gain further understanding of the pathological process in human T1D.

      Thank you for your analysis. We point the reader to our above description of our efforts to faithfully report the patient variability despite the small sample size.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors applied an innovative approach (CO-Detection by indEXing - CODEX) together with sophisticated computational analyses to image pancreas tissues from rare organ donors with type 1 diabetes. They aimed to assess key features of inflammation in both islet and extra-islet tissue areas; they reported that the extra-islet space of lobules with extensive islet infiltration differs from the extra-islet space of less infiltrated areas within the same tissue section. The study also identifies four sub-states of inflamed islets characterized by the activation profiles of CD8+T cells enriched in islets relative to the surrounding tissue. Lymphoid structures are identified in the pancreas tissue away from islets, and these were enriched in CD45RA+ T cells - a population also enriched in one of the inflamed islet sub-states. Together, these data help define the coordination between islets and the extra-islet pancreas in the pathogenesis of human T1D.

      Strengths:

      The analysis of tissue from well-characterized organ donors, provided by the Network for the Pancreatic Organ Donor with Diabetes, adds strength to the validity of the findings.

      By using their innovative imaging/computation approaches, key known features of islet autoimmunity were confirmed, providing validation of the methodology.

      The detection of IDO+ vasculature in inflamed islets - but not in normal islets or islets that have lost insulin-expression links this expression to the islet inflammation, and it is a novel observation. IDO expression in the vasculature may be induced by inflammation and may be lost as disease progresses, and it may provide a potential therapeutic avenue.

      The high-dimensional spatial phenotyping of CD8+T cells in T1D islets confirmed that most T cells were antigen-experienced. Some additional subsets were noted: a small population of T cells expressing CD45RA and CD69, possibly naive or TEMRA cells, and cells expressing Lag-3, Granzyme-B, and ICOS.

      While much attention has been devoted to the study of the insulitis lesion in T1D, our current knowledge is quite limited; the description of four sub-clusters characterized by the activation profile of the islet-infiltrating CD8+T cells is novel. Their presence in all T1D donors indicates that the disease process is asynchronous and is not at the same stage across all islets. Although this concept is not novel, this appears to be the most advanced characterization of insulitis stages.

      When examining together both the exocrine and islet areas, which is rarely done, authors report that pancreatic lobules affected by insulitis are characterized by distinct tissue markers. Their data support the concept that disease progression may require crosstalk between cells in the islet and extra-islet compartments. Lobules enriched in β-cell-depleted islets were also enriched in nerves, vasculature, and Granzyme-B+/CD3- cells, which may be natural killer cells.

      Lastly, authors report that immature tertiary lymphoid structures (TLS) exist both near and away from islets, where CD45RA+ CD8+T cells aggregate, and also observed an inflamed islet-subcluster characterized by an abundance of CD45RA+/CD8+ T cells. These TLS may represent a point of entry for T cells and this study further supports their role in islet autoimmunity.

      Weaknesses:

      As the authors themselves acknowledge, the major limitation is that the number of donors examined is limited as those satisfying study criteria are rare. Thus, it is not possible to examine disease heterogeneity and the impact of age at diagnosis. Of 8 T1D donors examined, 4 would be considered newly diagnosed (less than 3 months from onset) and 4 had longer disease durations (2, 2, 5, and 6 years). It was unclear if disease duration impacted the results in this small cohort. In the introduction, the authors discuss that most of the pancreata from nPOD donors with T1D lack insulitis. This is correct, yet it is a function of time from diagnosis. Donors with shorter duration will be more likely to have insulitis. A related point is that the proportion of islets with insulitis is low even near diagnosis, Finally, only one donor was examined that while not diagnosed with T1D, was likely in the preclinical disease stage and had autoantibodies and insulitis. This is a critically important disease stage where the methodology developed by the investigators could be applied in future efforts.

      While this was not the focus of this investigation, it appears that the approach was very much immune-focused and there could be value in examining islet cells in greater depth using the methodology the authors developed.

      Additional comments:

      Overall, the authors were able to study pancreas tissues from T1D donors and perform sophisticated imaging and computational analysis that reproduce and importantly extend our understanding of inflammation in T1D. Despite the limitations associated with the small sample size, the results appear robust, and the claims well-supported.

      The study expands the conceptual framework of inflammation and islet autoimmunity, especially by the definition of different clusters (stages) of insulitis and by the characterization of immune cells in and outside the islets.

      Thank you for your feedback. We agree that it would be very informative to expand on our analysis of autoantibody-positive cases and look at additional non-immune features. 

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Do any of the observed cellular or structural features correlate with age of onset or disease duration? While numbers of subjects are low, considering these as continuous variables may clarify some of the findings.

      Thank you for the suggestion. In Supplemental Figure 5B-C, we plotted the key immune signatures from the manuscript against the diabetes duration and age of onset.

      (2) The IDO is an interesting observation and has prior support in the literature. The authors speculate this may be induced as a feature of IFNg expressed by lymphocytes in the local microenvironment. Can any of these concepts be further validated by staining for transcription factors or surrogate downstream markers associated with Th1 skewing (e.g., Tbet, CXCR3, etc)?

      The only other interferon-stimulated gene in our panel is HLA-ABC. We updated Supplemental Figure 2F to include HLA-ABC expression in IDO- and IDO+ islets (within the “Inflamed” group). Consistent with the hypothesis that IDO is stimulated by interferon, HLA-ABC is also significantly higher in IDO+ islets than IDO- islets. PDL1, another interferon-stimulated gene. was included in the panel but we did not detect any signal. This antibody was very weak during testing in the tonsil, so we couldn’t confidently claim that PDL1 was not expressed.

      (3) The authors discuss the potential that CD45RA may be expressed in Temra populations. This could use additional clarification and a distinction from Tscm if possible.

      Unfortunately, we did not have the appropriate markers to distinguish naïve, TEMRA, or Tscm cells from each other. We updated the text in the discussion to include this consideration (Line 432).

      (4) Supplemental Figure 5 is not informative in the current display.

      Thank you, we replotted these data.

      (5) Supplemental Table 1 could be expanded with additional metadata of interest, including the genetic features of the donors (e.g, class II diplotype and GRS2 values) that are published and available in the nPOD program.

      Some genetic data are only available to nPOD investigators. We think it is more appropriate to request the data directly from them.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) I had only a few specific comments. I think the statement in Lines 317 and 318 is too strong. It implies that each lobe is always homogeneous for having all islets with insulitis or not having insulitis. Some lobes are certainly enriched for islets with insulitis but insulin+ islets without insulitis in some lobes in some T1D donors are seen. Please soften that statement.

      We apologize for our lack of clarity. We have edited the text (line 305-309) to better articulate that organ donors fall on a spectrum. Thank you for raising this point as we think the motivation for our analysis is much clearer after these revisions.

      (2) Please cite and discuss In't Veld Diabetes 20210 PMID: 20413508. While the main point of the paper is that there is beta cell replication after prolonged life support, another observation is that there is a correlation between prolonged life support and CD45+ cells in the pancreas parenchyma. This might indicate that not all immune cells in the parenchyma are T1D associated in donors with T1D.

      Thank you, we have added this citation to our discussion of the importance of duration of stay in the ICU (Line 471).

      (3) Can you rule out that CD46RA+/CD69+ CD8+ T cells in the islets are not TSCM?

      (See above)

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Similar studies in experimental models may afford increased opportunity to evaluate the significance of these findings and model their potential relevance for disease staging and therapeutic targeting.

      We agree that the lack of experimental data limits the ability to interpret and validate the significance of our findings. We hope that our study motivates and helps inform such experiments.

    1. eLife Assessment

      The authors demonstrate the valuable discovery that human CD29+/CD56+ myogenic progenitors can differentiate into tendon through the TGFβ pathway, addressing mouse and human interspecies differences in regard to the potential of muscle stem cells. The in vivo transplantation experiments provide convincing evidence for the conclusion, as human CD29+/CD56+ myogenic progenitors contribute to tendon regeneration, resulting in functional recovery in mouse model. The authors' approach can be used for the development of cell therapy for tendon-injured patients.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors have thoroughly addressed all my concerns. The revised version of the current manuscript is solid now. It's very interesting that there is bi-potential ability of human CD29/CD56+ myogenic progenitors. The current study substantiates the medical translational potential for human CD29/CD56+ myogenic progenitors in promoting tendon regeneration.

      Strengths:

      CD29+/CD56+ stem/progenitor cells were transplanted into immunodeficient mice with a tendon injury, and human cells expressing tenogenic markers contributed to the repair of the injured tendon. Furthermore, the authors also show better tendon biomechanical properties and plantarflexion force after transplantation.

      Weaknesses:

      None. The authors have thoroughly addressed all my concerns.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This study presents a useful theoretical model of molecular evolution of multi-copy gene systems by extending the classic Haldane model and applies the model to explain the surprisingly rapid evolution of rRNA genes. Although the conceptual model is intuitive and provides a new perspective for contextualizing this problem, the model presented does not adequately consider plausible biological constraints on the molecular and genetic processes. The lack of such constraints in the model, along with technical issues in the data analysis, provide incomplete support for the conclusion that the genetic variation patterns of rRNA genes in mouse is compatible with neutral evolution.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The fundamental claim of the manuscript is that rRNA genes experience substitutions much too quickly, given that they are a multi-copy gene system. As clarified by the authors in their response, and as I think is relatively clear in the manuscript, they are collapsing all copies of the rRNA array down. They first quantify polymorphism (in this expanded definition, where polymorphism means variable at a given site across any copy). The authors find elevated levels of heterozygosity in rRNA genes compared to single copy genes, which isn't surprising, given that there is a substantially higher target size; that being said, the increase in polymorphism is smaller than the increase in target size. They then look at substitutions between mouse species and also between human and chimp, and argue that the substitution rate is too fast compared to single copy genes in many cases.

      [Editors' note: we invite readers to consult the review in full from the previous version of the submission: https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.99992.2.sa1]

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This revision has further improved the clarity of the paper, better articulating assumptions of the model and data analysis. I particularly appreciate the authors' thorough response to eLife assessment. However, the authors did not provide point-by-point response to the specific comments I had from last round of review and didn't revise the manuscript accordingly, so my major concerns remain.

      At conceptual level, my biggest concern with the model is the lack of constraint on V*(K), which makes the null neutral model too "liberal". On the one hand, the number of descendants of each gene copy must be non-negative; on the other hand, even homogenizing process within an individual is extremely strong, it cannot "spread" gene copies across individuals, so the maximum number of descendants of one gene copy cannot exceed the number of offspring that individual has times C. For these reasons, I believe there must be a theoretical upper bound of the value of V*(K), and the actual V*(K) is likely much smaller under realistic strength of the homogenizing process. When I asked about modeling of the underlying homogenizing process, I did not mean the authors need to include specific molecular process in the model; instead, I am asking the authors to provide some realistic scenarios that can give rise to very large V*(K) values. As a result of the very "liberal" neutral model, although I do agree that rejection of null provides stronger evidence for selection in human, it is unclear whether there is no evidence of selection in mouse. Please see below for my specific comments regarding the definition and assumptions of V*(K) (copied from last review).

      Regarding the data analysis, although I understand the authors' methodology and rationale behind, I am not convinced that high sequence similarity between rDNA copies guarantees no biases in alignment and variant calling. Furthermore, given divergence between species, I am particularly concerned about the practice of aligning reads of different species to human and mus musculus reference sequences. A separate issue is the calculation of divergence level. Instead of using Fst>0.8 as the criterion of calling fixed sites, the authors could calculate the pairwise average divergence between a random copy from one species and a random copy from another species. Mathematically, this could be calculated as p1(1-p2)+p2(1-p1). The observation that the estimated substitution rates for rDNA with and without CpG sites are so close seems to be an indication of technical error. Please also see below for my specific questions about data analysis (copied from last round of review).

      Specific comments from last round of review:

      Questions regarding V*(K)<br /> (1) Another key parameter V*(K) was still not defined within the paper. In response 9, the authors explained that V*(K) refers to "the number of progeny to whom the gene copy of interest is transmitted (K) over a specific time interval". However, the meaning of "progeny" remains unclear. Are the authors referring to the descendent copies of a gene copy, or the offspring individuals (i.e., the living organisms)? For example, if a variant spreads horizontally through homogenizing processes and transmits vertically to multiple offspring individuals, the number of descent gene copies could differ substantially from the number of descendent individuals to whom a gene copy is transmitted to. This distinction needs to be clarified and clearly stated in the paper.

      (2) The authors state that V*(K)>=1 for rDNA genes because of the homogenizing processes (lines 139-141) without providing justification. It is unclear, at least to me, whether homogenizing processes are expected increase or decrease the variance in "reproductive success" across gene copies. Moreover, the authors claim that V*(K) "can potentially reach values in the hundreds and may even exceed C, resulting in C*=C/V*(K)<1" (Response 7). This claim is unlikely to be true, as the minimum value of K is bounded by zero and E(K) is assumed to be 1. Even in the extreme case that 1% gene copies leave large numbers of descends while the others leave none, V*(K) would still be less than 100. Such extreme case seems highly improbable, given realistic rates of the homogenizing processes.

      (3) Regardless of how the authors define V*(K), it is not immediately clear why Equation 1 (N*=NC/V*(K)) holds. Both sides of the equation have their independent meanings, so the authors need to provide a step-by-step derivation demonstrating that they are equal. Only by doing this will the implicit underlying assumptions become clearer. I also strongly recommend that the authors conduct forward-in-time simulations with fixed N, C, V*(K) (however they define it) and μ to confirm that the right side of Equation 1 actually predicts the N* as calculated from the polymorphism level using the equation in line 165.

      Questions about Ne* for multi-copy system

      (1) While Ne is clearly defined in the standard single-copy gene model as the reciprocal of genetic drift (i.e., the decay in heterozygosity), its meaning for multiple-copy genes is unclear. Based on the context, it appears that the authors define Ne as the parameter that fits the population polymorphism level (Hs) using the equation in line 165. This definition is reasonable, but it should be explicitly clarified in the text."

      (2) Without providing justification, the authors assumed that a certain number N* exists for rRNA such that it fits both the polymorphism level (line 156) in recent timescales and divergence level in longer timescales (i.e., in the comparison between Tf and Td). However, if N, C or any other relevant parameters have varied substantially throughout evolution, N* is expected to vary with time, and the same value may not fit both polymorphism and divergence data simultaneously.

      Questions about data analysis

      (1) A significant issue with aligning reads to a single reference genome is reference bias, referring to the phenomenon that reads carrying the reference alleles tend to align more easily than those with one or more non-reference alleles, thus creating a bias in genotype calling or variant allele frequency quantification. As a result, there may be an underrepresentation of non-reference alleles in called variants or an underestimate of non-reference allele frequency, particularly in regions with high genetic diversity. Simply focusing on bi-allelic SNVs is insufficient to minimize reference bias. Given the fourfold increase in diversity within rDNA, the authors must either provide evidence that reference bias is not a significant concern or adopt graph-based reference genomes or more sophisticated alignment algorithms to address this issue.

      (2) The potential for reference bias also renders the analysis of divergence sites unreliable, as aligning reads from one species (e.g. chimpanzee) to the reference of another species (e.g., human) is likely to introduce biases in variant calling between the two. One commonly adopted approach to address this imbalance is to align reads from both species to a third reference genome that is expected to be equidistantly related to both.

      (3) Although it is somewhat reassuring that the estimated divergence rate of rDNA between human and macaque is comparable to that of the rest of the genome, there still remains concern of a under-estimation of divergence in rDNA regions due to reference bias issue. Note that while the "third genome" approach reduces imbalance between two genomes in comparison, it may still under-estimate overall divergence level due to under-calling of non-reference variants.<br /> (4) In response to my question about the similarity in rDNA substitution rates estimated with or without CpG sites, the authors suggest that this "may be due to strong homogenizing forces, which can rapidly fix or eliminate variants" (response17). However, this explanation is insufficient, because the observed substitution rate depends on the mutation rate multiplied by the fixation probability, and accelerated fixation or loss does not alter either. Unless the authors can provide more convincing explanation, technical errors in calling of fixed sites still remain a concern.

      Minor points:

      Line 157: The statement "where μ is the mutation rate of the entire gene" must be wrong, as the heterozygosity calculated with such μ would correspond to the chance of seeing two different haplotypes at gene level, which is incompatible with the empirical calculation specified in Equation 2. Instead, μ must represent the mutation rate per site averaged over the entire gene.

      In response 22, the authors explained that the allele frequency spectrum shown in Fig 3 is folded, because the ancestral allele was not determined. However, this is inconsistent with x-axis Fig 3 ranging between 0 and 1. I suspect the x-axis represents the frequency of the alternative (i.e., non-reference) allele. If so, the reported correlation is inflated, as the reference allele is somewhat random, and a variant at joint ALT allele frequencies of (0.9, 0.9) is no different from a variant at (0.1, 0.1). The proper way of calculate this correlation is to first determine the minor allele frequency across individuals and then calculate the correlation between minor allele frequencies.

      Similarly, in response 14, it is unclear what the x-axis represents. Is it the ALT allele frequency or derived allele frequency? If the former, why are only variants with AF>0.8 defined as fixed variants, while those with AF<0.2 excluded? If it is the latter, please describe how ancestral state is determined.

    4. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      eLife Assessment<br /> …. While intuitive, the model's underlying issue is grouping many factors under "variance in reproductive success" without explicitly modeling the molecular processes. This limitation, …, provides incomplete support for the authors' claim that the observed paradoxical patterns in rRNA genes can largely be explained by homogenizing processes, such as gene conversion, unequal crossover and replication slippage.

      This second paper addresses the genetic drift in multi-copy gene systems using rRNA genes as an example. Note that genetic drift happens in two stages here – within individuals and between individuals while the drift mechanisms are very different between the two stages. We now reply to the editors’ decision that it would be more rigorous to model each molecular process, than to lump all stochastic forces into V(K).  We respond to this criticism on three fronts.

      First, for molecular evolutionists, there is NO NEED to model the detailed molecular processes.  This is because we are only interested in knowing the totality of the stochastic variations.  Interesting biological forces such as selection and meiotic drive are masked by such random forces. Our objective is precisely to lump all noises into a quantity that can be estimated.

      Second, the homogenization process is the bulk, if not the totality of the within-individual random forces (i.e,, genetic drift). The criticism of incomplete support for drift as a sufficient account of the observations is curious because we did conclude that genetic drift is an insufficient explanation of the human data.  Since drift only influences fixation time, which can have a significant effect in short-term evolution (as shown in Fig 2), but it does not affect fixation rate itself. In contrast, selection influences the both. Thus, we can define the limitation of drift in evolutionary process. Even if the speed of drift-driven fixation is only a few generations, it is still too little for the human-chimpanzee divergence comparisons. In contrast, the speed of genetic drift in mice, as extrapolated from the polymorphism data, is sufficient to drive the divergence between M. m. domesticus and Mus spretus. The criticism appears to be that unbiased gene conversion, unequal crossover and replication slippage together may be insufficient to account for the observations. Since the contribution of each of these three forces is not central to our goal of filtering out the total contributions, we only conclude that the totality of within-individual drift in mice is sufficient to explain the data.

      Third, even if we really want to dissect the molecular processes, previous attempts by prominent theorists like Tom Nagylaki and Tomoko Ohta could only model a small subset of such processes.  In fact, Ohta often lumps a few of these forces into one process. More importantly, if we want to tackle other systems like viruses and mitochondria, we will have to develop a new set of theories for each molecular process.  V(K) can take care of all such diverse systemes.  In short, genetic drift is just noises and our goal is to quantify them in total across diverse systmes.  By filtering out noises, we will be able to move on to something more important.

      We now briefly comment on the WF models in relation to multi-gene systems. For example, in the case SARS-CoV-2, there are millions of virions in each patient among millions of patients. It is not possible to know what Ne acaully means in the WF modesl. Also, the rDNA population in each individual is not the sub-populations of the WF models.  After all, the mechanisms of genetic drift within individuals by the homogenization processes are entirely different from the genetic drift between individuals.  For a comparison, we published several papers (cited in #2) using the Haldane model to estimate the strength of genetic drift. It is also important to note that the parameters and assumptions of WF model cannot fully capture the evolutionary dynamics of the multi-copy genes.

      … ., along with insufficient consideration of technical challenges in alignment and variants calling, provides incomplete support for the authors' claim …

      Before delving into the technical details, we would like to summarize our defense. First, all rRNA gene copies belong in a pseudo-population, due to the homogenization process. The concept of specific locus with specific variants does not apply. Second, the levels of within-individual and within-species variation is so low that sequence alignment is not a problem at all. Third, thanks to the large number of sequence reads, occasional sequence errors (rarely encountered) should have minimal effects on the analyses.  Now the technical details:

      Regarding the concerns about the alignment and variant calling, we would like to clarify our methodology. While we acknowledge the technical challenges inherent in alignment and variant calling, particularly with respect to orthologous alignments to distinguish different copies, it is important to note that rDNA copies are subject to homogenization processes, meaning that there is no orthology among rDNA copies. Due to the high sequence similarity and frequent genetic exchange among rDNA units within species, we used the species-specific rDNA reference sequence for variant calling. We directly utilized the raw read depth from all rDNA copies within individuals to calculate the site frequency. For each site, we focused on the frequency of the major allele to calculate nucleotide diversity using the 2p(1-p), where p represents the frequency of the major allele. This approach helps capture genetic variation while minimizing the impact of alignment or variant calling errors, which primarily affect low-frequency variants (e.g., 0.800A, 0.199T, 0.001C, with A being the major allele). As for the divergence sites between species, we defined  FST = 0.8 as a cutoff (roughly, when a mutant is > 0.95 in frequency in one species and < 0.05 in the other, FST would be > 0.80.),  which is less likely to be influenced by low-frequency polymorphic sites within species.We believe this method is more appropriate for estimating genetic diversity at rDNA than traditional variant calling pipelines designed to detect homozygotes and heterozygotes.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This study presents a useful model of genetic drift by incorporating variance in reproductive success, aiming to address several apparent paradoxes in molecular evolution. However, some of the apparent paradoxes only arise in the most basic version of standard models and have been reconciled in more advanced models. Nonetheless, this paper offers intuitive explanations for these apparent paradoxes, by adopting a new perspective and solid modeling and analysis. More broadly, the proposed model provides an alternative framework to address puzzling observations in molecular evolution, which will be of interest to evolutionary and population geneticists.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The revision by Ruan et al clarifies several aspects of the original manuscript that were difficult to understand, and I think it presents some useful and interesting ideas. I understand that the authors are distinguishing their model from the standard Wright-Fisher model in that the population size is not imposed externally, but is instead a consequence of the stochastic reproduction scheme. Here, the authors chose a branching process but in principle any Markov chain can probably be used. Within this framework, the authors are particularly interested in cases where the variance in reproductive success changes through time, as explored by the DDH model, for example. They argue with some experimental results that there is a reason to believe that the variance in reproductive success does change over time.

      One of the key aspects of the original manuscript that I want to engage with is the DDH model. As the authors point out, their equations 5 and 6 are assumptions, and not derived from any principles. In essence, the authors are positing that that the variance in reproductive success, given by 6, changes as a function of the current population size. There is nothing "inherent" to a negative binomial branching mechanism that results in this: in fact, the the variance in offspring number could in principle be the same for all time. As relates to models that exist in the literature, I believe that this is the key difference: unlike Cannings models, the authors allow for a changing variance in reproduction through time.

      This is, of course, an interesting thing to consider, and I think that the situation the authors point out, in which drift is lower at small population sizes and larger at large population sizes, is not appreciated in the literature. However, I am not so sure that there is anything that needs to be resolved in Paradox 1. A very strong prediction of that model is that Ne and N could be inversely related, as shown by the blue line in Fig 3b. This suggests that you could see something very strange if you, for example, infer a population size history using a Wright-Fisher framework, because you would infer a population *decline* when there is in fact a population *expansion*. However, as far as I know there are very few "surprising population declines" found in empirical data. An obvious case where we know there is very rapid population growth is human populations; I don't think I've ever seen an inference of recent human demographic history from genetic data that suggests anything other than a massive population expansion. While I appreciate the authors empirical data supporting their claim of Paradox 1 (more on the empirical data later), it's not clear to me that there's a "paradox" in the literature that needs explaining so much as this is a "words of caution about interpreting inferred effective population sizes". To be clear, I think those words of caution are important, and I had never considered that you might be so fundamentally misled as to infer decline when there is growth, but calling it a "paradox" seems to suggest that this is an outstanding problem in the literature, when in fact I think the authors are raising a *new* and important problem. Perhaps an interesting thing for the authors to do to raise the salience of this point would be to perform simulations under this model and then infer effective population sizes using e.g. dadi or psmc and show that you could identify a situation in which the true history is one of growth, but the best fit would be one of decline

      The authors also highlight that their approach reflects a case where the population size is determined by the population dynamics themselves, as opposed to being imposed externally as is typical in Cannings models. I agree with the authors that this aspect of population regulation is understudied. Nonetheless, several manuscripts have dealt with the case of population genetic dynamics in populations of stochastically fluctuating size. For example, Kaj and Krone (2003) show that under pretty general conditions you get something very much like a standard coalescent; for example, combining their theorem 1 with their arguments on page 36 and 37, they find that exchangeable populations with stochastic population dynamics where the variance does not change with time still converge to exactly the coalescent you would expect from Cannings models. This is strongly suggestive that the authors key result isn't about stochastic population dynamics per se, but instead related to arguing that variance in reproductive success could change through time. In fact, I believe that the result of Kaj and Krone (2003) is substantially more general than the models considered in this manuscript. That being said, I believe that the authors of this manuscript do a much better job of making the implications for evolutionary processes clear than Kaj and Krone, which is important---it's very difficult to understand from Kaj and Krone the conditions under which effective population sizes will be substantially impacted by stochastic population dynamics.

      I also find the authors exposition on Paradox 3 to be somewhat strange. First of all, I'm not sure there's a paradox there at all? The authors claim that the lack of dependence of the fixation probability on Ne is a paradox, but this is ultimately not surprising---fixation of a positively selected allele depends mostly on escaping the boundary layer, which doesn't really depend on the population size (see Gillespie's book "The Causes of Molecular Evolution" for great exposition on boundary layer effects). Moreover, the authors *use a Cannings-style argument* to get gain a good approximation of how the fixation probability changes when there is non-Poisson reproduction. So it's not clear that the WFH model is really doing a lot of work here. I suppose they raise the interesting point that the particularly simple form of p(fix) = 2s is due to the assumption that variance in offspring is equal to 1.

      In addition, I raised some concerns about the analysis of empirical results on reproductive variance in my original review, and I don't believe that the authors responded to it at all. I'm not super worried about that analysis, but I think that the authors should probably respond to me.

      Overall, I feel like I now have a better understanding of this manuscript. However, I think it still presents its results too strongly: Paradox 1 contains important words of caution that reflect what I am confident is an under appreciated possibility, and Paradox 3 is, as far as I'm concerned, not a paradox at all. I have not addressed Paradox 2 very much because I think that another reviewer had solid and interesting comments on that front and I am leaving it to them. That being said, I do think Paradox 2 actually presents a deep problem in the literature and that the authors' argument may actually represent a path toward a solution.

      This manuscript can be a useful contribution to the literature, but as it's presented at the moment, I think most of it is worded too strongly and it continues to not engage appropriately with the literature. Theoretical advances are undoubtedly important, and I think the manuscript presents some interesting things to think about, but ultimately needs to be better situated and several of the claims strongly toned down.

      References:<br /> Kaj, I., & Krone, S. M. (2003). The coalescent process in a population with stochastically varying size. Journal of Applied Probability, 40(1), 33-48.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This theoretical paper examines genetic drift in scenarios deviating from the standard Wright-Fisher model. The authors discuss Haldane's branching process model, highlighting that the variance in reproductive success equates to genetic drift. By integrating the Wright-Fisher model with the Haldane model, the authors derive theoretical results that resolve paradoxes related to effective population size.

      Strengths:

      The most significant and compelling result from this paper is perhaps that the probability of fixing a new beneficial mutation is 2s/V(K). This is an intriguing and potentially generalizable discovery that could be applied to many different study systems.

      The authors also made a lot of effort to connect theory with various real-world examples, such as genetic diversity in sex chromosomes and reproductive variance across different species.

      Comments on previous revisions:

      The author has addressed some of the concerns in my review, and I think the revised manuscript is more clear. I like the discussion about the caveats of the WFH model.

      I hope the authors could also discuss the conditions needed for V(K)/Ne to be a reasonable approximation. It is currently unclear how the framework should be adopted in general.

      The idea about estimating male-female V(K) ratios from population genetic data is interesting. Unfortunately, the results fell short. The accuracy of their estimators (derived using approximation Ne/V(K) approximation, and certain choice of theta, and then theta estimated with Watterson's estimator) should be tested with simulated results before applying to real data. The reliability of their estimator and their results from real data are unclear.

      Arguments made in this paper sometimes lack precision (perhaps the authors want to emphasize intuition, but it seems more confusing than otherwise). For example: The authors stated that "This independence from N seems intuitively obvious: when an advantageous mutation increases to say, 100 copies in determining a population (depending mainly on s), its fixation would be almost certain, regardless of N.". Assuming large Ne, and with approximation, one could assume the probability of loss is e^(-2sn), but the writing about "100 copies" and "almost certain" is very imprecise, in fact, a mutation with s=0.001 segregating at 100 copies in a large Ne population is most probably lost. Whereas in a small population, it will be fixed. Yet the following sentence states "regardless of N. This may be a most direct argument against equating genetic drift, certainly no less important than 1/ N . with N, or Ne (which is supposed to be a function of N's)." I find this new paragraph misleading.

      Some of the statements/wordings in this paper still seem too strong to me.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors toned down. I am a bit confused because I do not seem to find any point-to-point response to my review.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Ruan and colleagues consider a branching process model (in their terminology the "Haldane model") and the most basic Wright-Fisher model. They convincingly show that offspring distributions are usually non-Poissonian (as opposed to what's assumed in the Wright-Fisher model), and can depend on short-term ecological dynamics (e.g., variance in offspring number may be smaller during exponential growth). The authors discuss branching processes and the Wright-Fisher model in the context of 3 "paradoxes" --- 1) how Ne depends on N might depend on population dynamics; 2) how Ne is different on the X chromosome, the Y chromosome, and the autosomes, and these differences do match the expectations base on simple counts of the number of chromosomes in the populations; 3) how genetic drift interacts with selection. The authors provide some theoretical explanations for the role of variance in the offspring distribution in each of these three paradoxes. They also perform some experiments to directly measure the variance in offspring number, as well as perform some analyses of published data.

      Strengths:

      - The theoretical results are well-described and easy to follow.<br /> - The analyses of different variances in offspring number (both experimentally and analyzing public data) are convincing that non-Poissonian offspring distributions are the norm.<br /> - The point that this variance can change as the population size (or population dynamics) change is also very interesting and important to keep in mind.<br /> - I enjoyed the Density-Dependent Haldane model. It was a nice example of the decoupling of census size and effective size.<br /> - Equation (10) is a nice result

      Comments on revisions:

      I appreciate the effort that the authors have put into the revision, but I still find the framing to be a bit confusing -- these apparent paradoxes only appear in the most basic version of Wright-Fisher models, and so framing the paper as the solution to these paradoxes overlooks much previous work. Saying that existing work discussing exactly these phenomena is "beyond the scope of this study", without citing or interacting in any way with that work is unscholarly. I agree with the authors that the apparent paradoxes that they consider and interesting, and by thinking about branching processes, the apparent paradoxes appear to be less paradoxical, but without contextualizing this work in the substantial Wright-Fisher literature (e.g., Cannings Exchangeable Models and the work of Möhle) it misrepresents the state of the field and the contributions of this paper.

    5. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      eLife Assessment (divided into 3 parts)

      This study presents a useful modification of a standard model of genetic drift by incorporating variance in reproductive success, claiming to address several paradoxes in molecular evolution. ……

      It is crucial to emphasize that our model is NOT a modification of the standard model. The Haldane model, which is generalized here for population regulation, is based on the branching process. The Haldane model and the WF model which is based on population sampling are fundamentally different. We referred to our model as the integrated WF-H model because the results obtained from the WF model over the last 90 years are often (but not always) good approximations for the Haldane model. The analogy would be the comparisons between the Diffusion model and the Coalescence model. Obviously, the results from one model are often good approximations for the other.  But it is not right to say that one is a useful modification of the other.

      We realize that it is a mistake to call our model the integrated WFH model, thus causing confusions over two entirely different models. Clearly, the word “integrated” did not help. We have now revised the paper by using the more accurate name for the model – the Generalized Haldane (GH) model. The text explains clerarly that the original Haldane model is a special case of the GH model.

      Furthermore, we present the paradoxes and resolve them by the GH model.  We indeed overreached by claiming that WF models could not resolve them. Whether the WF models have done enough to resolve the paradoxes or at least will be able to resolve them should not be a central point of our study. Here is what we state at the end of this study.:

      “We understand that further modifications of the WF models may account for some or all of these paradoxes. However, such modifications have to be biologically feasible and, if possible, intuitively straightforward. Such possible elaborations of WF models are beyond the scope of this study. We are only suggesting that the Haldane model can be extensively generalized to be an alternative approach to genetic drift. The GH model attempts to integrate population genetics and ecology and, thus, can be applied to genetic systems far more complex than those studied before. The companion study is one such example.”

      ….. However, some of the claimed "paradoxes" seem to be overstatements, as previous literature has pointed out the limitations of the standard model and proposed more advanced models to address those limitations….

      As stated in the last paragraph of the paper, it is outside of the scope of our study to comment on whether the earlier WF models can resolve these paradoxes.  So, all such statements have been removed or at least drastically toned down in the formal presentation.  That said, editors and reviewers may ask whether we are re-inventing the wheels.  The answers are as follows:

      First, two entirely different models reaching the same conclusion are NOT the re-invention of wheels. The coalescence theory does not merely rediscover the results obtained by the diffusion models. The process of obtaining the results is itself a new invention.  This would lead to the next question: is the new process more rigorous and more efficient?  I think the Haldane model is indeed more efficient in comparisons with the very complex modifications of the WF models. 

      Second, we are not sure that the paradoxes have been resolved, or even can be resolved.  Note that these skepticisms have been purged from the formal presentation. Thefore, I am presenting the arguments outside of the paper for a purely intellectual discourse. Below, please allow us to address the assertions that the WF models can resolve the paradoxes. 

      The first paradox is that the drift strength in relation to N is often opposite of the WF model predictions.  Since the WF models (standard or modified) do not generate N from within the model, how can it resolve the paradox?  In contrast, the Generalized Haldane model generates N within the model. It is the regulation of N near the carrying capacity that creates the paradox – When N increases, drift also increases.

      The second paradox that the same locus experiences different drifts in males and females is accepted by the reviewers.  Nevertheless, we would like to point out that this second paradox echoed the first one as newly stated in the Discussion section “The second paradox of sex-dependent drift is about different V(K)’s between sexes (generally Vm > Vf) but the same E(K) between them. In the conventional models of sampling, it is not clear what sort of biological sampling scheme could yield V(K) ≠ E(K), let alone two separate V(K)’s with one single E(K). Mathematically, given separate K distributions for males and females, it is unlikely that E(K) for the whole population could be 1, hence, the population would either explode in size or decline to zero. In short, N regulation has to be built into the genetic drift model as the GH model does to avoid this paradox.”

      The third paradox stems from the fact that drift is operating even for genes under selection. But then the drift strength, 2s/V(K) for an advantage of s, is indepenent of N or Ne. Since the determinant of drift strength in the WF model is ALWAYS Ne, how is Paradox 3 not a paradox for the WF model?

      The 4th paradox about multi-copy gene systems is the subject of the companion paper (Wang et al.). Note that the WF model cannot handle systems of evolution that experience totally different sorts of drift within vs. between hosts (viruses, rDNAs etc).  This paradox can be understood by the GH model and and will be addressed in the next paper.

      While the modified model presented in this paper yields some intriguing theoretical predictions, the analysis and simulations presented are incomplete to support the authors' strong claims, and it is unclear how much the model helps explain empirical observations.

      The objections appear to be that our claims of “paradox resolution” being too strong.  We interpret this objection is based on the view (which we agree) that these paradoxes are intrisicallly difficult to resolve by the WF models. Since our model has been perceived to be a modified WF model, the claim of resolution is clearly too strong.  However, the GH model is conceptually and operationally entirely different from the WF models as we have emphasized above. In case our reading of the editorial comments is incorrect, would it be possible for some clarifications on the nature of “incomplete support”?  We would be grateful for the help.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study presents a method to visualize the location of the cell types discovered through single-cell RNA sequencing. The data allowed the authors to build spatial tissue atlases of the fly head and body, and to identify the location of previously unknown cell types. The data are convincing and appropriate, and the authors validate the methodology in line with the current state-of-the-art.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Janssens et al. addressed the challenge of mapping the location of transcriptionally unique cell types identified by single nuclei sequencing (snRNA-seq) data available through the Fly Cell Atlas. They identified 100 transcripts for head samples and 50 transcripts for fly body samples allowing identification of every unique cell type discovered through the Fly Cell Atlas. To map all of these cell types, the authors divided the fly body into head and body samples and used the Molecular Cartography (Resolve Biosciences) method to visualize these transcripts. This approach allowed them to build spatial tissue atlases of the fly head and body, to identify the location of previously unknown cell types and the subcellular localization of different transcripts. By combining snRNA-seq data from the Fly Cell Atlas with their spatially resolved transcriptomics (SRT) data, they demonstrated an automated cell type annotation strategy to identify uncharacterized clusters and infer their location in the fly body. This manuscript constitutes a proof-of-principle study to map the location of the cells identified by ever-growing single-cell transcriptomics datasets generated by others.

      Strengths:

      The authors used the Molecular Cartography (Resolve Biosciences) method to visualize 100 transcripts for head samples and 50 transcripts for fly body samples in high resolution. This method achieves high resolution by multiplexing a large number of transcript visualization steps and allows the authors to map the location of unique cell types identified by the Fly Cell Atlas.

      Weaknesses:

      Combining single-nuclei sequencing (snRNA-seq) data with spatially resolved transcriptomics (SRT) data is challenging, and the methods used by the authors in this study cannot reliably distinguish between cells, especially in brain regions where the processes of different neurons are clustered, such as neuropils. This means that a grid that the authors mark as a unique cell may actually be composed of processes from multiple cells.

      Comments on revisions:

      I believe the authors have improved the manuscript by addressing all the concerns and incorporating the suggestions raised by the reviewers. I have no further concerns or suggestions.

    1. eLife Assessment

      In this valuable study, Seidel et al. identify and characterize a novel subset of hepatocellular carcinoma patient-derived xenograft models defined by active Jagged 1-Notch2 signaling and a distinctive progenitor-like gene expression profile. Within the limitations of the PDX system they used, their methods are state-of-the-art, their data are strong and believable, and their conclusions are convincing. However, the ability to identify HCC patients that might respond is limited, and the mechanistic assessment downstream of JAG1/NOTCH2 is relatively descriptive. Some additional clarifications and experiments would strengthen the paper.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The significance of Notch in liver cancer has been inconsistently described to date. The authors conduct a PDX screen using JAG1 ab and identify 2 sensitive tumor models. Further characterization with bulk RNA seq, scRNA seq, and ATAC seq of these tumors was performed.

      Strengths:

      The reliance on an extensive panel of PDXs makes this study more definitive than prior studies.

      Gene expression analyses seem robust.

      Identification of a JAG1-dependent signature associated with hepatocyte differentiation is interesting.

      Weaknesses:

      The introduction is rather lengthy and not entirely accurate. HCC is a single cancer type/histology. There may be variants of histology (allusion to "mixed-lineage" is inaccurate as combined HCC-CCa are not conventionally considered HCC and are not treated as HCC in clinical practice as they are even excluded from HCC trials), but any cancer type can have differences in differentiation. Just state there are multiple molecular subtypes of this disease.

      There is minimal data on the PDXs, despite this being highlighted throughout the text. Clinical and possibly some molecular characterization of these cancers should be provided. It is also odd that the authors include only 35 HCC and then a varied sort of cancer histologies, which is peculiar given their prior statements regarding the heterogeneity of HCC.

      "super-responder" is not a meaningful term, I would eliminate this use as it has no clinical or scientific convention that I am aware of.

      The "expansion" of the PDX screen is poorly described. Why weren't these PDXs included in the first screen? This is quite odd as the responses in the initial screen were underwhelming. What was the denominator number of all PDXs that were assessed for JAG1 and NOTCH2 expression? This is important as it clarifies how relevant JAG1 inhibition would be to an unselected HCC population.

      Was there some kind of determination of the optimal dose or dose dependency for the JAG1 ab? The original description of the JAG1 ab was in mouse lungs, not malignant or liver cells. In addition, supplementary Figure 2D is missing. There needs to be data provided on the specificity of the human-specific JAG1 ab and the anti-NOTCH2 ab. I'm not familiar with these ab, and if they are not publicly accessible reagents, more transparency on this is needed. In addition, given the reliance of the entire paper on these antibodies, I would recommend orthogonal approaches (either chemical or genetic) to confirm the sensitivity and insensitivity of select PDXs to Notch inhibition.

      scRNA-seq data seems to add little to the paper and there is no follow-up of the findings. Are the low-expressing JAG1 cells eventually enriched in treated tumors contributing to disease recurrence?

      The discussion should be tempered. The finding of only 2 PDXs that are sensitive out of 45+ tumors treated or selected for indicates that JAG1/NOTCH2 inhibition is likely only effective in rare HCC.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors used a large panel of hepatocellular carcinoma patient-derived xenograft models to test the hypothesis that the developmental dependence of the liver on Jagged1-Notch2 signaling is retained in at least a subset of hepatocellular carcinomas. This led to the identification of two models that were extraordinarily sensitive to well-characterized, specific inhibitory antibodies against Jagged1 or Notch2. Based on additional analyses in these in vivo models, the authors provide compelling evidence that the response is due to the inhibition of human Notch2 and human Jagged1 on tumor cells and that this inhibition leads to a change in gene expression from a progenitor-like state to a hepatocyte-like state accompanied by cell cycle arrest. This change in cell state is associated with up-regulation of HNF4a and CEBPB and increased accessibility of predicted HNF4a and CEBPB genomic binding sites, accompanied by loss of accessibility to sequences predicted to bind TFs linked to multipotent liver progenitors. The authors put forth a plausible model in which inhibition of Notch2 downregulates transcriptional repressors of the Hairy/Enhancer of Split family, leading to increased expression of CEBPB and changes in gene expression that drive hepatocyte differentiation.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of the paper include the breadth of the preclinical screen in PDX models (which may be of an unprecedented size as preclinical trials go), the high quality of the well-characterized antibodies used as therapeutics and as biological perturbagens, the quality of the data and data analysis, and the authors balanced discussion of the strengths and weaknesses of their findings.

      Weaknesses:

      The principal weakness is the inability to clearly demonstrate the "translatability" of the PDX findings to primary human hepatocellular carcinoma.

      Additional Comments:

      Hepatocellular carcinoma is increasing in frequency and is difficult to treat; cure is only possible through early diagnosis and surgery, often in the form of liver transplantation. It is also a common cancer, and so even if only 5% of tumors (a value based on the frequency of super-responders in this preclinical trial) fall into the Jagged1-Notch2 group defined by Seidel et al., the development of an effective therapy for this subgroup would be a very important advance. The chief limitation of their work is that it stops short of identifying primary human hepatocellular carcinomas that correspond to the super-responder PDX models. It can be hoped that their intriguing observations will spur work aimed at filling this gap

      There are several other loose ends. An unusual feature of this model is that both Jagged 1 and Notch2 are expressed in the same cells, and even in the same individual cells. In developmental systems, the expression of ligands and receptors in the same cell generally produces receptor inhibition rather than activation, a phenomenon described as cis inhibition. Their super-responder tumor models appear to break this rule, and how and why this is so remains to be understood. A follow-up question is what explains the observed heterogeneity in tumor cells, both at the level of Notch2 activation and scRNAseq clustering, and whether these different cell states are static or interchangeable.

      Another unanswered issue pertains to the nature of the tumor response to Notch signaling blockade, which appears to be mainly cell cycle arrest. There are a number of human tumors with cell autonomous Notch signaling due to gain of function Notch receptor mutations that also respond to Notch blockade with cell cycle arrest, such as T cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia (T-ALL). In general, clinical trials of pan-Notch inhibitors such as gamma-secretase inhibitors have been disappointing in such tumors, perhaps reflecting a limitation of treatments with significant toxicity that do not kill tumor cells directly. It could be argued that this limitation will be mitigated by the apparently excellent safety profile of Notch2 blocking antibody, which perhaps could be administered for a sustained period, akin to the use of tyrosine kinase inhibitors in chronic myeloid leukemia---but this remains to be determined.

      A minor comment is reserved for the statement in the discussion that "In chronic myelomonocytic leukemia, which results from an inactivating mutation in the y-secretase complex component nicastrin, Notch signaling has a tumor suppressive function, that is mediated through direct repression of CEBPA and PU.1 by HES1 (Klinakis et al., 2011)". Thousands of cases of CMML and related myeloid tumors have been subjected to whole exome and even whole genome sequencing without the identification of Notch signaling pathway mutations. Thus, an important tumor suppressive role for Notch-mediated through HES1 in myeloid tumors is not proven.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Notch is active in HCC, but generally not mutated. The authors use a JAG1-selective blocking antibody in a large panel of liver cancer patient-derived xenograft models. They find JAG-dependent HCCs, and these are aggressive and proliferative. Notch inhibition induces cycle arrest and promotes hepatocyte differentiation, through upregulation of CEBPA expression and activation of existing HNF4A, mimicking normal developmental programs.

      The authors use aJ1.b70, a potent and selective therapeutic antibody that inhibits JAG1 against PDX models. They tested over 40 PDX models and found a handful of super-responders to single-agent inhibition. In LIV78 and Li1035 cancer cells, NOTCH2 was expressed and required, in contrast to NOTCH1. RNA-seq showed that the responsive HCCs resembled the S2 transcriptional class of HCCs, which were enriched for Notch-dependent models. They conclude that these dependent tumors have transcriptomes that resemble a hybrid progenitor cell expressing FGF9 and GAS7. Inhibition was able to induce hepatocyte differentiation away from a NOTCH-driven progenitor program. scRNA-seq analysis showed a large population of NOTCH-JAG expressing cells but also showed that there are cells that did not. Not surprisingly, NOTCH2 inhibition leads to increased CEBPA and HNF4A transcriptional activity, which are standard TFs in hepatocytes.

      Strengths:

      The paper provides useful information about the frequency of HCCs and CCA that respond to NOTCH inhibition and could allow us to anticipate the super-responder rate if these antibodies were actually used in the clinic. The inhibitor tools are highly specific, and provide useful information about NOTCH activities in liver cancers. The large number of PDXs and the careful transcriptomic analyses were positives about the study.

      Weaknesses:

      The paper is mostly descriptive.

    5. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The significance of Notch in liver cancer has been inconsistently described to date. The authors conduct a PDX screen using JAG1 ab and identify 2 sensitive tumor models. Further characterization with bulk RNA seq, scRNA seq, and ATAC seq of these tumors was performed.

      Strengths:

      The reliance on an extensive panel of PDXs makes this study more definitive than prior studies.

      Gene expression analyses seem robust.

      Identification of a JAG1-dependent signature associated with hepatocyte differentiation is interesting.

      Weaknesses:

      The introduction is rather lengthy and not entirely accurate. HCC is a single cancer type/histology. There may be variants of histology (allusion to "mixed-lineage" is inaccurate as combined HCC-CCa are not conventionally considered HCC and are not treated as HCC in clinical practice as they are even excluded from HCC trials), but any cancer type can have differences in differentiation. Just state there are multiple molecular subtypes of this disease.

      We will shorten the Introduction, in part by eliminating the discussion of histological variation in HCC and focusing on the molecular classifications.

      There is minimal data on the PDXs, despite this being highlighted throughout the text. Clinical and possibly some molecular characterization of these cancers should be provided. It is also odd that the authors include only 35 HCC and then a varied sort of cancer histologies, which is peculiar given their prior statements regarding the heterogeneity of HCC.

      We agree that clinical and molecular characterizations of the PDX models would be helpful and will follow up with the relevant contract research organization to determine what characterization is available.

      Regarding the liver cancer PDX panel, we suggest that a major strength of the manuscript is the large number of HCC models that were tested (the reviewer also notes the importance of the “extensive” panel); thus, we are a bit confused by the reference to “only 35 HCC”.  To clarify the choice of models in the PDX screen, it may help to put the screen in historical perspective as the project unfolded.  In retrospect, our preliminary efficacy studies using only two HCC models were fortunate to identify the highly sensitive model, LIV78.  To go beyond the simple diagnostic hypothesis that focused on Jag1, Notch2 and Hes1 expression, we took an unbiased approach to discover features linked to Notch dependence.  This approach meant running an efficacy screen in all liver cancer models that were up and running at our chosen research organization, without biased selection criteria.  That set of models is what is represented in the “pre-clinical screen” in Fig. 1B

      "super-responder" is not a meaningful term, I would eliminate this use as it has no clinical or scientific convention that I am aware of.

      We were aware of the interchangeable terms of “exceptional-“ or “super-responder” and prefer to leave this language in the text.  Some references are as follows: 

      ● Prasad et al., Characteristics of exceptional or super responders to cancer drugs. Mayo Clinic Proceedings, 2015. 

      ● NCI Press Release 2020:  https://www.cancer.gov/news-events/press-releases/2020/cancer-exceptional-responders-study-genetic-alterations-may-contribute

      ● NIH Info:  https://www.nih.gov/news-events/nih-research-matters/understanding-exceptional-responders-cancer-treatment

      ● “What is a Super Responder?  Bradley Jones, Cancer Today, June 26, 2020.

      ● “What is a Super Responder?”  AACR.  https://www.aacr.org/patients-caregivers/progress-against-cancer/what-is-a-super-responder/

      The "expansion" of the PDX screen is poorly described. Why weren't these PDXs included in the first screen? This is quite odd as the responses in the initial screen were underwhelming. What was the denominator number of all PDXs that were assessed for JAG1 and NOTCH2 expression? This is important as it clarifies how relevant JAG1 inhibition would be to an unselected HCC population.

      We will revise the writing here to clarify as requested.  For now, we can hopefully clarify by building on the historical context described above.  As the reviewer notes and as we describe in the text, the in vivo screen revealed only a modest JAG1 dependence.  The screen also highlighted that LIV78 was exceptional, and we wanted to understand why.  Hypothesizing that the expression of progenitor markers in LIV78 were important for understanding its JAG1 dependence, we identified four additional models at other contract research organizations.  It is this set of four that comprises the “expansion” cohort.

      Was there some kind of determination of the optimal dose or dose dependency for the JAG1 ab? The original description of the JAG1 ab was in mouse lungs, not malignant or liver cells. In addition, supplementary Figure 2D is missing. There needs to be data provided on the specificity of the human-specific JAG1 ab and the anti-NOTCH2 ab. I'm not familiar with these ab, and if they are not publicly accessible reagents, more transparency on this is needed. In addition, given the reliance of the entire paper on these antibodies, I would recommend orthogonal approaches (either chemical or genetic) to confirm the sensitivity and insensitivity of select PDXs to Notch inhibition.

      First, we note that the anti-human/mouse Jagged1 and Notch2 blocking antibodies used in our study have been extensively characterized as potent and selective and have been widely used outside of our group by the Notch research community (for the human/mouse cross-reactive antibodies, see Wu et al., Nature, 2010 for anti-NOTCH2 and Lafkas et al., Nature 2015 for anti-JAG1). As noted, the antibodies have been used in studies of normal mouse lungs (Lafkas et al.).  Please note that the characterization also includes mouse models of primary liver cancer that formed the foundation for the current work (please refer to Huntzicker et al, 2015).

      While we show dose responses in Figures 1A and 1D, we have not optimized dosing, for example by determining the minimal drug exposures needed for pharmacodynamic changes (pathway inhibition) and efficacy.  For the purposes of this study, we erred on the side of dosing at high concentrations to minimize the risk of false negative responses.

      Regarding the specificity of the human-specific anti-JAG1 antibody, which is revealed here for the first time, we apologize that we incorrectly provided a text reference to Supplementary Figure 2D instead of Supplementary Figure 1D.  We will revise accordingly.  Fig. 1D shows results from a reporter assay demonstrating that the antibody blocks signaling induced by human but not mouse JAG1.

      We appreciate the value of orthogonal methods in establishing the credibility of a novel finding.  We note that genetic approaches are technically highly challenging in PDX models.  Chemically, we could have tested y-secretase inhibitors (GSIs). Our position is that such inhibitors are poor substitutes for the selective antibodies that we employed, at least for addressing the questions that are relevant in this study.   Although commonly used to perturb Notch signaling, GSIs target numerous proteins and signaling cascades independent of Notch.  Moreover, their use in vivo leads to intestinal and other toxicities, limiting exposure. 

      scRNA-seq data seems to add little to the paper and there is no follow-up of the findings. Are the low-expressing JAG1 cells eventually enriched in treated tumors contributing to disease recurrence?

      We respectfully disagree with this sentiment. The single-cell RNA sequencing dataset revealed the enrichment of hepatocyte-like tumor cells following Notch inhibition. Importantly, this dataset also allowed us to identify transcription factor activities regulating different cell states, which we could not have done otherwise. This understanding in turn was fundamental to develop our hypothesis that Notch inhibition, through derepressing CEBPA expression, allows chromatin engagement of HNF4A and CEPBA and thereby promotes a hepatocyte differentiation program that is not compatible with tumor maintenance.  

      The discussion should be tempered. The finding of only 2 PDXs that are sensitive out of 45+ tumors treated or selected for indicates that JAG1/NOTCH2 inhibition is likely only effective in rare HCC.

      We agree that strong responses to Notch inhibition in the PDX models are rare (~5%) and state as much in both the Results and Discussion sections. We maintain that it is important to put this PDX response frequency into a larger context.  First, establishing PDX models---human tumor samples that grow on the flanks of immunocompromised mice---represents a strong selective pressure.  In other words, we don’t know precisely how the frequency of responses in this selected set of PDX models may compare to the frequency that would be observed in human patient populations. Second, the magnitude of the response points to important and hitherto unappreciated biology, with blocking JAG1 or NOTCH2 reproducibly inducing regressions in the most sensitive models.  Our hope is that the field can build from this study to generate diagnostic tools that identify sensitive patient tumors, define the true frequency of this patient group within the larger HCC population (even though likely rare), and direct the relevant Notch-based therapeutics to these patients.  Within this context, and while noting the rarity of PDX responses, we hope that we have not overstated the case.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors used a large panel of hepatocellular carcinoma patient-derived xenograft models to test the hypothesis that the developmental dependence of the liver on Jagged1-Notch2 signaling is retained in at least a subset of hepatocellular carcinomas. This led to the identification of two models that were extraordinarily sensitive to well-characterized, specific inhibitory antibodies against Jagged1 or Notch2. Based on additional analyses in these in vivo models, the authors provide compelling evidence that the response is due to the inhibition of human Notch2 and human Jagged1 on tumor cells and that this inhibition leads to a change in gene expression from a progenitor-like state to a hepatocyte-like state accompanied by cell cycle arrest. This change in cell state is associated with up-regulation of HNF4a and CEBPB and increased accessibility of predicted HNF4a and CEBPB genomic binding sites, accompanied by loss of accessibility to sequences predicted to bind TFs linked to multipotent liver progenitors. The authors put forth a plausible model in which inhibition of Notch2 downregulates transcriptional repressors of the Hairy/Enhancer of Split family, leading to increased expression of CEBPB and changes in gene expression that drive hepatocyte differentiation.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of the paper include the breadth of the preclinical screen in PDX models (which may be of an unprecedented size as preclinical trials go), the high quality of the well-characterized antibodies used as therapeutics and as biological perturbagens, the quality of the data and data analysis, and the authors balanced discussion of the strengths and weaknesses of their findings.

      Weaknesses:

      The principal weakness is the inability to clearly demonstrate the "translatability" of the PDX findings to primary human hepatocellular carcinoma.

      We agree that translatability has not been fully addressed.  As noted in our response to Reviewer 1, our hope is that the field can build from this study to generate diagnostic tools that identify sensitive patient tumors, define the true frequency of this patient group within the larger HCC population, and direct the relevant Notch-based therapeutics to these patients.  We remain encouraged by the strength of the response in the sensitive models.

      Additional Comments:

      Hepatocellular carcinoma is increasing in frequency and is difficult to treat; cure is only possible through early diagnosis and surgery, often in the form of liver transplantation. It is also a common cancer, and so even if only 5% of tumors (a value based on the frequency of super-responders in this preclinical trial) fall into the Jagged1-Notch2 group defined by Seidel et al., the development of an effective therapy for this subgroup would be a very important advance. The chief limitation of their work is that it stops short of identifying primary human hepatocellular carcinomas that correspond to the super-responder PDX models. It can be hoped that their intriguing observations will spur work aimed at filling this gap.

      There are several other loose ends. An unusual feature of this model is that both Jagged 1 and Notch2 are expressed in the same cells, and even in the same individual cells. In developmental systems, the expression of ligands and receptors in the same cell generally produces receptor inhibition rather than activation, a phenomenon described as cis inhibition. Their super-responder tumor models appear to break this rule, and how and why this is so remains to be understood. A follow-up question is what explains the observed heterogeneity in tumor cells, both at the level of Notch2 activation and scRNAseq clustering, and whether these different cell states are static or interchangeable.

      We enthusiastically agree that these are fascinating questions, worthy of further study.  As noted, the majority of tumor cells express both ligand and receptor and seem to be “on” for Notch signaling.  We have not been able to determine whether the signal is induced in a cell autonomous or non-autonomous manner (or both).  As the reviewer notes, the HCC features we observe are inconsistent with the dogma that has arisen from studies on Notch signaling in developmental contexts.

      We do not yet have the experimental data to fully address the second question of what causes the heterogeneity of Notch2 activation and scRNAseq clustering.  We speculate that the cell states may be dynamic, which would be consistent with the changes in cell populations observed after antibody treatment.

      Another unanswered issue pertains to the nature of the tumor response to Notch signaling blockade, which appears to be mainly cell cycle arrest. There are a number of human tumors with cell autonomous Notch signaling due to gain of function Notch receptor mutations that also respond to Notch blockade with cell cycle arrest, such as T cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia (T-ALL). In general, clinical trials of pan-Notch inhibitors such as gamma-secretase inhibitors have been disappointing in such tumors, perhaps reflecting a limitation of treatments with significant toxicity that do not kill tumor cells directly. It could be argued that this limitation will be mitigated by the apparently excellent safety profile of Notch2 blocking antibody, which perhaps could be administered for a sustained period, akin to the use of tyrosine kinase inhibitors in chronic myeloid leukemia---but this remains to be determined.

      We agree that a full understanding of the tumor response warrants further investigation.  Like the reviewer, we speculate that the improved safety profile of selective antibodies relative to pan-Notch inhibitors may enable greater and sustained therapeutic coverage of Notch inhibition than has been feasible in T-ALL trials.  Given that in the sensitive PDX models we observe rapid tumor regressions, not just stasis, it would seem to follow that the mechanism underpinning the tumor response involves more than just cell cycle blockade.  Whether tumor shrinkage reflects additional cell death mechanisms or simply tumor cell turnover after cell cycle arrest remains to be determined. 

      A minor comment is reserved for the statement in the discussion that "In chronic myelomonocytic leukemia, which results from an inactivating mutation in the y-secretase complex component nicastrin, Notch signaling has a tumor suppressive function, that is mediated through direct repression of CEBPA and PU.1 by HES1 (Klinakis et al., 2011)". Thousands of cases of CMML and related myeloid tumors have been subjected to whole exome and even whole genome sequencing without the identification of Notch signaling pathway mutations. Thus, an important tumor suppressive role for Notch-mediated through HES1 in myeloid tumors is not proven.

      We agree that our sentence about Notch and CMML does not fit well with the prevalent paradigm established by genome wide sequencing and other methods.  We will edit this paragraph accordingly, focusing on Hes1 negative regulation of CEBPA in myeloid fate control and how that shapes our thinking on molecular mechanisms in the Notch-dependent HCCs.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Notch is active in HCC, but generally not mutated. The authors use a JAG1-selective blocking antibody in a large panel of liver cancer patient-derived xenograft models. They find JAG-dependent HCCs, and these are aggressive and proliferative. Notch inhibition induces cycle arrest and promotes hepatocyte differentiation, through upregulation of CEBPA expression and activation of existing HNF4A, mimicking normal developmental programs.

      The authors use aJ1.b70, a potent and selective therapeutic antibody that inhibits JAG1 against PDX models. They tested over 40 PDX models and found a handful of super-responders to single-agent inhibition. In LIV78 and Li1035 cancer cells, NOTCH2 was expressed and required, in contrast to NOTCH1. RNA-seq showed that the responsive HCCs resembled the S2 transcriptional class of HCCs, which were enriched for Notch-dependent models. They conclude that these dependent tumors have transcriptomes that resemble a hybrid progenitor cell expressing FGF9 and GAS7. Inhibition was able to induce hepatocyte differentiation away from a NOTCH-driven progenitor program. scRNA-seq analysis showed a large population of NOTCH-JAG expressing cells but also showed that there are cells that did not. Not surprisingly, NOTCH2 inhibition leads to increased CEBPA and HNF4A transcriptional activity, which are standard TFs in hepatocytes.

      Strengths:

      The paper provides useful information about the frequency of HCCs and CCA that respond to NOTCH inhibition and could allow us to anticipate the super-responder rate if these antibodies were actually used in the clinic. The inhibitor tools are highly specific, and provide useful information about NOTCH activities in liver cancers. The large number of PDXs and the careful transcriptomic analyses were positives about the study.

      Weaknesses:

      The paper is mostly descriptive.

    1. eLife Assessment

      The manuscript contains important findings regarding inflammatory macrophage subsets that have theoretical and/or practical applications beyond the field of rheumatology. The authors demonstrate with convincing evidence the effects of PGE2 on TNF signaling in a well-written manuscript that features methods, data, and analyses in line with current state-of-the-art technologies. This work will be of broad interest to immunologists and cell biologists.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This article investigates the phenotype of macrophages with a pathogenic role in arthritis, particularly focusing on arthritis induced by immune checkpoint inhibitor (ICI) therapy.

      Building on prior data from monocyte-macrophage coculture with fibroblasts, the authors hypothesized a unique role for the combined actions of prostaglandin PGE2 and TNF. The authors studied this combined state using an in vitro model with macrophages derived from monocytes of healthy donors. They complemented this with single-cell transcriptomic and epigenetic data from patients with ICI-RA, specifically, macrophages sorted out of synovial fluid and tissue samples. The study addressed critical questions regarding the regulation of PGE2 and TNF: Are their actions co-regulated or antagonistic? How do they interact with IFN-γ in shaping macrophage responses?

      This study is the first to specifically investigate a macrophage subset responsive to the PGE2 and TNF combination in the context of ICI-RA, describes a new and easily reproducible in vitro model, and studies the role of IFNgamma regulation of this particular Mф subset.

      Strengths:

      Methodological quality: The authors employed a robust combination of approaches, including validation of bulk RNA-seq findings through complementary methods. The methods description is excellent and allows for reproducible research. Importantly, the authors compared their in vitro model with ex vivo single-cell data, demonstrating that their model accurately reflects the molecular mechanisms driving the pathogenicity of this macrophage subset.

      Weaknesses:

      Introduction: The introduction lacks a paragraph providing an overview of ICI-induced arthritis pathogenesis and a comparison with other types of arthritis. Including this would help contextualize the study for a broader audience.

      Results Section: At the beginning of the results section, the experimental setup should be described in greater detail to make an easier transition into the results for the reader, rather than relying just on references to Figure 1 captions.

      There is insufficient comparison between single-cell RNA-seq data from ICI-induced arthritis and previously published single-cell RA datasets. Such a comparison may include DEGs and GSEA, pathway analysis comparison for similar subsets of cells. Ideally, an integration with previous datasets with RA-tissue-derived primary monocytes would allow for a direct comparison of subsets and their transcriptomic features.

      While it's understandable that arthritis samples are limited in numbers and myeloid cell numbers, it would still be interesting to see the results of PGE2+TNF in vitro stimulation on the primary RA or ICI-RA macrophages. It would be valuable to see RNA-Seq signatures of patient cell reactivation in comparison to primary stimulation of healthy donor-derived monocytes.

      Discussion: Prior single-cell studies of RA and RA macrophage subpopulations from 2019, 2020, 2023 publications deserve more discussion. A thorough comparison with these datasets would place the study in a broader scientific context.<br /> Creating an integrated RA myeloid cell atlas that combines ICI-RA data into the RA landscape would be ideal to add value to the field.<br /> As one of the next research goals, TNF blockade data in RA and ICI-RA patients would be interesting to add to such an integrated atlas. Combining responders and non-responders to TNF blockade would help to understand patient stratification with the myeloid pathogenic phenotypes. It would be great to read the authors' opinion on this in the Discussion section.

      Conclusion: The authors demonstrated that while PGE2 maintains the inflammatory profile of macrophages, it also induces a distinct phenotype in simultaneous PGE2 and TNF treatment. The study of this specific subset in single-cell data from ICI-RA patients sheds light on the pathogenic mechanisms underlying this condition, however, how it compares with conventional RA is not clear from the manuscript.<br /> Given the substantial incidence of ICI-induced autoimmune arthritis, understanding the unique macrophage subsets involved for future targeting them therapeutically is an important challenge. The findings are significant for immunologists, cancer researchers, and specialists in autoimmune diseases, making the study relevant to a broad scientific audience.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary/Significance of the findings:

      The authors have done a great job by extensively carrying out transcriptomic and epigenomic analyses in the primary human/mouse monocytes/macrophages to investigate TNF-PGE2 (TP) crosstalk and their regulation by IFN-γ in the Rheumatoid arthritis (RA) synovial macrophages. They proposed that TP induces inflammatory genes via a novel regulatory axis whereby IFN-γ and PGE2 oppose each other to determine the balance between two distinct TNF-induced inflammatory gene expression programs relevant to RA and ICI-arthritis.

      Strengths:

      The authors have done a great job on RT-qPCR analysis of gene expression in primary human monocytes stimulated with TNF and showing the selective agonists of PGE2 receptors EP2 and EP4 22 that signal predominantly via cAMP. They have beautifully shown IFN-γ opposes the effects of PGE2 on TNF-induced gene expression. They found that TP signature genes are activated by cooperation of PGE2-induced AP-1, CEBP, and NR4A with TNF-induced NF-κB activity. On the other hand, they found that IFN-γ suppressed induction of AP-1, CEBP, and NR4A activity to ablate induction of IL-1, Notch, and neutrophil chemokine genes but promoted expression of distinct inflammatory genes such as TNF and T cell chemokines like CXCL10 indicating that TP induces inflammatory genes via IFN-γ in the RA and ICI-arthritis.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors carried out most of the assays in the monocytes/macrophages. How do APC-cells like Dendritic cells behave with respect to this TP treatment similar dosing?

      (2) The authors studied 3h and 24h post-treatment transcriptomic and epigenomic. What happens to TP induce inflammatory genes post-treatment 12h, 36h, 48h, 72h. It is critical to see the upregulated/downregulated genes get normalised or stay the same throughout the innate immune response.

      (3) The authors showed IL1-axis in response to the TP-treatment. Do other cytokine axes get modulated? If yes, then how do they cooperate to reduce/induce inflammatory responses along this proposed axis?

      Overall, the data looks good and acceptable but I need to confirm the above-mentioned criticisms.

    4. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This article investigates the phenotype of macrophages with a pathogenic role in arthritis, particularly focusing on arthritis induced by immune checkpoint inhibitor (ICI) therapy.

      Building on prior data from monocyte-macrophage coculture with fibroblasts, the authors hypothesized a unique role for the combined actions of prostaglandin PGE2 and TNF. The authors studied this combined state using an in vitro model with macrophages derived from monocytes of healthy donors. They complemented this with single-cell transcriptomic and epigenetic data from patients with ICI-RA, specifically, macrophages sorted out of synovial fluid and tissue samples. The study addressed critical questions regarding the regulation of PGE2 and TNF: Are their actions co-regulated or antagonistic? How do they interact with IFN-γ in shaping macrophage responses?

      This study is the first to specifically investigate a macrophage subset responsive to the PGE2 and TNF combination in the context of ICI-RA, describes a new and easily reproducible in vitro model, and studies the role of IFNgamma regulation of this particular Mф subset.

      Strengths:

      Methodological quality: The authors employed a robust combination of approaches, including validation of bulk RNA-seq findings through complementary methods. The methods description is excellent and allows for reproducible research. Importantly, the authors compared their in vitro model with ex vivo single-cell data, demonstrating that their model accurately reflects the molecular mechanisms driving the pathogenicity of this macrophage subset.

      Weaknesses:

      Introduction: The introduction lacks a paragraph providing an overview of ICI-induced arthritis pathogenesis and a comparison with other types of arthritis. Including this would help contextualize the study for a broader audience.

      Thank you for this suggestion, we will add a paragraph on ICI-arthritis to intro.

      Results Section: At the beginning of the results section, the experimental setup should be described in greater detail to make an easier transition into the results for the reader, rather than relying just on references to Figure 1 captions.

      We will clarify the experimental setup.

      There is insufficient comparison between single-cell RNA-seq data from ICI-induced arthritis and previously published single-cell RA datasets. Such a comparison may include DEGs and GSEA, pathway analysis comparison for similar subsets of cells. Ideally, an integration with previous datasets with RA-tissue-derived primary monocytes would allow for a direct comparison of subsets and their transcriptomic features.

      This is a great idea, we will integrate the data sets and if batch correction is successful will present this analysis.

      While it's understandable that arthritis samples are limited in numbers and myeloid cell numbers, it would still be interesting to see the results of PGE2+TNF in vitro stimulation on the primary RA or ICI-RA macrophages. It would be valuable to see RNA-Seq signatures of patient cell reactivation in comparison to primary stimulation of healthy donor-derived monocytes.

      We agree that this would be interesting but given limited samples and distribution of samples amongst many studies and investigators this is beyond the scope of the current study. 

      Discussion: Prior single-cell studies of RA and RA macrophage subpopulations from 2019, 2020, 2023 publications deserve more discussion. A thorough comparison with these datasets would place the study in a broader scientific context.

      Creating an integrated RA myeloid cell atlas that combines ICI-RA data into the RA landscape would be ideal to add value to the field.

      As one of the next research goals, TNF blockade data in RA and ICI-RA patients would be interesting to add to such an integrated atlas. Combining responders and non-responders to TNF blockade would help to understand patient stratification with the myeloid pathogenic phenotypes. It would be great to read the authors' opinion on this in the Discussion section.

      We will be happy to improve the discussion by including these topics.

      Conclusion: The authors demonstrated that while PGE2 maintains the inflammatory profile of macrophages, it also induces a distinct phenotype in simultaneous PGE2 and TNF treatment. The study of this specific subset in single-cell data from ICI-RA patients sheds light on the pathogenic mechanisms underlying this condition, however, how it compares with conventional RA is not clear from the manuscript.

      Given the substantial incidence of ICI-induced autoimmune arthritis, understanding the unique macrophage subsets involved for future targeting them therapeutically is an important challenge. The findings are significant for immunologists, cancer researchers, and specialists in autoimmune diseases, making the study relevant to a broad scientific audience.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary/Significance of the findings:

      The authors have done a great job by extensively carrying out transcriptomic and epigenomic analyses in the primary human/mouse monocytes/macrophages to investigate TNF-PGE2 (TP) crosstalk and their regulation by IFN-γ in the Rheumatoid arthritis (RA) synovial macrophages. They proposed that TP induces inflammatory genes via a novel regulatory axis whereby IFN-γ and PGE2 oppose each other to determine the balance between two distinct TNF-induced inflammatory gene expression programs relevant to RA and ICI-arthritis.

      Strengths:

      The authors have done a great job on RT-qPCR analysis of gene expression in primary human monocytes stimulated with TNF and showing the selective agonists of PGE2 receptors EP2 and EP4 22 that signal predominantly via cAMP. They have beautifully shown IFN-γ opposes the effects of PGE2 on TNF-induced gene expression. They found that TP signature genes are activated by cooperation of PGE2-induced AP-1, CEBP, and NR4A with TNF-induced NF-κB activity. On the other hand, they found that IFN-γ suppressed induction of AP-1, CEBP, and NR4A activity to ablate induction of IL-1, Notch, and neutrophil chemokine genes but promoted expression of distinct inflammatory genes such as TNF and T cell chemokines like CXCL10 indicating that TP induces inflammatory genes via IFN-γ in the RA and ICI-arthritis.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors carried out most of the assays in the monocytes/macrophages. How do APC-cells like Dendritic cells behave with respect to this TP treatment similar dosing?

      We agree that this is an interesting topic especially as TNF + PGE2 is one of the standard methods of maturing in vitro generated human DCs. As DC maturation is quite different from monocyte activation this would represent an entire new study and is beyond the scope of the current manuscript. We will instead describe and cite the literature on DC maturation by TNF + PGE2 including one of our older papers (PMID: 18678606; 2008)

      (2) The authors studied 3h and 24h post-treatment transcriptomic and epigenomic. What happens to TP induce inflammatory genes post-treatment 12h, 36h, 48h, 72h. It is critical to see the upregulated/downregulated genes get normalised or stay the same throughout the innate immune response.

      We will clarify that the gene response is mostly subsiding at the 24 hour time point, which is in line with in vitro stimulation of primary monocytes in other systems.

      (3) The authors showed IL1-axis in response to the TP-treatment. Do other cytokine axes get modulated? If yes, then how do they cooperate to reduce/induce inflammatory responses along this proposed axis?

      We will analyze the data for other pathways that are modulated.

      Overall, the data looks good and acceptable but I need to confirm the above-mentioned criticisms.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study presents novel data on variation in sperm whale communication, contributing to a richer understanding of the social transmission of vocal styles across neighbouring clans. The evidence is solid but could have been further improved with clarification of the specialized metrics and terminology used, particularly for comparisons to other taxa. This research will be of interest for bioacoustics and animal communication specialists, particularly those working on social learning and culture.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The current article presents a new type of analytical approach to the sequential organisation of whale song units.

      Strengths:

      The detailed description of the internal temporal structure of whale songs is something that has been thus far lacking.

      Weaknesses:

      The conceptual and terminological bases of the paper are problematical and hamper comparison with other taxa, including humans. According to signal theory, codas are indexical rather than symbolic. They signal an individual's group identity. Borrowing from humans and linguistics, coda inter-group variation represents a case of accents - phonologically different varieties of the same call - not dialects, confirming they are an index. This raises serious doubt about whether alleged "symbolism" and similarity between whale and human vocal behaviour is factual. The same applies to the difference between ICIs (inter-click interval) and IOIs (inter-onset interval). If the two are equivalent, variation in click duration needs to be shown so small that can be considered negligible. This raises serious doubt about whether the alleged variation in whale codas is indeed rhythmic in nature and prevents future efforts for comparison with the vocal capacities of other species. The scope and relevance of this paper for the broader field is limited.

    3. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript presents evidence of ’vocal style’ in sperm whale vocal clans. Vocal style was defined as specific patterns in the way that rhythmic codas were produced, providing a fine-scale means of comparing coda variations. Vocal style effectively distinguished clans similar to the way in which vocal repertoires are typically employed. For non-identity codas, vocal style was found to be more similar among clans with more geographic overlap. This suggests the presence of social transmission across sympatric clans while maintaining clan vocal identity.

      Strengths:

      This is a well-executed study that contributes exciting new insights into cultural vocal learning in sperm whales. The methodology is sound and appropriate for the research question, building on previous work and ground-truthing much of their theories. The use of the Dominica dataset to validate their method lends strength to the concept of vocal style and its application more broadly to the Pacific dataset. The results are framed well in the context of previous works and clearly explain what novel insights the results provide to the current understanding of sperm whale vocal clans. The discussion does an overall great job of outlining why horizontal social learning is the best explanation for the results found.

      Weaknesses:

      The primary issues with the manuscript are in the technical nature of the writing and a lack of clarity at times with certain terminology. For example, several tree figures are presented and ’distance’ between trees is key to the results, yet ’distance’ is not clearly defined in a way for someone unfamiliar with Markov chains to understand. However, these are issues that can easily be dealt with through minor revisions with a view towards making the manuscript more accessible to a general audience.

      I also feel that the discussion could focus a bit more on the broader implications - specifically what the developed methods and results might imply about cultural transmission in other species. This is specifically mentioned in the abstract but not really delved into in detail during the discussion.

      We are grateful for the Reviewer’s recognition of the study’s contributions to understanding cultural vocal learning in sperm whales. In response to the concerns regarding clarity and accessibility, we have revised the manuscript to improve the definition of key concepts, such as the notion of “distance” between subcoda trees. This adjustment ensures clarity for readers unfamiliar with the technical details of Markov chains. Additionally, we have expanded the discussion to highlight broader implications of our findings, particularly their relevance to understanding cultural transmission in other species, as suggested.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The current article presents a new type of analytical approach to the sequential organisation of whale coda units.

      Strengths:

      The detailed description of the internal temporal structure of whale codas is something that has been thus far lacking.

      Weaknesses:

      It is unclear how the insight gained from these analyses differs or adds to the voluminous available literature on how codas varies between whale groups and populations. It provides new details, but what new aspects have been learned, or what features of variation seem to be only revealed by this new approach? The theoretical basis and concepts of the paper are problematical and indeed, hamper potentially the insights into whale communication that the methods could offer. Some aspects of the results are also overstated.

      We appreciate the Reviewer’s acknowledgment of the novelty in describing the internal temporal structure of whale codas. Regarding the concern about the unique contributions of this approach, we have further emphasized in the revised manuscript how our methodology reveals previously uncharacterized dimensions of coda structure. Specifically, our work highlights how non-identity codas, which have received limited attention, play a significant role in inter-clan acoustic interactions. By leveraging Variable Length Markov Chains, we provide a nuanced understanding of coda subunits that complements existing studies and demonstrates the value of this analytical approach.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study presented by Leitao et al., represents an important advancement in comprehending the social learning processes of sperm whales across various communicative and socio-cultural contexts. The authors introduce the concept of ”vocal style” as an addition to the previously established notion of ”vocal repertoire,” thereby enhancing our understanding of sperm whale vocal identity.

      Strengths:

      A key finding of this research is the correlation between the similarity of clan vocal styles for non-ID codas and spatial overlap (while no change occurs for ID codas), suggesting that social learning plays a crucial role in shaping symbolic cultural boundaries among sperm whale populations. This work holds great appeal for researchers interested in animal cultures and communication. It is poised to attract a broad audience, including scholars studying animal communication and social learning processes across diverse species, particularly cetaceans.

      Weaknesses:

      In terms of terminology, while the authors use the term ”saying” to describe whale vocalizations, it may be more conservative to employ terms like ”vocalize” or ”whale speech” throughout the manuscript. This approach aligns with the distinction between human speech and other forms of animal communication, as outlined in prior research (Hockett, 1960; Cheney & Seyfarth, 1998; Hauser et al., 2002; Pinker & Jackendoff, 2005; Tomasello, 2010).

      We thank the Reviewer for recognizing the importance of our findings and their appeal to broader audiences interested in animal cultures and communication. In response to the suggestion regarding terminology, we have adopted a more conservative language to align with distinctions between human and non-human communication systems. For example, terms like “vocalize” and “vocal repertoire” are used in place of anthropomorphic terms such as “saying”. This ensures consistency with established conventions while maintaining clarity for a broad readership.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations):

      Comment 1

      Lines 11-13: As mentioned above, the implications for comparing communication systems and cultural transmission in other species isn’t really discussed much and I think it’s a really interesting component of the study’s broader implications.

      Thank you for the comment.

      Action - We added a few more sentences to the discussion regarding this.

      Comment 2

      Figure 1: More information on the figure of these trees would help. What do the connecting lines represent? What do the plain black dots and the black dot with the white dot represent? Especially since the ”distance between trees” is a key result, it’s important that someone unfamiliar with Markov chains can understand the basics of how this is calculated and what it represents. It is explained in the methods, but a brief explanation here would make the results and the figure a lot clearer since the methods are the last section of the manuscript.

      These were omitted as we believed that attempting to introduce the mathematical structure and the methodology to compare two instances, in a figure caption, would have caused more ambiguity than necessary.

      Action - Added an informal introduction to these concepts on the figure caption. Also added a pointer to the Supplementary Materials.

      Comment 3

      Table 1: A definition of dICIs should be included here.

      Added the definition of discrete ICI to the table.

      Comment 4

      Figure 2: The placement of the figures is a bit confusing because they are quite far from the text that references them.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out, we tried to edit the manuscript to improve this issue, but this part of the editing is more within the journal’s powers than our own.

      Action - Moved images closes to the corresponding text in manuscript.

      Comment 5

      Line 117: Probabilistic distance needs to be briefly explained earlier when you first mention distance (see Lines 11-13 comments).

      Action - Clarifications added in the caption of figure 1. as per comment on Lines 11-13

      Comment 6

      Figure 4: Is order considered in these pairwise comparisons? It looks like there are two dots for each pairwise comparison. Additionally, why is the overlap different in these two comparisons? For example, short:four-plus has an overlap of 0.6, while four-plus:short has an overlap of 0.95.

      The x-axis of the plots in Figure 4 is geographical clan overlap. This is calculated as per (Hersh et al., 2022) and is described in our Methods (see “Measuring clan overlap” section). Given two clans—for example, the Four-Plus and the Short clan—spatial overlap is calculated twice: as the proportion of the Four-Plus clan’s repertoires that were recorded within 1,000 km of at least one of the Short clan’s repertoires, and as the proportion of the Short clan’s repertoires that were recorded within 1,000 km of at least one of the Four-Plus clan’s repertoires.

      Order is important in these pairwise comparisons and generates an asymmetric matrix because the clans have different spatial extents. A clan found in only one small region might overlap completely with a clan that spans the Pacific Ocean, while the opposite is not true. For example, the Short clan spans the Pacific Ocean while the Four-Plus clan has been documented over a smaller area (but that smaller area overlaps extensively with the Short clan range). That is why the value is smaller (0.6) when considering how much of the Short clan’s range is shared with the Four-Plus clan, and larger ( 0.95) when considering how much of the Four-Plus clan’s range is shared with the Short clan.

      Action - We have now added a reference to that section of the Methods in our Figure 4 caption and include the clan spatial overlap matrix as a supplemental table (Table S5).

      Comment 7

      Figure 4: I think the reference should be Hersh et al. [11].

      Thank you for catching this.

      Action - Reference corrected

      Comment 8

      Line 227: What aspect of your analysis looked at how often codas were produced? You mention coda frequency, but it is unclear how this was incorporated into your analysis. If this is included in the methods, the language is a bit too technical to easily parse it out.

      Indeed here we are referencing the results of the paper mentioned in the previous line. We do not look at coda production frequency.

      Action - Added citation to paper that actually performs this analysis.

      Comment 9

      Lines 253-255: I think you could dig into this a little more, as ”there is currently no evidence” is not the most convincing argument that something is not a driver. Perhaps expanding on the latter sentence that clans are recognizable across oceans basins would be helpful. Does this suggest that clans with similar geographic overlap experience diverse environmental conditions across ocean basins? If so, this might better strengthen your argument against environmental drivers.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We feel that the next sentence highlights that clans are recognizable across environmental variation from one side to the other of the ocean basin, which supports the inductive reasoning that codas do not vary systematically with environment. However, we have edited these sentences for clarity.

      Comment 10

      Lines 311-314: It would also be interesting to look at vocal style across non-ID coda types. Are some more similar to each other across clans than others? Perhaps vocal style can further distinguish types of non-ID codas.

      In supplementary Materials 3.4.2 and 3.5 we highlight our results when the codas are separated by coda type summarized in Table S4. We do compare the vocal style across non-ID coda types across clans and within the same clan. The results however are aggregated to highlight the differences in style between the clans and a a coda type-only comparison is not shown.

      Comment 11

      Lines 390-392: I’m assuming this is why pairwise comparisons were directional (i.e., there was both an A:B and a B:A comparison)? Can you speak to why A:B and B:A comparisons can have such different overlap values?

      Given two clans—for example, the Four-Plus and the Short clan—spatial overlap is calculated twice: as the proportion of the Four-Plus clan’s repertoires that were recorded within 1,000 km of at least one of the Short clan’s repertoires, and as the proportion of the Short clan’s repertoires that were recorded within 1,000 km of at least one of the Four-Plus clan’s repertoires.

      Order is important in these pairwise comparisons and generates an asymmetric matrix because the clans have different spatial extents. A clan found in only one small region might overlap completely with a clan that spans the Pacific Ocean, while the opposite is not true. For example, the Short clan spans the Pacific Ocean while the Four-Plus clan has been documented over a smaller area (but that smaller area overlaps extensively with the Short clan range). That is why the value is smaller (0.6) when considering how much of the Short clan’s range is shared with the Four-Plus clan, and larger (0.95) when considering how much of the Four-Plus clan’s range is shared with the Short clan.

      Action - We now include the clan spatial overlap matrix as a supplemental table (Table S5).

      Comment 13

      Line 56: Can you briefly explain what memory means in the context of Markov chains?

      We provide an explanation of the meaning of memory in the Methods section on ”Variable length Markov Chains”. Briefly, the memory in this case means how many states in the past of the Markov chain’s current state are required to predict the next transition of the chain itself. Standard Markov chains “look” back only one time step, while k-th order Markov chains look back k steps. In our case, there was no reason to assume that the memory required to predict different sequences of states (interclick intervals) should be the same across all sequences, and thus we adopted the formalism of variable length Markov chains, that allow for different levels of memory across the system.

      Comment 14

      Supplementary Figure S3: Like in the main manuscript, briefly explain or remind us what the blank nodes and the yellow nodes are.

      Action - Clarified that the orange node represents the root of the tree in the figures.

      Comment 15

      Supplementary Figure S7: Put the letters before the dataset name.

      Action - Done.

      Comment 16

      Supplementary Figure S10: Unclear what ’inner vs outer’ means.

      One specifies comparisons across clans (outer) and the other within the same clan (inner)

      Action - Added clarification on the caption of Figure S10

      Comment 17

      Supplementary Figure S14: Include a-c labels in the figure itself.

      Action - Labels added to figure

      Comment 18

      Supplementary Figure S14: The information about the nodes is what needs to be included earlier and in the main body when discussing the trees.

      Action - Added the explanation earlier in the text and in the main body

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations):

      Comment 19

      Line 22: ”Symbolic” and ”Arbitrary” are not synonyms. Please see the comment above.

      We agree. Here, we make the point that the evolution of symbolic markers of group identity can be explained from what are initially arbitrary, and meaningless, signals (see [L1, L2]). Our point being that any vocalization, any coda, could have become selected for as an identity coda, and to become symbolic, and evolve to play a key role in cultural group formation and in-group favoritism because they enable a community of individuals to solve the problem of with whom to collaborate. The specific coda itself does not affect collaborative pay offs, but group specific differences in behavior can, as such the coda is arguably symbolic; as it is observable and recognizable, and can serve as a means for social assortment even when the behavioural differences are not. This can explain the means by which the social segregation which is observed among behaviorally distinct clans of sperm whales. However, in this manuscript, we do not extend this discussion of existing literature and have attempted to concisely describe this in a couple of lines, which clearly do a disservice to the large body of literature on the evolution of symbolic markers and human ethnic groups. We have added some citations to this section so that the reader may follow up should they disagree with out brief introductory statements.

      Action - Added citations and pointers to the literature.

      Comment 20

      Line 24: The authors’ terminology around ”markers”, ”arbitrary”, ”symbolic” is unnecessarily confusing and mystifying, giving the impression these terms are interchangeable. They are not. These terms are an integral and long-established part of key definitions in signal theory. Term use should be followed accordingly. The observation that whale vocal signals vary per population does not necessarily mean that they function as a social tag. The word ”dog” varies per population but its use relates to an animal, not the population that utters the word. ”Dog” is not ”symbolic” of England, English-speaking populations or the English language. Furthermore, the function of whale vocal signals is extremely challenging to determine. In the best conditions, researchers can pin the signal’s context, this is distinct from signal’s function and further even for the signal’s meaning. How exactly the authors determine that whale vocal signals are arbitrary is, thus, perplexing given that this would require a detailed description and understanding of who is producing the song, when, towards whom, and how the receivers react, none of which the authors have and without which no claim on the signals’ function can be made. This terminological laxness and the sensu latu in extremis to various terms in an unjustified, unnecessary and unhelpful.

      We use these terms as established in Hersh et al 2022 and the works leading up to it over the last 20 years in the study of sperm whales. These are often derived from definitions by Boyd and Richerson’s work on culture in humans and animals along with evolution of symbolic markers both in theory and in humans. We agree with the reviewer that these are difficult to establish in non-humans, whales or otherwise, but feel strongly that the accumulating evidence provides strong support for the function of these signals as symbolic markers of cultural groups, and that they likely evolved from initially arbitrary calls which were a part of the vocal repertoire (similar to the process and selective environment in Efferson et al. [L1] and McElreath et al. [L2]). We feel that we do not use these terms interchangeably here, and have inherited their use from definitions from anthropology. The work presented here uses terminology built across two decades of work in cetacean, and sperm whale, culture. And do not feel that these terms should be omitted here.

      Comment 21

      Lines 21-27: Overly broad and hazy paragraph.

      We hope the replies above and our changes satisfy this comment and clarify the text.

      Comment 22

      Figure 1 legend: What are ”memory structures”? Unjustified descriptor.

      The phrase was chosen to make draw some intuition on the variation of context length in variable length markov models.

      Action - Re-worded from memory structures to statistical properties

      Comment 23

      Line 30: Omit ”finite”.

      Action - Omitted.

      Comment 24

      Line 31: Please define and distinguish ”rhythm” and ”tempo”. Also see comment above, rhythm and tempo definitions require the use of IOIs.

      We disagree with the reviewer’s claims here. In our research specifically, and for sperm whale research generally, coda inter-click intervals (ICIs) are calculated as the time between the start of the first click and the start of the subsequent click. This makes ICIs identical to inter-onset intervals (IOIs) under all definitions we are aware of. For example, Burchardt and Knornschild [L3] define IOIs as such: “In a sequence of acoustic signals, the time span between the start of an element and the next element, comprising the element duration and the following gap duration”. We now include a sentence making this point.

      Regardless, we disagree on a more fundamental level with the statement that unless researchers quantify inter-onset intervals (IOIs), they cannot make any claims about rhythm. There are many studies that investigate rhythmic aspects of human and animal vocalizations without using IOIs [L4–L7]. If the duration of sound elements of interest is relatively constant (as is the case for sperm whale clicks), then rhythm analyses can still be meaningfully conducted on inter-call intervals (the silent intervals between calls).

      For sperm whales, coda rhythm is defined by the relative ICIs standardized by their total duration. These can be clustered into discrete, defined rhythm types based on characteristic ICI patterns. Coda tempo is relative to the total duration of the coda itself. This can also be clustered into discrete tempo types across all coda durations as well (see [L8]).

      Action - We added a sentence specifying that in this case we can use both ICIs and IOIs because of the standardized length of a single click.

      Comment 25

      Line 36: Are there non-vocalized codas to require the disambiguation here?

      No, we have omitted for clarity.

      Comment 26

      Line 44: ”Higher” than which other social group class?

      Sperm whales live in a multi-level social organization. Clans are a “higher” level of social organization than the social “units” which we define in line 40. Clans are made up of all units which share similar production repertoire of codas.

      Action - We have added ’above social units’ on line 44 to make this clear.

      Comment 27

      Line 47: The use of “symbolic” continues to be enigmatic, even if authors are taking in this classification from other researchers. In signal theory (semiotics), not all biomarkers are necessarily symbols. I advise the authors to avoid the use of the term colloquially and instead adopt the definition used in the research field within which the study falls in.

      There is ample examples of the use of ”symbolic” when referring to markers of in-group membership both in human and non-human cultures.Our choice to use the term “symbolic” is based on a previous study [L9] that found quantitative evidence that sperm whale identity codas function as symbolic markers of cultural identity, at least for Pacific Ocean clans. The full reasoning behind why the authors used the term “symbolic markers” is given in that paper, but briefly, they found evidence that identity coda usage becomes more distinct as clan overlap increases, while non-identity coda usage does not change. This matches theoretical and empirical work on human symbolic markers[L1, L2, L10, L11].

      Action - We retain the use of the term here, as defined in the works cited, and based on its prior usage in the study of both human and non-human cultures.

      Comment 28

      Line 50: This statement is not technically accurate. The use of a signal as a marker by individuals can only be determined by how individuals ”interpret” and react to that signal - e.g., via playback experiments - it cannot be determined by how different populations use and produce the signals.

      We respectfully disagree. While we agree that the optimal situation would be that of playback, the contextual use can provide insight into the functional use of signals; as can expected patterns of use and variation, as was tested in the papers we cite. However, this argument is not the scope nor the synthesis of this paper. These statements are supported by existing published works, as cited, and we encourage the reviewer to take exception with those papers.

      Comment 29

      Line 69: ”Meaningful speech characteristics”??? These terms do not logically or technically follow the previous statement. Why not stay faithful to the results and state that the method used seems to be valid and reliable because it confirms former studies and methods?

      Action - Reworded to better underline the method’s results with previous studies

      Comment 30

      Lines 72-74: This statement doesn’t seem to accurately capture/explain/resume the difference between ID and non-ID codas.

      We are not sure what the reviewer is referring to in this case. The sentence in this case was meant to explain the different relations that ID/non-ID codas have with clan sympatry.

      Comment 31

      Line 75: The information provided in the few previous sentences does not allow the reader to understand why these results support the notion that cultural transmission and social learning occurs between clans.

      We conclude out introduction with a brief summary of our overall findings, which we then use the rest of the manuscript to support these statements.

      Comment 32

      Table 1: So far, the authors refer to their analyses as capturing the ”rhythm” of whale clicks. Consequently, it is not readily clear at this point why the authors rely on ”ICIs” (inter click intervals) instead of the ”universal” measure used across taxa to capture the rhythm of signal sequences - IOIs (inter onset intervals). If ICIs are the same measure as IOIs, why not use the common term, instead of creating a new term name? Alternatively, if ICIs are not equivalent to IOIs, then arguably the analyses do not capture the ”rhythm” of whale clicks, as claimed by the authors. Any rhythmic claim will need to be based on IOI measures. In animal behaviour, stereotyped is primarily used to describe pathological, dysfunctional behaviour. I suggest the use of other adjective, such as ”regular”, ”repetitive”, ”recurring”, ”predictable”. Another deviation from typical terminology: ”usage frequency” -¿ ”production rate”. Why is a clan a ”higher-order” level of social organization? This requires explanation, at least a mention, of what are the ”lower-order” levels. To the non-expert reader, there is a logical circularity/gap here: Clans are said to produce clan-specific codas, and then, it is said that codas are used to delineate clans. Either one deduces, or one infers, but not both. This raises the question, are clans confirmed by any other means than codas?

      We are not creating a “new term name”: inter-click interval (ICI) is the standard terminology used in odontocete (toothed whale) research. We take the reviewer’s point that some readers will not be coming to our paper with that background, however, and now explicitly point out that ICI is synonymous with IOI for sperm whales. Please see our response to your earlier comment for more on this point.

      Comment 33

      Line 92: Unclear term, ”sub-sequence”. Fig. 1B doesn’t seem to readily help disambiguate the meaning of the term.

      In fact reference to Fig. 1B is misplaced as it does not refer to the text. A sub-sequence is simply a contiguous subset of a coda, a subset of it.

      Action - Removed ambiguous reference to Fig. 1B

      Comment 34

      Line 94: How does the use of ”sequence” compare here with ”sub-sequence” above?

      In fact its the same situation although the previous comment highlighted a source of ambiguity.

      Action - Reworded the sentence to be less confusing.

      Comment 35

      Line 95: Signal sequences don’t ”contain” memory, they require memory for processing.

      Action - Rephrased from “sequences contain memory” to “states depend on previous sequences of varying length”.

      Comment 36

      Lines 95-97: The analogy with human language seems forced, combinatorics in any given species are expected to entail different transitions between unit/unit-sequences.

      Thank you for the comment. Indeed, the purpose of the analogy is to illustrate how variable length Markov Chains work (which have been shown to be good at discerning even accents of the same language). We used human language as an analogy to provide the readers’ with a more intuitive understanding of the results.

      Action - Revised paragraph to read: “Despite we do not have direct evidence of unitary blocks in sperm whale communication, on can imagine this effect similarly to what happens with words (e.g., a word beginning with “re” can continue in more ways than one starting with “zy”).”

      Comment 37

      Line 97: Unclear which possibility is this.

      Action - Made the wording clearer.

      Comment 38

      Line 99: Invocation of memory, although common in the use of Markov chains, in inadequate here given that the research did not study how individuals perceived or processed click sequences, only how individual produced click sequences. If the authors are referring to the cognitive load imposed by producing clicks sequences, terms such as ”sequence planning” will be more accurate.

      Here, we use the term “fixed-memory” in relation to the definition of a variable length Markov model. We feel that, in this section of the manuscript, the context is clear that it is a mathematical definition and in no way invokes the biological idea of memory or cognition. It is rather standard to use memory to describe the order of Markov chains. Swapping words in the definition of mathematical objects when the context is clear seems to cause unnecessary ambiguity.

      Action - We clarified this in the manuscript (see comments above).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations):

      Comment 39

      Line 16: Add ”broadly defined” as there are many other more restricted definitions (see for example Tomasello 1999; 2009). Tomasello M (1999) The cultural origins of human cognition. Harvard University Press, Cambridge Tomasello M (2009) The question of chimpanzee culture, plus postscript (chimpanzee culture 2009). In: Laland KN, Galef BG (eds) The question of animal culture. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, pp 198-221.

      Thanks for the clarification.

      Action - We added the term “broadly” and added the last reference.

      Comment 40

      Line 22: Is all stable social learned behavior that becomes idiosyncratic and ”distinguishable” considered symbolic markers? If not, consider adding ”potentially.”

      No, but the evolution of cultural groups with differing behavior can reorganize the selective environment in such a way that it can favour an in-group bias that was not initially advantageous to individuals and lead to a preference towards others who share an overt symbolic marker that initially had no meaning and a random frequency in both populations. That is to say, even randomly assigned trivial groups can evolve arbitrary symbolic markers through in-group favouritism once behavioural differences exist even in the absence of any history of rivalry, conflict, or competition between groups. See for example [L1, L2].

      Comment 41

      Table 1: Identity codas are defined as a ”Subset of coda types most frequently used by a sperm whale clan; canonically used to define vocal clans.” Therefore, I infer that an identity coda is not exclusively used by a specific clan and may be utilized by other clans, albeit less frequently. If this is the case, what criteria determine the frequency of usage for a coda to be categorized as an identity or non-identity coda? Does the criteria used to differentiate between ID and non-ID codas reflect the observed differences in micro changes between the two and within clans?

      The methods for this categorization are defined, discussed, and justified in previous work in [L9, L12]. We feel its outside the scope of this paper to review these details here in this manuscript. However, the differences between vocal styles discussed here and the frequency production repertoires which allow for the definition of identity codas are on different scales. The differences between identity and non-identity codas are not the observed differences in vocal style reported here.

      Comment 42

      Table 1: The definition of vocal style states that it ”Encodes the rhythmic variations within codas.” However, if rhythm changes, does the type of coda change as well? Typically, in musical terms, the component that maintains the structure of a rhythm is ”tempo,” not ”rhythm.” How much microvariation is acceptable to maintain the same rhythm, and when do these variations constitute a new rhythm?

      Thank you for raising this important point about the relationship between rhythmic variations and coda categorization. In our definition, ”vocal style” refers to subtle, micro-level variations in the rhythmic structure of codas that do not alter their overarching categorical identity. These microvariations are akin to ”tempo” changes in musical terms, which can modify the expression of a rhythm without fundamentally altering its structure.

      The threshold at which microvariations constitute a new rhythm, and thus a new coda type, remains an open question and is a limitation of current analytical approaches. In our study, we used established classification methods to group codas into types, treating variations within these groups as part of the same rhythm. Future work could refine these thresholds to better distinguish between meaningful rhythmic variation and the emergence of new coda types.

      Comment 43

      Table 1: Change ”say” to ”vocalize” (similarly as used in line 273 for humpback whales ”vocalizations”).

      Thanks.

      Action - Done.

      Comment 44

      Lines 33-35 and Figure 1-C: Can a lay listener discern the microvariations within each coda type by ear? Consider including sound samples of individual rhythmic microvariations for the same coda type pattern (e.g., Four plus, Palindrome, Plus One, Regular) to provide readers/listeners with an impression of their detectability. If authors considered too much or redundant Supplemental material at least give a sound sample for each the 4 subcodas modeled structures examples of 4R2 coda variations depicted in Figure 1-C so the reader can have an acoustic impression of them.

      We do not think that human listeners would be able to all of the variation detected here. However, this does not mean that it is not important variation for the whales. Human observers being able to classify call variation aurally shouldn’t be seen as a bar representing important biological variation for non-human species, given that their hearing and vocal production systems have evolved independently. Importantly, ’Four Plus’,’Palindrome’, etc are names of Clans; sympatric, but socially segregated, communities of whale families, which share a distinct vocal dialect of coda types. These clans each have have distinguishable coda dialects made up of dozens of coda types (and delineated based on identity codas), these are not names/categorical coda types themselves.

      Action - We now provide audio samples of all coda types listed in Figure 1B in the paper’s Github repository.

      Comment 45

      Line 69: As stated above, it may be confusing to refer to it as ”speech.” I suggest adding something like: ”Our method does capture one essential characteristic of human speech: phonology.” Reply 45.—Thank you for drawing our attention to this.

      Action - We removed the word “speech” from the manuscript, using “communication” and/or “vocalization” depending on the context.

      Comment 46

      Line 111-112: Consider adding a sound sample of the variation of the 4R2 coda type that can be vocalized as BCC but also as CBB as supplementary data.

      What the reviewer has correctly observed is that the traditional categorical coda type ’names’ do not capture the variation within a type by rhythm nor by tempo.

      Action - We have added samples of all coda types listed in Figure 1B in the paper’s Github repo.

      Comment 47

      Figure 3: Include a sound sample for each of the 7 coda types in Figure 1B (”specific vocal repertoires”) to illustrate the set of coda types used and their associated usage frequencies, or at least for each of the 7 coda types in Figure 3 and tables S1 and S2.

      Sperm whales in the Eastern Caribbean produce dozens of rhythm types across at least five categorical tempo types [L8, L13]. The coda types represented in Figure 1B do not demonstrate all the variability inherent in the sperm whales’ vocal dialect. Importantly, Figure 3, as well as table S1 and S2, refer to clan-level dialects not specific individual coda types.

      Action - We added sound samples for each coda rhythm type listed in Figure 1B to the Github repository.

      Comment 48

      Lines 184-190: It is unclear what human analogy term is used for ID codas. This needs clarification.

      We are not making an analogy in humans for the role of ID vs non-ID codas, but only providing the example of accents as changes in vocalization (style) without a change in the actual words used (repertoire).

      Action - We tried to make it clearer in the manuscript.

      Comment 49

      Line 190: Change ”whale speech” to ”whale vocalizations.”

      Thanks.

      Action - Done.

      Comment 50

      Figure 4: Correct citation number Hersh ”10” to Hersh ”11.”

      Thanks.

      Action - Fixed the reference.

      Comment 51

      Lines 224-232: Clarify whether the reference to how spatial overlap affects the frequency of ID codas refers to shared ID codas between clans or the production frequency of each coda within the total repertoire of codas.

      The similarity between ID coda repertoires we are referring to there is based on the ID codas of both clans.

      More details on the comparison can be found in [L9].

      Action - We added a sentence explaining the comparison is made using the joint set of ID codas.

      Comment 52

      Lines 240-241: What are non-ID codas vocal cues for?

      Non-ID codas likely serve as flexible, context-dependent signals that facilitate group coordination, convey environmental or social context, and promote social learning, especially in mixed-clan or overlapping habitats. Their variability suggests multifunctional roles shaped by ecological and social pressures.

      Comment 53

      Lines 267-268: It’s unclear whether non-ID coda vocal styles are genetically inherited or not, as argued in lines 257-258.

      We did not intend to argue that non-ID coda vocal styles are genetically inherited. Instead, we aimed to present a hypothetical consideration: if non-ID coda vocal styles were genetically inherited, one would expect a direct correlation between vocal style similarity and genetic relatedness. This hypothetical framework was introduced to strengthen our argument that the observed patterns are unlikely to be explained by genetic inheritance, as such correlations have not been observed. While we acknowledge that we lack definitive proof to rule out genetic influences entirely, the evidence available strongly suggests that social learning, rather than genetic transmission, is the more plausible mechanism.

      Action - Clarified in manuscript.

      Comment 54

      Line 277: Can males mate with females from different clans?

      Yes, genetic evidence shows that males may even switch ocean basins.

      Action - We have clarified that we mean the female members of units from different clans have only rarely been observed to interact at sea between clans.

      Comment 55

      Lines 287-292: Consider discussing the difference between controlled/voluntary and automatic/involuntary imitation and their implications for cultural selection and social learning (see Heyes 2011; 2012). Heyes, C. (2011). Automatic imitation. Psychological bulletin, 137(3), 463. Heyes, C. (2012). What’s social about social learning?. Journal of comparative psychology, 126(2), 193.

      Thank you for your insightful comment regarding this. The distinction between controlled/voluntary and automatic/involuntary imitation, as highlighted by Heyes [L14, L15], provides a potentially valuable framework for interpreting social learning mechanisms in sperm whales. Automatic imitation refers to reflexive, often unconscious mimicry driven by perceptual or motor coupling, while controlled imitation involves deliberate and goal-directed efforts to replicate behaviors. Both forms likely play complementary roles in the cultural transmission observed in sperm whales.

      This dual-process perspective highlights the potential for cultural selection to act at different levels. Automatic imitation may drive convergence in shared environments, promoting acoustic homogeneity and facilitating inter-clan communication. In contrast, controlled imitation ensures the preservation of clan-specific vocal traditions, maintaining cultural diversity. This interplay between automatic and controlled processes could reflect a balancing act between cultural assimilation and differentiation, underscoring the adaptive value of these mechanisms in dynamic social and ecological contexts.

      Action - We have incorporated a short discussion of this distinction and its implications for our findings in the Discussion. Additionally, we have cited [L14, L15] to provide theoretical grounding for this interpretation.

      Comment 56

      Methods: Consider integrating the paragraph from lines 319-321 into lines 28-35 and eliminate redundant information.

      Thanks.

      Action - We implemented the suggestion, removing the first paragraph of the Dataset description and integrating the information when we introduce the concepts of codas and clicks.

      [L1] C. Efferson, R. Lalive, and E. Fehr, Science 321, 1844 (2008).

      [L2] R. McElreath, R. Boyd, and P. Richerson, Curr. Anthropol. 44, 122 (2003).

      [L3] L. S. Burchardt and M. Knornschild, PLoS Computational Biology 16, e1007755 (2020).

      [L4] A. Ravignani and K. de Reus, Evolutionary Bioinformatics 15, 1176934318823558 (2019).

      [L5] C. T. Kello, S. D. Bella, B. Med´ e, and R. Balasubramaniam, Journal of the Royal Society Interface 14, 20170231 (2017).

      [L6] D. Gerhard, Canadian Acoustics 31, 22 (2003).

      [L7] N. Mathevon, C. Casey, C. Reichmuth, and I. Charrier, Current Biology 27, 2352 (2017).

      [L8] P. Sharma, S. Gero, R. Payne, D. F. Gruber, D. Rus, A. Torralba, and J. Andreas, Nature Communications 15, 3617 (2024).

      [L9] T. A. Hersh, S. Gero, L. Rendell, M. Cantor, L. Weilgart, M. Amano, S. M. Dawson, E. Slooten, C. M. Johnson, I. Kerr, et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 119, e2201692119 (2022).

      [L10] R. Boyd and P. J. Richerson, Cult Anthropol 2, 65 (1987). [L11] E. Cohen, Curr. Anthropol. 53, 588 (2012).

      [L12] T. A. Hersh, S. Gero, L. Rendell, and H. Whitehead, Methods Ecol. Evol. 12, 1668 (2021), ISSN 2041-210X, 2041-210X.

      [L13] S. Gero, A. Bøttcher, H. Whitehead, and P. T. Madsen, R. Soc. Open Sci. 3, 160061 (2016).

      [L14] C. Heyes, Psychological Bulletin 137, 463 (2011).

      [L15] C. Heyes, Journal of Comparative Psychology 126, 193 (2012).

    1. eLife Assessment

      This fundamental study highlights potential mechanisms underlying the sex-dependent bias in susceptibility to gut colonization by Methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA). The evidence supporting the conclusion is compelling. The work will interest biologists who study intestinal infection and immunity.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Lejeune et al. demonstrated sex-dependent differences in the susceptibility to MRSA infection. The authors demonstrated the role of the microbiota and sex hormones as potential determinants of susceptibility. Moreover, the authors showed that Th17 cells and neutrophils contribute to the sex hormone-dependent protection in female mice.

      Strengths:

      The role of microbiota was examined in various models (germ-free, co-housing, microbiota transplantation). The identification of responsible immune cells was achieved using several genetic knockouts and cell-specific depletion models. The involvement of sex hormones was clarified using ovariectomy and the FCG model.

      Weaknesses:

      The specific microbial species/strains responsible for the protection, as well as the mechanisms by which these bacteria regulate sex hormone-mediated protection, remain unclear. However, this does not diminish the conceptual significance of the study.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have adequately addressed my previous concerns, and the revised manuscript shows significant improvement.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Using a mouse model of Staphylococcus aureus gut colonization Lejeune et al demonstrate that the microbiome, immune system, and sex are important contributing factors for whether this important human pathogen persists in the gut. The work begins by describing differential gut clearance of S. aureus in female B6 mice bred at NYU compared to those from Jackson Laboratories (JAX). NYU female mice cleared S. aureus from the gut but NYU male mice and mice of both sexes from JAX exhibited persistent gut colonization. Further experimentation demonstrated that differences between staphylococcal gut clearance in NYU and JAX female mice were attributed to the microbiome. However, NYU male and female mice harbor similar microbiomes, supporting the conclusion that the microbiome cannot account for the observed sex-dependent clearance of S. aureus gut colonization. To identify factors responsible for female clearance of S. aureus, the authors performed RNAseq on intestinal epithelia cells and cells enriched within the lamina propria. This analysis revealed sex-dependent transcriptional responses in both tissues. Genes associated with immune cell function and migration were distinctly expressed between the sexes. To determine which immune cell types contribute to S. aureus clearance Lejeune et al employed genetic and antibody-mediated immune cell depletion. This experiment demonstrated that CD4+ IL17+ cells and neutrophils promote elimination of S. aureus from the gut. Subsequent experiments, including the use of the 'four core genotype model' were conducted to discern between the roles of sex chromosomes and sex hormones. This work demonstrated that sex-chromosome linked genes are not responsible for clearance, increasing the likelihood that hormones play a dominant role in controlling S. aureus gut colonization.

      Strengths:

      A strength of the work is the rigorous experimental design. Appropriate controls were executed and, in most cases, multiple approaches were conducted to strengthen the authors' conclusions. The conclusions are supported by the data.<br /> The following suggestions are offered to improve an already strong piece of scholarship.

      Weaknesses:

      The correlation between female sex hormones and elimination of S. aureus from the gut could be further validated by quantifying sex hormones produced in the four core genotype mice in response to colonization. Additionally, and this may not be feasible, but according to the proposed model administering female sex hormones to male mice should decrease colonization. Finally, knowing whether the quantity of IL-17a CD4+ cells change in the OVX mice has the potential to discern whether the abundance/migration of the cells or their activation is promoted by female sex hormones.

      In the Discussion the authors highlight previous work establishing a link between immune cells and sex hormone receptors, but whether the estrogen (and progesterone) receptor is differentially expressed in response to S. aureus colonization could be assessed in the RNAseq dataset. Differential expression of known X and Y chromosome linked genes were discussed but specific sex hormones or sex hormone receptors, like the estrogen receptor were not. This potential result could be highlighted.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have adequately addressed my comments. I have only one minor adjustment: the Esr1 mice should be included the Materials and Methods.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study identifies one way in which episodic heat exposure can result in negative changes in motivated and affective behaviors. This work positively expands the field of thermoregulation. The data were collected using a myriad of next-generation approaches, including extensive behavior testing, thermal monitoring, electrophysiology, circuit mapping, and manipulations. There is convincing evidence that neurons of the paraventricular thalamus change plastically over three weeks of episodic heat stimulation this affects behavioral outputs such as social interactions and anxiety-related behavior. Conclusions regarding the specificity of the POA-pPVT pathway compared to other inputs to the PVT in the control of observed effects would benefit from further validation. The study will be of interest to behavioral neuroscientists, climate/environmental biologists, and pre-clinical neuropsychiatrists.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Cao et al. examines an important but understudied question of how chronic exposure to heat drives changes in affective and social behaviors. It has long been known that temperature can be a potent driver of behaviors and can lead to anxiety and aggression. However, the neural circuitry that mediates these changes is not known. Cao et al. take on this question by integrating optical tools of systems neuroscience to record and manipulate bulk activity in neural circuits, in combination with a creative battery of behavior assays. They demonstrate that chronic daily exposure to heat leads to changes in anxiety, locomotion, social approach, and aggression. They identify a circuit from preoptic area (POA) to posterior paraventricular thalamus (pPVT) in mediating these behavior changes. The POA-PVT circuit increases activity during heat exposure. Further, manipulation of this circuit can drive affective and social behavioral phenotypes even in the absence of heat exposure. Moreover, silencing this circuit during heat exposure prevents the development of negative phenotypes. Overall the manuscript makes an important contribution to the understudied area of how ambient temperature shapes motivated behaviors.

      Strengths

      The use of state-of-the-art systems neuroscience tools (in vivo optogenetics and fiber photometry, slice electrophysiology), chronic temperature-controlled experiments, and a rigorous battery of behavioral assays to determine affective phenotypes. The optogenetic gain of function of affective phenotypes in the absence of heat, and loss of function in the presence of heat are very convincing manipulation data. Overall a significant contribution to the circuit-level instantiation of temperature induced changes in motivated behavior, and creative experiments.

      Weaknesses

      The authors have fully addressed all of my questions and concerns, with the exception of one comment. They mention that they did carry out measurements of core body temperature as a control during optogenetic experiments and did not see any effects. However, I could only find this reported in the text but could not find the data in the main or supplementary figures.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study by Cao et al. highlights an interesting and important aspect of heat- and thermal biology: the effect of repetitive, long-term heat exposure and its impact on brain function.<br /> Even though peripheral, sensory temperature sensors and afferent neuronal pathways conveying acute temperature information to the CNS have been well established, it is largely unknown how persistent, long-term temperature stimuli interact with and shape CNS function, and how these thermally-induced CNS alterations modulate efferent pathways to change physiology and behavior. This study is therefore not only novel but, given global warming, also timely.

      The authors provide compelling evidence that neurons of the paraventricular thalamus change plastically over three weeks of episodic heat stimulation and they convincingly show that these changes affect behavioral outputs such as social interactions, and anxiety related behaviors.

      Strengths:

      • It is impressive that the assessed behaviors can be (i) recruited by optogenetic fiber activation and (ii) inhibited by optogenetic fiber inhibition when mice are exposed to heat. Technically, when/how long is the fiber inhibition performed? It says in the text "3 min on and 3 min off". Is this only during the 20 minutes heat stimulation or also at other times?<br /> • It is interesting that the frequency of activity in pPVT neurons, as assessed by fiber photometry, stays increased after long-term heat exposure (day 22) when mice are back at normal room temperature. This appears similar to a previous study that found long-term heat exposure to transform POA neurons plastically to become tonically active (https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2024.08.06.606929v1 ). Interestingly, the POA neurons that become tonically active by persistent heat exposure described in the above study are largely excitatory and thus these could drive the activity of the pPVT neurons analyzed in this study.<br /> How can it be reconciled that the majority of the inputs from the POA are found to be largely inhibitory (Fig. 2H)? Is it possible that this result stems from the fact that non-selective POA-to-pPVT projections are labelled by the approach used in this study and not only those pathways activated by heat? These points would be nice to discuss.<br /> • It is very interesting that no LTP can be induced after chronic heat exposure (Fig. K-M); the authors suggest that "the pathway in these mice were already saturated" (line 375). Could this hypothesis be tested in slices by employing a protocol to extinguish pre-existing (chronic heat exposure-induced) LTP? This would provide further strength to the findings/suggestion that an important synaptic plasticity mechanism is at play that conveys behavioral changes upon chronic heat stimulation.<br /> • It is interesting that long-term heat does not increase parameters associated with depression (Fig. 1N-Q), how is it with acute heat stress, are those depression parameters increased acutely? It would be interesting to learn if "depression indicators" increase acutely but then adapt (as a consequence of heat acclimation) or if they are not changed at all and are also low during acute heat exposure.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In this study, Cao et al. explore the neural mechanisms by which chronic heat exposure induces negative valence and hyperarousal in mice, focusing on the role of the posterior paraventricular nucleus (pPVT) neurons that receive projections from the preoptic area (POA). The authors show that chronic heat exposure leads to heightened activity of the POA projection-receiving pPVT neurons, potentially contributing to behavioral changes such as increased anxiety level and reduced sociability, along with heightened startle responses. In addition, using electrophysiological methods, the authors suggest that increased membrane excitability of pPVT neurons may underlie these behavioral changes. The use of a variety of behavioral assays enhances the robustness of their claim. Moreover, while previous research on thermoregulation has predominantly focused on physiological responses to thermal stress, this study adds a unique and valuable perspective by exploring how thermal stress impacts affective states and behaviors, thereby broadening the field of thermoregulation.

      While the manuscript has been revised and some efforts have been made to address the reviewers' concerns, the majority of the issues raised remain insufficiently resolved. Therefore, the reviewer has highlighted key major points that the authors should address to strengthen the manuscript's conclusions.

      Major points<br /> The manuscript highlights the increased activity in pPVT neurons receiving projections from the POA (Figure 3) and shows that these neurons are necessary for heat-induced behavioral changes (Figures 4N-W). However, it remains unclear whether the POA-to-pPVT projection itself plays a critical role. Since pPVT recipient neurons can receive inputs from various brain regions, the role of the POA input in driving these effects needs to be validated more explicitly.<br /> (1) To establish this, the authors should conduct experiments directly inhibiting the POA-to-pPVT projection and demonstrate whether the increased activity in pPVT neurons due to chronic heat exposure is abolished when the POA is blocked.<br /> (2) Alternatively, the authors could use anterograde labeling from the POA and specifically target recipient neurons in the pPVT to confirm that the observed excitatory inputs originate from the POA (related to Figure 6).<br /> (3) If these experiments are not feasible, the authors should consider toning down the emphasis on the POA's role throughout the manuscript and discussing this limitation explicitly. The term "POA recipient pPVT neurons" should be used consistently to avoid misleading implications that the POA-to-pPVT excitatory projection is definitively established as the key pathway.<br /> a) For example, in lines 368-369, the phrase "The increase in presynaptic excitability of the POA to pPVT excitatory pathway" represents a logical jump, as the data only support the "differential increase in presynaptic excitability of the excitatory pathway" (as described in lines 358-359) without specifically confirming the POA-to-pPVT pathway.<br /> b) Similarly, in lines 442-446, the statement "the role of excitatory projections from POA to pPVT in chronic heat exposure-induced emotional changes" should be revised to "the role of excitatory projection recipient pPVT in chronic heat~," as the data do not provide direct evidence that heat-responsive POA neurons projecting to pPVT mediate these effects. Such revisions would improve clarity and ensure that the conclusions remain aligned with the presented data.

    5. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Cao et al. examines an important but understudied question of how chronic exposure to heat drives changes in affective and social behaviors. It has long been known that temperature can be a potent driver of behaviors and can lead to anxiety and aggression. However, the neural circuitry that mediates these changes is not known. Cao et al. take on this question by integrating optical tools of systems neuroscience to record and manipulate bulk activity in neural circuits, in combination with a creative battery of behavior assays. They demonstrate that chronic daily exposure to heat leads to changes in anxiety, locomotion, social approach, and aggression. They identify a circuit from the preoptic area (POA) to the posterior paraventricular thalamus (pPVT) in mediating these behavior changes. The POA-PVT circuit increases activity during heat exposure. Further, manipulation of this circuit can drive affective and social behavioral phenotypes even in the absence of heat exposure. Moreover, silencing this circuit during heat exposure prevents the development of negative phenotypes. Overall the manuscript makes an important contribution to the understudied area of how ambient temperature shapes motivated behaviors.

      Strengths:

      The use of state-of-the-art systems neuroscience tools (in vivo optogenetics and fiber photometry, slice electrophysiology), chronic temperature-controlled experiments, and a rigorous battery of behavioral assays to determine affective phenotypes. The optogenetic gain of function of affective phenotypes in the absence of heat, and loss of function in the presence of heat are very convincing manipulation data. Overall a significant contribution to the circuit-level instantiation of temperature-induced changes in motivated behavior, and creative experiments.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) There is no quantification of cFos/rabies overlap shown in Figure 2, and no report of whether the POA-PVT circuit has a higher percentage of Fos+ cells than the general POA population. Similarly, there is no quantification of cFos in POA recipient PVT cells for Figure 2 Supplement 2.

      Thanks for the comment. The quantification results of c-Fos signal have been provided in the main text and figures.  

      (2) The authors do not address whether stimulation of POA-PVT also increases core body temperature in Figure 3 or its relevant supplements. This seems like an important phenotype to make note of and could be addressed with a thermal camera or telemetry.

      Thanks for raising this point. We did indeed monitor the core body temperature during stimulation of POA-PVT pathway, but we did not observe any significant changes. We have included this finding in the revised manuscript.

      (3) In Figure 3G: is Day 1 vs Day 22 "pre-heat" significant? The statistics are not shown, but this would be the most conclusive comparison to show that POA-PVT cells develop persistent activity after chronic heat exposure, which is one of the main claims the authors make in the text. This analysis is necessary in order to make the claim of persistent circuit activity after chronic heat exposure.

      Figure 3G does compare the Day 1 preheat to Day22 preheat, and the difference was significant. The wording has been corrected to avoid confusion. Also, we have modified Figure 3D to 3H in our revised manuscript to improve the clarity of these plots.

      (4) In Figure 4, the control virus (AAV1-EYFP) is a different serotype and reporter than the ChR2 virus (AAV9-ChR2-mCherry). This discrepancy could lead to somewhat different baseline behaviors.

      Thanks for bringing out this issue. We acknowledge that using AA1-EGFP (a different serotype and reporter compared to the AAV9-ChR2-mCherry) as our control virus is not ideal. But based on our own prior experiments, we observed no significant differences in baseline behaviors between animals injected with AAV1 and AAV9 EYFP as well as control mice without virus injection. Therefore, we believe that the baseline behaviors of the animals were unaffected.

      (5) In Figure 5G, N for the photometry data: the authors assess the maximum z-score as a measure of the strength of calcium response, however the area under the curve (AUC) is a more robust and useful readout than the maximum z score for this. Maximum z-score can simply identify brief peaks in amplitude, but the overall area under the curve seems quite similar, especially for Figure 5N.

      Thanks for the comment. We agree with the reviewer that the area under the curve (AUC) is an alternative readout for measurement of the strength of calcium response. However, the reason why we chose the maximum z-score is based on the observation that we found POA recipient pPVT neurons after chronic heat treatment exhibited a higher calcium peak corresponding to certain behavioral performances when compared to pre-heat conditions. We thus applied the maximum z-score as a representative way to describe the neuronal activity changes of mice during certain behaviors before and after chronic heat treatment. The other consideration is that we want to reflect that POA recipient pPVT neurons become more sensitive and easier to be activated after chronic heat exposure under the same stressful situations compared to control mice. The maximum z score represented by peak in combination with particular behavioral performances is considered more suitable to highlight our findings in this study.

      (6) For Fig 5V: the authors run the statistics on behavior bouts pooled from many animals, but it is better to do this analysis as an animal average, not by compiling bouts. Compiling bouts over-inflates the power and can yield significant p values that would not exist if the analysis were carried out with each animal as an n of 1.

      Thanks for the comment and suggestion. We had tried both methods and the statistical results were similar. As suggested, we have updated Fig 5V, as well as Fig. 5H and 5O by comparing animal average in our revised manuscript.

      (7) In general this is an excellent analysis of circuit function but leaves out the question of whether there may be other inputs to pPVT that also mediate the same behavioral effect. Future experiments that use activity-dependent Fos-TRAP labeling in combination with rabies can identify other inputs to heat-sensitive pPVT cells, which may have convergent or divergent functions compared to the POA inputs.

      Thanks for the valuable suggestion, which would enhance the conclusion. We will consider adopting this approach in future investigations into this question.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary

      The study by Cao et al. highlights an interesting and important aspect of heat- and thermal biology: the effect of repetitive, long-term heat exposure and its impact on brain function.

      Even though peripheral, sensory temperature sensors and afferent neuronal pathways conveying acute temperature information to the CNS have been well established, it is largely unknown how persistent, long-term temperature stimuli interact with and shape CNS function, and how these thermally-induced CNS alterations modulate efferent pathways to change physiology and behavior. This study is therefore not only novel but, given global warming, also timely.

      The authors provide compelling evidence that neurons of the paraventricular thalamus change plastically over three weeks of episodic heat stimulation and they convincingly show that these changes affect behavioral outputs such as social interactions, and anxiety-related behaviors.

      Strengths

      (1) It is impressive that the assessed behaviors can be (i) recruited by optogenetic fiber activation and (ii) inhibited by optogenetic fiber inhibition when mice are exposed to heat. Technically, when/how long is the fiber inhibition performed? It says in the text "3 min on and 3 min off". Is this only during the 20-minute heat stimulation or also at other times?

      Thanks for pointing out the need for clarification. Our optogenetic inhibition had been conducted for 21 days during the heat exposure period (90 mins) for each mouse. And to avoid the light-induced heating effect, we applied the cyclical mode of 3 minutes’ light on and 3 minutes’ light off only during the process of heat exposure but not other time. The detailed description has been supplemented in the Method part of our revised manuscript.

      (2) It is interesting that the frequency of activity in pPVT neurons, as assessed by fiber photometry, stays increased after long-term heat exposure (day 22) when mice are back at normal room temperature. This appears similar to a previous study that found long-term heat exposure to transform POA neurons plastically to become tonically active (https://www.biorxiv.org/content/10.1101/2024.08.06.606929v1). Interestingly, the POA neurons that become tonically active by persistent heat exposure described in the above study are largely excitatory, and thus these could drive the activity of the pPVT neurons analyzed in this study.

      Thanks for pointing out this study that suggests similar plasticity of POA neurons under long-term heat exposure serving a different purpose. We have included this information in our discussion as well.  

      (3) How can it be reconciled that the majority of the inputs from the POA are found to be largely inhibitory (Fig. 2H)? Is it possible that this result stems from the fact that non-selective POA-to-pPVT projections are labelled by the approach used in this study and not only those pathways activated by heat? These points would be nice to discuss.

      Thanks for raising these important questions. Although it is not our primary focus, we are aware of the substantial inhibitory inputs from POA to pPVT which suggests an important function. However, we do not think that this pathway, which would exert an opposite effect on POA-recipient pPVT neurons compared to the excitatory input, contributes to the long-term effect of chronic heat exposure. This is due to the increased, rather than decreased, excitability of the neurons. There is a possibility that this inhibitory input serves as a short-term inhibitory control for other purpose. Further work is needed to fully address this question.

      (4) It is very interesting that no LTP can be induced after chronic heat exposure (Figures K-M); the authors suggest that "the pathway in these mice were already saturated" (line 375). Could this hypothesis be tested in slices by employing a protocol to extinguish pre-existing (chronic heat exposure-induced) LTP? This would provide further strength to the findings/suggestion that an important synaptic plasticity mechanism is at play that conveys behavioral changes upon chronic heat stimulation.

      We agree with the reviewer that the results of the suggested experiment would further strengthen our hypothesis. We will try to confirm this in future studies.

      (5) It is interesting that long-term heat does not increase parameters associated with depression (Figure 1N-Q), how is it with acute heat stress, are those depression parameters increased acutely? It would be interesting to learn if "depression indicators" increase acutely but then adapt (as a consequence of heat acclimation) or if they are not changed at all and are also low during acute heat exposure.

      Based on our observations, we did not find increased depression parameters after acute heat stress in our experiments (data not shown), which was consistent with other two previous studies (Beas et al., 2018; Zhang et al., 2021). It appears that acute heat stress is more associated with anxiety-like behavior and may not be sufficient to induce depression-like phenotypes in rodents, aligning with our observation during experiments.

      Beas BS, Wright BJ, Skirzewski M, Leng Y, Hyun JH, Koita O, Ringelberg N, Kwon HB, Buonanno A, Penzo MA (2018) The locus coeruleus drives disinhibition in the midline thalamus via a dopaminergic mechanism Nat Neurosci 21:963-973.

      Zhang GW, Shen L, Tao C, Jung AH, Peng B, Li Z, Zhang LI, Whit Tao HZ (2021) Medial preoptic area antagonistically mediates stress-induced anxiety and parental behavior Nat Neurosci 24:516-528.

      Weaknesses/suggestions for improvement.

      (1) The introduction and general tenet of the study is, to us, a bit too one-sided/biased: generally, repetitive heat exposure --heat acclimation-- paradigms are known to not only be detrimental to animals and humans but also convey beneficial effects in allowing the animals and humans to gain heat tolerance (by strengthening the cardiovascular system, reducing energy metabolism and weight, etc.).

      Thanks for the suggestion. We have modified the introduction in our revised manuscript to make it more balanced.

      (2) The point is well taken that these authors here want to correlate their model (90 minutes of heat exposure per day) to heat waves. Nevertheless, and to more fully appreciate the entire biology of repetitive/chronic/persistent heat exposure (heat acclimation), it would be helpful to the general readership if the authors would also include these other aspects in their introduction (and/or discussion) and compare their 90-minute heat exposure paradigm to other heat acclimation paradigms. For example, many past studies (using mice or rats)m have used more subtle temperatures but permanently (and not only for 90 minutes) stimulated them over several days and weeks (for example see PMID: 35413138). This can have several beneficial effects related to cardiovascular fitness, energy metabolism, and other aspects. In this regard: 38{degree sign}C used in this study is a very high temperature for mice, in particular when they are placed there without acclimating slowly to this temperature but are directly placed there from normal ambient temperatures (22{degree sign}C-24{degree sign}C) which is cold/coolish for mice. Since the accuracy of temperature measurement is given as +/- 2{degree sign}C, it could also be 40{degree sign}C -- this temperature, 40{degree sign}C, non-heat acclimated C57bl/6 mice will not survive for long.

      The authors could consider discussing that this very strong, short episodic heat-stress model used here in this study may emphasize detrimental effects of heat, while more subtle long-term persistent exposure may be able to make animals adapt to heat, become more tolerant, and perhaps even prevent the detrimental cognitive effects observed in this study (which would be interesting to assess in a follow-up study).

      Thanks for pointing out the important aspect regarding the different heat exposure paradigms and their potential impacts. We have incorporated these points into both the Introduction and Discussion sections of the revised manuscript.

      (3) Line 140: It would help to be clear in the text that the behaviors are measured 1 day after the acute heat exposure - this is mentioned in the legend to the figure, but we believe it is important to stress this point also in the text. Similarly, this is also relevant for chronic heat stimulation: it needs to be made very clear that the behavior is measured 1 day after the last heat stimulus. If the behaviors had been measured during the heat stimulus, the results would likely be very different.

      Thanks for the suggestion, and we have clarified the procedure in the revised manuscript.

      (4) Figure 2 D and Figure 2- Figure Supplement 1: since there is quite some baseline cFos activity in the pPVT region we believe it is important to include some control (room temperature) mice with anterograde labelling; in our view, it is difficult/not possible to conclude, based on Fig 2 supplement 2C, that nearly 100% of the cfos positive cells are contacted by POA fibre terminals (line 168). By eye there are several green cells that don't have any red label on (or next to) them; additionally, even if there is a little bit of red signal next to a green cell: this is not definitive proof that this is a synaptic contact. It is therefore advisable to revisit the quantification and also revisit the interpretation/wording about synaptic contacts.

      In relation to the above: Figure 2h suggests that all neurons are connected (the majority receiving inhibitory inputs), is this really the case, is there not a single neuron out of the 63 recorded pPVT neurons that does not receive direct synaptic input from the POA?

      Thanks for the comments. For Figure 2-figure supplement 1, the baseline c-Fos activity in pPVT were indeed measured from mouse under room temperature. Observed activity may be attributed to the diverse functions that the pPVT is responsible for. Compared to the heat-exposed group, we observed significant increases in c-Fos signals, suggesting the effect of heat exposure.

      For Figure 2-figure supplement 2, through targeted injection of AAV1-Cre into the POA, we achieved selective expression of Cre-dependent ChR2-mCherry in pPVT neurons receiving POA inputs. Following heat exposure, we observed substantial colocalization between heat-induced c-Fos expression (green signal) and ChR2-mCherry-labeled neurons (red signal) in the pPVT. This extensive overlap indicates that POA-recipient pPVT neurons are predominantly heat-responsive and likely mediate the behavioral alterations induced by chronic heat exposure. We have validated these signals and included updated quantification in our revised manuscript.

      For Fig 2H, we specifically patched those neurons that were surrounded by red fluorescence under the microscope, ensuring that the patched neurons had a high likelihood of being innervated from POA. This is why all 63 recorded pPVT neurons were found to receive direct synaptic input from the POA.

      (5) It would be nice to characterize the POA population that connects to the pPVT, it is possible/likely that not only warm-responsive POA neurons connect to that region but also others. The current POA-to-pPVT optogenetic fibre stimulations (Figure 4) are not selective for preoptic warm responsive neurons; since the POA subserves many different functions, this optogenetic strategy will likely activate other pathways. The referees acknowledge that molecular analysis of the POA population would be a major undertaking. Instead, this could be acknowledged in the discussion, for example in a section like "limitation of this study".

      Thanks for the suggestion. We have supplemented this part in our revised manuscript.

      (6) Figure 3a the strategy to express Gcamp in a Cre-dependent manner: it seems that the Gcamp8f signal would be polluted by EGFP (coming from the Cre virus injected into the POA): The excitation peak for both is close to 490nm and emission spectra/peaks of GCaMP8f (510-520 nm) and EGFP (507-510 nm) are also highly overlapping. We presume that the high background (EGFP) fluorescence signal would preclude sensitive calcium detection via Gcamp8f, how did the authors tackle this problem?

      Thank you for pointing out this issue. We acknowledge that we included AAV1-EGFP when recording the GCaMP8F signal to assist in the post-verification of the accuracy of the injection site. But we also collected recording data from mice with AAV1-Cre without EGFP injected into POA and Cre-dependent GCaMP8F in pPVT, albert in a smaller number. We did not observe any obvious differences in the change in calcium signal between these two virus strategies, suggesting that the sensitivity of the GCaMP signals was not significantly affected by the increased baseline fluorescence due to EGFP.

      (7) How did the authors perform the social interaction test (Figures 1F, G)? Was the intruder mouse male or female? If it was a male mouse would the interaction with the female mouse be a form of mating behavior? If so, the interpretation of the results (Figures 1F, G) could be "episodic heat exposure over the course of 3 weeks reduces mating behavior".

      Thanks for the comment. For this female encounter test, we strictly followed the protocol by Ago Y, et al., (2015). During this test, both the strange male and female mice were placed into a wired cup (which is made up of mental wire entanglement and the size for each hole is 0.5 cm [L] x 0.5 cm [W]), which successfully prevented large body contact and the mating behavior but only innate sex-motivated moving around the cup. We have supplemented the details in the method part of our revised manuscript.

      Ago Y, Hasebe S, Nishiyama S, Oka S, Onaka Y, Hashimoto H, Takuma K, Matsuda T (2015) The Female Encounter Test: A Novel Method for Evaluating Reward-Seeking Behavior or Motivation in Mice Int J Neuropsychopharmacol 18: pyv062.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In this study, Cao et al. explore the neural mechanisms by which chronic heat exposure induces negative valence and hyperarousal in mice, focusing on the role of the posterior paraventricular nucleus (pPVT) neurons that receive projections from the preoptic area (POA). The authors show that chronic heat exposure leads to heightened activity of the POA projection-receiving pPVT neurons, potentially contributing to behavioral changes such as increased anxiety level and reduced sociability, along with heightened startle responses. In addition, using electrophysiological methods, the authors suggest that increased membrane excitability of pPVT neurons may underlie these behavioral changes. The use of a variety of behavioral assays enhances the robustness of their claim. Moreover, while previous research on thermoregulation has predominantly focused on physiological responses to thermal stress, this study adds a unique and valuable perspective by exploring how thermal stress impacts affective states and behaviors, thereby broadening the field of thermoregulation. However, a few points warrant further consideration to enhance the clarity and impact of the findings.

      (1) The authors claim that behavior changes induced by chronic heat exposure are mediated by the POA-pPVT circuit. However, it remains unclear whether these changes are unique to heat exposure or if this circuit represents a more general response to chronic stress. It would be valuable to include control experiments with other forms of chronic stress, such as chronic pain, social defeat, or restraint stress, to determine if the observed changes in the POA-pPVT circuit are indeed specific to thermal stress or indicative of a more universal stress response mechanism.

      We also share similar considerations as the reviewer and indeed have conducted experiments to explore this possibility. Our findings suggest that the POA-pPVT pathway may also mediate behavioral changes induced by other chronic stress, e.g. chronic restraint stress. Nevertheless, given the well-known prominent role of POA neurons in heat perception, we do believe that the POA-pPVT has a specialized role in mediating chronic heat induced changes. The role of this pathway in other stress-related responses will need a more comprehensive study in the future.

      (2) The authors use the term "negative emotion and hyperarousal" to interpret behavioral changes induced by chronic heat (consistently throughout the manuscript, including the title and lines 33-34). However, the term "emotion" is broad and inherently difficult to quantify, as it encompasses various factors, including both valence and arousal (Tye, 2018; Barrett, L. F. 1999; Schachter, S. 1962). Therefore, the reviewer suggests the authors use a more precise term to describe these behaviors, such as valence. Additionally, in lines 117 and 137-139, replacing "emotion" with "stress responses," a term that aligns more closely with the physiological observations, would provide greater specificity and clarity in interpreting the findings.

      Thanks for the suggestion. We have modified the description of “emotion” to “emotional valence” in various places throughout the revised manuscript.

      (3) Related to the role of POA input to pPVT,

      a) The authors showed increased activity in pPVT neurons that receive projections from the POA (Figure 3), and these neurons are necessary for heat-induced behavioral changes (Figures 4N-W). However, is the POA input to the pPVT circuit truly critical? Since recipient pPVT neurons can receive inputs from various brain regions, the reviewer suggests that experiments directly inhibiting the POA-to-pPVT projection itself are needed to confirm the role of POA input. Alternatively, the authors could show that the increased activity of pPVT neurons due to chronic heat exposure is not observed when the POA is blocked. If these experiments are not feasible, the reviewer suggests that the authors consider toning down the emphasis on the role of the POA throughout the manuscript and discuss this as a limitation.<br /> b) In the electrophysiology experiments shown in Figures 6A-I, the authors conducted in vitro slice recordings on pPVT neurons. However, the interpretation of these results (e.g., "The increase in presynaptic excitability of the POA to pPVT excitatory pathway suggested plastic changes induced by the chronic heat treatment.", lines 349-350) appears to be an overclaim. It is difficult to conclude that the increased excitability of pPVT neurons due to heat exposure is specifically caused by inputs from the POA. To clarify this, the reviewer suggests the authors conduct experiments targeting recipient neurons in the pPVT, with anterograde labeling from the POA to validate the source of excitatory inputs.

      For point (a), we acknowledge that pPVT neurons receiving POA inputs may also receive projections from other brain regions. While these additional inputs warrant investigation, they fall beyond the scope of our current study and represent promising directions for future research. Notably, compared to other well-characterized regions such as the amygdala and ventral hippocampus, the pPVT receives particularly robust projections from hypothalamic nuclei (Beas et al., 2018). Our optogenetic inhibition of POA-recipient pPVT neurons during chronic heat exposure effectively prevented the influence of POA excitatory projections on pPVT neurons. Furthermore, selective optogenetic activation of POA excitatory terminals within the pPVT was sufficient to induce similar behavioral abnormalities in mice, strongly supporting the causal role of POA inputs in mediating chronic heat exposure-induced behavioral alterations.

      Beas BS, Wright BJ, Skirzewski M, Leng Y, Hyun JH, Koita O, Ringelberg N, Kwon HB, Buonanno A, Penzo MA (2018) The locus coeruleus drives disinhibition in the midline thalamus via a dopaminergic mechanism Nat Neurosci 21:963-973.

      Regarding point (b), we acknowledge certain limitations in our in vitro patch-clamp recordings when attributing increased pPVT neuronal excitability to enhanced presynaptic POA inputs. Nevertheless, our brain slice recordings clearly demonstrated heightened excitability of pPVT neurons following chronic heat exposure. This finding was further corroborated by our in vivo fiber photometry recordings specifically targeting POA-recipient pPVT neurons, which confirmed that the increased pPVT neuronal activity was indeed modulated by POA inputs. The causal relationship was strengthened by our observation that optogenetic activation of POA excitatory terminals within the pPVT reproduced behavioral abnormalities similar to those observed in chronic heat-exposed mice. Additionally, our inability to induce circuit-specific LTP in the POA-pPVT pathway suggests that these synapses were already potentiated and saturated, reflecting enhanced excitatory inputs from the POA to pPVT. Collectively, these findings support our conclusion that increased excitatory projections from the POA to pPVT likely represent a key mechanism underlying chronic heat exposure-induced behavioral alterations in mice.

      (4) The authors focus on the excitatory connection between the POA and pPVT (e.g., "Together, our results indicate that most of the pPVT-projecting POA neurons responded to heat treatment, which would then recruit their downstream neurons in the pPVT by exerting a net excitatory influence.", lines 169-171). However, are the POA neurons projecting to the pPVT indeed excitatory? This is surprising, considering i) the electrophysiological data shown in Figures 2E-K that inhibitory current was recorded in 52.4% of pPVT neurons by stimulation of POA terminal, and ii) POA projection neurons involved in modulating thermoregulatory responses to other brain regions are primarily GABAergic (Tan et al., 2016; Morrison and Nakamura, 2019). The reviewer suggests showing whether the heat-responsive POA neurons projecting to the pPVT are indeed excitatory (This could be achieved by retrogradely labeling POA neurons that project to the pPVT and conducting fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH) assays against Slc32a1, Slc17a6, and Fos to label neurons activated by warmth). Alternatively, demonstrate, at least, that pPVT-projecting POA neurons are a distinct population from the GABAergic POA neurons that project to thermoregulatory regions such as DMH or rRPa. This would clarify how the POA-pPVT circuit integrates with the previously established thermoregulatory pathways.

      Thanks for the comment and suggestion. We acknowledge that there are both excitatory and inhibitory projections from POA to pPVT. Although it is not our primary focus, we are aware of the substantial inhibitory inputs from POA to pPVT which suggests an important function. However, we do not think that this pathway, which would exert an opposite effect on POA-recipient pPVT neurons compared to the excitatory input, contributes to the long-term effect of chronic heat exposure. This is due to the increased, rather than decreased, excitability of the neurons. There is a possibility that this inhibitory input serves as a short-term inhibitory control for other purpose. Further work is needed to fully address this question.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I have a number of suggested minor edits that would improve the readability and interpretation of figures for the reader. In many figures, there are places where it is unclear what is being tested, and making minor changes would make the manuscript flow more easily for the reader:

      (1) The authors could add additional details about the behavior paradigms in the Figures, especially Figure 1. How long was the chronic heat exposure for? At what temperature? What is the length of time between the end of heat exposure and the start of behaviors? What was the schedule of testing for EPM and social behaviors? Was it all on the same day or on different days? These details will make it easier for the reader to understand the behavior tests.

      We have revised our experimental scheme, especially Figure 1, and added more detailed descriptions in the method section. The modifications have also been applied to the other figures.

      (2) In Figures 1J and 1K, it is a bit unclear what is being shown in the right panel, since there are no axes or labels to interpret what is being plotted.

      We have added body kinetics (purple dot) in the left panel of Figure 1J and 1K to align with the right panels, and we have updated our descriptions in the figure legend.

      (3) In general, Figure 1 would benefit from more headers/labels or schematics to demonstrate what is being tested (for example, it's unclear that forced swim, tail suspension, open field, aggression, sucrose preference, or acoustic startle are being studied unless the reader looks at the figure legend in depth. Simple schematics or titles for each panel would help.

      We have added the abbreviated titles for each panel of Figure 1 to help readers to better understand what was being tested.

      (4) Figure 2A would benefit from edits to the schematic so that it is clear that heat exposure is being done before the animal is sacrificed and cFos is stained.

      We have revised the text to clarify that heat exposure occurred before the animal was sacrificed and c-Fos was stained.

      (5) Figure 2D: would help if the quantification of overlap of cFos and rabies was shown in the figure in addition to reporting it in the text (84%).

      We have added quantification in Figure 2D.

      (6) The supplemental data in Figure 2 - Supplemental Figure 1 showing increased Fos in PVT and POA after heat exposure would actually help if it was in main Figure 2 so that the reader can more clearly see the rationale for choosing the POA-PVT circuit. But this is a matter of preference and up to the author where they want to show this data.

      Thanks for the suggestion. But considering the layout and space, we will prefer to retain this part in Figure 2-supplemental figure 1.

      (7) Figure 3 would benefit from a behavior schematic illustrating the time course of the experiment and what the heat exposure protocol is for each day (how many minutes heat 'on' vs 'off', the temperature of heat, etc). Also, what is different about day 22 that makes it chronic heat vs day 21? Currently, it is a bit hard to understand the protocol.

      We have added the temperature and time of chronic heat exposure in the schematic of Figure 3. The “day 22” represented the time point after chronic heat exposure. And we measured the calcium activity of POA recipient pPVT neurons on day 22 to compare with day 1 to demonstrate that the activity changes of POA recipient pPVT neurons after chronic heat exposure.

      (8) Figure 3D, it is unclear what the difference is between the Day 1 data on the left and Day 1 data on the right. Same with Figure 3H, unclear what the difference is between the left and the right.

      The left panel and right panel reflect different parameters: frequency /min (left) and amplitude (△F/F) for Figure 3D-3H. By doing this, we want to reflect the dynamic activity changes of POA recipient pPVT neurons throughout chronic heat exposure process. Now, all figures in panel 3D to 3H have been revised to make them clearer in meaning.

      (9) Figure 4A would benefit from schematics showing the stimulation protocol for chronic optogenetics (how many days? Frequency? Duration of time? Etc)

      We have added detailed schematics in our Figure 4A.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors)

      (1) It is interesting that social behavior appears to be reduced upon long-term heat exposure but not after acute heat exposure. Interaction of animals, such as huddling, can be used by animals as a form of behavioral thermoregulation in cold environments and heat may drive animals apart to allow for better heat dissipation. The social interaction measured here is not huddling (because, I assume, the animals are separated by a divider?) but is this form of behavior measured here related to huddling/"social thermoregulation"? This could be discussed.

      Our behavioral tests were performed at room temperature. Even though huddling is a type of social behavior, based on our observation, the tested mouse was actively revolving around the mental cap, suggesting this type of behavior is not related to huddling/social thermoregulation type of social behavior.

      (2) Line 113: The statement "Chronic treatment did not change body temperature" should be clarified/rephrased because 90 minutes of 38 degrees centigrade exposure to heat will increase the body temperature of mice. It would be helpful if the authors made clear that they measure body temperature before the heat stimulus (and not during the heat stimulus), which is now only obvious if one digs into the methods section.

      We have revised the text and clarified that body temperature was measured before the heat stimulus in the revised manuscript.

      (3) Figure 1J and K: for the non-experts, these graphs are difficult to interpret, some more explanation is needed (what exactly is measured ?). We believe that the term "arousal" may not be justified in this context because the authors have not measured sleep patterns (EEG and EMG) to show that the mice arouse from a sleep (or sleep-like) stage; the authors may consider changing the terminology, e.g. something along the lines of "agitation" or "activity".

      We have further elaborated the meaning of Figure 1J and K in our revised manuscript. The acoustic startle response is a well-recognized behavioral parameter reflecting arousal levels in rodent model. The more agitation in response to stimulus, the higher the arousal levels in mice. We have used the term “agitation” to describe mice’s performance in the acoustic startle response test.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The authors suggest in the introduction of the manuscript that the HPA axis and other multifaceted factors may influence emotional changes caused by heat stress (lines 63-78). However, there are no experiments or discussions on how the POA-pPVT circuit interacts with these factors. In line with the study's proposed direction in the introduction section, it would be valuable to explore, or at least discuss, whether and how the POA-pPVT circuit interacts with the HPA axis or other neural circuits known to regulate emotional and stress responses. Alternatively, the reviewer suggests revising the content of the introduction to align with the focus of the study.

      Although POA is known to possibly interact with the HPA axis via its connection with the paraventricular nucleus of the hypothalamus, there is hardly any evidence for the pPVT. Thus, we prefer not to speculate this question, which remains open, in our current manuscript.

      (2) In Figure 5, the authors report that pPVT neurons that receive projections from the POA exhibited increased responses to stressful situations following chronic heat exposure. However, considering the long pre- and post-recording time gap of approximately three weeks, the additional expression of GCaMP protein over time could potentially account for the increased signal. Therefore, the reviewer recommends including a control group without heat exposure to rule out this possibility.

      We have included Figure 3-figure supplement 1 in our manuscript to exclude the effect of expression of GCaMP protein over time on the recording of calcium signal.

      (3) Related to Figure 2, a) Please include quantification data of the overlap between retrogradely labeled and c-Fos-expressing POA neurons, which can be presented as a bar graph in Figure 2. This would be beneficial for readers to estimate how many warm-activated POA neurons connected to the pPVT are actively engaged under these conditions.

      In the revised manuscript, we have included the quantification analysis in Figure 2.

      b) The images in Figure 2 - Figure Supplement 1 seem to degrade in quality when magnified, making it difficult to discern finer details. Higher-resolution images would greatly improve the clarity and help in accurately visualizing the c-Fos expression patterns in the POA and pPVT regions.

      We have changed our images of Figure 2-figure supplement 1 to higher-resolution in the revised manuscript.

      c) The c-Fos images in Figure 2D and Figure 2 - Figure Supplement 2C appear unusual in that the c-Fos signal seems to fill the entire cell, whereas c-Fos protein is localized to the nucleus. Could the authors clarify whether this image accurately represents c-Fos staining or if there might be an issue with the staining or imaging process?

      We are confident that the green signals in both Figure 2D and Figure 2-figure supplement 2C, which did not occupy the whole cell body, have already accurately reflected the c-Fos and that they were nucleus staining. We have updated the amplified picture in Figure 2D.

      d) In Supplemental Figure 2B, the square marking the region of interest should be clearly explained in the figure legend to ensure that readers can fully understand the context and focus of the image.

      We have further modified our figure legend in Figure 2-figure supplement 1 in our revised manuscript.

    1. eLife Assessment

      The results from this study, which investigates the mechanisms necessary for initiating tissue invagination using a cellular Potts modelling approach, suggest that apical constriction is not sufficient to drive the process by itself. The study highlights how choices inherent to modelling - such as permitting straight or curved cell edges - may affect the outcome of simulations and, consequently, their biophysical interpretation. Despite incomplete evidence supporting their major claims due to a rather coarse-grained exploration of the model, this work is useful for biophysicists investigating complex tissue deformation through computational frameworks.

    2. Joint Public Review:

      Satoshi Yamashita et al., investigate the physical mechanisms driving tissue bending using the cellular Potts Model, starting from a planar cellular monolayer. They argue that apical length-independent tension control alone cannot explain bending phenomena in the cellular Potts Model, contrasting with previous works, particularly Vertex Models. They conclude that an apical elastic term, with zero rest value (due to endocytosis/exocytosis), is necessary to achieve apical constriction and that tissue bending can be enhanced by adding a supracellular myosin cable. Additionally, a very high apical elastic constant promotes planar tissue configurations, opposing bending.

      Strengths:

      - The finding of the required mechanisms for tissue bending in the cellular Potts Model provides a natural alternative for studying bending processes in situations with highly curved cells.

      - Despite viewing cellular delamination as an undesired outcome in this particular manuscript, the model's capability to naturally allow T1 events might prove useful for studying cell mechanics during out-of-plane extrusion.

      [Editors' note: The previous reviews have not been updated, as the changes to the manuscript were restricted to refining the text. The authors addressed all of the minor points raised by the reviewers. Some of the major points such as the lack of a summary quantification still stand. The previous reviews are here: https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.93496.2.sa1]

    3. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):  

      Summary:  

      Satoshi Yamashita et al., investigate the physical mechanisms driving tissue bending using the cellular Potts Model, starting from a planar cellular monolayer. They argue that apical length-independent tension control alone cannot explain bending phenomena in the cellular Potts Model, contrasting with previous works, particularly Vertex Models. They conclude that an apical elastic term, with zero rest value (due to endocytosis/exocytosis), is necessary to achieve apical constriction, and that tissue bending can be enhanced by adding a supracellular myosin cable. Additionally, a very high apical elastic constant promotes planar tissue configurations, opposing bending.  

      Strengths:  

      - The finding of the required mechanisms for tissue bending in the cellular Potts Model provides a natural alternative for studying bending processes in situations with highly curved cells. 

      - Despite viewing cellular delamination as an undesired outcome in this particular manuscript, the model's capability to naturally allow T1 events might prove useful for studying cell mechanics during out-of-plane extrusion. 

      We thank the reviewer for the careful comments and suggestions.

      Weaknesses: 

      - The authors claim that the cellular Potts Model (CPM) is unable to achieve the results of the vertex model (VM) simulations due to naturally non-straight cellular junctions in the CPM versus the VM. The lack of a substantial comparison undermines this assertion. None of the references mentioned in the manuscript are from a work using vertex model with straight cellular junctions, simulating apical constriction purely by a enhancing a length-independent apical tension. Sherrard et al and Pérez-González et al. use 2D and 3D Vertex Models, respectively, with a "contractility" force driving apical constriction. However, their models allow cell curvature. Both references suggest that the cell side flexibility of the CPM shouldn't be the main issue of the "contractility model" for apical constriction. 

      We appreciate the comment.

      For the reports by Sherrard et al and Pérez-Gonález et al, lack of the cell rearrangement (T1 transition) might have caused the difference. Other than these, Muñoz et al. (doi:10.1016/j.jbiomech.2006.05.006), Polyakov et al. (doi:10.1016/j.bpj.2014.07.013), Inoue et al.

      (doi:10.1007/s10237-016-0794-1), Sui et al.

      (doi:10.1038/s41467-018-06497-3), and Guo et al. (doi:10.7554/eLife.69082) used simulation models with the straight lateral surface.

      We updated an explanation about the difference between the vertex model and the cellular Potts model in the discussion.

      P12L318 “An edge in the vertex model can be bent by interpolating vertices or can be represented with an arc of circle (Brakke, 1992). Even in cases where vertex models were extended to allow bent lateral surfaces, the model still limited cell rearrangement and neighbor changes (Pérez-González et al., 2021), limiting the cell delamination. Thus the difference in simulation results between the models could be due to whether the cell rearrangement was included or not. However, it is not clear how the absence of the cell rearrangement affected cell behaviors in the simulation, and it shall be studied in future. In contrast to the vertex model, the cellular Potts model included the curved cell surface and the cell rearrangement innately, it elucidated the importance of those factors.”

      - The myosin cable is assumed to encircle the invaginated cells. Therefore, it is not clear why the force acts over the entire system (even when decreasing towards the center), and not locally in the contour of the group of cells under constriction. The specific form of the associated potential is missing. It is unclear how dependent the results of the manuscript are on these not-well-motivated and model-specific rules for the myosin cable.

      A circle radius decreases when the circle perimeter shrinks, and this was simulated with the myosin cable moving toward the midline in the cross section.

      We added an explanation in the introduction and the results.

      P2L74 “In the same way with the contracting circumferential myosin belt in a cell decreasing the cell apical surface, the circular supracellular myosin cable contraction decreases the perimeter, the radius of the circle, and an area inside the circle.”

      P6L197 “In the cross section, the shrinkage of the circular supracellular myosin cable was simulated with a move of adherens junction under the myosin cable toward the midline.”

      - The authors are using different names than the conventional ones for the energy terms. Their current attempt to clarify what is usually done in other works might lead to further confusion. 

      The reviewer is correct. However we named the energy terms differently because the conventional naming would be misleading in our simulation model.

      We added an explanation in the results.

      P4L140 “Note that the naming for the energy terms differs from preceding studies. For example, Farhadifar et al. (2007) named a surface energy term expressed by a proportional function "line tensions" and a term expressed by a quadratic function "contractility of the cell perimeter". In this study, however, calling the quadratic term "contractility" would be misleading since it prevents the contraction when  < _0. Therefore we renamed the terms accordingly.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      In their work, the Authors study local mechanics in an invaginating epithelial tissue. The work, which is mostly computational, relies on the Cellular Potts model. The main result shows that an increased apical "contractility" is not sufficient to properly drive apical constriction and subsequent tissue invagination. The Authors propose an alternative model, where they consider an alternative driver, namely the "apical surface elasticity". 

      Strengths: 

      It is surprising that despite the fact that apical constriction and tissue invagination are probably most studied processes in tissue morphogenesis, the underlying physical mechanisms are still not entirely understood. This work supports this notion by showing that simply increasing apical tension is perhaps not sufficient to locally constrict and invaginate a tissue. 

      We thank the reviewer for the careful comments.

      Weaknesses: 

      Although the Authors have improved and clarified certain aspects of their results as suggested by the Reviewers, the presentation still mostly relies on showing simulation snapshots. Snapshots can be useful, but when there are too many, the results are hard to read. The manuscript would benefit from more quantitative plots like phase diagrams etc. 

      We agree with the comment.

      However, we could not make the qualitative measurement for the phase diagram since 1) the measurement must be applicable to all simulation results, and 2) measured values must match with the interpretation of the results. To do so, the measurement must distinguish a bent tissue, delaminated cells, a tissue with curved basal surface and flat apical surface, and a tissue with closed invagination. Such measurement is hardly designed.

      Recommendations for the authors: 

      Reviewing Editor (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      I see that the authors have worked on improving their paper in the revision. However, I agree with both reviewer #1 and reviewer #2 that the presentation and discussion of findings could be clearer. 

      Concrete recommendations for improvement: 

      (1) I find the observation by reviewer #1 on cell rearrangement very illuminating: It is indeed another key difference between the Cellular Potts Model that the authors use compared to typical Vertex Models, and could very well explain the different model outcomes. The authors could expand on the discussion of this point. 

      We updated an explanation about the difference between the vertex model and the cellular Potts model in the discussion.

      P12L318 “An edge in the vertex model can be bent by interpolating vertices or can be represented with an arc of circle (Brakke, 1992). Even in cases where vertex models were extended to allow bent lateral surfaces, the model still limited cell rearrangement and neighbor changes (Pérez-González et al., 2021), limiting the cell delamination. Thus the difference in simulation results between the models could be due to whether the cell rearrangement was included or not. However, it is not clear how the absence of the cell rearrangement affected cell behaviors in the simulation, and it shall be studied in future. In contrast to the vertex model, the cellular Potts model included the curved cell surface and the cell rearrangement innately, it elucidated the importance of those factors.”

      (2) In lines 161-164, the authors write "Some preceding studies assumed that the apical myosin generated the contractile force (Sherrard et al, 2010: Conte et al., 2012; Perez-Mockus et al., 2017; Perez-Gonzalez et al., 2021), while others assumed the elastic force (Polyakov et al., 2014; Inoue et al. 2016; Nematbakhsh et al., 2020)." 

      Similarly, in lines 316-319 the authors write "In the preceding studies, the apically localized myosin was assumed to generate either the contractile force (Sherrard et al, 2010: Conte et al., 2012; Perez-Mockus et al., 2017; Perez-Gonzalez et al., 2021), or the elastic force (Polyakov et al., 2014; Inoue et al. 2016; Nematbakhsh et al., 2020)." 

      The phrasing here is poor, as it suggests that the latter three studies (Polyakov et al., 2014; Inoue et al. 2016; Nematbakhsh et al., 2020) do not use the assumption that apical myosin generated contractile forces. This is wrong. All three of these studies do in fact assume apical surface contractility mediated by myosin. In addition, they also include other factors such as elastic restoring forces from the cell membrane (but not mediated by myosin as far as I understand). 

      These statements should be corrected. 

      We named the energy term expressed with the proportional function “contractility” and the energy term expressed with the quadratic function “elasticity”. Here we did not define what biological molecules correspond with the contractility or the elasticity.

      For the three studies, the effect of myosin was expressed by the quadratic function, and Polyakov et al. (2014) named it “springlike elastic properties”, Inoue et al. (2016) named it “Apical circumference elasticity”, and Nematbakhsh et al. (2020) named it “Actomyosin contractility”. To explain that the for generated by myosin was expressed with the quadratic function in these studies, we wrote that they “assumed the elastic force”.

      We assumed the myosin activity to be approximated with the proportional function in later parts and proposed that the membrane might be expressed with the quadratic function and responsible for the apical constriction based on other studies.

      To clarify this, we added it to the results.

      P4L175 “Some preceding studies assumed that the apical myosin generated the contractile force (Sherrard et al., 2010; Conte et al., 2012; Perez-Mockus et al., 2017; Pérez-González et al., 2021), while the others assumed the myosin to generate the elastic force (Polyakov et al., 2014; Inoue et al., 2016; Nematbakhsh et al., 2020).”

      (3) Lines 294-296: The phrasing suggests that the "alternative driving mechanism" consists of apical surface elasticity remodelling alone. This is not true, it's an additional mechanism, not an alternative. The authors' model works by the combined action of increased apical surface contractility and apical surface elasticity remodelling (and the effect can be strengthened by including a supracellular actomyosin cable). 

      We agree with the comment that the surface remodeling is not solely driving the apical constriction but with myosin activity. However, if we wrote it as an additional mechanism, it might look like that both the myosin activity alone and the surface remodeling alone could drive the apical constriction, and they would drive it better when combined together. So we replaced “mechanism” with “model”.

      P12L311 “In this study, we demonstrated that the increased apical surface contractility could not drive the apical constriction, and proposed the alternative driving model with the apical surface elasticity remodeling.”

      (4) In general, the part of the results section encompassing equations 1-5 should more explicitly state which equations were used in all simulations (Eqs1+5), and which ones were used only for certain conditions (Eqs2+3+4). 

      We added it as follows.

      P4L153 “While the terms Equation 1 and Equation 5 were included in all simulations since they were fundamental and designed in the original cellular Potts model (Graner and Glazier, 1992), the other terms Equation 2-Equation 4 were optional and employed only for certain conditions.”

      (5) Lines 150-152: Please state which parameters were examined. I assume Equation 4 was also left out of this initial simulation, as it is the potential energy of the actomyosin cable that was only included in some simulations. 

      We added it as follows.

      P4L163 “The term Equation 4 was not included either. For a cell, its compression was determined by a balance between the pressure and the surface tension, i.e., the heigher surface tension would compress the cell more. The bulk modulus 𝜆 was set 1, the lateral cell-cell junction contractility 𝐽_𝑙 was varied for different cell compressions, and the apical and basal surface contractilities 𝐽_𝑎 and 𝐽_𝑏 were varied proportional to 𝐽_𝑙.”

      (6) Lines 118-122: The sentence is very long and hard to parse. I suggest the following rephrasing: 

      “In this study, we assumed that the cell surface tension consisted of contractility and elasticity. We modelled the contractility as constant to decrease the surface, but not dependent on surface width or strain. We modelled the elasticity as proportional to the surface strain, working to return the surface to its original width." 

      We updated the explanation as follows.

      P3L121 “In this study, we assumed that the cell surface tension consisted of contractility and elasticity. We modeled the contractility as a constant force to decrease the surface, but not dependent on surface width or strain. We modeled the elasticity as a force proportional to the surface strain, working to return the surface to its original width.”

      (7) Lines 270-274: Another long sentence that is difficult to understand.

      Suggested rephrasing: 

      "Note that the supracellular myosin cable alone could not reproduce the apical constriction (Figure 2c), and cell surface elasticity in isolation caused the tissue to stay almost flat. However, combining both the supracellular myosin cable and the cell surface elasticity was sufficient to bend the tissue when a high enough pulling force acted on the adherens junctions." 

      We updated the sentence as follows.

      P9L287 “Note that the supracellular myosin cable alone could not reproduce the apical constriction (Figure 2c), and that with some parameters the modified cell surface elasticity kept the tissue almost flat (Figure 4). However, combining both the supracellular myosin cable and the cell surface elasticity made a sharp bending when the pulling force acting on the adherens junction was sufficiently high.”

      (8) Lines 434-435: Unclear what is meant with sentence starting with "Rest of sites" 

      We update the sentence as follows.

      P17L456 “At the initial configuration and during the simulation, sites adjacent to medium and not marked as apical are marked as basal.”

      (9) Fixing typos and other minor grammar and wording changes would improve readability. Following is a list in order of appearance in the text with suggestions for improvement. 

      We greatly appreciate the careful editing, and corrected the manuscript accordingly.

      Line 14: "a" is not needed in the phrase "increased a pressure" 

      Line 15: "cell into not the wedge shape" --"cell not into the wedge shape"  In fact it might be better to flip the sentence around to say, e.g. "making the cells adopt a drop shape instead of the expected wedge shape". 

      Line 24: "cells decrease its apical surface" --"cells decrease their apical surface" 

      Line 25: instead of "turn into wedge shape", a more natural-sounding expression could be "adopt a wedge shape" 

      Line 28: "which crosslink and contract" --because the subject is the singular "motor protein", the verb tense needs to be changed to "crosslinks and contracts" 

      Line 29: I suggest to use the definite article "the" before "actin filament network" as this is expected to be a known concept to the reader. 

      Line 31: "adherens junction and tight junction" --use the plural, because there are many per cell: "adherens junctions and tight junctions" 

      Line 42: "In vertebrate" --"In vertebrates" 

      Line 46: "Since the interruption to" --"Since the interruption of" 

      Line 56: "the surface tension of the invaginated cells were" --since the subject is "the surface tension", the verb "were" needs to be changed to "was"  Line 63: "extra cellular matrix" --generally written as "extracellular matrix" without the first space 

      Line 66: "many epithelial tissues" --"in many epithelial tissues" 

      Line 70: "This supracellular cables" --"These supracellular cables" 

      Line 72: "encircling salivary gland" --either "encircling the salivary gland" or "encircling salivary glands" 

      Lines 76-77: "investigated a cell physical property required" --"investigated what cell physical properties were required" 

      Line 78: "was another framework" --"is another framework" (it is a generally and currently valid true statement, so use the present tense) 

      Line 79: "simulated an effect of the apically localized myosin" --for clarity, I suggest rephrasing as "simulated the effect of increased apical contractility mediated by apically localized myosin" 

      Similarly, in Line 80: "did not reproduce the apical constriction" --"did not reproduce tissue invagination by apical constriction", as technically the cells in the model do reduce their apical area, but fail to invaginate as a tissue. 

      Line 82: "we found that a force" --"we found that the force" 

      Line 101: "apico-basaly" --"apico-basally" 

      Lines 107-108: "in order to save a computational cost" --"in order to save on computational cost" 

      Line 114: "Therefore an area of the cell" --"Therefore the interior area of the cell" 

      Line 139: "formed along adherens junction" --"formed along adherens junctions" 

      Line 166: "we ignored an effect" --"we ignored the effect" 

      Line 167: "and discussed it later" --"and discuss it later" 

      Lines 167-168: "an experiment with a cell cultured on a micro pattern showed that the myosin activity was well corresponded by the contractility" --"an experiment with cells cultured on a micro pattern showed that the myosin activity corresponded well to the contractility" 

      Line 172: "success of failure" --"success or failure" 

      Figure 1 caption: "none-polar" --"non-polarized"; "reg" --"red" 

      Line 179: "To prevented the surface" --"To prevent the surface" 

      Line 180: "It kept the cells surface" --"It kept the cells' surface" (apostrophe missing) 

      Line 181: "cells were delaminated and resulted in similar shapes" --"cells were delaminated and adopted similar shapes" 

      Line 190: "To investigate what made the difference" --"To investigate the origin of the difference" 

      Line 203: For clarity, I would suggest to add more specific wording. "the pressure, and a difference in the pressure between the cells resulted in" --"the internal pressure due to cell volume conservation, and a difference in the pressure between the contracting and non-contracting cells resulted in" 

      Line 206: "by analyzing the energy with respect to a cell shape" --"by analyzing the energy with respect to cell shape" 

      Line 220: "indicating that cell could shrink" --"indicating that a cell could shrink" 

      Line 224: For clarity, I would suggest more specific wording "lateral surface, while it seems not natural for the epithelial cells" --"lateral surface imposed on the vertex model, a restriction that seems not natural for epithelial cells" 

      Line 244: "succeeded in invaginating" --"succeeding in invaginating" 

      Line 247: "were checked whether the cells" --"were checked to assess whether the cells" 

      Line 250: "cells became the wedge shape" --"cells adopted the wedge shape" 

      Line 286: "there were no obvious change in a distribution pattern" --"there was no obvious change in the distribution pattern" 

      Lines 296-297: "When the cells were assigned the high apical surface contractility, the cells were rounded" --"When the cells were assigned a high apical surface contractility, the cells became rounded" 

      Line 298: "This simulation results" --"These simulation results" 

      Lines 301-302: I suggest to increase clarity by somewhat rephrasing.  "Even when the vertex model allowed the curved lateral surface, the model did not assume the cells to be rearranged and change neighbors" --"Even in cases where vertex models were extended to allow curved lateral surfaces, the model still limited cell rearrangement and neighbor changes" 

      Line 326: "high surface tension tried to keep" --"high surface tension will keep" 

      Line 334: "In many tissue" --"In many tissues" 

      Line 345: "turned back to its original shape" --"turned back to their original shape" (subject is the plural "cells") 

      Lines 348-349: "resembles the result of simulation" --"resembles the result of simulations" 

      Line 352: "how the myosin" --"how do the myosin" 

      Line 356: "it bears the surface tension when extended and its magnitude" What does the last "its" refer to? The surface tension? 

      Line 365: "the endocytosis decrease" --"the endocytosis decreases" 

      Line 371: "activatoin" --"activation" 

      Line 374 "the cells undergoes" --"the cells undergo" 

      Line 378: "entier" --"entire" 

      Line 389: "individual tissue accomplish" --"individual tissues accomplish" 

      Line 423: "is determined" --"are determined" (subject is the plural "labels") 

      Line 430: "phyisical" --"physical" 

      Table 6 caption: "cell-ECN" --cell-ECM 

      Line 557: "do not confused" --"should not be confused" 

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      - The phrase "In addition, the encircling supracellular myosin cable largely promoted the invagination by the apical constriction, suggesting that too high apical surface tension may keep the epithelium apical surface flat." is not clear to me. It sounds contradictory. 

      This finding was unexpected and surprising for us too. However, it is actually not contradictory since stronger surface tension will make the surface flatter in general. Figure 4 shows the flat apical surface with the wedge shape cells for the too strong apical surface tension. On the other hand, the supracellular myosin cable promoted the cell shape changes without raising the surface tension, and thus it could make a sharp bending (Figure 5).

      We updated the explanation for the effect of the supracellular myosin cable as follows.

      P2L74 “In the same way as the contracting circumferential myosin belt in a cell decreasing the cell apical surface, the circular supracellular myosin cable contraction decreases the perimeter, the radius of the circle, and an area inside the circle.”

      P6L197 “In the cross section, the shrinkage of the circular supracellular myosin cable was simulated with a move of adherens junction under the myosin cable toward the midline.”

      - Even when the authors now avoid to say "in contrast to vertex model simulations" in pg.4, in the next section there is still the intention to compare VM to CPM. Idem in the Discussion section. The conclusion in that section is that the difference between the results arising with VM (achieving the constriction) and the CPM (not achieving the constriction, and leading to cell delamination) are due to the straight lateral surfaces. However, Sherrard et at could achieve the constriction with an enhanced apical surface contractility using a 2D VM that allows curvatures. Therefore, I don't think the main difference is given by the deformability of the lateral surfaces. Instead, it might be due to the facility of the CPM to drive cellular rearrangements, coupled to specific modeling rules such as the permanent lost of the "apical side" once a delamination occurs and the boundary conditions. A clear example is the observation of loss of cell-cell adherence when all the tensions are set the same. Instead, in a VM cells conserve their lateral neighbors in the uniform tension regime (Sherrard et at). Is it noteworthy that the two mentioned works using vertex models to achieve apical constriction (Sherrard et at. (2D) and Pérez-González (3D) et al.) seem to neglect T1 transitions. I specifically think the added discussion on the impact of the T1 events (fundamental for cell delamination) is quite poor. A more detailed description would help justify the differences between model outcomes. 

      We updated an explanation about the difference between the vertex model and the cellular Potts model in the discussion.

      P12L318 “ An edge in the vertex model can be bent by interpolating vertices or can be represented with an arc of circle (Brakke, 1992). Even in cases where vertex models were extended to allow bent lateral surfaces, the model still limited cell rearrangement and neighbor changes (Pérez-González et al., 2021), limiting the cell delamination. Thus the difference in simulation results between the models could be due to whether the cell rearrangement was included or not. However, it is not clear how the absence of the cell rearrangement affected cell behaviors in the simulation, and it shall be studied in future. In contrast to the vertex model, the cellular Potts model included the curved cell surface and the cell rearrangement innately, it elucidated the importance of those factors.”

      - Fig6c: cell boundary colors are quite difficult to see. 

      The images were drawn by custom scripts, and those scripts do not implement a method to draw wide lines.

      - Title Table 1: "epitherila". 

      We corrected the typo.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      The Authors have addressed most of my initial comments. In my opinion, the results could be better represented. Overall, the manuscript contains too many snapshots that are hard to read. I am sure the Authors could come up with a parameter that would tell the overall shape of the tissue and distinguish between a proper invagination and delamination. Then they could plot this parameter in a phase diagram using color plots to show how varying values of model parameters affects the shape. Presentation aside, I believe the manuscript will be a valuable piece of work that will be very useful for the community of computational tissue mechanics. 

      We agree with the comment.

      However, we could not make a suitable qualitative measurement method. For the phase diagrams, the measurement must be applicable to simulation results, otherwise each figure introduce a new measurement and a color representation would just redraw the snapshots but no comparison between the figures. So the different measurements would make the figures more difficult to read.

      The single measurement must distinguish the cell delamination by the increased surface contractility from the invagination by the modified surface elasticity and the supracellular contractile ring, even though the center cells were covered by the surrounding cells and lost contact with apical side extracellular medium in both cases.

      With the center of mass, the delaminated cells would return large values because they were moved basally. With the tissue basal surface curvature, it would not measure if the tissue apical surface was also curved or kept flat. If the phase diagram and interpretation of the simulation results do not match with each other, it would be misleading.

      A measurement meeting all these conditions was hardly designed.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study combines single nucleus transcriptional profiling with spatial transcriptomics to identify and map heterogeneity among dopamine neurons in the mouse ventral midbrain. The compelling results separate dopamine neurons into three broad families that have unique (yet overlapping) spatial distribution within the ventral tegmental area and substantia nigra, and also identify population-specific changes in a LRRK2 mouse model of Parkinson's Disease. The creation of a public-facing app where the snRNA-seq data can be investigated by anyone is a major strength.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Dopamine neurons contribute to motivated and motor behaviors in many ways, and ample recent evidence has suggested that distinct dopamine neuron subclasses support discrete behavioral and circuit functions. Prior studies have subdivided dopamine neurons by spatial localization, gene expression patterns, and physiological properties. However, many of these studies were bound by previous technical limitations that made comprehensive subclassification efforts difficult or impossible. The main goal of this manuscript was to characterize and further define dopamine neuron heterogeneity in the ventral midbrain. The study uses cutting-edge single nucleus RNA-seq (on the 10X Genomics platform) and spatial transcriptomics (on the MERFISH platform) to define dopamine neuron heterogeneity with unprecedented resolution. The result is a convincing and comprehensive subclassification of dopamine neurons into three main families, each with major branches and subtypes. In addition, the study reports comparisons between wild type mice and mice that harbor a G2019S mutation in the Lrrk2 gene, which models a common cause of autosomally dominant Parkinson's Disease in humans. These results, while less robust due to the nature of the group comparisons, nevertheless identify vulnerability within specific dopamine neuron subpopulations. This vulnerability may contribute unique risk to dopamine neuron loss in the context of Parkinson's disease. Overall, the study is careful and rigorous and provides a critical resource for the rapidly evolving knowledge of dopamine neuron subtypes.

      Strengths:

      -The creation of a public-facing app where the snRNA-seq data can be investigated by anyone is a major strength.<br /> -The manuscript includes careful comparisons to prior datasets that have sought to explore dopamine neuron heterogeneity. The result is a useful synthesis of new findings with previously published work, which is helpful for moving the field forward in this area.<br /> -The integration of snRNA-seq with MERFISH results is particularly strong, and enables insight not only into subclassification, but also into how this relates to spatial localization. The careful neuroanatomy reveals important distinctions between Sox6, Calb1, and Gad2 positive dopamine neuron families, with some degree of spatial overlap.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Gaertner and colleagues present a study examining the transcriptomic diversity and spatial location of dopaminergic neurons from mice and examine the changes in gene expression resulting from knock in of the Parkinson's LRRK G2019S risk variant. Overall, I found the manuscript presented their study very clearly, well written with very clear figures for the most part. I am not an expert on mouse neuroanatomy but found their classification reasonably well justified and spatial orientation of dopaminergic neurons within the mouse brain informative and clear. While trends were clear and well presented, the apparent spatial heterogeneity suggests that knowledge of the functional connections and roles of these neurons will be required to better interpret the results presented but nonetheless their findings exposed significant detail that is required for further understanding.

      The study of the transcriptional effects of the LRRK2 KI was also informative and clearly framed in terms of a focused analyses on the effects of the KI only on dopaminergic neurons.

      I thank the authors for addressing my previous concerns and comments, and feel they have done so well. I agree that as GSEA only includes ranked genes from the specific study, the gene set is already limited to the relevant background.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important and unique study proposes a framework to understand and predict generalization in visual perceptual learning in humans based on form invariants. Using behavioral experiments in humans and by training deep networks, the authors offer evidence that the presence of stable invariants in a task leads to faster learning. However, this interpretation is promising but counter-intuitive and incomplete, since there could be possible other confounds such as differing attentional demands that lead to differing patterns of generalization. It can be strengthened through additional experiments and by rejecting alternate explanations.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The strengths of this paper are clear: The authors are asking a novel question about geometric representation that would be relevant to a broad audience. Their question has a clear grounding in pre-existing mathematical concepts, that have been only minimally explored in cognitive science. Moreover, the data themselves are quite striking, such that my only concern would be that the data seem almost too perfect. It is hard to know what to make of that, however. From one perspective, this is even more reason the results should be published. Yet I am of the (perhaps unorthodox) opinion that reviewers should voice these gut reactions, even if it does not influence the evaluation otherwise. I have a few additional comments:

      (1) The authors have now explained their theoretical position in a much more thorough and accessible way. I applaud them for that.

      (2) Although I continue to believe that the manipulation in Experiment 1 is imperfect, I am convinced by the authors that the subsequent evidence is more convincing, and thus that the merit of this work lies mostly in those data.

      If these results are robust, I believe the authors have discovered something of great value. While this paper stops short of providing definitive evidence in support of the Erlangen program (just as most work in vision science has stopped short of providing definitive evidence in support of its favored view), the data are sufficiently novel and provocative that these theories are worth entertaining further.

    3. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      This important study proposes a framework to understand and predict generalization in visual perceptual learning in humans based on form invariants. Using behavioral experiments in humans and by training deep networks, the authors offer evidence that the presence of stable invariants in a task leads to faster learning. However, this interpretation is promising but incomplete. It can be strengthened through clearer theoretical justification, additional experiments, and by rejecting alternate explanations.

      We sincerely thank the editors and reviewers for their thoughtful feedback and constructive comments on our study. We have taken significant steps to address the points raised, particularly the concern regarding the incomplete interpretation of our findings.

      In response to Reviewer #1, we have included long-term learning curves from the human experiments to provide a clearer demonstration of the differences in learning rates across invariants, and have incorporated a new experiment to investigate location generalization within each invariant stability level. These new findings have shifted the focus of our interpretation from learning rates to the generalization patterns both within and across invariants, which, alongside the observed weight changes across DNN layers, support our proposed framework based on the Klein hierarchy of geometries and the Reverse Hierarchy Theory (RHT).

      We have also worked to clarify the conceptual foundation of our study and strengthen the theoretical interpretation of our results in light of the concerns raised by Reviewers #1 and #2. We have further expanded the discussion linking our findings to previous work on VPL generalization, and addressed alternative explanations raised by Reviewers #1.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Visual Perceptual Learning (VPL) results in varying degrees of generalization to tasks or stimuli not seen during training. The question of which stimulus or task features predict whether learning will transfer to a different perceptual task has long been central in the field of perceptual learning, with numerous theories proposed to address it. This paper introduces a novel framework for understanding generalization in VPL, focusing on the form invariants of the training stimulus. Contrary to a previously proposed theory that task difficulty predicts the extent of generalization - suggesting that more challenging tasks yield less transfer to other tasks or stimuli - this paper offers an alternative perspective. It introduces the concept of task invariants and investigates how the structural stability of these invariants affects VPL and its generalization. The study finds that tasks with high-stability invariants are learned more quickly. However, training with low-stability invariants leads to greater generalization to tasks with higher stability, but not the reverse. This indicates that, at least based on the experiments in this paper, an easier training task results in less generalization, challenging previous theories that focus on task difficulty (or precision). Instead, this paper posits that the structural stability of stimulus or task invariants is the key factor in explaining VPL generalization across different tasks

      Strengths:

      - The paper effectively demonstrates that the difficulty of a perceptual task does not necessarily correlate with its learning generalization to other tasks, challenging previous theories in the field of Visual Perceptual Learning. Instead, it proposes a significant and novel approach, suggesting that the form invariants of training stimuli are more reliable predictors of learning generalization. The results consistently bolster this theory, underlining the role of invariant stability in forecasting the extent of VPL generalization across different tasks.

      - The experiments conducted in the study are thoughtfully designed and provide robust support for the central claim about the significance of form invariants in VPL generalization.

      Weaknesses:

      - The paper assumes a considerable familiarity with the Erlangen program and the definitions of invariants and their structural stability, potentially alienating readers who are not versed in these concepts. This assumption may hinder the understanding of the paper's theoretical rationale and the selection of stimuli for the experiments, particularly for those unfamiliar with the Erlangen program's application in psychophysics. A brief introduction to these key concepts would greatly enhance the paper's accessibility. The justification for the chosen stimuli and the design of the three experiments could be more thoroughly articulated.

      We appreciate your feedback regarding the accessibility of our paper, particularly concerning the Erlangen Program and its associated concepts. We have revised the manuscript to include a more detailed introduction to Klein’s Erlangen Program in the second paragraph of Introduction section. It provides clear descriptions and illustrative examples for the three invariants within the Klein hierarchy of geometries, as well as the nested relationships among them (see revised Figure 1). We believe this addition will enhance the accessibility of the theoretical framework for readers who may not be familiar with these concepts.

      In the revised manuscript, we have also expanded the descriptions of the stimuli and experimental design for psychophysics experiments. These additions aim to clarify the rationale behind our choices, ensuring that readers can fully understand the connection between our theoretical framework and experimental approach.

      - The paper does not clearly articulate how its proposed theory can be integrated with existing observations in the field of VPL. While it acknowledges previous theories on VPL generalization, the paper falls short in explaining how its framework might apply to classical tasks and stimuli that have been widely used in the VPL literature, such as orientation or motion discrimination with Gabors, vernier acuity, etc. It also does not provide insight into the application of this framework to more naturalistic tasks or stimuli. If the stability of invariants is a key factor in predicting a task's generalization potential, the paper should elucidate how to define the stability of new stimuli or tasks. This issue ties back to the earlier mentioned weakness: namely, the absence of a clear explanation of the Erlangen program and its relevant concepts.

      We thank you for highlighting the necessary to integrate our proposed framework with existing observations in VPL research.

      Prior VPL studies have not concurrently examined multiple geometrical invariants with varying stability levels, making direct comparisons challenging. However, we have identified tasks from the literature that align with specific invariants. For example, orientation discrimination with Gabors (e.g., Dosher & Lu, 2005) and texture discrimination task (e.g., Wang et al., 2016) involve Euclidean invariants, and circle versus square discrimination (e.g., Kraft et al., 2010) involves affine invariants. On the other hand, our framework does not apply to studies using stimuli that are unrelated to geometric transformations, such as motion discrimination with Gabors or random dots, depth discrimination, vernier acuity, spatial frequency discrimination, contrast detection or discrimination.

      By focusing on geometrical properties of stimuli, our work addresses a gap in the field and introduces a novel approach to studying VPL through the lens of invariant extraction, echoing Gibson’s ecological approach to perceptual learning.

      In the revised manuscript, we have added a clearer explanation of Klein’s Erlangen Program, including the definition of geometrical invariants and their stability (the second paragraph in Introduction section). Additionally, we have expanded the Discussion section to draw more explicit comparisons between our results and previous studies on VPL generalization, highlighting both similarities and differences, as well as potential shared mechanisms.

      - The paper does not convincingly establish the necessity of its introduced concept of invariant stability for interpreting the presented data. For instance, consider an alternative explanation: performing in the collinearity task requires orientation invariance. Therefore, it's straightforward that learning the collinearity task doesn't aid in performing the other two tasks (parallelism and orientation), which do require orientation estimation. Interestingly, orientation invariance is more characteristic of higher visual areas, which, consistent with the Reverse Hierarchy Theory, are engaged more rapidly in learning compared to lower visual areas. This simpler explanation, grounded in established concepts of VPL and the tuning properties of neurons across the visual cortex, can account for the observed effects, at least in one scenario. This approach has previously been used/proposed to explain VPL generalization, as seen in (Chowdhury and DeAngelis, Neuron, 2008), (Liu and Pack, Neuron, 2017), and (Bakhtiari et al., JoV, 2020). The question then is: how does the concept of invariant stability provide additional insights beyond this simpler explanation?

      We appreciate your thoughtful alternative explanation. While this explanation accounts for why learning the collinearity task does not transfer to the orientation task—which requires orientation estimation—it does not explain why learning the collinearity task fails to transfer to the parallelism task, which requires orientation invariance rather than orientation estimation. Instead, the asymmetric transfer observed in our study could be perfectly explained by incorporating the framework of the Klein hierarchy of geometries.

      According to the Klein hierarchy, invariants with higher stability are more perceptually salient and detectable, and they are nested hierarchically, with higher-stability invariants encompassing lower-stability invariants (as clarified in the revised Introduction). In our invariant discrimination tasks, participants need only extract and utilize the most stable invariant to differentiate stimuli, optimizing their ability to discriminate that invariant while leaving the less stable invariants unoptimized.

      For example:

      • In the collinearity task, participants extract the most stable invariant, collinearity, to perform the task. Although the stimuli also contain differences in parallelism and orientation, these lower-stability invariants are not utilized or optimized during the task.

      • In the parallelism task, participants optimize their sensitivity to parallelism, the highest-stability invariant available in this task, while orientation, a lower-stability invariant, remains irrelevant and unoptimized.

      • In the orientation task, participants can only rely on differences in orientation to complete the task. Thus, the least stable invariant, orientation, is extracted and optimized.

      This hierarchical process explains why training on a higher-stability invariant (e.g., collinearity) does not transfer to tasks involving lower-stability invariants (e.g., parallelism or orientation). Conversely, tasks involving lower-stability invariants (e.g., orientation) can aid in tasks requiring higher-stability invariants, as these higher-stability invariants inherently encompass the lower ones, resulting in a low-to-high-stability transfer effect.

      This unique perspective underscores the importance of invariant stability in understanding generalization in VPL, complementing and extending existing theories such as the Reverse Hierarchy Theory. To help the reader understand our proposed theory, we revised the Introduction and Discussion section.

      - While the paper discusses the transfer of learning between tasks with varying levels of invariant stability, the mechanism of this transfer within each invariant condition remains unclear. A more detailed analysis would involve keeping the invariant's stability constant while altering a feature of the stimulus in the test condition. For example, in the VPL literature, one of the primary methods for testing generalization is examining transfer to a new stimulus location. The paper does not address the expected outcomes of location transfer in relation to the stability of the invariant. Moreover, in the affine and Euclidean conditions one could maintain consistent orientations for the distractors and targets during training, then switch them in the testing phase to assess transfer within the same level of invariant structural stability.

      We thank you for this good suggestion. Using one of the primary methods for test generalization, we performed a new psychophysics experiment to specifically examine how VPL generalizes to a new test location within a single invariant stability level (see Experiment 3 in the revised manuscript). The results show that the collinearity task exhibits greater location generalization compared to the parallelism task. This finding suggests the involvement of higher-order visual areas during high-stability invariant training, aligning with our theoretical framework based on the Reverse Hierarchy Theory (RHT). We attribute the unexpected location generalization observed in the orientation task to an additional requirement for spatial integration in its specific experimental design (as explained in the revised Results section “Location generalization within each invariant”). Moreover, based on previous VPL studies that have reported location specificity in orientation discrimination (Fiorentini and Berardi, 1980; Schoups et al., 1995; Shiu and Pashler, 1992), along with the substantial weight changes observed in lower layers of DNNs trained on the orientation task (Figure 9B, C), we infer that under a more controlled experimental design—such as the two-interval, two-alternative forced choice (2I2AFC) task employed in DNN simulations, where spatial integration is not required for any of the three invariants—the plasticity for orientation tasks would more likely occur in lower-order areas.

      In the revised manuscript, we have discussed how these findings, together with the observed asymmetric transfer across invariants and the distribution of learning across DNN layers, collectively reveal the neural mechanisms underlying VPL of geometrical invariants.

      - In the section detailing the modeling experiment using deep neural networks (DNN), the takeaway was unclear. While it was interesting to observe that the DNN exhibited a generalization pattern across conditions similar to that seen in the human experiments, the claim made in the abstract and introduction that the model provides a 'mechanistic' explanation for the phenomenon seems overstated. The pattern of weight changes across layers, as depicted in Figure 7, does not conclusively explain the observed variability in generalizations. Furthermore, the substantial weight change observed in the first two layers during the orientation discrimination task is somewhat counterintuitive. Given that neurons in early layers typically have smaller receptive fields and narrower tunings, one would expect this to result in less transfer, not more.

      We appreciate your suggestion regarding the clarity of DNN modeling. While the DNN employed in our study recapitulates several known behavioral and physiological VPL effects (Manenti et al., 2023; Wenliang and Seitz, 2018), we acknowledge that the claim in the abstract and introduction suggesting the model provides a ‘mechanistic’ explanation for the phenomenon may have been overstated. The DNN serves primarily as a tool to generate important predictions about the underlying neural substrates and provides a promising testbed for investigating learning-related plasticity in the visual hierarchy.

      In the revised manuscript, we have made significant improvements in explaining the weight change across DNN layers and its implication for understanding “when” and “where” learning occurs in the visual hierarchy. Specifically, in the Results ("Distribution of learning across layers") and Discussion sections, we have provided a more explicit explanation of the weight change across layers, emphasizing its implications for understanding the observed variability in generalizations and the underlying neural mechanisms.

      Regarding the substantial weight change observed in the first two layers during the orientation discrimination task, we interpret this as evidence that VPL of this least stable invariant relies more on the plasticity of lower-level brain areas, which may explain the poorer generalization performance to new locations or features observed in the previous literature (Fiorentini and Berardi, 1980; Schoups et al., 1995; Shiu and Pashler, 1992). However, this does not imply that learning effects of this least stable invariant cannot transfer to more stable invariants. From the perspective of Klein’s Erlangen program, the extraction of more stable invariants is implicitly required when processing less stable ones, which leads to their automatic learning. Additionally, within the framework of the Reverse Hierarchy Theory (RHT), plasticity in lower-level visual areas affects higher-level areas that receive the same low-level input, due to the feedforward anatomical hierarchy of the visual system (Ahissar and Hochstein, 2004, 1997; Markov et al., 2013; McGovern et al., 2012). Therefore, the improved signal from lower-level plasticity resulted from training on less stable invariants can enhance higher-level representations of more stable invariants, facilitating the transfer effect from low- to high-stability invariants.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The strengths of this paper are clear: The authors are asking a novel question about geometric representation that would be relevant to a broad audience. Their question has a clear grounding in pre-existing mathematical concepts, that, to my knowledge, have been only minimally explored in cognitive science. Moreover, the data themselves are quite striking, such that my only concern would be that the data seem almost *too* clean. It is hard to know what to make of that, however. From one perspective, this is even more reason the results should be publicly available. Yet I am of the (perhaps unorthodox) opinion that reviewers should voice these gut reactions, even if it does not influence the evaluation otherwise. Below I offer some more concrete comments:

      (1) The justification for the designs is not well explained. The authors simply tell the audience in a single sentence that they test projective, affine, and Euclidean geometry. But despite my familiarity with these terms -- familiarity that many readers may not have -- I still had to pause for a very long time to make sense of how these considerations led to the stimuli that were created. I think the authors must, for a point that is so central to the paper, thoroughly explain exactly why the stimuli were designed the way that they were and how these designs map onto the theoretical constructs being tested.

      We thank you for reminding us to better justify our experimental designs. In response, we have provided a detailed introduction to Klein’s Erlangen Program, describing projective, affine, and Euclidean geometries, their associated invariants, and the hierarchical relationships among them (see revised Introduction and Figure 1).

      All experiments in our study employed stimuli with varying structural stability (collinearity, parallelism, orientation, see revised Figure 2, 4), enabling us to investigate the impact of invariant stability on visual perceptual learning. Experiment 1 was adapted from paradigms studying the "configural superiority effect," commonly used to assess the salience of geometric invariants. This paradigm was chosen to align with and build upon related research, thereby enhancing comparability across studies. To address the limitations of Experiment 1 (as detailed in our Results section), Experiments 2, 3, and 4 employed a 2AFC (two-alternative forced choice)-like paradigm, which is more common in visual perceptual learning research. Additionally, we have expanded descriptions of our stimuli and designs. aiming to ensure clarity and accessibility for all readers.

      (2) I wondered if the design in Experiment 1 was flawed in one small but critical way. The goal of the parallelism stimuli, I gathered, was to have a set of items that is not parallel to the other set of items. But in doing that, isn't the manipulation effectively the same as the manipulation in the orientation stimuli? Both functionally involve just rotating one set by a fixed amount. (Note: This does not seem to be a problem in Experiment 2, in which the conditions are more clearly delineated.)

      We appreciate your insightful observation regarding the design of Experiment 1 and the potential similarity between the manipulations of the parallelism and orientation stimuli.

      The parallelism and orientation stimuli in Experiment 1 were originally introduced by Olson and Attneave (1970) to support line-based models of shape coding and were later adapted by Chen (1986) to measure the relative salience of different geometric properties. In the parallelism stimuli, the odd quadrant differs from the others in line slope, while in the orientation stimuli, the odd quadrant contains identical line segments but differs in the direction pointed by their angles. The faster detection of the odd quadrant in the parallelism stimuli compared to the orientation stimuli has traditionally been interpreted as evidence supporting line-based models of shape coding. However, as Chen (1986, 2005) proposed, the concept of invariants over transformations offers a different interpretation: in the parallelism stimuli, the fact that line segments share the same slope essentially implies that they are parallel, and the discrimination may be actually based on parallelism. This reinterpretation suggests that the superior performance with parallelism stimuli reflects the relative perceptual salience of parallelism (an affine invariant property) compared to the orientation of angles (a Euclidean invariant property).

      In the collinearity and orientation tasks, the odd quadrant and the other quadrants differ in their corresponding geometries, such as being collinear versus non-collinear. However, in the parallelism task, participants could rely either on the non-parallel relationship between the odd quadrant and the other quadrants or on the difference in line slope to complete the task, which can be seen as effectively similar to the manipulation in the orientation stimuli, as you pointed out. Nonetheless, this set of stimuli and the associated paradigm have been used in prior studies to address questions about Klein’s hierarchy of geometries (Chen, 2005; Wang et al., 2007; Meng et al., 2019). Given its historical significance and the importance of ensuring comparability with previous research, we adopted this set of stimuli despite its imperfections. Other limitations of this paradigm are discussed in the Results section (“The paradigm of ‘configural superiority effects’ with reaction time measures”), and optimized experimental designs were implemented in Experiment 2, 3, and 4 to produce more reliable results.

      (3) I wondered if the results would hold up for stimuli that were more diverse. It seems that a determined experimenter could easily design an "adversarial" version of these experiments for which the results would be unlikely to replicate. For instance: In the orientation group in Experiment 1, what if the odd-one-out was rotated 90 degrees instead of 180 degrees? Intuitively, it seems like this trial type would now be much easier, and the pattern observed here would not hold up. If it did hold up, that would provide stronger support for the authors' theory.

      It is not enough, in my opinion, to simply have some confirmatory evidence of this theory. One would have to have thoroughly tested many possible ways that theory could fail. I'm unsure that enough has been done here to convince me that these ideas would hold up across a more diverse set of stimuli.

      Thanks for your nice suggestion to validate our results using more diverse stimuli. However, the limitations of Experiment 1 make it less suitable for rigorous testing of diverse or "adversarial" stimuli. In addition to the limitation discussed in response to (2), another issue is that participants may rely on grouping effects among shapes in the quadrants, rather than solely extracting the geometrical invariants that are the focus of our study. As a result, the reaction times measured in this paradigm may not exclusively reflect the extraction time of geometrical invariants but could also be influenced by these grouping effects.

      Therefore, we have shifted our focus to the improved design used in Experiment 2 to provide stronger evidence for our theory. Building on this more robust design, we have extended our investigations to study location generalization (revised Experiment 3) and long-term learning effects (revised Figure 6—figure supplement 2). These enhancements allow us to provide stronger evidence for our theory while addressing potential confounds present in Experiment 1.

      While we did not explicitly test the 90-degree rotation scenario in Experiment 1, future studies could employ more diverse set of stimuli within the Experiment 2 framework to better understand the limits and applicability of our theoretical predictions. We appreciate this suggestion, as it offers a valuable direction for further research.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Major comments:

      - A concise introduction to the Erlangen program, geometric invariants, and their structural stability would greatly enhance the paper. This would not only clarify these concepts for readers unfamiliar with them but also provide a more intuitive explanation for the choice of tasks and stimuli used in the study.

      - I recommend adding a section that discusses how this new framework aligns with previous observations in VPL, especially those involving more classical stimuli like Gabors, random dot kinematograms, etc. This would help in contextualizing the framework within the broader spectrum of VPL research.

      - Exploring how each level of invariant stability transfers within itself would be an intriguing addition. Previous theories often consider transfer within a condition. For instance, in an orientation discrimination task, a challenging training condition might transfer less to a new stimulus test location (e.g., a different visual quadrant). Applying a similar approach to examine how VPL generalizes to a new test location within a single invariant stability level could provide insightful contrasts between the proposed theory and existing ones. This would be particularly relevant in the context of Experiment 2, which could be adapted for such a test.

      - I suggest including some example learning curves from the human experiment for a more clear demonstration of the differences in the learning rates across conditions. Easier conditions are expected to be learned faster (i.e. plateau faster to a higher accuracy level). The learning speed is reported for the DNN but not for the human subjects.

      - In the modeling section, it would be beneficial to focus on offering an explanation for the observed generalization as a function of the stability of the invariants. As it stands, the neural network model primarily demonstrates that DNNs replicate the same generalization pattern observed in human experiments. While this finding is indeed interesting, the model currently falls short of providing deeper insights or explanations. A more detailed analysis of how the DNN model contributes to our understanding of the relationship between invariant stability and generalization would significantly enhance this section of the paper.

      Minor comments:

      - Line 46: "it is remains" --> "it remains"

      - Larger font sizes for the vertical axis in Figure 6B would be helpful.

      We thank your detailed and constructive comments, which have significantly helped us improve the clarity and rigor of our manuscript. Below, we provide a response to each point raised.

      Major Comments

      (1) A concise introduction to the Erlangen program, geometric invariants, and their structural stability:

      We appreciate your suggestion to provide a clearer introduction to these foundational concepts. In the revised manuscript, we have added a dedicated section in the Introduction that offers a concise explanation of Klein’s Erlangen Program, including the concept of geometric invariants and their structural stability. This addition aims to make the theoretical framework more accessible to readers unfamiliar with these concepts and to better justify the choice of tasks and stimuli used in the study.

      (2) Contextualizing the framework within the broader spectrum of VPL research:

      We have expanded the Discussion section to better integrate our framework with previous VPL studies that reported generalization, including those using classical stimuli such as Gabors (Dosher and Lu, 2005; Hung and Seitz, 2014; Jeter et al., 2009; Liu and Pack, 2017; Manenti et al., 2023) and random dot kinematograms (Chang et al., 2013; Chen et al., 2016; Huang et al., 2007; Liu and Pack, 2017). In particular, we now discuss the similarities and differences between our findings and these earlier studies, exploring potential shared mechanisms underlying VPL generalization across different types of stimuli. These additions aim to contextualize our framework within the broader field of VPL research and highlight its relevance to existing literature.

      (3) Exploring transfer within each invariant stability level:

      In response to this insightful suggestion, we have added a new psychophysics experiment in the revised manuscript (Experiment 3) to examine how VPL generalizes to a new test location within the same invariant stability level. This experiment provides an opportunity to further explore the neural substrates underlying VPL of geometrical invariants, offering a contrast to existing theories and strengthening the connection between our framework and location generalization findings in the VPL literature.

      (4) Including example learning curves from the human experiments:

      We appreciate your suggestion to include learning curves for human subjects. In the revised manuscript, we have added learning curves of long-term VPL (see revised Figure 6—figure supplement 2) to track the temporal learning processes across invariant conditions. Interestingly, and in contrast to the results reported in the DNN simulations, these curves show that less stable invariants are learned faster and exhibit greater magnitudes of learning. We interpret this discrepancy as a result of differences in initial performance levels between humans and DNNs, as discussed in the revised Discussion section.

      (5) Offering a deeper explanation of the DNN model's findings:

      We acknowledge your concern that the modeling section primarily demonstrates that DNNs replicate human generalization patterns without offering deeper mechanistic insights. To address this, we have expanded the Results and Discussion sections to more explicitly interpret the weight change patterns observed across DNN layers in relation to invariant stability and generalization. We discuss how the model contributes to understanding the observed generalization within and across invariants with different stability, focusing on the neural network's role in generating predictions about the neural mechanisms underlying these effects.

      Minor Comments

      (1) Line 46: Correction of “it is remains” to “it remains”:

      We have corrected this typo in the revised manuscript.

      (2) Vertical axis font size in Figure 6B:

      We have increased the font size of the vertical axis labels in revised Figure 8B for improved readability.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) There are many details throughout the paper that are confusing, such as the caption for Figure 4, which does not appear to correspond to what is shown (and is perhaps a copy-paste of the caption for Experiment 1?). Similarly, I wasn't sure about many methodological details, like: How participants made their second response in Experiment 2? It says somewhere that they pressed the corresponding key to indicate which one was the target, but I didn't see anything explaining what that meant. Also, I couldn't tell if the items in the figures were representative of all trials; the stimuli were described minimally in the paper.

      (2) The language in the paper felt slightly off at times, in minor but noticeable ways. Consider the abstract. The word "could" in the first sentence is confusing, and, more generally, that first sentence is actually quite vague (i.e., it just states something that would appear to be true of any perceptual system). In the following sentence, I wasn't sure what was meant by "prior to be perceived in the visual system". Though I was able to discern what the authors were intending to say most times, I was required to "read between the lines" a bit. This is not to fault the authors. But these issues need to be addressed, I think.

      (1) We sincerely apologize for the oversight regarding the caption for (original) Figure 4, and thank you for pointing out this error. In the revised manuscript, we have corrected the caption for Figure 4 (revised Figure 5) and ensured it accurately describes the content of the figure. Additionally, we have strengthened the descriptions of the stimuli and tasks in both the Materials and Methods section and the captions for (revised) Figures 4 and 5 to provide a clearer and more comprehensive explanation of Experiment 2. These revisions aim to help readers fully understand the experimental design and methodology.

      (2) We appreciate your feedback regarding the clarity and precision of the language in the manuscript. We acknowledge that some expressions, particularly in the abstract, were unclear or imprecise. In the revised manuscript, we have rewritten the abstract to improve clarity and ensure that the statements are concise and accurately convey our intended meaning. Additionally, we have thoroughly reviewed the entire manuscript to address any other instances of ambiguous language, aiming to eliminate the need for readers to "read between the lines." We are grateful for your suggestions, which have helped us enhance the overall readability of the paper.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This is a valuable paper that might contribute new insight into the role of GABA in semantic memory, which is a significant question in higher cognition. However, the empirical support for the main claims is incomplete. These results, once further strengthened and more appropriately discussed, will be of interest to broad readers of the neuroscience and cognitive neuroscience community.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study examined the changes in ATL GABA levels induced by cTBS and its relationship with BOLD signal changes and performance in a semantic task. The findings suggest that the increase in ATL GABA levels induced by cTBS is associated with a decrease in BOLD signal. The relationship between ATL GABA levels and semantic task performance is nonlinear, and more specifically, the authors propose that the relationship is an inverted U-shaped relationship.

      Strengths:

      The findings of the research regarding the increase of GABA and decrease of BOLD caused by cTBS, as well as the correlation between the two, appear to be reliable. This should be valuable for understanding the biological effects of cTBS.

      Weakness:

      I am pleased to see the authors' feedback on my previous questions and suggestions, and I believe the additional data analysis they have added is helpful. Here are my reserved concerns and newly discovered issues.

      (1) Regarding the Inverted U-Shaped Curve In the revised manuscript, the authors have accepted some of my suggestions and conducted further analysis, which is now presented in Figure 3B. These results provide partial support for the authors' hypothesis. However, I still believe that the data from this study hardly convincingly support an inverted U-shaped distribution relationship.<br /> The authors stated in their response, "it is challenging to determine the optimal level of ATL GABA," but I think this is achievable. From Figures 4C and 4D, the ATL GABA levels corresponding to the peak of the inverted U-shaped curve fall between 85 and 90. In my understanding, this can be considered as the optimal level of ATL GABA estimated based on the existing data and the inverted U-shaped curve relationship. However, in the latter half of the inverted U-shaped curve, there are quite few data points, and such a small number of data points hardly provides reliable support for the quantitative relationship in the latter half of the curve. I suggest that the authors should at least explicitly acknowledge this and be cautious in drawing conclusions. I also suggest that the authors consider fitting the data with more types of non-linear relationships, such as a ceiling effect (a combination of a slope and a horizontal line), or a logarithmic curve.

      (2) In Figure 2F, the authors demonstrated a strong practice effect in this study, which to some extent offsets the decrease in behavioral performance caused by cTBS. Therefore, I recommend that the authors give sufficient consideration to the practice effect in the data analysis.<br /> One issue is the impact of the practice effect on the classification of responders and non-responders. Currently, most participants are classified as non-responders, suggesting that the majority of the population may not respond to the cTBS used in this study. This greatly challenges the generalizability of the experimental conclusions. However, the emergence of so many non-responders is likely due to the prominent practice effect, which offsets part of the experimental effect. If the practice effect is excluded, the number of responders may increase. The authors might estimate the practice effect based on the vertex simulation condition and reclassify participants after excluding the influence of the practice effect.<br /> Another issue is that considering the significant practice effect, the analysis in Figure 4D, which mixes pre- and post-test data, may not be reliable.

      (3) The analysis in Figure 3A has a double dipping issue. Suppose we generate 100 pairs of random numbers as pre- and post-test scores, and then group the data based on whether the scores decrease or increase; the pre-test scores of the group with decreased scores will have a very high probability of being higher than those of the group with increased scores. Therefore, the findings in Figure 3A seem to be meaningless.

      (4) The authors use IE as a behavioral measure in some analyses and use accuracy in others. I recommend that the authors adopt a consistent behavioral measure.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors combined inhibitory neurostimulation (continuous theta-burst stimulation, cTBS) with subsequent MRI measurements to investigate the impact of inhibition of the left anterior temporal lobe (ATL) on task-related activity and performance during a semantic task and link stimulation-induced changes to the neurochemical level by including MR spectroscopy (MRS). cTBS effects in the ATL were compared with a control site in the vertex. The authors found that relative to stimulation of the vertex, cTBS significantly increased the local GABA concentration in the ATL. cTBS also decreased task-related semantic activity in the ATL and potentially delayed semantic task performance by hindering a practice effect from pre to post. Finally, pooled data with their previous MRS study suggest an inverted u-shape between GABA concentration and behavioral performance. These results help to better understand the neuromodulatory effects of non-invasive brain stimulation on task performance.

      Strengths:

      Multimodal assessment of neurostimulation effects on the behavioral, neurochemical, and neural levels. In particular, the link between GABA modulation and behavior is timely and potentially interesting.

      Weaknesses:

      The analyses are not sound. Some of the effects are very weak and not all conclusions are supported by the data since some of the comparisons are not justified. There is some redundancy with a previous paper by the same authors, so the novelty and contribution to the field are overall limited. A network approach might help here.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors used cTBS TMS, magnetic resonance spectroscopy (MRS), and functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) as the main methods of investigation. Their data show that cTBS modulates GABA concentration and task-dependent BOLD in the ATL, whereby greater GABA increase following ATL cTBS showed greater reductions in BOLD changes in ATL. This effect was also reflected in the performance of the behavioural task response times, which did not subsume to practice effects after AL cTBS as opposed to the associated control site and control task. This is in line with their first hypothesis. The data further indicates that regional GABA concentrations in the ATL play a crucial role in semantic memory because individuals with higher (but not excessive) GABA concentrations in the ATLs performed better on the semantic task. This is in line with their second prediction. Finally, the authors conducted additional analyses to explore the mechanistic link between ATL inhibitory GABAergic action and semantic task performance. They show that this link is best captured by an inverted U-shaped function as a result of a quadratic linear regression model. Fitting this model to their data indicates that increasing GABA levels led to better task performance as long as they were not excessively low or excessively high. This was first tested as a relationship between GABA levels in the ATL and semantic task performance; then the same analyses were performed on the pre and post-cTBS TMS stimulation data, showing the same pattern. These results are in line with the conclusions of the authors.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have comprehensively addressed my comments from the first round of review, and I consider most of their answers and the steps they have taken satisfactorily. Their insights prompted me to reflect further on my own knowledge and thinking regarding the ATL function.

      I do, however, have an additional and hopefully constructive comment regarding the point made about the study focusing on the left instead of bilateral ATL. I appreciate the methodological complexities and the pragmatic reasons underlying this decision. Nevertheless, briefly incorporating the justification for this decision into the manuscript would have been beneficial for clarity and completeness. The presented argument follows an interesting logic; however, despite strong previous evidence supporting it, the approach remains based on an assumption. Given that the authors now provide the group-level fMRI results captured more comprehensively in Supplementary Figure 2, where the bilateral pattern of fMRI activation can be observed in the current data, the authors could have strengthened their argument by asserting that the activation related to the given semantic association task in this data was bilateral. This would imply that the TMS effects and associated changes in GABA should be similar for both sites. Furthermore, it is worth noting the approach taken by Pobric et al. (2007, PNAS), who stimulated a site located 10 mm posterior to the tip of the left temporal pole along the middle temporal gyrus (MTG) and not the bilateral ATL.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This valuable study investigates the immune system's role in pre-eclampsia. The authors map the immune cell landscape of the human placenta and find an increase in macrophages and Th17 cells in patients with pre-eclampsia. Following mouse studies, the authors suggest that the IGF1-IGF1R pathway might play a role in how macrophages influence T cells, potentially driving the pathology of pre-eclampsia. There is convincing evidence in this study that will be of interest to immunologists and developmental biologists.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study explores the immune microenvironment of the placenta in preeclampsia (PE), which is often accompanied by gestational diabetes mellitus (GDM). Using CyTOF, they found that placentas from PE cases showed increased frequencies of memory-like Th17 cells, memory-like CD8⁺ T cells, and pro-inflammatory macrophages, alongside decreased levels of anti-inflammatory macrophages and granulocyte myeloid-derived suppressor cells (gMDSCs) compared to normal pregnancies. Further analysis revealed a positive correlation between pro-inflammatory macrophages and the expanded T cell populations, and a negative correlation with gMDSCs. Single-cell RNA sequencing provided mechanistic insights: transferring a specific subset of pro-inflammatory macrophages (F4/80⁺CD206⁻ with a distinct gene expression profile) from the uterus of PE mice to normal pregnant mice induced the formation of pathogenic memory-like Th17 cells via the IGF1-IGF1R pathway. This cellular interplay not only contributed to the development but also to the recurrence of PE. Additionally, these macrophages promoted the production of memory-like CD8⁺ T cells while inhibiting gMDSCs at the maternal-fetal interface, culminating in PE-like symptoms in mice. In conclusion, the study identifies a PE-specific immune cell network regulated by pro-inflammatory macrophages, offering new insights into the pathogenesis of preeclampsia.

      Strengths:

      Utilization of both human placental samples and multiple mouse models to explore the mechanisms linking inflammatory macrophages and T cells to preeclampsia (PE).<br /> Incorporation of cutting-edge and complementary techniques such as CyTOF, scRNA-seq, bulk RNA-seq, and flow cytometry.

      Identification of specific immune cell populations and their roles in PE.<br /> Demonstration of the adverse effects of pro-inflammatory macrophages and T cells on pregnancy outcomes through in vivo manipulations.

      Comments on revised version:

      Several weaknesses were addressed during revision by conducting additional experiments, clarifying the manuscript's text, and incorporating new data that was not initially included.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Fei, Lu, Shi, et al. present a thorough evaluation of the immune cell landscape in pre-eclamptic human placentas by single-cell multi-omics methodologies compared to normal control placentas. Based on their findings of elevated frequencies of inflammatory macrophages and memory-like Th17 cells, they employ adoptive cell transfer mouse models to interrogate the coordination and function of these cell types in pre-eclampsia immunopathology. They demonstrate the putative role of the IGF1-IGF1R axis as the key pathway by which inflammatory macrophages in the placenta skew CD4+ T cells towards an inflammatory IL-17A-secreting phenotype that may drive tissue damage, vascular dysfunction, and elevated blood pressure in pre-eclampsia, leaving researchers with potential translational opportunities to pursue this pathway in this indication.

      They present a major advance to the field in their profiling of human placental immune cells from pre-eclampsia patients where most extant single-cell atlases focus on term versus preterm placenta, or largely examine trophoblast biology with a much rarer subset of immune cells. While the authors present vast amounts of data at both the protein and RNA transcript level, we, the reviewers, feel this manuscript is still in need of much more clarity in its main messaging, and more discretion in including only key data that supports this main message most effectively.

      Strengths:

      (1) This study combines human and mouse analyses and allows for some amount of mechanistic insight into the role of pro-inflammatory and anti-inflammatory macrophages in the pathogenesis of pre-eclampsia (PE), and their interaction with Th17 cells.

      (2) Importantly, they do this using matched cohorts across normal pregnancy and common PE comorbidities like gestation diabetes (GDM).

      (3) The authors have developed clear translational opportunities from these "big data" studies by moving to pursue potential IGF1-based interventions.

      [Editors' note: the authors have provided responses to the previously identified weaknesses]

    4. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1(Public review):

      Strengths:

      Utilization of both human placental samples and multiple mouse models to explore the mechanisms linking inflammatory macrophages and T cells to preeclampsia (PE).<br /> Incorporation of advanced techniques such as CyTOF, scRNA-seq, bulk RNA-seq, and flow cytometry.

      Identification of specific immune cell populations and their roles in PE, including the IGF1-IGF1R ligand-receptor pair in macrophage-mediated Th17 cell differentiation.<br /> Demonstration of the adverse effects of pro-inflammatory macrophages and T cells on pregnancy outcomes through transfer experiments.

      Weaknesses:

      Comment 1. Inconsistent use of uterine and placental cells, which are distinct tissues with different macrophage populations, potentially confounding results.

      Response1: We thank the reviewers' comments. We have done the green fluorescent protein (GFP) pregnant mice-related animal experiment, which was not shown in this manuscript. The wild-type (WT) female mice were mated with either transgenic male mice, genetically modified to express GFP, or with WT male mice, in order to generate either GFP-expressing pups (GFP-pups) or their genetically unmodified counterparts (WT-pups), respectively. Mice were euthanized on day 18.5 of gestation, and the uteri of the pregnant females and the placentas of the offspring were analyzed using flow cytometry. The majority of macrophages in the uterus and placenta are of maternal origin, which was defined by GFP negative. In contrast, fetal-derived macrophages, distinguished by their expression of GFP, represent a mere fraction of the total macrophage population. We have added the GFP pregnant mice-related data in uterine and placental cells (Line204-212).

      Comment 2. Missing observational data for the initial experiment transferring RUPP-derived macrophages to normal pregnant mice.

      Response 2: We thank the reviewers' comments. We have added the observational data (Figure 4-figure supplement 1D, 1E) and a corresponding description of the data (Line 198-203).

      Comment 3. Unclear mechanisms of anti-macrophage compounds and their effects on placental/fetal macrophages.

      Response 3: We thank the reviewers' comments. PLX3397, the inhibitor of CSF1R, which is needed for macrophage development (Nature. 2023, PMID: 36890231; Cell Mol Immunol. 2022, PMID: 36220994), we have stated that on Line 227-230. However, PLX3397 is a small molecule compound that possesses the potential to cross the placental barrier and affect fetal macrophages. We have discussed the impact of this factor on the experiment in the Discussion section (Line457-459).

      Comment 4. Difficulty in distinguishing donor cells from recipient cells in murine single-cell data complicates interpretation.

      Response 4: We thank the reviewers' comments. Upon analysis, we observed a notable elevation in the frequency of total macrophages within the CD45<sup>+</sup> cell population. Then we subsequently performed macrophage clustering and uncovered a marked increase in the frequency of Cluster 0, implying a potential correlation between Cluster 0 and donor-derived cells. RNA sequencing revealed that the F480<sup>+</sup>CD206<sup>-</sup> pro-inflammatory donor macrophages exhibited a Folr2<sup>+</sup>Ccl7<sup>+</sup>Ccl8<sup>+</sup>C1qa<sup>+</sup>C1qb<sup>+</sup>C1qc<sup>+</sup> phenotype, which is consistent with the phenotype of cluster 0 in macrophages observed in single-cell RNA sequencing (Figure 4D and Figure 5E). Therefore, we believe that the donor cells should be cluster 0 in macrophages.

      Comment 5. Limitation of using the LPS model in the final experiments, as it more closely resembles systemic inflammation seen in endotoxemia rather than the specific pathology of PE.

      Response 5: We thank the reviewers' comments. Firstly, our other animal experiments in this manuscript used the Reduction in Uterine Perfusion Pressure (RUPP) mouse model to simulate the pathology of PE. However, the RUPP model requires ligation of the uterine arteries in pregnant mice on day 12.5 of gestation, which hinders T cells returning from the tail vein from reaching the maternal-fetal interface. In addition, this experiment aims to prove that CD4<sup>+</sup> T cells are differentiated into memory-like Th17 cells through IGF-1R receptor signaling to affect pregnancy by clearing CD4<sup>+</sup> T cells in vivo with an anti-CD4 antibody followed by injecting IGF-1R inhibitor-treated CD4<sup>+</sup> T cells. And we proved that injection of RUPP-derived memory-like CD4<sup>+</sup> T cells into pregnant mice induces PE-like symptoms (Figure 6F-6H). In summary, the application of the LPS model in the final experiments does not affect the conclusions.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Strengths:

      (1) This study combines human and mouse analyses and allows for some amount of mechanistic insight into the role of pro-inflammatory and anti-inflammatory macrophages in the pathogenesis of pre-eclampsia (PE), and their interaction with Th17 cells.

      (2) Importantly, they do this using matched cohorts across normal pregnancy and common PE comorbidities like gestation diabetes (GDM).

      (3) The authors have developed clear translational opportunities from these "big data" studies by moving to pursue potential IGF1-based interventions.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Clearly the authors generated vast amounts of multi-omic data using CyTOF and single-cell RNA-seq (scRNA-seq), but their central message becomes muddled very quickly. The reader has to do a lot of work to follow the authors' multiple lines of inquiry rather than smoothly following along with their unified rationale. The title description tells fairly little about the substance of the study. The manuscript is very challenging to follow. The paper would benefit from substantial reorganizations and editing for grammatical and spelling errors. For example, RUPP is introduced in Figure 4 but in the text not defined or even talked about what it is until Figure 6. (The figure comparing pro- and anti-inflammatory macrophages does not add much to the manuscript as this is an expected finding).

      Response 1: We thank the reviewers' comments. According to the reviewer's suggestion, we have made the necessary revisions. Firstly, the title of the article has been modified to be more specific. We also introduce the RUPP mouse model when interpreted Figure 4-figure supplement 1. Thirdly, We have moved the images of Figure 7 to the Figure 6-figure supplement 2 make them easier to follow. Finally, we diligently corrected the grammatical and spelling errors in the article. As for the figure comparing pro- and anti-inflammatory macrophages, the Editor requested a more comprehensive description of the macrophage phenotype during the initial submission. As a result, we conducted the transcriptome RNA-seq of both uterine-derived pro-inflammatory and anti-inflammatory macrophages and conducted a detailed analysis of macrophages in scRNA-seq.

      Comment 2. The methods lack critical detail about how human placenta samples were processed. The maternal-fetal interface is a highly heterogeneous tissue environment and care must be taken to ensure proper focus on maternal or fetal cells of origin. Lacking this detail in the present manuscript, there are many unanswered questions about the nature of the immune cells analyzed. It is impossible to figure out which part of the placental unit is analyzed for the human or mouse data. Is this the decidua, the placental villi, or the fetal membranes? This is of key importance to the central findings of the manuscript as the immune makeup of these compartments is very different. Or is this analyzed as the entirety of the placenta, which would be a mix of these compartments and significantly less exciting?

      Response 2: We thank the reviewers' comments. Placental villi rather than fetal membranes and decidua were used for CyToF in this study. This detail about how human placenta samples were processed have been added to the Materials and Methods section (Line564-576).

      Comment 3. Similarly, methods lack any detail about the analysis of the CyTOF and scRNAseq data, much more detail needs to be added here. How were these clustered, what was the QC for scRNAseq data, etc? The two small paragraphs lack any detail.

      Response 3: We thank the reviewers' comments. The details about the analysis of the CyTOF (Line577-586) and scRNAseq (Line600-615) data have been added in the Materials and Methods section.

      Comment 4. There is also insufficient detail presented about the quantities or proportions of various cell populations. For example, gdT cells represent very small proportions of the CyTOF plots shown in Figures 1B, 1C, & 1E, yet in Figures 2I, 2K, & 2K there are many gdT cells shown in subcluster analysis without a description of how many cells are actually represented, and where they came from. How were biological replicates normalized for fair statistical comparison between groups?

      Response 4: We thank the reviewers' comments. In our study, approximately 8×10^<sup>5</sup> cells were collected per group for analysis using CyTOF. Of these, about 10% (8×10^<sup>4</sup> cells per group) were utilized to generate Figure 1B. As depicted in Figure 1B, gdT cells constitute roughly 1% of each group, with specific percentages as follows: NP group (1.23%), PE group (0.97%), GDM group (0.94%), and GDM&PE group (1.26%), which equates to approximately 800 cells per group. For the subsequent gdT cell analysis presented in Figure 2I, we employed data from all cells within each group to construct the tSNE maps, comprising approximately 8000 cells per group. Consequently, it may initially appear that the number of gdT cells is significantly higher than what is shown in Figure 1B. To clarify this, we have included pertinent explanations in the figure legend. Given the relatively low proportions of gdT cells, we did not pursue further investigations of these cells in subsequent experiments. Following your suggestion, we have relocated this result to the supplementary materials, where it is now presented as Figure 2-figure supplement 1D-E.

      The number of biological replicates (samples) is consistent with Figure 1, and this information has been added to the figure legend.

      Comment 5. The figures themselves are very tricky to follow. The clusters are numbered rather than identified by what the authors think they are, the numbers are so small, that they are challenging to read. The paper would be significantly improved if the clusters were clearly labeled and identified. All the heatmaps and the abundance of clusters should be in separate supplementary figures.

      Response 5: We thank the reviewers' comments. Based on your suggestions, we have labeled and defined the Clusters (Figure 2A, 2F, Figure 3A, Figure 5C and Figure 6A). Additionally, we have moved most of the heatmaps to the supplementary materials.

      Comment 6. The authors should take additional care when constructing figures that their biological replicates (and all replicates) are accurately represented. Figure 2H-2K shows N=10 data points for the normal pregnant (NP) samples when clearly their Table 1 and test denote they only studied N=9 normal subjects.

      Response 6: We thank the reviewers' careful checking. During our verification, we found that one sample in the NP group had pregnancy complications other than PE and GDM. The data in Figure 2H-2K was not updated in a timely manner. We have promptly updated this data and reanalyze it.

      Comment 7. There is little to no evaluation of regulatory T cells (Tregs) which are well known to undergird maternal tolerance of the fetus, and which are well known to have overlapping developmental trajectory with RORgt+ Th17 cells. We recommend the authors evaluate whether the loss of Treg function, quantity, or quality leaves CD4+ effector T cells more unrestrained in their effect on PE phenotypes. References should include, accordingly: PMCID: PMC6448013 / DOI: 10.3389/fimmu.2019.00478; PMC4700932 / DOI: 10.1126/science.aaa9420.

      Response 7: We thank the reviewers' comments. We have done the Treg-related animal experiment, which was not shown in this manuscript. We have added the Treg-related data in Figure 6F-6H. The injection of CD4<sup>+</sup>CD44<sup>+</sup> T cells derived from RUPP mouse, characterized by a reduced frequency of Tregs, could induce PE-like symptoms in pregnant mice (Line297-304). Additionally, we have added a necessary discussion about Tregs and cited the literature you mentioned (Line433-439).

      Comment 8. In discussing gMDSCs in Figure 3, the authors have missed key opportunities to evaluate bona fide Neutrophils. We recommend they conduct FACS or CyTOF staining including CD66b if they have additional tissues or cells available. Please refer to this helpful review article that highlights key points of distinguishing human MDSC from neutrophils: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41577-024-01062-0. This will both help the evaluation of potentially regulatory myeloid cells that may suppress effector T cells as well as aid in understanding at the end of the study if IL-17 produced by CD4+ Th17 cells might recruit neutrophils to the placenta and cause ROS immunopathology and fetal resorption.

      Response 8: We thank the reviewers' comments. Although we do not have additional tissues or cells available to conduct FACS or CyTOF staining, including for CD66b, we have utilized CD15 and CD66b antibodies for immunofluorescence stain of placental tissue, and our findings revealed a pronounced increase in the proportion of neutrophils among PE patients, fostering the hypothesis that IL-17A produced by Th17 cells might orchestrate the migration of neutrophils towards the placental milieu (Figure 6-figure supplement 2F; Line 325-328). We have cited these references and discussed them in the Discussion section (Line 459-465).

      Comment 9. Depletion of macrophages using several different methodologies (PLX3397, or clodronate liposomes) should be accompanied by supplementary data showing the efficiency of depletion, especially within tissue compartments of interest (uterine horns, placenta). The clodronate piece is not at all discussed in the main text. Both should be addressed in much more detail.

      Response 9: We thank the reviewers' comments. We already have the additional data on the efficiency of macrophage depletion involving PLX3397 and clodronate liposomes, which were not present in this manuscript, and we'll add it to the Figure 4-figure supplement 2A,2B. The clodronate piece is mentioned in the main text (Line236-239), but only briefly described, because the results using clodronate we obtained were similar to those using PLX3397.

      Comment 10. There are many heatmaps and tSNE / UMAP plots with unhelpful labels and no statistical tests applied. Many of these plots (e.g. Figure 7) could be moved to supplemental figures or pared down and combined with existing main figures to help the authors streamline and unify their message.

      Response 10: We thank the reviewers' comments. We have moved the images of Figure 7 to the Figure 6-figure supplement 2. We also have moved most of the heatmaps to the supplementary materials.

      Comment 11. There are claims that this study fills a gap that "only one report has provided an overall analysis of immune cells in the human placental villi in the presence and absence of spontaneous labor at term by scRNA-seq (Miller 2022)" (lines 362-364), yet this study itself does not exhaustively study all immune cell subsets...that's a monumental task, even with the two multi-omic methods used in this paper. There are several other datasets that have performed similar analyses and should be referenced.

      Response 11: We thank the reviewers' comments. We have search for more literature and reference additional studies that have conducted similar analyses (Line382-393).

      Comment 12. Inappropriate statistical tests are used in many of the analyses. Figures 1-2 use the Shapiro-Wilk test, which is a test of "goodness of fit", to compare unpaired groups. A Kruskal-Wallis or other nonparametric t-test is much more appropriate. In other instances, there is no mention of statistical tests (Figures 6-7) at all. Appropriate tests should be added throughout.

      Response 12: We thank the reviewers' comments. As stated in the Statistical Analysis section (lines 672-676), the Kruskal-Wallis test was used to compare the results of experiments with multiple groups. Comparisons between the two groups in Figures 5 were conducted using Student's t-test. The aforementioned statistical methods have been included in the figure legends.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Overall, the study has several strengths, including the use of human samples and animal models, as well as the incorporation of multiple cutting-edge techniques. However, there are some significant issues with the murine model experiments that need to be addressed:

      Comment 1. The authors are not consistent in their use of or focus on uterine and placental cells. These are distinct tissues, and numerous prior reports have indicated differences in the macrophage populations of these tissues, due in part to the predominantly maternal origin of macrophages in the uterus and the largely fetal origin of those in the placenta. The rationale for switching between uterine and placental cells in different experiments is not clear, and the inclusion of cells from both (such as in the bulk RNAseq experiments) could be potentially confounding.

      Response 1: We thank the reviewers' comments. We have done the green fluorescent protein (GFP) pregnant mice-related animal experiment, which was not shown in this manuscript. The wild-type (WT) female mice were mated with either transgenic male mice, genetically modified to express GFP, or with WT male mice, in order to generate either GFP-expressing pups (GFP-pups) or their genetically unmodified counterparts (WT-pups), respectively. Mice were euthanized on day 18.5 of gestation, and the uteri of the pregnant females and the placentas of the offspring were analyzed using flow cytometry. The majority of macrophages in the uterus and placenta are of maternal origin, which was defined by GFP negative. In contrast, fetal-derived macrophages, distinguished by their expression of GFP, represent a mere fraction of the total macrophage population, signifying their inconsequential or restricted presence amidst the broader cellular landscape. We have added the GPF pregnant mice-related data in Figure 4-figure supplement 1D-1E to explain the different macrophage populations in the uterine and placental cells.

      Comment 2. The observational data for the initial experiment transferring RUPP-derived macrophages to normal pregnant mice (without any other manipulations) seems to be missing. They do not seem to be presented in Figure 4 where they are expected based on the results text.

      Response 2: We thank the reviewers' comments. We thank the reviewers' comments. We have added the observational data (Figure 4-figure supplement 1D, 1E) and a corresponding description of the data (Line 198-203).

      Comment 3. The action of the anti-macrophage compounds is not well explained, nor are their mechanisms validated as affecting or not affecting the placental/fetal macrophage populations. It is important to clarify whether the macrophages are depleted or merely inhibited by these treatments, and it is absolutely critical to determine whether these treatments are affecting placental/fetal macrophage populations (the latter indicative of placental transfer), given the focus on placental macrophages.

      Response 3: We thank the reviewers' comments. PLX3397, the inhibitor of CSF1R, which is needed for macrophage development (Nature. 2023, PMID: 36890231; Cell Mol Immunol. 2022, PMID: 36220994), we have stated that on Line227-230. However, PLX3397 is a small molecule compound that possesses the potential to cross the placental barrier and affect fetal macrophages. We will discuss the impact of this factor on the experiment in the Discussion section (Line457-459).

      Comment 4. The interpretation of the murine single-cell data is hampered by the lack of means for distinguishing donor cells from recipient cells, which is important when seeking to identify the influence of the donor cells.

      Response 4: We thank the reviewers' comments. Upon analysis, we observed a notable elevation in the frequency of total macrophages within the CD45<sup>+</sup> cell population. Then we subsequently per formed macrophage clustering and uncovered a marked increase in the frequency of Cluster 0, implying a potential correlation between Cluster 0 and donor-derived cells. RNA sequencing revealed that the F480<sup>+</sup>CD206<sup>-</sup> pro-inflammatory donor macrophages exhibited a Folr2<sup>+</sup>Ccl7<sup>+</sup>Ccl8<sup>+</sup>C1qa<sup>+</sup>C1qb<sup>+</sup>C1qc<sup>+</sup> phenotype, which is consistent with the phenotype of cluster 0 in macrophages observed in single-cell RNA sequencing (Figure 4D and Figure 5E). Therefore, the donor cells should be in cluster 0 in macrophages.

      Comment 5. The switch to the LPS model in the final experiments is a limitation, as this model more closely resembles the systemic inflammation seen in endotoxemia rather than the specific pathology of preeclampsia (PE). While this is not an exhaustive list, the number of weaknesses in the experimental design makes it difficult to evaluate the findings comprehensively.

      Response 5: We thank the reviewers' comments. Firstly, our other animal experiments in this manuscript used the RUPP mouse model to simulate the pathology of PE. However, the RUPP model requires ligation of the uterine arteries in pregnant mice on day 12.5 of gestation, which hinders T cells returning from the tail vein from reaching the maternal-fetal interface. In addition, this experiment aims to prove that CD4<sup>+</sup> T cells are differentiated into memory-like Th17 cells through IGF-1R receptor signaling to affect pregnancy by clearing CD4<sup>+</sup> T cells in vivo with an anti-CD4 antibody followed by injecting IGF-1R inhibitor-treated CD4<sup>+</sup> T cells. We proved that injection of RUPP-derived memory-like CD4<sup>+</sup> T cells into pregnant rats induces PE-like symptoms (Figure 6F-6H). In summary, applying the LPS model in the final experiments does not affect the conclusions.

      Minor comments:

      Comment 1. Introduction, Lines 67-74: The phrasing here is unclear as to the roles that each mentioned immune cell subset is playing in preeclampsia. Given the statement "Elevated levels of maternal inflammation...", does this imply that the numbers of all mentioned immune cell subsets are increased in the maternal circulation? If not, please consider rewording this.

      Response 1: We thank the reviewers' comments. We have revised the manuscript as follows: Currently, the pivotal mechanism underpinning the pathogenesis of preeclampsia is widely acknowledged to involve an increased frequency of pro-inflammatory M1-like maternal macrophages, along with an elevation in Granulocytes capable of superoxide generation, CD56<sup>+</sup> CD94<sup>+</sup> natural killer (NK) cells, CD19<sup>+</sup>CD5<sup>+</sup> B1 lymphocytes, and activated γδ T cells. Conversely, this pathological process is accompanied by a notable decrease in the frequency of anti-inflammatory M2-like macrophages and NKp46<sup>+</sup> NK cells (Line67-77).

      Comment 2. Introduction, Lines 67-80: Is the involvement of the described immune cell subsets largely ubiquitous to preeclampsia? Recent multi-omic studies suggest that preeclampsia is a heterogeneous condition with different subsets, some more biased towards systemic immune activation than others. Thus, it is important to clarify whether the involvement of specific immune subsets is generally observed or more specific.

      Response 2: We thank the reviewers' comments. We have added a new paragraph as follows: Moreover, as PE can be subdivided into early- and late-onset PE diagnosed before 34 weeks or from 34 weeks of gestation, respectively. Research has revealed that among the myriad of cellular alterations in PE, pro-inflammatory M1-like macrophages and intrauterine B1 cells display an augmented presence at the maternal-fetal interface of both early-onset and late-onset PE patients. Decidual natural killer (dNK) cells and neutrophils emerge as paramount contributors, playing a more crucial role in the pathogenesis of early-onset PE than late-onset PE (Front Immunol. 2020. PMID: 33013837) (Line83-89).

      Comment 3. Introduction, Lines 81-86: The point of this short paragraph is not clear; the authors mention two very specific cellular interactions without explaining why.

      Response 3: In the previous paragraph, we uncovered a heightened inflammatory response among multiple immune cells in patients with PE, yet the intricate interplay between these individual immune cells has been seldom elucidated in the context of PE patient. This is precisely why we delve into the realm of specific immune cellular interactions in relation to other pregnancy complications in this paragraph (Line91-98).

      Comment 4. Methods: What placental tissues (e.g., villous tree, chorionic plate, extraplacental membranes) were included for CyTOF analysis? Was any decidual tissue (e.g., basal plate) included? Please clarify.

      Response 4: Placental villi rather than chorionic plate and extraplacental membranes were used for CyToF in this study. The relevant content has been incorporated into the "Materials and Methods" section (Line564-576).

      Comment 5. Results, Table 1: The authors should clarify that all PE samples were not full term (i.e., were less than 37 weeks of gestation), which is to be expected. In addition, were the PE cases all late-onset PE?

      Response 5: All PE samples enumerated in Table 1 demonstrate a late-onset preeclampsia, with placental specimens being procured from patients more than 35 weeks of gestation and less than the 38 weeks of pregnancy. The relevant content has been incorporated into the "Materials and Methods" section (Line574-576).

      Comment 6. Results, Figure 1: Are the authors considering the identified Macrophage cluster as being largely fetal (e.g., Hofbauer cells)? This also depends on whether any decidual tissue was included in the placental samples for CyTOF.

      Response 6: Firstly, the specimens subjected to CyToF analysis were devoid of decidual tissue and exclusively comprised placental villi. Secondly, the Macrophage cluster in Figure 1 undeniably encompasses Hofbauer cells, and we considering fetal-derived macrophages likely constituting the substantial proportion of the cellular population. However, a limitation of the CyToF technique lies in its inability to discern between maternal and fetal origins of these cells, thereby precluding a definitive distinction.

      Comment 7. Results, Figure 2C: Did the authors validate other T-cell subset markers (e.g., Th1, Th2, Th9, etc.)?

      Response 7: In this study, we did not validate additional T-cell subset markers presented in Figure 2C, recognizing the potential for deeper insights. As we embark on our subsequent research endeavors, we aim to meticulously explore and characterize the intricate changes in diverse T-cell populations at the maternal-fetal interface, with a particular focus on preeclampsia patients, thereby advancing our understanding of this complex condition.

      Comment 8. Results, Figure 2D: Where were the detected memory-like T cells located in the placenta? Did they cluster in certain areas or were they widely distributed?

      Response 8: Upon a thorough re-evaluation of the immunofluorescence images specific to the placenta, we observed a notable preponderance of memory-like T cells residing within the placental sinusoids (Line135-139).

      Comment 9. Results, Figure 2E: I would suggest separating the two plots so that the Y-axis can be expanded for TIM3, as it is impossible to view the medians currently.

      Response 9: We thank the reviewers' comments. We have made the adjustment to Figure 2E according to the reviewers' suggestions.

      Comment 10. Results, Lines 138-140: Do the authors consider that the altered T-cells are largely resident cells of the placenta or newly invading/recruited cells? The clarification of distribution within the placental tissues as mentioned above would help answer this.

      Response 10: Our analysis revealed the presence of memory-like T cells within the placental sinusoids, as evident from the immunofluorescence examination of placental tissues. Consequently, these T cells may represent recently recruited cellular entities, traversing the placental vasculature and integrating into this unique maternal-fetal microenvironment (Line135-139).

      Comment 11. Results, Figure 3C: Has a reduction of gMDSCs (or MDSCs in general) been previously reported in PE?

      Response 11: Myeloid-derived suppressor cells (MDSCs) constitute a diverse population of myeloid-derived cells that exhibit immunosuppressive functions under various conditions. Previous reports have documented a decrease in the levels of gMDSCs from peripheral blood or umbilical cord blood among patients with preeclampsia (Am J Reprod Immunol. 2020, PMID: 32418253; J Reprod Immunol. 2018, PMID: 29763854; Biol Reprod. 2023, PMID: 36504233). Nevertheless, there was no documented reports thus far on the alterations and specific characteristics in gMDSCs within the placenta of PE patients.

      Comment 12. Results, Figure 3D-E: It is not clear what new information is added by the correlations, as the increase of both cluster 23 in CD11b+ cells and cluster 8 in CD4+ T cells in PE cases was already apparent. Are these simply to confirm what was shown from the quantification data?

      Response 12: Despite the evident increase in both cluster 23 within CD11b<sup>+</sup> cells and cluster 8 within CD4<sup>+</sup> T cells in PE cases, the existence of a potential correlation between these two clusters remains elusive. To gain insight into this question, we conducted a Pearson correlation analysis, which is presented in Figure 3D-E, revealing a positive correlation between the two clusters.

      Comment 13. Results, Figure 4A: Please clarify in the results text that the RNA-seq of macrophages from RUPP mice was performed prior to their injection into normal pregnant mice.

      Response 13: We thank the reviewers' comments. We have updated Figure 4A according to the reviewers' suggestions.

      Comment 14. Results / Methods, Figure 4: For the transfer of macrophages from RUPP mice into normal mice, why were the uterine tissues included to isolate cells? The uterine macrophages will be almost completely maternal, as opposed to the largely fetal placental macrophages, and despite the sorting for specific markers these are likely distinct subsets that have been combined for injection. This could potentially impact the differential gene expression analysis and should be accounted for. In addition, did murine placental samples include decidua? This should be clarified.

      Response 14: We thank the reviewers' comments. For our experimental design involving human samples, we meticulously selected placental tissue as the primary focus. Initially, we aimed for uniformity by contemplating the utilization of mouse placenta. However, a pivotal revelation emerged from the GFP pregnant mice-related data in Figure 4-figure supplement 1D,1E: the uterus and placenta of mice are predominantly populated by maternal macrophages, with fetal macrophages virtually absent, marking a notable divergence from the human scenario. Furthermore, the uterine milieu exhibits a macrophage concentration exceeding 20% of total cellular composition, whereas in the placenta, this proportion dwindles to less than 5%, underscoring a distinct distribution pattern. Given these discrepancies and considerations, we incorporated mouse uterine tissues into our protocol to isolate cells, ensuring a more comprehensive and informative exploration that acknowledges the inherent differences between human and mouse placental biology.

      Comment 15. Results, Lines 186-187: I think the figure citation should be Figure 4D here.

      Response 15: We thank the reviewers' careful checking. We have revised and updated Figure 4 accordingly.

      Comment 16. Results, Figure 4: Where are the results of the injection of anti-inflammatory and pro-inflammatory macrophages into normal mice? This experiment is mentioned in Figure 4A, but the only results shown in Figure 4 are with the PLX3397 depletion.

      Response 16: The aim of this experiment in figure 4 is to conclusively ascertain the influence of pro-inflammatory and anti-inflammatory macrophages on the other immune cells within the maternal-fetal interface, as well as their implications for pregnancy outcomes. To achieve this, we employed a strategic approach involving the administration of PLX3397, a compound capable of eliminating the preexisting macrophages in mice. Subsequently, anti-inflam or pro-inflam macrophages were injected to these mice, thereby eliminating the confounding influence of the native macrophage population. This methodology allows for a more discernible observation of the specific effects these two types of macrophages exert on the immune landscape at the maternal-fetal interface and their ultimate impact on pregnancy outcomes.

      Comment 17. Results, Lines 189-190: Does PLX3397 inhibit macrophage development/signaling/etc. or result in macrophage depletion? This is an important distinction. If depletion is induced, does this affect placental/fetal macrophages or just maternal macrophages?

      Response 17: We thank the reviewers' comments. We have updated the additional data on the efficiency of macrophage depletion involving PLX3397 in Figure 4-figure supplement 2A. PLX3397 is a small molecule compound that possesses the potential to cross the placental barrier and affect fetal macrophages. We have discussed the impact of this factor on the experiment in the Discussion section (Line457-459).

      Comment 18. Results, Lines 197-198: Similarly, does clodronate liposome administration affect only maternal macrophages, or also placental/fetal macrophages?

      Response 18: We thank the reviewers' comments. We have updated the additional data on the efficiency of macrophage depletion involving Clodronate Liposomes in Figure 4-figure supplement 2B. Clodronate Liposomes, which are intricate vesicles encapsulating diverse substances, while only small molecule compounds possess the potential to cross the placental barrier. Consequently, we hold the view that the influence of these liposomes is likely confined to the maternal macrophages (Artif Cells Nanomed Biotechnol. 2023. PMID: 37594208).  

      Comment 19. Results, Line 206: A minor point, but consider continuing to refer to the preeclampsia model mice as RUPP mice rather than PE mice.

      Response 19: We thank the reviewers' comments. We have revised and updated this section accordingly.

      Comment 20. Results / Methods, Figure 5: For these experiments, why did the authors focus on the mouse uterus?

      Response 20: We have previously addressed this query in our Response 14. We incorporated mouse uterine tissues for cell isolation due to the profound differences in placental biology between humans and mice.

      Comment 21. Results, Figure 5: Did the authors have a means of distinguishing the transferred donor cells from the recipient cells for their single-cell analysis? If the goal is to separate the effects of the macrophage transfer on other uterine immune cells, then it would be important to identify and separate the donor cells.

      Response 21: We thank the reviewers' comments. Upon analysis, we observed a notable elevation in the frequency of total macrophages within the CD45<sup>+</sup> cell population. Then we subsequently performed macrophage clustering and uncovered a marked increase in the frequency of Cluster 0, implying a potential correlation between Cluster 0 and donor-derived cells. RNA sequencing revealed that the F480<sup>+</sup>CD206<sup>-</sup> pro-inflammatory donor macrophages exhibited a Folr2<sup>+</sup>Ccl7<sup>+</sup>Ccl8<sup>+</sup>C1qa<sup>+</sup>C1qb<sup>+</sup>C1qc<sup>+</sup> phenotype, which is consistent with the phenotype of cluster 0 in macrophages observed in single-cell RNA sequencing (Figure 4D and Figure 5E). Therefore, the donor cells should be in cluster 0 in macrophages.

      Comment 22. Results, Lines 247-248: While the authors have prudently noted that the observed T-cell phenotypes are merely suggestive of immunosuppression, any claims regarding changes in the immunosuppressive function after macrophage transfer would require functional studies of the T cells.

      Response 22: We thank the reviewers' comments. Upon revisiting and meticulously reviewing the pertinent literature, we have refined our terminology, transitioning from 'immunosuppression' to 'immunomodulation', thereby enhancing the accuracy and precision of our Results (Line285-287).

      Comment 23. Results, Figure 6G: The observation of worsened outcomes and PE-like symptoms after T-cell transfer is interesting, but other models of PE induced by the administration of Th1-like cells have already been reported. Are the authors' findings consistent with these reports? These findings are strengthened by the evaluation of second-pregnancy outcomes following the transfer of T cells in the first pregnancy.

      Response 23: We thank the reviewers' comments. As we verified in Figure 6F-6H, the injection of CD4<sup>+</sup>CD44<sup>+</sup> T cells derived from RUPP mouse, characterized by a reduced frequency of Tregs and an increased frequency of Th17 cells, could induce PE-like symptoms in pregnant mice. In line with other studies, which have implicated Th1-like cells in the manifestation of PE-like symptoms, we posit a novel hypothesis: beyond Th1 cells, Th17 cells also have the potential to induce PE-like symptoms.

      Comment 24. Results, Lines 327-337: The disease model implied by the authors here is not clear. Given that the authors' human findings are in the placental macrophages, are the authors proposing that placental macrophages are induced to an M1 phenotype by placenta-derived EVs? Please elaborate on and clarify the proposed model.

      Response 24 In the article authored by our team, titled "Trophoblast-Derived Extracellular Vesicles Promote Preeclampsia by Regulating Macrophage Polarization" published in Hypertension (Hypertension. 2022, PMID: 35993233), we employed trophoblast-derived extracellular vesicles isolated from PE patients as a means to induce an M1-like macrophage phenotype in macrophages from human peripheral blood in vitro. Consequently, in the present study, we have directly leveraged this established methodology to induce pro-inflammatory macrophages.

      Comment 25. Results / Methods, Figure 8E-H: What is the reasoning for switching to an LPS model in this experiment? LPS is less specific to PE than the RUPP model.

      Response 25: We thank the reviewers' comments. Firstly, our other animal experiments in this manuscript used the RUPP mouse model to simulate the pathology of PE. However, the RUPP model requires ligation of the uterine arteries in pregnant mice on day 12.5 of gestation, which hinders T cells returning from the tail vein from reaching the maternal-fetal interface. In addition, this experiment aims to prove that CD4<sup>+</sup> T cells are differentiated into memory-like Th17 cells through IGF-1R receptor signaling to affect pregnancy by clearing CD4<sup>+</sup> T cells in vivo with an anti-CD4 antibody followed by injecting IGF-1R inhibitor-treated CD4<sup>+</sup> T cells. And we proved that injection of RUPP-derived memory-like CD4<sup>+</sup> T cells into pregnant mice induces PE-like symptoms (Figure 6). In summary, the application of the LPS model in the final experiments does not affect the conclusions.

      Comment 26. Discussion: What do the authors consider to be the origins of the inflammatory cells associated with PE onset? Are these maternal cells invading the placental tissues, or are these placental resident (likely fetal) cells?

      Response 26: We thank the reviewers' comments. Numerous reports have consistently observed the presence of inflammatory cells and factors in the maternal peripheral blood and placenta tissues of PE patients, fostering the prevailing notion that the progression of PE is intricately linked to the maternal immune system's inflammatory response towards the fetus. Nevertheless, intriguing findings from single-cell RNA sequencing, analyzed through bioinformatic methods, have challenged this perspective (Elife. 2019. PMID: 31829938;Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2017.PMID: 28830992). These studies reveal that the placenta harbors not just immune cells of maternal origin but also those of fetal origin, raising questions about whether these are maternal cells infiltrating placental tissues or resident (possibly fetal) placental cells. Further investigation is imperative to elucidate this complex interplay.

      Comment 27. Discussion: Given the observed lack of changes in the GDM or GDM+PE groups, do the authors consider that GDM represents a distinct pathology that can lead to secondary PE, and thus is different from primary PE without GDM?

      Response 27: It's possible. Though previous studies reported GDM is associated with aberrant maternal immune cell adaption the findings remained controversial. It seems that GDM does not induce significant alterations in placental immune cell profile in our study, which made us pay more attention to the immune mechanism in PE. However, it is confusing for the reasons why individuals with GDM&PE were protected from the immune alterations at the maternal fetal interface. Limited placental samples in the GDM&PE group can partly explain it, for it is hard to collect clean samples excluding confounding factors. A study reported that macrophages in human placenta maintained anti-inflammatory properties despite GDM (Front Immunol, 2017, PMID: 28824621).Barke et al. also found that more CD163<sup>+</sup> cells were observed in GDM placentas compared to normal controls (PLoS One, 2014, PMID: 24983948). Thus, GDM is likely to have a protective property in the placental immune environment when the individuals are complicated with PE.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Comment 1. IF images need to be quantified.

      Response 1: We thank the reviewers' comments. We have quantified and calculated the fluorescence intensity and added it in Figure 2D.

      Comment 2. Cluster 12 in Figure 3 is labeled as granulocytes but listed under macrophages.

      Response 2: We thank the reviewers' careful checking. We have revised and updated Figure 3A.

      Comment 3. Figure 4 labels in the text and figure do not match, no 4G in the figure.

      Response 3: We thank the reviewers' careful checking. The figure labels of Figure 4 have been revised and updated.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This study makes the important claims that people track, specifically, the elasticity of control (rather than the more general parameter of controllability) and that control elasticity is specifically impaired in certain types of psychopathology. These claims will have implications for the fields of computational psychiatry and computational cognitive neuroscience. However the evidence for the claim that people infer control elasticity is incomplete, given that it is not clear that the task allows the elasticity construct to be distinguished from more general learning processes, the chosen models aren't well justified, and it is unclear that the findings generalize to tasks that aren't biased to find overestimates of elasticity. Moreover, the claim about psychopathology relies on an invalid interpretation of CCA; a more straightforward analysis of the correlation between the model parameters and the psychopathology measures would provide stronger evidence.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigated the elasticity of controllability by developing a task that manipulates the probability of achieving a goal with a baseline investment (which they refer to as inelastic controllability) and the probability that additional investment would increase the probability of achieving a goal (which they refer to as elastic controllability). They found that a computational model representing the controllability and elasticity of the environment accounted better for the data than a model representing only the controllability. They also found that prior biases about the controllability and elasticity of the environment were associated with a composite psychopathology score. The authors conclude that elasticity inference and bias guide resource allocation.

      Strengths:

      This research takes a novel theoretical and methodological approach to understanding how people estimate the level of control they have over their environment, and how they adjust their actions accordingly. The task is innovative and both it and the findings are well-described (with excellent visuals). They also offer thorough validation for the particular model they develop. The research has the potential to theoretically inform the understanding of control across domains, which is a topic of great importance.

      Weaknesses:

      An overarching concern is that this paper is framed as addressing resource investments across domains that include time, money, and effort, and the introductory examples focus heavily on effort-based resources (e.g., exercising, studying, practicing). The experiments, though, focus entirely on the equivalent of monetary resources - participants make discrete actions based on the number of points they want to use on a given turn. While the same ideas might generalize to decisions about other kinds of resources (e.g., if participants were having to invest the effort to reach a goal), this seems like the kind of speculation that would be better reserved for the Discussion section rather than using effort investment as a means of introducing a new concept (elasticity of control) that the paper will go on to test.

      Setting aside the framing of the core concepts, my understanding of the task is that it effectively captures people's estimates of the likelihood of achieving their goal (Pr(success)) conditional on a given investment of resources. The ground truth across the different environments varies such that this function is sometimes flat (low controllability), sometimes increases linearly (elastic controllability), and sometimes increases as a step function (inelastic controllability). If this is accurate, then it raises two questions.

      First, on the modeling front, I wonder if a suitable alternative to the current model would be to assume that the participants are simply considering different continuous functions like these and, within a Bayesian framework, evaluating the probabilistic evidence for each function based on each trial's outcome. This would give participants an estimate of the marginal increase in Pr(success) for each ticket, and they could then weigh the expected value of that ticket choice (Pr(success)*150 points) against the marginal increase in point cost for each ticket. This should yield similar predictions for optimal performance (e.g., opt-out for lower controllability environments, i.e., flatter functions), and the continuous nature of this form of function approximation also has the benefit of enabling tests of generalization to predict changes in behavior if there was, for instance, changes in available tickets for purchase (e.g., up to 4 or 5) or changes in ticket prices. Such a model would of course also maintain a critical role for priors based on one's experience within the task as well as over longer timescales, and could be meaningfully interpreted as such (e.g., priors related to the likelihood of success/failure and whether one's actions influence these). It could also potentially reduce the complexity of the model by replacing controllability-specific parameters with multiple candidate functions (presumably learned through past experience, and/or tuned by experience in this task environment), each of which is being updated simultaneously.

      Second, if the reframing above is apt (regardless of the best model for implementing it), it seems like the taxonomy being offered by the authors risks a form of "jangle fallacy," in particular by positing distinct constructs (controllability and elasticity) for processes that ultimately comprise aspects of the same process (estimation of the relationship between investment and outcome likelihood). Which of these two frames is used doesn't bear on the rigor of the approach or the strength of the findings, but it does bear on how readers will digest and draw inferences from this work. It is ultimately up to the authors which of these they choose to favor, but I think the paper would benefit from some discussion of a common-process alternative, at least to prevent too strong of inferences about separate processes/modes that may not exist. I personally think the approach and findings in this paper would also be easier to digest under a common-construct approach rather than forcing new terminology but, again, I defer to the authors on this.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, the authors test whether controllability beliefs and associated actions/resource allocation are modulated by things like time, effort, and monetary costs (what they call "elastic" as opposed to "inelastic" controllability). Using a novel behavioral task and computational modeling, they find that participants do indeed modulate their resources depending on whether they are in an "elastic," "inelastic," or "low controllability" environment. The authors also find evidence that psychopathology is related to specific biases in controllability.

      Strengths:

      This research investigates how people might value different factors that contribute to controllability in a creative and thorough way. The authors use computational modeling to try to dissociate "elasticity" from "overall controllability," and find some differential associations with psychopathology. This was a convincing justification for using modeling above and beyond behavioral output and yielded interesting results. Interestingly, the authors conclude that these findings suggest that biased elasticity could distort agency beliefs via maladaptive resource allocation. Overall, this paper reveals some important findings about how people consider components of controllability.

      Weaknesses:

      The primary weakness of this research is that it is not entirely clear what is meant by "elastic" and "inelastic" and how these constructs differ from existing considerations of various factors/calculations that contribute to perceptions of and decisions about controllability. I think this weakness is primarily an issue of framing, where it's not clear whether elasticity is, in fact, theoretically dissociable from controllability. Instead, it seems that the elements that make up "elasticity" are simply some of the many calculations that contribute to controllability. In other words, an "elastic" environment is inherently more controllable than an "inelastic" one, since both environments might have the same level of predictability, but in an "elastic" environment, one can also partake in additional actions to have additional control over achieving the goal (i.e., expend effort, money, time).

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      A bias in how people infer the amount of control they have over their environment is widely believed to be a key component of several mental illnesses including depression, anxiety, and addiction. Accordingly, this bias has been a major focus in computational models of those disorders. However, all of these models treat control as a unidimensional property, roughly, how strongly outcomes depend on action. This paper proposes---correctly, I think---that the intuitive notion of "control" captures multiple dimensions in the relationship between action and outcome is multi-dimensional. In particular, the authors propose that the degree to which outcome depends on how much *effort* we exert, calling this dimension the "elasticity of control". They additionally propose that this dimension (rather than the more holistic notion of controllability) may be specifically impaired in certain types of psychopathology. This idea thus has the potential to change how we think about mental disorders in a substantial way, and could even help us better understand how healthy people navigate challenging decision-making problems.

      Unfortunately, my view is that neither the theoretical nor empirical aspects of the paper really deliver on that promise. In particular, most (perhaps all) of the interesting claims in the paper have weak empirical support.

      Starting with theory, the elasticity idea does not truly "extend" the standard control model in the way the authors suggest. The reason is that effort is simply one dimension of action. Thus, the proposed model ultimately grounds out in how strongly our outcomes depend on our actions (as in the standard model). Contrary to the authors' claims, the elasticity of control is still a fixed property of the environment. Consistent with this, the computational model proposed here is a learning model of this fixed environmental property. The idea is still valuable, however, because it identifies a key dimension of action (namely, effort) that is particularly relevant to the notion of perceived control. Expressing the elasticity idea in this way might support a more general theoretical formulation of the idea that could be applied in other contexts. See Huys & Dayan (2009), Zorowitz, Momennejad, & Daw (2018), and Gagne & Dayan (2022) for examples of generalizable formulations of perceived control.

      Turning to experiment, the authors make two key claims: (1) people infer the elasticity of control, and (2) individual differences in how people make this inference are importantly related to psychopathology.

      Starting with claim 1, there are three sub-claims here; implicitly, the authors make all three. (1A) People's behavior is sensitive to differences in elasticity, (1B) people actually represent/track something like elasticity, and (1C) people do so naturally as they go about their daily lives. The results clearly support 1A. However, 1B and 1C are not supported.

      Starting with 1B, the experiment cannot support the claim that people represent or track elasticity because the effort is the only dimension over which participants can engage in any meaningful decision-making (the other dimension, selecting which destination to visit, simply amounts to selecting the location where you were just told the treasure lies). Thus, any adaptive behavior will necessarily come out in a sensitivity to how outcomes depend on effort. More concretely, any model that captures the fact that you are more likely to succeed in two attempts than one will produce the observed behavior. The null models do not make this basic assumption and thus do not provide a useful comparison.

      For 1C, the claim that people infer elasticity outside of the experimental task cannot be supported because the authors explicitly tell people about the two notions of control as part of the training phase: "To reinforce participants' understanding of how elasticity and controllability were manifested in each planet, [participants] were informed of the planet type they had visited after every 15 trips." (line 384).

      Finally, I turn to claim 2, that individual differences in how people infer elasticity are importantly related to psychopathology. There is much to say about the decision to treat psychopathology as a unidimensional construct. However, I will keep it concrete and simply note that CCA (by design) obscures the relationship between any two variables. Thus, as suggestive as Figure 6B is, we cannot conclude that there is a strong relationship between Sense of Agency and the elasticity bias---this result is consistent with any possible relationship (even a negative one). The fact that the direct relationship between these two variables is not shown or reported leads me to infer that they do not have a significant or strong relationship in the data.

      There is also a feature of the task that limits our ability to draw strong conclusions about individual differences in elasticity inference. As the authors clearly acknowledge, the task was designed "to be especially sensitive to overestimation of elasticity" (line 287). A straightforward consequence of this is that the resulting *empirical* estimate of estimation bias (i.e., the gamma_elasticity parameter) is itself biased. This immediately undermines any claim that references the directionality of the elasticity bias (e.g. in the abstract). Concretely, an undirected deficit such as slower learning of elasticity would appear as a directed overestimation bias.

      When we further consider that elasticity inference is the only meaningful learning/decision-making problem in the task (argued above), the situation becomes much worse. Many general deficits in learning or decision-making would be captured by the elasticity bias parameter. Thus, a conservative interpretation of the results is simply that psychopathology is associated with impaired learning and decision-making.

      Minor comments:

      Showing that a model parameter correlates with the data it was fit to does not provide any new information, and cannot support claims like "a prior assumption that control is likely available was reflected in a futile investment of resources in uncontrollable environments." To make that claim, one must collect independent measures of the assumption and the investment.

      Did participants always make two attempts when purchasing tickets? This seems to violate the intuitive model, in which you would sometimes succeed on the first jump. If so, why was this choice made? Relatedly, it is not clear to me after a close reading how the outcome of each trial was actually determined.

      It should be noted that the model is heuristically defined and does not reflect Bayesian updating. In particular, it overestimates control by not using losses with less than 3 tickets (intuitively, the inference here depends on your beliefs about elasticity). I wonder if the forced three-ticket trials in the task might be historically related to this modeling choice.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This valuable retrospective analysis identified three independent components of glucose dynamics - "value," "variability," and "autocorrelation" - which may be used in predicting coronary plaque vulnerability. The study is solid and of interest to a wide range of investigators in the medical field who are interested in the role of glycemia on cardiometabolic health. However, the generalizability of the results needs further confirmation through experimental and prospective validation.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study identified three independent components of glucose dynamics-"value," "variability," and "autocorrelation", and reported important findings indicating that they play an important role in predicting coronary plaque vulnerability. Although the generalizability of the results needs further investigation due to the limited sample size and validation cohort limitations, this study makes several notable contributions: validation of autocorrelation as a new clinical indicator, theoretical support through mathematical modeling, and development of a web application for practical implementation. These contributions are likely to attract broad interest from researchers in both diabetology and cardiology and may suggest the potential for a new approach to glucose monitoring that goes beyond conventional glycemic control indicators in clinical practice.

      Strengths:

      The most notable strength of this study is the identification of three independent elements in glycemic dynamics: value, variability, and autocorrelation. In particular, the metric of autocorrelation, which has not been captured by conventional glycemic control indices, may bring a new perspective for understanding glycemic dynamics. In terms of methodological aspects, the study uses an analytical approach combining various statistical methods such as factor analysis, LASSO, and PLS regression, and enhances the reliability of results through theoretical validation using mathematical models and validation in other cohorts. In addition, the practical aspect of the research results, such as the development of a Web application, is also an important contribution to clinical implementation.

      Weaknesses:

      The most significant weakness of this study is the relatively small sample size of 53 study subjects. This sample size limitation leads to a lack of statistical power, especially in subgroup analyses, and to limitations in the assessment of rare events. In terms of validation, several challenges exist, including geographical and ethnic biases in the validation cohorts, lack of long-term follow-up data, and insufficient validation across different clinical settings. In terms of data representativeness, limiting factors include the inclusion of only subjects with well-controlled serum cholesterol and blood pressure and the use of only short-term measurement data. In terms of elucidation of physical mechanisms, the study is not sufficient to elucidate the mechanisms linking autocorrelation and clinical outcomes or to verify them at the cellular or molecular level.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Sugimoto et al. explore the relationship between glucose dynamics - specifically value, variability, and autocorrelation - and coronary plaque vulnerability in patients with varying glucose tolerance levels. The study identifies three independent predictive factors for %NC and emphasizes the use of continuous glucose monitoring (CGM)-derived indices for coronary artery disease (CAD) risk assessment. By employing robust statistical methods and validating findings across datasets from Japan, America, and China, the authors highlight the limitations of conventional markers while proposing CGM as a novel approach for risk prediction. The study has the potential to reshape CAD risk assessment by emphasizing CGM-derived indices, aligning well with personalized medicine trends.

      Strengths:

      (1) The introduction of autocorrelation as a predictive factor for plaque vulnerability adds a novel dimension to glucose dynamic analysis.

      (2) Inclusion of datasets from diverse regions enhances generalizability.

      (3) The use of a well-characterized cohort with controlled cholesterol and blood pressure levels strengthens the findings.

      (4) The focus on CGM-derived indices aligns with personalized medicine trends, showcasing the potential for CAD risk stratification.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The link between autocorrelation and plaque vulnerability remains speculative without a proposed biological explanation.

      (2) The relatively small sample size (n=270) limits statistical power, especially when stratified by glucose tolerance levels.

      (3) Strict participant selection criteria may reduce applicability to broader populations.

      (4) CGM-derived indices like AC_Var and ADRR may be too complex for routine clinical use without simplified models or guidelines.

      (5) The study does not compare CGM-derived indices to existing advanced CAD risk models, limiting the ability to assess their true predictive superiority.

      (6) Varying CGM sampling intervals (5-minute vs. 15-minute) were not thoroughly analyzed for impact on results.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is a retrospective analysis of 53 individuals over 26 features (12 clinical phenotypes, 12 CGM features, and 2 autocorrelation features) to examine which features were most informative in predicting percent necrotic core (%NC) as a parameter for coronary plaque vulnerability. Multiple regression analysis demonstrated a better ability to predict %NC from 3 selected CGM-derived features than 3 selected clinical phenotypes. LASSO regularization and partial least squares (PLS) with VIP scores were used to identify 4 CGM features that most contribute to the precision of %NC. Using factor analysis they identify 3 components that have CGM-related features: value (relating to the value of blood glucose), variability (relating to glucose variability), and autocorrelation (composed of the two autocorrelation features). These three groupings appeared in the 3 validation cohorts and when performing hierarchical clustering. To demonstrate how these three features change, a simulation was created to allow the user to examine these features under different conditions.

      Review:

      The goal of this study was to identify CGM features that relate to %NC. Through multiple feature selection methods, they arrive at 3 components: value, variability, and autocorrelation. While the feature list is highly correlated, the authors take steps to ensure feature selection is robust. There is a lack of clarity of what each component (value, variability, and autocorrelation) includes as while similar CGM indices fall within each component, there appear to be some indices that appear as relevant to value in one dataset and to variability in the validation. We are sceptical about statements of significance without documentation of p-values. While hesitations remain, the ability of these authors to find groupings of these many CGM metrics in relation to %NC is of interest. The believability of the associations is impeded by an obtuse presentation of the results with core data (i.e. correlation plots between CGM metrics and %NC) buried in the supplement while main figures contain plots of numerical estimates from models which would be more usefully presented in supplementary tables. Given the small sample size in the primary analysis, there is a lot of modeling done with parameters estimated where simpler measures would serve and be more convincing as they require less data manipulation. A major example of this is that the pairwise correlation/covariance between CGM_mean, CGM_std, and AC_var is not shown and would be much more compelling in the claim that these are independent factors. Lack of methodological detail is another challenge. For example, the time period of CGM metrics or CGM placement in the primary study in relation to the IVUS-derived measurements of coronary plaques is unclear. Are they temporally distant or proximal/ concurrent with the PCI? A patient undergoing PCI for coronary intervention would be expected to have physiological and iatrogenic glycemic disturbances that do not reflect their baseline state. This is not considered or discussed. The attempts at validation in external cohorts, Japanese, American, and Chinese are very poorly detailed. We could only find even an attempt to examine cardiovascular parameters in the Chinese data set but the outcome variables are unspecified with regard to what macrovascular events are included, their temporal relation to the CGM metrics, etc. Notably macrovascular event diagnoses are very different from the coronary plaque necrosis quantification. This could be a source of strength in the findings if carefully investigated and detailed but due to the lack of detail seems like an apples-to-oranges comparison. Finally, the simulations at the end are not relevant to the main claims of the paper and we would recommend removing them for the coherence of this manuscript.

    5. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study identified three independent components of glucose dynamics-"value," "variability," and "autocorrelation", and reported important findings indicating that they play an important role in predicting coronary plaque vulnerability. Although the generalizability of the results needs further investigation due to the limited sample size and validation cohort limitations, this study makes several notable contributions: validation of autocorrelation as a new clinical indicator, theoretical support through mathematical modeling, and development of a web application for practical implementation. These contributions are likely to attract broad interest from researchers in both diabetology and cardiology and may suggest the potential for a new approach to glucose monitoring that goes beyond conventional glycemic control indicators in clinical practice.

      Strengths:

      The most notable strength of this study is the identification of three independent elements in glycemic dynamics: value, variability, and autocorrelation. In particular, the metric of autocorrelation, which has not been captured by conventional glycemic control indices, may bring a new perspective for understanding glycemic dynamics. In terms of methodological aspects, the study uses an analytical approach combining various statistical methods such as factor analysis, LASSO, and PLS regression, and enhances the reliability of results through theoretical validation using mathematical models and validation in other cohorts. In addition, the practical aspect of the research results, such as the development of a Web application, is also an important contribution to clinical implementation.

      We appreciate reviewer #1 for the positive assessment and for the valuable and constructive comments on our manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      The most significant weakness of this study is the relatively small sample size of 53 study subjects. This sample size limitation leads to a lack of statistical power, especially in subgroup analyses, and to limitations in the assessment of rare events.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s concern regarding the sample size. We acknowledge that a larger sample size would increase statistical power, especially for subgroup analyses and the assessment of rare events.

      We would like to clarify several points regarding the statistical power and validation of our findings. Our sample size determination followed established methodological frameworks, including the guidelines outlined by Muyembe Asenahabi, Bostely, and Peters Anselemo Ikoha. “Scientific research sample size determination.” (2023). These guidelines balance the risks of inadequate sample size with the challenges of unnecessarily large samples. For our primary analysis examining the correlation between CGM-derived measures and %NC, power calculations (a type I error of 0.05, a power of 0.8, and an expected correlation coefficient of 0.4) indicated that a minimum of 47 participants was required. Our sample size of 53 exceeded this threshold and allowed us to detect statistically significant correlations, as described in the Methods section. Moreover, to provide transparency about the precision of our estimates, we have included confidence intervals for all coefficients.

      Furthermore, our sample size aligns with previous studies investigating the associations between glucose profiles and clinical parameters, including Torimoto, Keiichi, et al. “Relationship between fluctuations in glucose levels measured by continuous glucose monitoring and vascular endothelial dysfunction in type 2 diabetes mellitus.” Cardiovascular Diabetology 12 (2013): 1-7. (n=57), Hall, Heather, et al. “Glucotypes reveal new patterns of glucose dysregulation.” PLoS biology 16.7 (2018): e2005143. (n=57), and Metwally, Ahmed A., et al. “Prediction of metabolic subphenotypes of type 2 diabetes via continuous glucose monitoring and machine learning.” Nature Biomedical Engineering (2024): 1-18. (n=32).

      Furthermore, the primary objective of our study was not to assess rare events, but rather to demonstrate that glucose dynamics can be decomposed into three main factors - mean, variance and autocorrelation - whereas traditional measures have primarily captured mean and variance without adequately reflecting autocorrelation. We believe that our current sample size effectively addresses this objective.

      Regarding the classification of glucose dynamics components, we have conducted additional validation across diverse populations including 64 Japanese, 53 American, and 100 Chinese individuals. These validation efforts have consistently supported our identification of three independent glucose dynamics components.

      However, we acknowledge the importance of further validation on a larger scale. To address this, we conducted a large follow-up study of over 8,000 individuals (Sugimoto, Hikaru, et al. “Stratification of individuals without prior diagnosis of diabetes using continuous glucose monitoring” medRxiv (2025)), which confirmed our main finding that glucose dynamics consist of mean, variance, and autocorrelation. As this large study was beyond the scope of the present manuscript due to differences in primary objectives and analytical approaches, it was not included in this paper; however, it provides further support for the clinical relevance and generalizability of our findings.

      To address the sample size considerations, we will add the following sentences in the Discussion section:

      Although our analysis included four datasets with a total of 270 individuals, and our sample size of 53 met the required threshold based on power calculations with a type I error of 0.05, a power of 0.8, and an expected correlation coefficient of 0.4, we acknowledge that the sample size may still be considered relatively small for a comprehensive assessment of these relationships. To further validate these findings, larger prospective studies with diverse populations are needed to improve the predictive utility and generalizability of our findings.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s feedback and believe that these clarifications will strengthen the manuscript.

      In terms of validation, several challenges exist, including geographical and ethnic biases in the validation cohorts, lack of long-term follow-up data, and insufficient validation across different clinical settings. In terms of data representativeness, limiting factors include the inclusion of only subjects with well-controlled serum cholesterol and blood pressure and the use of only short-term measurement data.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment regarding the challenges associated with validation. In terms of geographic and ethnic diversity, our study includes validation cohorts from diverse populations, including 64 Japanese, 53 American and 100 Chinese individuals. These cohorts include a wide range of metabolic states, from healthy individuals to those with diabetes, ensuring validation across different clinical conditions. In addition, we recognize the limited availability of publicly available datasets with sufficient sample sizes for factor decomposition that include both healthy individuals and those with type 2 diabetes (Zhao, Qinpei, et al. “Chinese diabetes datasets for data-driven machine learning.” Scientific Data 10.1 (2023): 35.). The main publicly available datasets with relevant clinical characteristics have already been analyzed in this study using unbiased approaches.

      However, we fully agree with the reviewer that expanding the geographic and ethnic scope, including long-term follow-up data, and validation in different clinical settings would further strengthen the robustness and generalizability of our findings. To address this, we conducted a large follow-up study of over 8,000 individuals with two years of follow-up (Sugimoto, Hikaru, et al. “Stratification of individuals without prior diagnosis of diabetes using continuous glucose monitoring” medRxiv (2025)), which confirmed our main finding that glucose dynamics consist of mean, variance, and autocorrelation. As this large study was beyond the scope of the present manuscript due to differences in primary objectives and analytical approaches, it was not included in this paper; however, it provides further support for the clinical relevance and generalizability of our findings.

      Regarding the validation considerations, we will add the following sentences to the Discussion section:

      Although our analysis included four datasets with a total of 270 individuals, and our sample size of 53 met the required threshold based on power calculations with a type I error of 0.05, a power of 0.8, and an expected correlation coefficient of 0.4, we acknowledge that the sample size may still be considered relatively small for a comprehensive assessment of these relationships. To further validate these findings, larger prospective studies with diverse populations are needed to improve the predictive utility and generalizability of our findings.

      Although our LASSO and factor analysis indicated that CGM-derived measures were strong predictors of %NC, this does not mean that other clinical parameters, such as lipids and blood pressure, are irrelevant in T2DM complications. Our study specifically focused on characterizing glucose dynamics, and we analyzed individuals with well-controlled serum cholesterol and blood pressure to reduce confounding effects. While we anticipate that inclusion of a more diverse population would not alter our primary findings regarding glucose dynamics, it is likely that a broader data set would reveal additional predictive contributions from lipid and blood pressure parameters.

      In terms of elucidation of physical mechanisms, the study is not sufficient to elucidate the mechanisms linking autocorrelation and clinical outcomes or to verify them at the cellular or molecular level.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s point regarding the need for further elucidation of the physical mechanisms linking glucose autocorrelation to clinical outcomes. We fully agree with the reviewer that the detailed molecular and cellular mechanisms underlying this relationship are not yet fully understood, as noted in our Discussion section.

      However, we would like to emphasize the theoretical basis that supports the clinical relevance of autocorrelation. Our results show that glucose profiles with identical mean and variability can exhibit different autocorrelation patterns, highlighting that conventional measures such as mean or variance alone may not fully capture inter-individual metabolic differences. Incorporating autocorrelation analysis provides a more comprehensive characterization of metabolic states. Consequently, incorporating autocorrelation measures alongside traditional diabetes diagnostic criteria - such as fasting glucose, HbA1c and PG120, which primarily reflect only the “mean” component - can improve predictive accuracy for various clinical outcomes. While further research at the cellular and molecular level is needed to fully validate these findings, it is important to note that the primary goal of this study was to analyze the characteristics of glucose dynamics and gain new insights into metabolism, rather than to perform molecular biology experiments.

      Furthermore, our previous research has shown that glucose autocorrelation reflects changes in insulin clearance (Sugimoto, Hikaru, et al. “Improved Detection of Decreased Glucose Handling Capacities via Novel Continuous Glucose Monitoring-Derived Indices: AC_Mean and AC_Var.” medRxiv (2023): 2023-09.). The relationship between insulin clearance and cardiovascular disease has been well documented (Randrianarisoa, Elko, et al. “Reduced insulin clearance is linked to subclinical atherosclerosis in individuals at risk for type 2 diabetes mellitus.” Scientific reports 10.1 (2020): 22453.), and the mechanisms described in this prior work may potentially explain the association between glucose autocorrelation and clinical outcomes observed in the present study.

      Rather than a limitation, we view these currently unexplored associations as an opportunity for further research. The identification of autocorrelation as a key glycemic feature introduces a new dimension to metabolic regulation that could serve as the basis for future investigations exploring the molecular mechanisms underlying these patterns.

      While we agree that further research at the cellular and molecular level is needed to fully validate these findings, we believe that our study provides a strong theoretical framework to support the clinical utility of autocorrelation analysis in glucose monitoring, and that this could serve as the basis for future investigations exploring the molecular mechanisms underlying these autocorrelation patterns, which adds to the broad interest of this study. Regarding the physical mechanisms linking autocorrelation and clinical outcomes, we will add the following sentences in the Discussion section:

      This study also provided evidence that autocorrelation can vary independently from the mean and variance components using simulated data. In addition, simulated glucose dynamics indicated that even individuals with high AC_Var did not necessarily have high maximum and minimum blood glucose levels. This study also indicated that these three components qualitatively corresponded to the four distinct glucose patterns observed after glucose administration, which were identified in a previous study (Hulman et al., 2018). Thus, the inclusion of autocorrelation in addition to mean and variance may improve the characterization of inter-individual differences in glucose regulation and improve the predictive accuracy of various clinical outcomes.

      Despite increasing evidence linking glycemic variability to oxidative stress and endothelial dysfunction in T2DM complications (Ceriello et al., 2008; Monnier et al., 2008), the biological mechanisms underlying the independent predictive value of autocorrelation remain to be elucidated. Our previous work has shown that glucose autocorrelation is influenced by insulin clearance (Sugimoto et al., 2023), a process known to be associated with cardiovascular disease risk (Randrianarisoa et al., 2020). Therefore, the molecular pathways linking glucose autocorrelation to cardiovascular disease may share common mechanisms with those linking insulin clearance to cardiovascular disease. Although previous studies have primarily focused on investigating the molecular mechanisms associated with mean glucose levels and glycemic variability, our findings open new avenues for exploring the molecular basis of glucose autocorrelation, potentially revealing novel therapeutic targets for preventing diabetic complications.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Sugimoto et al. explore the relationship between glucose dynamics - specifically value, variability, and autocorrelation - and coronary plaque vulnerability in patients with varying glucose tolerance levels. The study identifies three independent predictive factors for %NC and emphasizes the use of continuous glucose monitoring (CGM)-derived indices for coronary artery disease (CAD) risk assessment. By employing robust statistical methods and validating findings across datasets from Japan, America, and China, the authors highlight the limitations of conventional markers while proposing CGM as a novel approach for risk prediction. The study has the potential to reshape CAD risk assessment by emphasizing CGM-derived indices, aligning well with personalized medicine trends.

      Strengths:

      (1) The introduction of autocorrelation as a predictive factor for plaque vulnerability adds a novel dimension to glucose dynamic analysis.

      (2) Inclusion of datasets from diverse regions enhances generalizability.

      (3) The use of a well-characterized cohort with controlled cholesterol and blood pressure levels strengthens the findings.

      (4) The focus on CGM-derived indices aligns with personalized medicine trends, showcasing the potential for CAD risk stratification.

      We appreciate reviewer #2 for the positive assessment and for the valuable and constructive comments on our manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The link between autocorrelation and plaque vulnerability remains speculative without a proposed biological explanation.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s point about the need for a clearer biological explanation linking glucose autocorrelation to plaque vulnerability. We fully agree with the reviewer that the detailed biological mechanisms underlying this relationship are not yet fully understood, as noted in our Discussion section.

      However, we would like to emphasize the theoretical basis that supports the clinical relevance of autocorrelation. Our results show that glucose profiles with identical mean and variability can exhibit different autocorrelation patterns, highlighting that conventional measures such as mean or variance alone may not fully capture inter-individual metabolic differences. Incorporating autocorrelation analysis provides a more comprehensive characterization of metabolic states. Consequently, incorporating autocorrelation measures alongside traditional diabetes diagnostic criteria - such as fasting glucose, HbA1c and PG120, which primarily reflect only the “mean” component - can improve predictive accuracy for various clinical outcomes.

      Furthermore, our previous research has shown that glucose autocorrelation reflects changes in insulin clearance (Sugimoto, Hikaru, et al. “Improved Detection of Decreased Glucose Handling Capacities via Novel Continuous Glucose Monitoring-Derived Indices: AC_Mean and AC_Var.” medRxiv (2023): 2023-09.). The relationship between insulin clearance and cardiovascular disease has been well documented (Randrianarisoa, Elko, et al. “Reduced insulin clearance is linked to subclinical atherosclerosis in individuals at risk for type 2 diabetes mellitus.” Scientific reports 10.1 (2020): 22453.), and the mechanisms described in this prior work may potentially explain the association between glucose autocorrelation and clinical outcomes observed in the present study.

      Rather than a limitation, we view these currently unexplored associations as an opportunity for further research. The identification of autocorrelation as a key glycemic feature introduces a new dimension to metabolic regulation that could serve as the basis for future investigations exploring the molecular mechanisms underlying these patterns.

      While we agree that further research at the cellular and molecular level is needed to fully validate these findings, we believe that our study provides a strong theoretical framework to support the clinical utility of autocorrelation analysis in glucose monitoring, and that this could serve as the basis for future investigations exploring the molecular mechanisms underlying these autocorrelation patterns, which adds to the broad interest of this study. Regarding the physical mechanisms linking autocorrelation and clinical outcomes, we will add the following sentences in the Discussion section:

      This study also provided evidence that autocorrelation can vary independently from the mean and variance components using simulated data. In addition, simulated glucose dynamics indicated that even individuals with high AC_Var did not necessarily have high maximum and minimum blood glucose levels. This study also indicated that these three components qualitatively corresponded to the four distinct glucose patterns observed after glucose administration, which were identified in a previous study (Hulman et al., 2018). Thus, the inclusion of autocorrelation in addition to mean and variance may improve the characterization of inter-individual differences in glucose regulation and improve the predictive accuracy of various clinical outcomes.

      Despite increasing evidence linking glycemic variability to oxidative stress and endothelial dysfunction in T2DM complications (Ceriello et al., 2008; Monnier et al., 2008), the biological mechanisms underlying the independent predictive value of autocorrelation remain to be elucidated. Our previous work has shown that glucose autocorrelation is influenced by insulin clearance (Sugimoto et al., 2023), a process known to be associated with cardiovascular disease risk (Randrianarisoa et al., 2020). Therefore, the molecular pathways linking glucose autocorrelation to cardiovascular disease may share common mechanisms with those linking insulin clearance to cardiovascular disease. Although previous studies have primarily focused on investigating the molecular mechanisms associated with mean glucose levels and glycemic variability, our findings open new avenues for exploring the molecular basis of glucose autocorrelation, potentially revealing novel therapeutic targets for preventing diabetic complications.

      (2) The relatively small sample size (n=270) limits statistical power, especially when stratified by glucose tolerance levels.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s concern regarding sample size and its potential impact on statistical power, especially when stratified by glucose tolerance level. We fully agree that a larger sample size would increase statistical power, especially for subgroup analyses.

      We would like to clarify several points regarding the statistical power and validation of our findings. Our sample size determination followed established methodological frameworks, including the guidelines outlined by Muyembe Asenahabi, Bostely, and Peters Anselemo Ikoha. “Scientific research sample size determination.” (2023). These guidelines balance the risks of inadequate sample size with the challenges of unnecessarily large samples. For our primary analysis examining the correlation between CGM-derived measures and %NC, power calculations (a type I error of 0.05, a power of 0.8, and an expected correlation coefficient of 0.4) indicated that a minimum of 47 participants was required. Our sample size of 53 exceeded this threshold and allowed us to detect statistically significant correlations, as described in the Methods section. Moreover, to provide transparency about the precision of our estimates, we have included confidence intervals for all coefficients.

      Furthermore, our sample size aligns with previous studies investigating the associations between glucose profiles and clinical parameters, including Torimoto, Keiichi, et al. “Relationship between fluctuations in glucose levels measured by continuous glucose monitoring and vascular endothelial dysfunction in type 2 diabetes mellitus.” Cardiovascular Diabetology 12 (2013): 1-7. (n=57), Hall, Heather, et al. “Glucotypes reveal new patterns of glucose dysregulation.” PLoS biology 16.7 (2018): e2005143. (n=57), and Metwally, Ahmed A., et al. “Prediction of metabolic subphenotypes of type 2 diabetes via continuous glucose monitoring and machine learning.” Nature Biomedical Engineering (2024): 1-18. (n=32).

      Regarding the classification of glucose dynamics components, we have conducted additional validation across diverse populations including 64 Japanese, 53 American, and 100 Chinese individuals. These validation efforts have consistently supported our identification of three independent glucose dynamics components.

      However, we acknowledge the importance of further validation on a larger scale. To address this, we conducted a large follow-up study of over 8,000 individuals with two years of follow-up (Sugimoto, Hikaru, et al. “Stratification of individuals without prior diagnosis of diabetes using continuous glucose monitoring” medRxiv (2025)), which confirmed our main finding that glucose dynamics consist of mean, variance, and autocorrelation. As this large study was beyond the scope of the present manuscript due to differences in primary objectives and analytical approaches, it was not included in this paper; however, it provides further support for the clinical relevance and generalizability of our findings.

      To address the sample size considerations, we will add the following sentences in the Discussion section:

      Although our analysis included four datasets with a total of 270 individuals, and our sample size of 53 met the required threshold based on power calculations with a type I error of 0.05, a power of 0.8, and an expected correlation coefficient of 0.4, we acknowledge that the sample size may still be considered relatively small for a comprehensive assessment of these relationships. To further validate these findings, larger prospective studies with diverse populations are needed to improve the predictive utility and generalizability of our findings.

      (3) Strict participant selection criteria may reduce applicability to broader populations.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment regarding the potential impact of strict participant selection criteria on the broader applicability of our findings. We acknowledge that extending validation to more diverse populations would improve the generalizability of our findings.

      Our study includes validation cohorts from diverse populations, including 64 Japanese, 53 American and 100 Chinese individuals. These cohorts include a wide range of metabolic states, from healthy individuals to those with diabetes, ensuring validation across different clinical conditions. However, we acknowledge that further validation in additional populations and clinical settings would strengthen our conclusions. To address this, we conducted a large follow-up study of over 8,000 individuals (Sugimoto, Hikaru, et al. “Stratification of individuals without prior diagnosis of diabetes using continuous glucose monitoring” medRxiv (2025)), which confirmed our main finding that glucose dynamics consist of mean, variance, and autocorrelation. As this large study was beyond the scope of the present manuscript due to differences in primary objectives and analytical approaches, it was not included in this paper; however, it provides further support for the clinical relevance and generalizability of our findings.

      We will add the following text to the Discussion section to address these considerations:

      Although our analysis included four datasets with a total of 270 individuals, and our sample size of 53 met the required threshold based on power calculations with a type I error of 0.05, a power of 0.8, and an expected correlation coefficient of 0.4, we acknowledge that the sample size may still be considered relatively small for a comprehensive assessment of these relationships. To further validate these findings, larger prospective studies with diverse populations are needed to improve the predictive utility and generalizability of our findings.

      Although our LASSO and factor analysis indicated that CGM-derived measures were strong predictors of %NC, this does not mean that other clinical parameters, such as lipids and blood pressure, are irrelevant in T2DM complications. Our study specifically focused on characterizing glucose dynamics, and we analyzed individuals with well-controlled serum cholesterol and blood pressure to reduce confounding effects. While we anticipate that inclusion of a more diverse population would not alter our primary findings regarding glucose dynamics, it is likely that a broader data set would reveal additional predictive contributions from lipid and blood pressure parameters.

      (4) CGM-derived indices like AC_Var and ADRR may be too complex for routine clinical use without simplified models or guidelines.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s concern about the complexity of CGM-derived indices such as AC_Var and ADRR for routine clinical use. We acknowledge that for these indices to be of practical use, they must be both interpretable and easily accessible to healthcare providers.

      To address this concern, we have developed an easy-to-use web application that automatically calculates these measures, including AC_Var, mean glucose levels, and glucose variability. This tool eliminates the need for manual calculations, making these indices more practical for clinical implementation.

      Regarding interpretability, we acknowledge that establishing specific clinical guidelines would enhance the practical utility of these measures. For example, defining a cut-off value for AC_Var above which the risk of diabetes complications increases significantly would provide clearer clinical guidance. However, given our current sample size limitations and our predefined objective of investigating correlations among indices, we have taken a conservative approach by focusing on the correlation between AC_Var and %NC rather than establishing definitive cutoffs. This approach intentionally avoids problematic statistical practices like p-hacking. It is not realistic to expect a single study to accomplish everything from proposing a new concept to conducting large-scale clinical trials to establishing clinical guidelines. Establishing clinical guidelines typically requires the accumulation of multiple studies over many years. Recognizing this reality, we have been careful in our manuscript to make modest claims about the discovery of new “correlations” rather than exaggerated claims about immediate routine clinical use.

      To address this limitation, we conducted a large follow-up study of over 8,000 individuals in the next study (Sugimoto, Hikaru, et al. “Stratification of individuals without prior diagnosis of diabetes using continuous glucose monitoring” medRxiv (2025)), which proposed clinically relevant cutoffs and reference ranges for AC_Var and other CGM-derived indices. As this large study was beyond the scope of the present manuscript due to differences in primary objectives and analytical approaches, it was not included in this paper; however, by integrating automated calculation tools with clear clinical thresholds, we expect to make these measures more accessible for clinical use.

      We will add the following text to the Discussion section to address these considerations:

      While CGM-derived indices such as AC_Var and ADRR hold promise for CAD risk assessment, their complexity may present challenges for routine clinical implementation. To improve usability, we have developed a web-based calculator that automates these calculations. However, the definition of clinically relevant thresholds and reference ranges requires further validation in larger cohorts.

      (5) The study does not compare CGM-derived indices to existing advanced CAD risk models, limiting the ability to assess their true predictive superiority.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment regarding the comparison of CGM-derived indices with existing CAD risk models. Given that our study population consisted of individuals with well-controlled total cholesterol and blood pressure levels, a direct comparison with the Framingham Risk Score for Hard Coronary Heart Disease (Wilson, Peter WF, et al. “Prediction of coronary heart disease using risk factor categories.” Circulation 97.18 (1998): 1837-1847.) may introduce inherent bias, as these factors are key components of the score.

      Nevertheless, to further assess the predictive value of the CGM-derived indices, we performed additional analyses using linear regression to predict %NC. Using the Framingham Risk Score, we obtained an R² of 0.04 and an Akaike Information Criterion (AIC) of 330. In contrast, our proposed model incorporating the three glycemic parameters - CGM_Mean, CGM_Std, and AC_Var - achieved a significantly improved R² of 0.36 and a lower AIC of 321, indicating superior predictive accuracy.

      We will add the following text to the Result section:

      The regression model including CGM_Mean, CGM_Std and AC_Var to predict %NC achieved an R² of 0.36 and an Akaike Information Criterion (AIC) of 321. Each of these indices showed statistically significant independent positive correlations with %NC. In contrast, the model using conventional glycemic markers (FBG, HbA1c, and PG120) yielded an R<sup>2</sup> of only 0.05 and an AIC of 340. Similarly, the model using the Framingham Risk Score for Hard Coronary Heart Disease (Wilson et al., 1998) showed limited predictive value, with an R<sup>2</sup> of 0.04 and an AIC of 330.

      (6) Varying CGM sampling intervals (5-minute vs. 15-minute) were not thoroughly analyzed for impact on results.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment regarding the potential impact of different CGM sampling intervals on our results. To assess the robustness of our findings across different sampling frequencies, we performed a down sampling analysis by converting our 5-minute interval data to 15-minute intervals. The AC_Var value calculated from 15-minute intervals was significantly correlated with that calculated from 5-minute intervals (R = 0.99, 95% CI: 0.97-1.00). Furthermore, the regression model using CGM_Mean, CGM_Std, and AC_Var from 15-minute intervals to predict %NC achieved an R<sup>2</sup> of 0.36 and an AIC of 321, identical to the model using 5-minute intervals. These results indicate that our results are robust to variations in CGM sampling frequency.

      We will add this analysis to the Result section:

      The AC_Var value calculated from 15-minute intervals was significantly correlated with that calculated from 5-minute intervals (R = 0.99, 95% CI: 0.97-1.00). Consequently, the regression model including CGM_Mean, CGM_Std and AC_Var from 15-minute intervals to predict %NC achieved an R² of 0.36 and an AIC of 321.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is a retrospective analysis of 53 individuals over 26 features (12 clinical phenotypes, 12 CGM features, and 2 autocorrelation features) to examine which features were most informative in predicting percent necrotic core (%NC) as a parameter for coronary plaque vulnerability. Multiple regression analysis demonstrated a better ability to predict %NC from 3 selected CGM-derived features than 3 selected clinical phenotypes. LASSO regularization and partial least squares (PLS) with VIP scores were used to identify 4 CGM features that most contribute to the precision of %NC. Using factor analysis they identify 3 components that have CGM-related features: value (relating to the value of blood glucose), variability (relating to glucose variability), and autocorrelation (composed of the two autocorrelation features). These three groupings appeared in the 3 validation cohorts and when performing hierarchical clustering. To demonstrate how these three features change, a simulation was created to allow the user to examine these features under different conditions.

      We appreciate reviewer #3 for the valuable and constructive comments on our manuscript.

      Review:

      The goal of this study was to identify CGM features that relate to %NC. Through multiple feature selection methods, they arrive at 3 components: value, variability, and autocorrelation. While the feature list is highly correlated, the authors take steps to ensure feature selection is robust. There is a lack of clarity of what each component (value, variability, and autocorrelation) includes as while similar CGM indices fall within each component, there appear to be some indices that appear as relevant to value in one dataset and to variability in the validation.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment regarding the classification of CGM-derived measures into the three components: value, variability, and autocorrelation. As the reviewer correctly points out, some measures may load differently between the value and variability components in different datasets. However, we believe that this variability reflects the inherent mathematical properties of these measures rather than a limitation of our study.

      For example, the HBGI clusters differently across datasets due to its dependence on the number of glucose readings above a threshold. In populations where mean glucose levels are predominantly below this threshold, the HBGI is more sensitive to glucose variability (Fig. S7A). Conversely, in populations with a wider range of mean glucose levels, HBGI correlates more strongly with mean glucose levels (Fig. 3A). This context-dependent behavior is expected given the mathematical properties of these measures and does not indicate an inconsistency in our classification approach.

      Importantly, our main findings remain robust: CGM-derived measures systematically fall into three components-value, variability, and autocorrelation. Traditional CGM-derived measures primarily reflect either value or variability, and this categorization is consistently observed across datasets. While specific indices such as HBGI may shift classification depending on population characteristics, the overall structure of CGM data remains stable.

      To address these considerations, we will add the following text to the Discussion section:

      Some indices, such as HBGI, showed variation in classification across datasets, with some populations showing higher factor loadings in the “value” component and others in the “variability” component. This variation occurs because HBGI calculations depend on the number of glucose readings above a threshold. In populations where mean glucose levels are predominantly below this threshold, the HBGI is more sensitive to glucose variability (Fig. S7A). Conversely, in populations with a wider range of mean glucose levels, the HBGI correlates more strongly with mean glucose levels (Fig. 3A). Despite these differences, our validation analyses confirm that CGM-derived indices consistently cluster into three components: value, variability, and autocorrelation.

      We are sceptical about statements of significance without documentation of p-values.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s concern regarding statistical significance and the documentation of p values.

      First, given the multiple comparisons in our study, we used q values rather than p values, as shown in Figure S1. Q values provide a more rigorous statistical framework for controlling the false discovery rate in multiple testing scenarios, thereby reducing the likelihood of false positives.

      Second, our statistical reporting follows established guidelines, including those of the New England Journal of Medicine (Harrington, David, et al. “New guidelines for statistical reporting in the journal.” New England Journal of Medicine 381.3 (2019): 285-286.), which recommend that “reporting of exploratory end points should be limited to point estimates of effects with 95% confidence intervals” and that “replace p values with estimates of effects or association and 95% confidence intervals”. According to these guidelines, p values should not be reported in this type of study. We determined significance based on whether these 95% confidence intervals excluded zero - a statistical method for determining whether an association is significantly different from zero (Tan, Sze Huey, and Say Beng Tan. "The correct interpretation of confidence intervals." Proceedings of Singapore Healthcare 19.3 (2010): 276-278.).

      For the sake of transparency, we provide p values for readers who may be interested, although we emphasize that they should not be the basis for interpretation, as discussed in the referenced guidelines. Specifically, in Figure 1, the p values for CGM_Mean, CGM_Std, and AC_Var were 0.02, 0.02, and <0.01, respectively, while those for FBG, HbA1c, and PG120 were 0.83, 0.91, and 0.25, respectively. In Figure 3C, the p values for factors 1–5 were 0.03, 0.03, 0.03, 0.24, and 0.87, respectively, and in Figure S10B, the p values for factors 1–3 were <0.01, <0.01, and 0.20, respectively.

      We appreciate the opportunity to clarify our statistical methodology and are happy to provide additional details if needed.

      While hesitations remain, the ability of these authors to find groupings of these many CGM metrics in relation to %NC is of interest. The believability of the associations is impeded by an obtuse presentation of the results with core data (i.e. correlation plots between CGM metrics and %NC) buried in the supplement while main figures contain plots of numerical estimates from models which would be more usefully presented in supplementary tables.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment regarding the presentation of our results and recognize the importance of ensuring clarity and accessibility of the core data.

      The central finding of our study is twofold: first, that the numerous CGM-derived measures can be systematically classified into three distinct components-mean, variance, and autocorrelation-and second, that each of these components is independently associated with %NC. This insight cannot be derived simply from examining scatter plots of individual correlations, which are provided in the Supplementary Figures. Instead, it emerges from our statistical analyses in the main figures, including multiple regression models that reveal the independent contributions of these components to %NC.

      However, we acknowledge the reviewer’s concern regarding the accessibility of key data. To improve clarity, we will move several scatter plots from the Supplementary Figures to the main figures to allow readers to more directly visualize the relationships between CGM-derived measures and %NC. We believe this revision will improve the transparency and readability of our results while maintaining the rigor of our analytical approach.

      Given the small sample size in the primary analysis, there is a lot of modeling done with parameters estimated where simpler measures would serve and be more convincing as they require less data manipulation. A major example of this is that the pairwise correlation/covariance between CGM_mean, CGM_std, and AC_var is not shown and would be much more compelling in the claim that these are independent factors.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s feedback on our statistical analysis and data presentation. The correlations between CGM_Mean, CGM_Std, and AC_Var are documented in Figure S1B. However, to improve accessibility and clarity, we will move these correlation analyses to the main figures. Regarding our modeling approach, we chose LASSO and PLS methods because they are well-established techniques that are particularly suited to scenarios with many input variables and a relatively small sample size. These methods have been extensively validated in the literature as robust approaches for variable selection under such conditions (Tibshirani R. 1996. Regression shrinkage and selection via the lasso. J R Stat Soc 58:267–288. Wold S, Sjöström M, Eriksson L. 2001. PLS-regression: a basic tool of chemometrics. Chemometrics Intellig Lab Syst 58:109–130. Pei X, Qi D, Liu J, Si H, Huang S, Zou S, Lu D, Li Z. 2023. Screening marker genes of type 2 diabetes mellitus in mouse lacrimal gland by LASSO regression. Sci Rep 13:6862. Wang C, Kong H, Guan Y, Yang J, Gu J, Yang S, Xu G. 2005. Plasma phospholipid metabolic profiling and biomarkers of type 2 diabetes mellitus based on high-performance liquid chromatography/electrospray mass spectrometry and multivariate statistical analysis. Anal Chem 77:4108–4116.).

      Lack of methodological detail is another challenge. For example, the time period of CGM metrics or CGM placement in the primary study in relation to the IVUS-derived measurements of coronary plaques is unclear. Are they temporally distant or proximal/ concurrent with the PCI?

      We appreciate the reviewer’s important question regarding the temporal relationship between CGM measurements and IVUS-derived plaque assessments. As described in our previous work (Otowa‐Suematsu, Natsu, et al. “Comparison of the relationship between multiple parameters of glycemic variability and coronary plaque vulnerability assessed by virtual histology–intravascular ultrasound.” Journal of Diabetes Investigation 9.3 (2018): 610-615.), all individuals underwent continuous glucose monitoring for at least three consecutive days within the seven-day period prior to the PCI procedure. To improve clarity for readers, we will include this methodological detail in the revised manuscript.

      A patient undergoing PCI for coronary intervention would be expected to have physiological and iatrogenic glycemic disturbances that do not reflect their baseline state. This is not considered or discussed.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s concern regarding potential glycemic disturbances associated with PCI. As described in our previous work (Otowa‐Suematsu, Natsu, et al. “Comparison of the relationship between multiple parameters of glycemic variability and coronary plaque vulnerability assessed by virtual histology–intravascular ultrasound.” Journal of Diabetes Investigation 9.3 (2018): 610-615.), all CGM measurements were performed before the PCI procedure. This temporal separation ensures that the glycemic patterns analyzed in our study reflect the baseline metabolic state of the patients, rather than any physiological or iatrogenic effects of PCI. To avoid any misunderstanding, we will clarify this temporal relationship in the revised manuscript.

      The attempts at validation in external cohorts, Japanese, American, and Chinese are very poorly detailed. We could only find even an attempt to examine cardiovascular parameters in the Chinese data set but the outcome variables are unspecified with regard to what macrovascular events are included, their temporal relation to the CGM metrics, etc. Notably macrovascular event diagnoses are very different from the coronary plaque necrosis quantification. This could be a source of strength in the findings if carefully investigated and detailed but due to the lack of detail seems like an apples-to-oranges comparison.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s comment regarding the validation cohorts and the need for greater clarity, particularly in the Chinese dataset. We acknowledge that our initial description lacked sufficient methodological detail, and we will expand the Methods section to provide a more comprehensive explanation.

      For the Chinese dataset, the data collection protocol was previously documented (Zhao, Qinpei, et al. “Chinese diabetes datasets for data-driven machine learning.” Scientific Data 10.1 (2023): 35.). Briefly, trained research staff used standardized questionnaires to collect demographic and clinical information, including diabetes diagnosis, treatment history, comorbidities, and medication use. Physical examinations included anthropometric measurements, and body mass index was calculated using standard protocols. CGM monitoring was performed using the FreeStyle Libre H device (Abbott Diabetes Care, UK), which records interstitial glucose levels at 15-minute intervals for up to 14 days. Laboratory measurements, including metabolic panels, lipid profiles, and renal function tests, were obtained within six months of CGM placement. While previous studies have linked necrotic core to macrovascular events (Xie, Yong, et al. “Clinical outcome of nonculprit plaque ruptures in patients with acute coronary syndrome in the PROSPECT study.” JACC: Cardiovascular Imaging 7.4 (2014): 397-405.), we acknowledge the limitations of the cardiovascular outcomes in the Chinese data set. These outcomes were extracted from medical records rather than standardized diagnostic procedures or imaging studies. To address these concerns, we will expand the Discussion section to clarify the differences in outcome definitions and methodological approaches between the data sets.

      Finally, the simulations at the end are not relevant to the main claims of the paper and we would recommend removing them for the coherence of this manuscript.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s feedback regarding the relevance of the simulation component of our manuscript. The primary contribution of our study goes beyond demonstrating correlations between CGM-derived measures and %NC; it highlights three fundamental components of glycemic patterns-mean, variability, and autocorrelation-and their independent relationships with coronary plaque characteristics.

      The simulations are included to illustrate how glycemic patterns with identical means and variability can have different autocorrelation structures. Because temporal autocorrelation can be conceptually difficult to interpret, these visualizations were intended to provide intuitive examples for the readers.

      However, we recognize the reviewer’s concern about the coherence of the manuscript. In response, we will streamline the simulation section by removing technical simulations that do not directly support our primary conclusions, while retaining only those that enhance understanding of the three glycemic components.

    1. eLife Assessment

      The authors have demonstrated the use of adenine base editors delivered via adeno-associated viruses to introduce edits in the mitochondrial genome. The manuscript describes the methodology well, and the conclusions are convincingly supported by the results. The valuable results highlight the potential of these base editors to model mtDNA variations in somatic tissues in animal models.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study represents an incremental step toward mitochondrial DNA editing but raises several concerns regarding its impact and broader applicability. The reported in vitro editing efficiency of 17% in mitotic cells, with non-specific editing across multiple A:T sites, offers limited improvement over prior technologies like DdCBE. Editing efficiency for the Mt-Atp6 gene was even lower (~4%), rendering it unlikely to produce functional changes relevant to mitochondrial function or bioenergetics.

      While the modified TadA8e(V28R) mutant alleviated toxicity and enabled sufficient AAV production for in vivo experiments, the low in vivo editing efficiency (~4%) after 4 weeks was disappointing and unlikely to be biologically meaningful. Furthermore, the use of P1 postnatal tissues, which are still developing, raises questions about their suitability as models for postmitotic tissues, especially since the brain - a key organ affected by mitochondrial diseases - was excluded from the analysis.

      Despite demonstrating feasibility for mitochondrial adenine base editing, the study highlights significant limitations, underscoring the need for further optimization. The reviewer also suggests adopting clearer terminology, such as "pathological variant" instead of "mutation," to enhance precision.

      Strengths:

      The study demonstrates the feasibility of adenine base editing in mitochondrial DNA, marking a step forward in expanding mitochondrial genome engineering capabilities. A notable strength is the development of a modified TadA8e(V28R) mutant, which successfully mitigated toxicity and enabled sufficient AAV production for in vivo experiments. This technical advancement addresses a key challenge in mitochondrial gene editing and provides a foundation for improving delivery methods and reducing off-target effects.

      Additionally, the study highlights the potential for targeted mitochondrial DNA modifications using optimized TALEs, achieving A:T to G:C conversions in multiple genes. While the in vitro editing efficiency remains modest, the approach represents an important proof-of-concept for potentially advancing mitochondrial editing technologies, particularly in the context of addressing pathological variants.

      Weaknesses:

      The major weaknesses of the study center around its low editing efficiency, both in vitro and in vivo. In vitro editing achieved only 17% efficiency in mitotic cells, while the efficiency for the Mt-Atp6 gene was even lower, around 4%. This level of editing is unlikely to produce meaningful functional or biological changes, particularly in cells with pathological mtDNA variants. Similarly, in vivo, editing efficiency after a 4-week exposure period remained at approximately 4%, which is insufficient to support claims of effective mitochondrial genome editing. Another significant limitation is the lack of editing specificity, as observed changes occurred at multiple A:T sites within and across the editing window rather than being confined to a single position, raising concerns about precision and off-target effects.

      The use of P1 postnatal mouse tissues also raises questions about the relevance of the model, as these tissues are still undergoing development and may not truly reflect postmitotic states. This casts doubt on whether the findings are transferable to mature tissues, such as the adult brain, which is frequently affected by mitochondrial diseases. Furthermore, the exclusion of brain tissue from the analysis limits the study's applicability to neurological disorders, a key area of mitochondrial disease research. The rationale for excluding brain tissue is not addressed, leaving an important gap in the study's scope.

      The findings also lack novelty, as the reported low efficiency and lack of specificity are consistent with previous studies, making it unclear whether this work represents a significant advancement over existing technologies.

      Collectively, these weaknesses underscore the need for further optimization of the approach, improved targeting specificity, and validation in more relevant models to demonstrate therapeutic potential.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The authors have demonstrated the use of adenine base editors delivered via adeno-associated viruses to introduce edits in the mitochondrial genome. The manuscript describes the methodology well, and the conclusions are aptly supported by the results. It highlights the potential of these base editors to model mtDNA variations in somatic tissues in animal models.

      However, there are a few comments that need to be addressed:

      (1) Limitations of the small sample size need to be explained clearly for the results described.

      (2) It will be beneficial for the readers if some light is shed on the possible reasons why the efficiencies of adenine base editing are lower than those reported for published cytosine base editors to introduce edits in the mitochondrial DNA.

      (3) The conclusion should more explicitly address the limitations and future directions on low editing efficiency and what can be possible optimization steps.

      (4) In Figure 1, A-to-G editing for the genes Mt-Cytb, Mt-CoII, and Mt-Atp6 appears to be strand-specific for the different architectures of adenine base editors. Do authors have a possible hypothesis if one of the strands is more favorable to editing depending on where the TadA8 binds or is it random?

    1. eLife Assessment

      Shah and colleagues take advantage of the presence of maternal and somatic ribosomes in zebrafish and confirm their differential expression during development. The authors convincingly show that ribosomes previously found expressed during oogenesis are also expressed in primordial germ cells and that hybrid maternal and somatic ribosomes are formed during development. The question of ribosome heterogeneity, the expression and function of maternal versus somatically provided ribosomes are of broad interest and this fundamental work sets new directions for future functional studies of this interesting phenomenon.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In all animals, the fertilized egg is transcriptionally silent, and thus early embryonic development relies on maternally deposited factors. A key mode of regulation is translational control to produce the proteins needed by the developing embryo. In zebrafish as well as other animals, distinct ribosomes, those coming from the maternal pool (maternal ribosomes produced in the germ line/oocytes), and those produced from new transcription after genome activation (somatic ribosomes). In zebrafish, the maternal pool consists of a "maternal" rRNA produced from rDNA on chromosome 4, that has previously been shown to be amplified or expressed specifically in the germ line and in oocytes. The observed sex-specific expression of m-rDNA has led to models that it is involved in sex differentiation and/or maternal control of early embryonic development, both as mediators of translation and as a source of raw materials needed to produce new ribosomes. The work to date in the field indicates that maternal and somatic ribosomes are distinct in their expression profiles but whether they have unique, or gene-specific activities awaits determining if somatic rDNA can functionally replace m-rDNA.

      In this manuscript, the authors investigated the expression profiles, protein composition, and ability of maternal and somatic ribosome components to interact with one another and their association with polysomes. This study reports sequence differences between maternal and somatic ribosomal components as well as proteomics and structural analysis of ribosome composition in oocytes and early development. This analysis shows that ribosome subunit composition changes over developmental time but did not uncover evidence suggesting maternal or somatic ribosome-specific ribosomal protein paralog use. The key findings of this work are:<br /> (1) Observation of hybrid ribosomes composed of subunits of maternal and somatic origin in the embryo.<br /> (2) Detection of both maternal and somatic ribosomes in polysomes, indicating maternal and somatic ribosomes both support translation in the embryos and may not be functionally unique.<br /> (3) Persistent expression of m-rRNA in germ cells, suggesting m-ribosomes, as the main ribosome type present, are important for translation in germ cells. The question of ribosome heterogeneity and the function of maternal versus somatic rDNA and ribosomes is of great interest to the broader scientific community. Overall, the manuscript is clearly written and the solid data provided support the main ideas and conclusions.

      Specific points are detailed below.

      (1) In Figure 1D the m-rRNA abundance goes down at 3dpf, then up again while the s-rRNA steadily increases and peaks at 3dpf then drops thereafter. As presented in the graph it is unclear if this up-then-down trend is consistently observed or not. There are bars on the graph for m-rRNA but not for s-rRNA, thus it is unclear how many times this experiment was performed for the s-rRNA or how variable the results were from sample to sample. Beyond this technical point, if the pattern is consistent, this is an interesting observation as it would signal either a shift in rDNA transcription to silence the somatic locus and/or post-transcriptional targeted degradation of the somatic rRNA in germ cells.

      (2) Although qualified by the authors to some extent, the conclusion regarding maternal ribosomes and specificity related to the translation of germ line-specific transcripts is potentially confusing or misleading. Since the maternal form appears to be the only or predominant form of ribosomes in the germ cells at this stage, these would be the only ribosomes available for translation in germ cells. So, any RNA being translated in the germ cells, even RNAs that are not specifically expressed in the germline would be "enriched in association with" and translated by the maternal ribosomes in germ cells. Additional supporting evidence would be required to support the conclusion that the maternal ribosomes are specifically dedicated to the translation of germ cell-specific RNAs, like nanos3, rather than just general translation in germ cells. Consistent with a more general role for the maternal ribosomes in translation in germ cells, differential codon use has been previously documented for the RNAs produced in oocytes (aka maternal RNAs) (for example Bazzini et al EMBO 2016; Mishima and Tomari Mol Cell 2016), and tRNA genes were recently reported by Wilson and Postlethwait to reside along with the maternal 5S genes and maternal-specific spliceosome components in the region of chromosome 4 that is differentially activated in oocytes and testis (region 2 coding genes are silenced in the ovary but maternal ribosome-related genes are expressed in the ovary; region 4 contains the maternal 45S gene). Further, some of the authors of this manuscript undergo a shift in tRNA repertoire and a change in iso-decoder expression at the onset of gastrulation (Rappol et al, Nucleic Acids Research 2024). Technical limitations pose challenges to definitively testing the hypothesis, but it would be helpful to place the findings here in the context of the published work.

      (3) "An alternate and non-exclusive hypothesis is that the maternal rDNA locus may be involved in PGC fate and sex determination in zebrafish." It would be helpful to further discuss the published evidence supporting this hypothesis. In accord with a potential role for m-rDNA in ovary differentiation, differential methylation of m-rDNA has been previously reported, with high methylation in testis and low methylation in ovaries. Further, several groups have shown that treating fish with broad inhibitors of methyltransferases causes testis-biased differentiation of the gonad. Finally, Moser et al (Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B 2024) recently published work in which CRISPR-Cas9 was used to target the 45S m-rDNA promoter and interfere with its expression. The mutants with these promoter mutations developed as fertile males, consistent with a role for m-rDNA in ovary differentiation. A recent paper from Moser et. al. (Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B 2024) showing that disrupting the m-rDNA locus leads to male-only development should be discussed. This paper does not exclude the possibility of a maternal role for the ribosomes since only one female was recovered among the 45S-m-rDNA mutants. The expression data in Figure 1D of this manuscript showing that m-rRNA levels go down and then up in PGCs indicates the PGCs are making their own m-rRNA. This observation together with the recovery of fertile males reported in the Moser et al study (Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B 2024) doesn't seem to support a requirement for m-rDNA in PGC fate or germ cell-specific translation, at least in testis, since the mutant males produce sperm and are fertile.

      (4) Although the rationale for examining rRNAs in adult tumors, cultured zebrafish cell lines, and during fin regeneration is clear based on the published literature showing elevated embryonic rRNAs, this line of investigation doesn't add much to this study and is a bit of a distraction. That said, the observation that in contrast to published work, neither the maternal (early embryo) nor the specific rRNAs examined are unregulated in these contexts is important and warrants communication with the research community.

      (5) The numbers of embryos and stages are not consistently stated in the manuscript. For example, in the "Isolation of zebrafish ribosome." and "isolation of monosomes" sections of the methods, the stage and number of embryos used for the IPs are not clearly stated in the methods. These important details should be stated throughout the manuscript so that others can perform future studies in a manner that will facilitate comparisons.

      (6) The terminology used for the RiboFLAG experiments is potentially confusing or misleading. Specifically, different terms are used to describe the source of the ribosomes (Figure 5, Figure S7, Figure S8 and in the text). For example, "transmission" is used to describe "maternal transmission" for Mat-RiboFLAG, and "paternal transmission" is used for Som-RiboFLAG, and in Figure 5 and Figure S8 "maternally provided" and "paternally provided" are used. However, these terms may be confusing or unintentionally misleading because transmission and provided refer to two different things. In the case of Mat-RiboFLAG, the terms refer to the maternal Rpl10-FLAG ribosomes, which the progeny receive from their mother independent of whether or not they express the transgene. On the other hand, for Som-RiboFLAG, the terms refer to the transgene rather than the Rpl10-FLAG ribosomes that will be produced by the embryo using the transgene they inherited from their father. Consider instead sticking to "maternal" and "somatic", or alternatively "zygotic expression" and "maternal expression" or "zygotic ribosomes" and "maternal ribosomes".

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study expands previous knowledge on the dual ribosome system in zebrafish by demonstrating the expression of maternal ribosomes in the primordial germ cells as well as the formation of hybrid ribosomes combining subunits of maternal and somatic ribosomes. Although the distinction between the two types is clear at the rRNA level, this is not paralleled at the protein level. An attempt to associate the expression of germ-line-specific transcripts to maternal ribosomes remains inconclusive. Thus, evidence for the functional specialisation of ribosomes in this system is still lacking.

      Strengths:

      The experiments are well-conducted and the main conclusions are well-supported.

      Weaknesses:

      The attempt to take advantage of the system to provide an example of functional ribosome specialisation is justified and the expression of maternal-type ribosomes in the germ line may still be key to understanding the expression of classes of mRNA. However, an alternative possibility related to genome evolution and sex determination is equally relevant.

      Assessment following the structure of the manuscript:

      Shah et al.: "A dual ribosomal system in zebrafish soma and germline"

      The zebrafish dual ribosome system is attractive because it offers a favourable setting to look for ribosome specialization and my impression is that this is exactly what the authors set out to do rather than to try to understand why zebrafish have this unusual setup. If this is correct, the title and the abstract should better reflect the authors' aim and main results. The title suggests to the non-specialist that the dual ribosome system is a novel find which obviously is not the case.

      I was a bit confused when reading the introduction. In the first paragraph, it was unclear to me if the degradation of maternal ribosomes is an active process different from normal turnover. I also found the third paragraph slightly out of tune with the discussion section. The dual ribosome setting at the level of ribosomal RNA genes represents an extreme case of sequence heterogeneity and appears to be sporadic in nature in that it only is reported from Plasmodium and zebrafish. The Xenopus example is 5S rRNA (as also mentioned in the discussion section), and the Drosophila example is protein composition, only. If a broader view of ribosome types is intended, there will be more examples, e.g. Trypanosomes that express different stage-dependent ribosomes at the level of rRNA modifications. The occurrence of dual ribosomes in fish should be placed in context with insight from other fish genomes, e.g. Medaka, which has only one type of ribosomes. Also, the duality in zebrafish is not restricted to ribosomes, but also comprises two types of spliceosomes. These observations suggest that the phenomenon should be investigated in the context of genome evolution. This is appropriately brought up in the discussion section, but I believe it would serve the reading of the manuscript if this was made clear from the beginning. With respect to the structural aspects, I am puzzled why one of the few other papers studying this system, Ramachandran et al. RNA 2020 (PMID: 32912962) is not referenced. This paper is focused on ribose methylation of the two types of ribosomal RNA and should be relevant to several aspects of the present study.

      The manuscript reports three novel and important findings. First, the maternal-type ribosomes are expressed in PGCs, where they furthermore are shown to translate germ line-specific transcripts, and in the male germ line. Regardless, the authors wisely decide to maintain the classical terminology of maternal and somatic ribosomes. Second, both types of ribosomes are polysome-associated and thus translationally active at 24 hpf when they are found in equal amounts. An elaborate experiment shows that hybrid ribosomes are formed at this stage. Finally, a RIP experiment fails to show selectivity in ribosomal recruitment of a germ line-specific mRNA based on the nanos3 3´-UTR. There are several other results, but these are mainly confirmatory or negative, albeit of good quality and important to communicate.

      The part of the study that describes differences in protein composition is a bit difficult to follow, partly because of the complexity of the results, and partly because of the disappointment that no parallel changes in proteins to the clear differences in rRNA were observed. Except for the discussion of eS8 in relation to subunit bridging, it is purely descriptive. There is quite a literature on paralog expression (e.g. in yeast and humans) and perhaps it would be possible to relate to the literature in a way that could provide more meaning to the observations. From the M&M section, it appears that the proteomics data were already published in the Leesch and Lorenzo-Orts et al. paper (Nature 2023). They are here found in Table S1 which is presented in a minimal fashion, from which it is time-consuming to extract meaningful information, e.g. on how stringently the ribosomes were prepared.

      The hybrid-ribosome observation is convincing, but additional information on the choice of cycloheximide concentration would be helpful to rule out other interpretations.

      The experiment on translation of primordial germ cell-specific transcripts by maternal ribosomes is a key experiment. Unfortunately, the experiment failed to show selectivity compared to somatic ribosomes, and in my reading, the promise in the abstract of "preferential association" is not quite justified. More importantly, this experiment is not exhaustive, and a more elaborate discussion on the limitations of the experiment and other approaches would be helpful.

      The discussion section is interesting. Importantly, the authors make the non-specialist aware of the peculiarities of laboratory strains of zebrafish with respect to the lack of sex chromosomes and a possible connection between the rDNA locus and sex determination. This information is critical to include in a journal that has a broad readership. I was unable to follow the argument about the 3´half of 5.8S "to play a role" in ribosome degradation based on Locati et al., 2018 (which is missing from the reference list) and "serve as a target for degradation of maternal ribosomes". Kinetic effects on the degradation pattern of rRNA are frequently observed and difficult to interpret.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Ribosomes are generally considered homogeneous complexes with no inherent role in regulating translation. However, recent studies have found heterogeneity in the composition of ribosome accessory factors, proteins, and ribosomal RNA. Moreover, there is evidence that district ribosomal isoforms are produced at different developmental stages in Xenopus, Drosophila, and zebrafish. In Drosophila, germline-derived ribosomes have a different protein composition to those produced by somatic cell types. In zebrafish, germline vs. somatic ribosomes have been shown to incorporate distinct rRNA isoforms. However, the functional significance of ribosome heterogeneity is not known.

      The manuscript by Shah et al., uses the power of the zebrafish to test the hypothesis that maternal ribosome isoforms have a distinct function relative to ribosome isoforms produced by somatic cells after the maternal-to-zygotic transition (MTZ). They confirm previous findings that all maternal rRNA are derived from the maternal-specific rRNA locus on Chromosome 4. Additionally, proteomic analysis showed that maternal and somatic ribosomes also differ in protein composition. Using ribosome tagging experiments they showed that maternally derived subunits can form functional heteroduplexes (hybrids) with somatic-derived subunits. Finally, they show that maternal-derived ribosomes continue to be expressed in germ cells where they preferentially associate with the maternally derived and germline localized nanos3 mRNA. This suggests a possible role of maternal ribosomes in germ cell-specific translational regulation.

      Strengths:

      The authors use the experimental power of zebrafish to test the hypothesis that maternal and somatic-derived ribosomes have distinct functions. They use state-of-the art proteomics, molecular modeling, and transgenesis techniques. For the most part, the data presented is clear and supports their conclusions.

      Weaknesses:

      Using pulldown experiments they show that maternal ribosomes associate with the PGC-enriched nanos3 RNA, suggesting a role for the maternal isoform in germline-specific translation. However, they acknowledge that the level of enrichment is similar to the level of maternal vs. somatic isoforms that localize to PGCs. The nanos3 mRNA is unique in that it is actively degraded in somatic cells shortly after MTZ so is never present in cells that express the somatic isoforms. Therefore, the association of nanos3 with maternal ribosomes shows that these ribosomes can associate with germline-specific RNAs, but does not provide compelling evidence for a maternal isoform-specific role in translational regulation.

    1. eLife Assessment

      The manuscript presents a useful analysis of the relationship between climate variables and malaria incidence, for local temperature and rainfall and the global climate driver of ENSO from 2008 to 2019 in a lowland region of East Africa, with wavelet analyses and linear regressions after time series decomposition. The paper is convincing albeit not novel in its application of wavelets to the analysis of this type of time series data for a vector-borne infection. It is less persuasive on what is learned about the role of climate variability (non-seasonal climate effects), and it is also unclear how the analysis informs climate change and malaria, and this motivation for the work is not warranted as it pertains to longer time scales than those considered. The work should be better placed in the context of what is known for malaria in East Africa and in different transmission settings.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigates the relationship between climate variables and malaria incidence from monthly records, for rainfall, temperature, and a measure of ENSO, in a lowland region of Kenya in East Africa. Wavelet analyses show significant variability at the seasonal scale at the 6-month scale with some variation in its signal over time, and some additional variability at the 12-month scale for some variables. As conducted, the analyses show weak (non-significant) signals at the interannual time scales (longer than seasonal). Cross-wavelet analysis also highlights the 6-month scale and the association of malaria and climate variables at that scale, with some signal at 12 months, reflecting the role of climate in seasonality. Evidence is presented for some small changes in the lags of the response of malaria to the seasonal climate drivers over time.

      Strengths:

      Although there have been many studies of climate drivers of malaria dynamics in East Africa, these analyses have been largely focused on highlands where these drivers are expected to exhibit the strongest signal of association with disease burden at interannual and longer time scales. It is therefore of interest to take advantage of a relatively long time series of cases to examine the role of climate variables in more endemic malaria in lowlands.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Major comments:

      The work is not sufficiently placed in the context of what is known about climate variability in East Africa, and the role of climate variables in the temporal variation of malaria cases in this region. This context includes the relationship between large (global/regional) drivers of interannual climate variability such as ENSO (and the Indian Ocean Dipole) and local temporal patterns in rainfall and temperature. There is for example literature on the influence of those drivers and the short and long rains in East Africa. That is, phenomena such as ENSO would influence malaria through those local climate variables. This context should be considered when formulating and interpreting the analyses.

      There are conceptual problems with the design of the analyses which can limit the findings on association. It is not surprising that rainfall would exhibit a clear association at seasonal scales. It is nevertheless valuable to confirm this as the authors have done and to examine the faster than 12-month scale, given the typical pattern of two rainfall seasons in this area. However, the results on temperature are less clear. If rainfall is the main limiting factor for the transmission season, the temperature variation that would matter can be during the rainy periods. One would then see an association with temperature only in particular windows of time during the year, when rainfall is sufficient (see for example, Rodo et al. Nat. Commun. 2022, for this finding in a highland region of Ethiopia). For this situation, there would be no clear association with temperature when all months are considered, and one would not find a significant relationship (or a lagged one) between peak times in this climate factor and malaria's seasonal cases. It would be difficult for the wavelet analysis to reveal such an effect. Another consideration is whether to use an ENSO variable that includes seasonality or to use an ENSO index computed as an anomaly, to focus on interannual variability. That is, it is most relevant to consider how ENSO influences time scales of variation longer than seasonal (the multiannual variation in seasonal epidemics) and for this purpose, one would typically rely on an anomaly. This choice would better enable one to see whether there is a role of ENSO at interannual time scales. It would also make sense to analyze with cross-wavelets the effect of ENSO on local climate factors, temperature, and rainfall, and not only on malaria. This would allow us to establish evidence for a chain of causality, from a global driver of interannual variability to local climate variability to malaria incidence.

      The multiresolution analysis and associated analysis of lag variations were confusing and difficult to follow as presented: (1) the lags chosen by the multiresolution analysis do not match the phase differences of the cross-wavelet analysis if I followed what was presented. On page 8, phase differences are expressed in months. I do not understand then the following statements on page 9: "The phase differences obtained by the cross-wavelet transforms were turned into lags, allowing us to plot the evolution of the lags over time". The resulting lags in Figure 6 are shorter than the phase differences provided in the text on page 8. (2) The phase difference of the cross-wavelet analyses for malaria and temperature is also too long for this climate factor to explain an effect on the vector and then on the disease. (3) In Table 3, the regression results that are highlighted are those for Land Surface Temperatures (LST) and ENSO, with a weak but significant negative linear correlation, and for LST and bednet coverage, and this is considered part of the lag analysis. The previous text and analyses up to that point do not seem to consider the relationship of ENSO and local climate variables, or that between local climate variables and bednets (which would benefit from some context for the causal pathways this would reflect).

      The conclusion in the Abstract: "Our study underlines the importance of considering long-term time scales when assessing malaria dynamics. The presented wavelet approach could be applicable to other infectious diseases" needs to be reformulated. The use of "long-term" time scales for those of ENSO and interannual variability is not consistent with the climate literature, where long-term could be interpreted as decadal and longer. The time scales beyond those of seasonality, especially those of climate variability, have been addressed in many malaria studies. It is not compelling to have the significance of this study be the importance of considering those time scales. This is not new. I recommend focusing on what has been done for lowland malaria and endemic regions (for example, in Laneri et al. PNAS 2015) as there has been less work for those regions than for seasonal epidemic ones of low transmission (e.g. altitude fringes and desert ones, e.g. Laneri et al. PloS Comp. Biol. 2010; Roy et al. Mal. J. 2015). Also, wavelet analyses have been used extensively by now to consider the association of climate variables and infectious diseases at multiple time scales. There is here an additional component of the analysis but the decomposition that underlies the linear regressions is also not that new, as decompositions of time series have been used before in this area. In summary, I recommend a more appropriate and compelling conclusion on what was learned about malaria at this location and what it may tell us about other, similar, locations, but not malaria dynamics everywhere.

      The conversion from monthly cases to monthly incidence needs a better explanation of the Methods, rather than a referral to another paper. This is a key aspect of the data. It may be useful to plot the monthly time series of both variables in the Supplement, for comparison.

      There is plenty of evidence of the seasonal role of rainfall on malaria's seasonality in many regions. The literature cited here to support this well-known association is quite limited. It would be useful to provide a context that better reflects the literature and some context for the environmental conditions of this lowland region that would explain the dominant role of rainfall on malaria seasonality. Two papers (from 2017 and 2019) are cited in the second paragraph of the introduction as showing that "key climatic factors are rainfall and temperatures". This is a misrepresentation of the field. That these factors matter to malaria in general has been known for a very long time given that the vectors are mosquitoes, and the cited studies are particular ones that examine the mechanistic basis of this link for modeling purposes. Either these papers are presented as examples, with a more accurate description of what they add to the earlier literature or earlier literature should be acknowledged. Also, what has been much less studied is the role of these variables at interannual time scales, as potentially mediating the effects of global drivers in teleconnections.

      (2) Minor comments:

      In relation to the conceptual issues raised above, it would be valuable to consider whether the negative association with temperature persists if one considers mean temperature during the rainy seasons only, against the total cases in the transmission season each year (as in Rodó et al. 2021). This would allow one to disentangle whether the negative association reflects a robust result or an artifact of an interaction between temperature and rainfall so that the former matters when the latter is permissive for transmission.

      The conclusion in the Discussion " This suggests that minor climate variations have a limited impact on malaria incidence at shorter time scales, whereas climatic trends may play a more substantial role in shaping long-term malaria dynamics" is unsubstantiated. There is no clear result in the paper on climatic trends that I can see.

      The Abstract writes: "The true impact of climate change...". This paper is not about climate change but about climate seasonality and variability. This text needs to be changed to make it consistent with the content of the paper.

      Page 2, Introduction: The statement on Pascual et al. 2008 is not completely accurate. This paper shows an interplay of climate variability and disease dynamics, but not cycles that are completely independent of climate.

      Page 2, next sentence: "More recently, such cycles have been attributed to global climate drivers such as ENSO (Cazelles et al., 2023)". This writing is also somewhat unclear. Are you referring to the cycles for the same location in Kenya? Or generically, to the interannual variability of malaria?

      There are multiple places in the writing that could be edited.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The analyses of long-time malaria series to investigate the complex relationship between malaria incidence and climate is hampered by the non-stationarity introduced by both changing control interventions and irregular climate events such as the el nino Southern Oscillation (ENSO).

      Strengths:

      By applying wavelets the authors were able to investigate the effect of the major climate factors such as rainfall, air and land temperature, and sea surface temperature (as a measure for ENSO) while at the same time taking into account changing bednet coverage. The wavelet approach is both flexible and powerful and was able to demonstrate well that shorter term. seasonal fluctuation in malaria incidence in Western Kenya is driven by rainfall patterns, while providing some evidence for temperature and SST may predict fluctuations at longer timescales.

      Weaknesses:

      While flexible and able to deal with non-stationarity, the wavelet approach does not really allow investigation of multiple factors at the same time but is limited to uni- and bivariate analyses. This limits the interpretability of the effect of complex climate patterns while also 'adjusting' for the changing control environment. There is also some concern that the choice of the wavelet and transforms used for different analyses (Morelet, Coiflet, maximal overlap discreet transform) may affect the results. The reasons for choosing these particular wavelets and transforms are not always evident.

      The attempt to investigate the effect of longer terms / irregular period climate events is laudable. However, why were the analyses restricted to only ENSO (measured as SST)? Other climate factors such as e.g. the Indian Ocean Dipole (i.e. the difference in SST between the western and eastern Indian Ocean) are also known to affect climate and rainfall patterns in Eastern Africa.

      Nevertheless, this work is a compelling demonstration of the utility of wavelets for the analyses of (non-stationary) epidemiological time series data.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This work derives a valuable general theory unifying theories of efficient information transmission in the brain with population homeostasis. The general theory provides an explanation for firing rate homeostasis at the level of neural clusters with firing rate heterogeneity within clusters. Applying this theory to the primary visual cortex, the authors present solid evidence that accounts for stimulus-specific and neuron-specific adaptation.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This work derives a general theory of optimal gain modulation in neural populations. It demonstrates that population homeostasis is a consequence of optimal modulation for information maximization with noisy neurons. The developed theory is then applied to the distributed distributional code (DDC) model of the primary visual cortex to demonstrate that homeostatic DDCs can account for stimulus-specific adaptation.

      What I consider to be the most important contribution of this work is the unification of efficient information transmission in neural populations with population homeostasis. The former is an established theoretical framework, and the latter is a well-known empirical phenomenon - the relationship between them has never been fully clarified. I consider this work to be an interesting and relevant step in that direction.

      The theory proposed in the paper is rigorous and the analysis is thorough. The manuscript begins with a general mathematical setting to identify normative solutions to the problem of information maximization. It then gradually builds towards questions about approximate solutions, neural implementation and plausibility of these solutions, applications of the theory to specific models of neural computation (DDC), and finally comparisons to experimental data in V1. Such a connection of different levels of abstraction is an obvious strength of this work.

      Overall I find this contribution interesting and assess it positively. At the same time, I have three major points of criticism, which I believe the authors should address. I list them below, followed by a number of more specific comments and feedback.

      Major comments:

      (1) Interpretation of key results and relationship between different parts of the manuscript. The manuscript begins with an information-transmission ansatz which is described as "independent of the computational goal" (e.g. p. 17). While information theory indeed is not concerned with what quantity is being encoded (e.g. whether it is sensory periphery or hippocampus), the goal of the studied system is to *transmit* the largest amount of bits about the input in the presence of noise. In my view, this does not make the proposed framework "independent of the computational goal". Furthermore, the derived theory is then applied to a DDC model which proposes a very specific solution to inference problems. The relationship between information transmission and inference is deep and nuanced. Because the writing is very dense, it is quite hard to understand how the information transmission framework developed in the first part applies to the inference problem. How does the neural coding diagram in Figure 3 map onto the inference diagram in Figure 10? How does the problem of information transmission under constraints from the first part of the manuscript become an inference problem with DDCs? I am certain that authors have good answers to these questions - but they should be explained much better.

      (2) Clarity of writing for an interdisciplinary audience. I do not believe that in its current form, the manuscript is accessible to a broader, interdisciplinary audience such as eLife readers. The writing is very dense and technical, which I believe unnecessarily obscures the key results of this study.

      (3) Positioning within the context of the field and relationship to prior work. While the proposed theory is interesting and timely, the manuscript omits multiple closely related results which in my view should be discussed in relationship to the current work. In particular:

      A number of recent studies propose normative criteria for gain modulation in populations:

      - Duong, L., Simoncelli, E., Chklovskii, D. and Lipshutz, D., 2024. Adaptive whitening with fast gain modulation and slow synaptic plasticity. Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems<br /> - Tring, E., Dipoppa, M. and Ringach, D.L., 2023. A power law describes the magnitude of adaptation in neural populations of primary visual cortex. Nature Communications, 14(1), p.8366.<br /> - Młynarski, W. and Tkačik, G., 2022. Efficient coding theory of dynamic attentional modulation. PLoS Biology<br /> - Haimerl, C., Ruff, D.A., Cohen, M.R., Savin, C. and Simoncelli, E.P., 2023. Targeted V1 co-modulation supports task-adaptive sensory decisions. Nature Communications<br /> - The Ganguli and Simoncelli framework has been extended to a multivariate case and analyzed for a generalized class of error measures:<br /> - Yerxa, T.E., Kee, E., DeWeese, M.R. and Cooper, E.A., 2020. Efficient sensory coding of multidimensional stimuli. PLoS Computational Biology<br /> - Wang, Z., Stocker, A.A. and Lee, D.D., 2016. Efficient neural codes that minimize LP reconstruction error. Neural Computation, 28(12),

      More detailed comments and feedback:

      (1) I believe that this work offers the possibility to address an important question about novelty responses in the cortex (e.g. Homann et al, 2021 PNAS). Are they encoding novelty per-se, or are they inefficient responses of a not-yet-adapted population? Perhaps it's worth speculating about.

      (2) Clustering in populations - typically in efficient coding studies, tuning curve distributions are a consequence of input statistics, constraints, and optimality criteria. Here the authors introduce randomly perturbed curves for each cluster - how to interpret that in light of the efficient coding theory? This links to a more general aspect of this work - it does not specify how to find optimal tuning curves, just how to modulate them (already addressed in the discussion).

      (3) Figure 8 - where do Hz come from as physical units? As I understand there are no physical units in simulations.

      (4) Inference with DDCs in changing environments. To perform efficient inference in a dynamically changing environment (as considered here), an ideal observer needs some form of posterior-prior updating. Where does that enter here?

      (5) Page 6 - "We did this in such a way that, for all ν, the correlation matrices, ρ(ν), were derived from covariance matrices with a 1/n power-law eigenspectrum (i.e., the ranked eigenvalues of the covariance matrix fall off inversely with their rank), in line with the findings of Stringer et al. (2019) in the primary visual cortex." This is a very specific assumption, taken from a study of a specific brain region - how does it relate to the generality of the approach?

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Using the theory of efficient coding, the authors study how neural gains may be adjusted to optimize coding by noisy neural populations while minimizing metabolic costs. The manuscript first presents mathematical results for the general case where the computational goals of the neural population are not specified (the computation is implicit in the assumed tuning curves) and then develops the theory for a specific probabilistic coding scheme. The general theory provides an explanation for firing rate homeostasis at the level of neural clusters with firing rate heterogeneity within clusters, and the specific application further captures stimulus-specific and neuron-specific adaptation in the visual cortex.

      The mathematical derivations, simulations, and application to visual cortex data are solid as far as I can tell.

      In the current format, the significance is difficult to assess fully: the manuscript is a bit sprawling, in the first half the general theory is lengthy and technical, and then in the second half a few phenomena are addressed without a clear relation between them (rate homeostasis, rate heterogeneity, synaptic homeostasis, V1 adaptation, divisive normalization), requiring several ad-hoc choices and assumptions.

      Strengths:

      The problem of efficient coding is a long-standing and important one. This manuscript contributes to that field by proposing a theory of efficient coding through gain adjustments, independent of the computational goals of the system. The main result is a normative explanation for firing rate homeostasis at the level of neural clusters (groups of neurons that perform a similar computation) with firing rate heterogeneity within each cluster. Both phenomena are widely observed, and reconciling them under one theory is important.

      The mathematical derivations are thorough as far as I can tell. Although the model of neural activity is artificial, the authors make sure to include many aspects of cortical physiology, while also keeping the models quite general.

      Section 2.5 derives the conditions in which homeostasis would be near-optimal in the cortex, which appear to be consistent with many empirical observations in V1. This indicates that homeostasis in V1 might be indeed close to the optimal solution to code efficiently in the face of noise.

      The application to the data of Benucci et al 2013 is the first to offer a normative explanation of stimulus-specific and neuron-specific adaptation in V1.

      Weaknesses:

      The novelty and significance of the work are not presented clearly. The relation to other theoretical work, particularly Ganguli and Simoncelli and other efficient coding theories, is explained in the Discussion but perhaps would be better placed in the Introduction, to motivate some of the many choices of the mathematical models used here.

      The manuscript is very hard to read as is, it almost feels like this could be two different papers. The first half seems like a standalone document, detailing the general theory with interesting results on homeostasis and optimal coding. The second half, from Section 2.7 on, presents a series of specific applications that appear somewhat disconnected, are not very clearly motivated nor pursued in-depth, and require ad-hoc assumptions.

      For instance, it is unclear if the main significant finding is the role of homeostasis in the general theory or the demonstration that homeostatic DDC with Bayes Ratio coding captures V1 adaptation phenomena. It would be helpful to clarify if this is being proposed as a new/better computational model of V1 compared to other existing models.

      Early on in the manuscript (Section 2.1), the theory is presented as general in terms of the stimulus dimensionality and brain area, but then it is only demonstrated for orientation coding in V1.

      The manuscript relies on a specific response noise model, with arbitrary tuning curves. Using a population model with arbitrary tuning curves and noise covariance matrix, as the basis for a study of coding optimality, is problematic because not all combinations of tuning curves and covariances are achievable by neural circuits (e.g. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/27145916/ )

      The paper Benucci et al 2013 shows that homeostasis holds for some stimulus distributions, but not others i.e. when the 'adapter' is present too often. This manuscript, like the Benucci paper, discards those datasets. But from a theoretical standpoint, it seems important to consider why that would be the case, and if it can be predicted by the theory proposed here.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This fundamental study provides compelling evidence that TRPV4 plays a crucial role in mechanical sensing during cancer cell transition from non-invasive to invasive states, and offers novel insights into metastasis. By employing multiple experimental approaches, including pharmacological and genetic manipulation, as well as advanced imaging techniques, the authors demonstrate a strong correlation between TRPV4 dynamics, calcium homeostasis, and cell volume plasticity. The findings significantly enhance our understanding of mechanotransduction in cancer and present TRPV4 as a promising therapeutic target for inhibiting metastasis.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Bu et al examined the dynamics of TRPV4 channel in cell overcrowding in carcinoma conditions. They investigated how cell crowding (or high cell confluence) triggers a mechano-transduction pathway involving TRPV4 channels in high-grade ductal carcinoma in situ (DCIS) cells that leads to large cell volume reduction (or cell volume plasticity) and pro-invasive phenotype.

      In vitro, this pathway is highly selective for highly malignant invasive cell lines derived from a normal breast epithelial cell line (MCF10CA) compared to the parent cell line, but not present in another triple-negative invasive breast epithelial cell line (MDA-MB-231). The authors convincingly showed that enhanced TRPV4 plasmamembrane localization correlates with high-grade DCIS cells in patient tissue samples. Specifically in invasive MCF10DCIS.com cells they showed that overcrowding or over-confluence leads to a decrease in cell volume and intracellular calcium levels. This condition also triggers the trafficking of TRPV4 channels from intracellular stores (nucleus and potentially endosomes), to the plasma membrane (PM). When these over-confluent cells are incubated with a TRPV4 activator, there is an acute and substantial influx of calcium, attesting the fact that there are high number of TRPV4 channels present on the PM. Long-term incubation of these over-confluent cells with the TRPV4 activator results in the internalization of the PM-localized TRPV4 channels.

      In contrast, cells plated at lower confluence primarily have TRPV4 channels localized in the nucleus and cytosol. Long-term incubation of these cells at lower confluence with a TRPV4 inhibitor leads to the relocation of TRPV4 channels to the plasma membrane from intracellular stores and a subsequent reduction in cell volume. Similarly, incubation of these cells at low confluence with PEG 3000 (a hyperosmotic agent) promotes the trafficking of TRPV4 channels from intracellular stores to the plasma membrane.

      Strengths:

      The study is elegantly designed and the findings are novel. Their findings on this mechano-transduction pathway involving TRPV4 channels, calcium homeostasis, cell volume plasticity, motility and invasiveness will have a great impact in the cancer field and potentially applicable to other fields as well. Experiments are well-planned and executed, and the data is convincing. Authors investigated TRVP4 dynamics using multiple different strategies- overcrowding, hyperosmotic stress, pharmacological and genetic means, and showed a good correlation between different phenomena.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The metastasis poses a significant challenge in cancer treatment. During the transition from non-invasive cells to invasive metastasis cells, cancer cells usually experience mechanical stress due to a crowded cellular environment. The molecular mechanisms underlying mechanical signaling during this transition remain largely elusive. In this work, the authors utilize an in vitro cell culture system and advanced imaging techniques to investigate how non-invasive and invasive cells respond to cell crowding, respectively.

      The results clearly show that pre-malignant cells exhibit a more pronounced reduction in cell volume and are more prone to spreading compared to non-invasive cells. Furthermore, the study identifies that TRPV4, a calcium channel, relocates to the plasma membrane both in vitro and in vivo (patient's samples). Activation and inhibition of TRPV4 channel can modulate the cell volume and cell mobility. These results unveil a novel mechanism of mechanical sensing in cancer cells, potentially offering new avenues for therapeutic intervention targeting cancer metastasis by modulating TRPV4 activity. This is a very comprehensive study, and the data presented in the paper are clear and convincing. The study represents a very important advance in our understanding of the mechanical biology of cancer.

    4. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Bu et al examined the dynamics of TRPV4 channel in cell overcrowding in carcinoma conditions. They investigated how cell crowding (or high cell confluence) triggers a mechano-transduction pathway involving TRPV4 channels in high-grade ductal carcinoma in situ (DCIS) cells that leads to large cell volume reduction (or cell volume plasticity) and proinvasive phenotype.

      In vitro, this pathway is highly selective for highly malignant invasive cell lines derived from a normal breast epithelial cell line (MCF10CA) compared to the parent cell line, but not present in another triple-negative invasive breast epithelial cell line (MDA-MB-231). The authors convincingly showed that enhanced TRPV4 plasmamembrane localization correlates with highgrade DCIS cells in patient tissue samples. Specifically in invasive MCF10DCIS.com cells they showed that overcrowding or over-confluence leads to a decrease in cell volume and intracellular calcium levels. This condition also triggers the trafficking of TRPV4 channels from intracellular stores (nucleus and potentially endosomes), to the plasma membrane (PM). When these over-confluent cells are incubated with a TRPV4 activator, there is an acute and substantial influx of calcium, attesting the fact that there are high number of TRPV4 channels present on the PM. Long-term incubation of these over-confluent cells with the TRPV4 activator results in the internalization of the PM-localized TRPV4 channels.

      In contrast, cells plated at lower confluence primarily have TRPV4 channels localized in the nucleus and cytosol. Long-term incubation of these cells at lower confluence with a TRPV4 inhibitor leads to the relocation of TRPV4 channels to the plasma membrane from intracellular stores and a subsequent reduction in cell volume. Similarly, incubation of these cells at low confluence with PEG 3000 (a hyperosmotic agent) promotes the trafficking of TRPV4 channels from intracellular stores to the plasma membrane.

      Strengths:

      The study is elegantly designed and the findings are novel. Their findings on this mechanotransduction pathway involving TRPV4 channels, calcium homeostasis, cell volume plasticity, motility and invasiveness will have a great impact in the cancer field and potentially applicable to other fields as well. Experiments are well-planned and executed, and the data is convincing. Authors investigated TRVP4 dynamics using multiple different strategies- overcrowding, hyperosmotic stress, pharmacological and genetic means, and showed a good correlation between different phenomena.

      All of my previous concerns have been addressed. The quality of the manuscript has improved significantly.

      We are deeply grateful to the reviewer for their thoughtful assessment and invaluable suggestions, including crucial additional experiments and more effective presentation and description of our findings, which have greatly enhanced the quality of our manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The metastasis poses a significant challenge in cancer treatment. During the transition from non-invasive cells to invasive metastasis cells, cancer cells usually experience mechanical stress due to a crowded cellular environment. The molecular mechanisms underlying mechanical signaling during this transition remain largely elusive. In this work, the authors utilize an in vitro cell culture system and advanced imaging techniques to investigate how non-invasive and invasive cells respond to cell crowding, respectively.

      The results clearly show that pre-malignant cells exhibit a more pronounced reduction in cell volume and are more prone to spreading compared to non-invasive cells. Furthermore, the study identifies that TRPV4, a calcium channel, relocates to the plasma membrane both in vitro and in vivo (patient's samples). Activation and inhibition of TRPV4 channel can modulate the cell volume and cell mobility. These results unveil a novel mechanism of mechanical sensing in cancer cells, potentially offering new avenues for therapeutic intervention targeting cancer metastasis by modulating TRPV4 activity. This is a very comprehensive study, and the data presented in the paper are clear and convincing. The study represents a very important advance in our understanding of the mechanical biology of cancer.

      We sincerely appreciate the reviewer’s insightful evaluation and invaluable recommendations for key additional experiments, which have significantly strengthened our manuscript.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study explores the interplay between gene dosage and gene mutations in the evolution of antibiotic resistance. The authors provide compelling evidence connecting proteostasis with gene duplication during experimental evolution in a model system. This paper is likely to be of interest to researchers studying antibiotic resistance, proteostasis, and bacterial evolution.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study by Jena et al. addresses important questions on the fundamental mechanisms of genetic adaptation, specifically, does adaptation proceed via changes of copy number (gene duplication and amplification "GDA") or by point mutation. While this question has been worked on (for example by Tomanek and Guet) the authors add several important aspects relating to resistance against antibiotics and they clarify the ability of Lon protease to reduce duplication formation (previous work was more indirect).

      A key finding Jena et al. present is that point mutations after significant competition displace GDA. A second one is that alternative GDA constantly arise and displace each other (see work on GDA-2 in Figure 3). Finally, the authors found epistasis between resistance allele that was contingent on lon. Together this shows an intricate interplay of lon proteolysis for the evolution and maintenance of antibiotic resistance by gene duplication.

      Strengths:

      The study has several important strengths: (i) the work on GDA stability and competition of GDA with point mutations is a very promising area of research and the authors contribute new aspects to it, (ii) rigorous experimentation, (iii) very clearly written introduction and discussion sections. To me, the best part of the data is that deletion of lon stimulates GDA, which has not been shown with such clarity until now.

      Weaknesses:

      Previously raised minor weaknesses and technical questions have been adequately resolved in the revised manuscript. As the experiments and their results are described in great detail the interested reader needs stamina. The details will, however, be informative to the specialist.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is an important paper that investigates the relationship between proteolytic stability of an antibiotic target enzyme and the evolution of antibiotic resistance via increased gene copy number. The target of the antibiotic trimethoprim is dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR). In Escherichia coli, DHFR is encoded by folA and the major proteolysis housekeeping protease is Lon (lon). In this manuscript, the authors report the result of the experimental evolution of a lon mutant strain of E. coli in response to sub-inhibitory concentrations of the antibiotic trimethoprim then investigate the relationship between proteolytic stability of DHFR mutants and the evolution of folA gene duplication. After 25 generations of serial passaging in a fixed concentration of trimethoprim, the authors found that folA duplication events were more common during evolution of the lon strain, than the wt strain. However, with continued passaging, some folA duplications were replaced by a single copy of folA containing a trimethoprim resistance-conferring point mutation. Interestingly, evolution of the lon strain in the setting of increasing concentrations of trimethoprim resulted in evolved strains with different levels of DHFR expression. In particular, some strains maintained two copies of a mutant folA that encoded an unstable DHFR. In a lon+ background, this mutant folA did not express well and did not confer trimethoprim resistance. However, in the lon- background, it displayed higher expression and conferred high-level trimethoprim resistance. The authors concluded that maintenance of the gene duplication event (and the absence of Lon) compensated for the proteolytic instability of this mutant DHFR. In summary, they provide evidence that the proteolytic stability of an antibiotic target protein is an important determinant of the evolution of target gene copy number in the setting of antibiotic selection.

      Strengths:

      The major strength of this paper is identifying an example of antibiotic resistance evolution that illustrates the interplay between the proteolytic stability and copy number of an antibiotic target in the setting of antibiotic selection. The results are rigorous and convincingly support the conclusions. This paper will be of interest to any biologist that studies the evolution of resistance mechanisms or gene duplication.

      Weaknesses:

      The impact of this finding is somewhat limited given that it is a single example that occurred in a lon strain of E. coli. Although the specific mechanism is unlikely to occur naturally, this study represents an important and convincing proof of the principle that gene duplication can provide increased expression demand for an unstable resistance determinant in the setting of antibiotic selection.

    4. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study by Jena et al. addresses important questions on the fundamental mechanisms of genetic adaptation, specifically, does adaptation proceed via changes of copy number (gene duplication and amplification "GDA") or by point mutation. While this question has been worked on (for example by Tomanek and Guet) the authors add several important aspects relating to resistance against antibiotics and they clarify the ability of Lon protease to reduce duplication formation (previous work was more indirect).

      A key finding Jena et al. present is that point mutations after significant competition displace GDA. A second one is that alternative GDA constantly arise and displace each other (see work on GDA-2 in Figure 3). Finally, the authors found epistasis between resistance alleles that was contingent on lon. Together this shows an intricate interplay of lon proteolysis for the evolution and maintenance of antibiotic resistance by gene duplication.

      Strengths:

      The study has several important strengths: (i) the work on GDA stability and competition of GDA with point mutations is a very promising area of research and the authors contribute new aspects to it, (ii) rigorous experimentation, (iii) very clearly written introduction and discussion sections. To me, the best part of the data is that deletion of lon stimulates GDA, which has not been shown with such clarity until now.

      Weaknesses:

      The minor weaknesses of the manuscript are a lack of clarity in parts of the results section (Point 1) and the methods (Point 2).

      We thank the reviewer for their comments and suggestions on our manuscript. We also appreciate the succinct summary of primary findings that the Reviewer has taken cognisance of in their assessment, in particular the association of the Lon protease with the propensity for GDAs as well as its impact on their eventual fate. We have now revised the manuscript for greater clarity as suggested by Reviewer #1.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this strong study, the authors provide robust evidence for the role of proteostasis genes in the evolution of antimicrobial resistance, and moreover, for stabilizing the proteome in light of gene duplication events.

      Strengths:

      This strong study offers an important interaction between findings involving GDA, proteostasis, experimental evolution, protein evolution, and antimicrobial resistance. Overall, I found the study to be relatively well-grounded in each of these literatures, with experiments that spoke to potential concerns from each arena. For example, the literature on proteostasis and evolution is a growing one that includes organisms (even micro-organisms) of various sorts. One of my initial concerns involved whether the authors properly tested the mechanistic bases for the rule of Lon in promoting duplication events. The authors assuaged my concern with a set of assays (Figure 8).

      More broadly, the study does a nice job of demonstrating the agility of molecular evolution, with responsible explanations for the findings: gene duplications are a quick-fix, but can be out-competed relative to their mutational counterparts. Without Lon protease to keep the proteome stable, the cell allows for less stable solutions to the problem of antibiotic resistance.

      The study does what any bold and ambitious study should: it contains large claims and uses multiple sorts of evidence to test those claims.

      Weaknesses:

      While the general argument and conclusion are clear, this paper is written for a bacterial genetics audience that is familiar with the manner of bacterial experimental evolution. From the language to the visuals, the paper is written in a boutique fashion. The figures are even difficult for me - someone very familiar with proteostasis - to understand. I don't know if this is the fault of the authors or the modern culture of publishing (where figures are increasingly packed with information and hard to decipher), but I found the figures hard to follow with the captions. But let me also consider that the problem might be mine, and so I do not want to unfairly criticize the authors.

      For a generalist journal, more could be done to make this study clear, and in particular, to connect to the greater community of proteostasis researchers. I think this study needs a schematic diagram that outlines exactly what was accomplished here, at the beginning. Diagrams like this are especially important for studies like this one that offer a clear and direct set of findings, but conduct many different sorts of tests to get there. I recommend developing a visual abstract that would orient the readers to the work that has been done.

      The reviewer’s comments regarding data presentation are well-taken. Since we already had a diagrammatic model that sums up the chief findings of our study (Figure 9), we have now provided schematics in Figures 1, 3, 5 and 8 to clarify the workflow of smaller sections of the study. We hope that these diagrams provide greater clarity with regards to the experiments we have conducted.

      Next, I will make some more specific suggestions. In general, this study is well done and rigorous, but doesn't adequately address a growing literature that examines how proteostasis machinery influences molecular evolution in bacteria.

      While this paper might properly test the authors' claims about protein quality control and evolution, the paper does not engage a growing literature in this arena and is generally not very strong on the use of evolutionary theory. I recognize that this is not the aim of the paper, however, and I do not question the authors' authority on the topic. My thoughts here are less about the invocation of theory in evolution (which can be verbose and not relevant), and more about engagement with a growing literature in this very area.

      The authors mention Rodrigues 2016, but there are many other studies that should be engaged when discussing the interaction between protein quality control and evolution.

      A 2015 study demonstrated how proteostasis machinery can act as a barrier to the usage of novel genes: Bershtein, S., Serohijos, A. W., Bhattacharyya, S., Manhart, M., Choi, J. M., Mu, W., ... & Shakhnovich, E. I. (2015). Protein homeostasis imposes a barrier to functional integration of horizontally transferred genes in bacteria. PLoS genetics, 11(10), e1005612

      A 2019 study examined how Lon deletion influenced resistance mutations in DHFR specifically: Guerrero RF, Scarpino SV, Rodrigues JV, Hartl DL, Ogbunugafor CB. The proteostasis environment shapes higher-order epistasis operating on antibiotic resistance. Genetics. 2019 Jun 1;212(2):565-75.

      A 2020 study did something similar: Thompson, Samuel, et al. "Altered expression of a quality control protease in E. coli reshapes the in vivo mutational landscape of a model enzyme." Elife 9 (2020): e53476.

      And there's a new review (preprint) on this very topic that speaks directly to the various ways proteostasis shapes molecular evolution:

      Arenas, Carolina Diaz, Maristella Alvarez, Robert H. Wilson, Eugene I. Shakhnovich, C. Brandon Ogbunugafor, and C. Brandon Ogbunugafor. "Proteostasis is a master modulator of molecular evolution in bacteria."

      I am not simply attempting to list studies that should be cited, but rather, this study needs to be better situated in the contemporary discussion on how protein quality control is shaping evolution. This study adds to this list and is a unique and important contribution. However, the findings can be better summarized within the context of the current state of the field. This should be relatively easy to implement.

      We thank the reviewer for their encouraging assessment of our manuscript as well as this important critique regarding the context of other published work that relates proteostasis and molecular evolution. Indeed, this was a particularly difficult aspect for us given the different kinds of literature that were needed to make sense of our study. We have now added the references suggested by the reviewer as well as others to the manuscript. We have also added a paragraph in the discussion section (Lines 463-476) that address this aspect and hopefully fill the lacuna that the reviewer points out in this comment.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper investigates the relationship between the proteolytic stability of an antibiotic target enzyme and the evolution of antibiotic resistance via increased gene copy number. The target of the antibiotic trimethoprim is dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR). In Escherichia coli, DHFR is encoded by folA and the major proteolysis housekeeping protease is Lon (lon). In this manuscript, the authors report the results of the experimental evolution of a lon mutant strain of E. coli in response to sub-inhibitory concentrations of the antibiotic trimethoprim and then investigate the relationship between proteolytic stability of DHFR mutants and the evolution of folA gene duplication. After 25 generations of serial passaging in a fixed concentration of trimethoprim, the authors found that folA duplication events were more common during the evolution of the lon strain, than the wt strain. However, with continued passaging, some folA duplications were replaced by a single copy of folA containing a trimethoprim resistance-conferring point mutation. Interestingly, the evolution of the lon strain in the setting of increasing concentrations of trimethoprim resulted in evolved strains with different levels of DHFR expression. In particular, some strains maintained two copies of a mutant folA that encoded an unstable DHFR. In a lon+ background, this mutant folA did not express well and did not confer trimethoprim resistance. However, in the lon- background, it displayed higher expression and conferred high-level trimethoprim resistance. The authors concluded that maintenance of the gene duplication event (and the absence of Lon) compensated for the proteolytic instability of this mutant DHFR. In summary, they provide evidence that the proteolytic stability of an antibiotic target protein is an important determinant of the evolution of target gene copy number in the setting of antibiotic selection.

      Strengths:

      The major strength of this paper is identifying an example of antibiotic resistance evolution that illustrates the interplay between the proteolytic stability and copy number of an antibiotic target in the setting of antibiotic selection. If the weaknesses are addressed, then this paper will be of interest to microbiologists who study the evolution of antibiotic resistance.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the proposed mechanism is highly plausible and consistent with the data presented, the analysis of the experiments supporting the claim is incomplete and requires more rigor and reproducibility. The impact of this finding is somewhat limited given that it is a single example that occurred in a lon strain and compensatory mutations for evolved antibiotic resistance mechanisms are described. In this case, it is not clear that there is a functional difference between the evolution of copy number versus any other mechanism that meets a requirement for increased "expression demand" (e.g. promoter mutations that increase expression and protein stabilizing mutations).

      We thank the reviewer for their in-depth assessment of our work and appreciate their concerns regarding reproducibility and rigor in analysis of our data. We have now incorporated this feedback and provided necessary clarifications/corrections in the revised version of our manuscript.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major Points:

      (1) The authors show that a deletion of lon increases the ability for GDA and they argue that this is adaptive during TMP treatment because it increases the dosage of folA (L. 129). However, the highest frequency of GDA occurred in drug-free conditions (see Figure 1C). This indicates either that GDA is selected in drug-free media and potentially selected against by certain antibiotics. It would help for the authors to discuss this possibility more clearly.

      We thank the reviewer for this astute observation. It is indeed striking that the GDA mutation (i.e. the GDA-2 mutation) selected in a lon-deficient background does not come up in presence of antibiotics. To probe this further, we have now measured the relative fitness of a representative population of lon-knockout from short-term evolution in drug-free LB (population #3) that harbours GDA-2 against its ancestor (marked with DlacZ). These competition experiments were performed in LB (in which GDA-2 emerged spontaneously), as well as in LB supplemented with antibiotics at the concentrations used during the short term evolution.

      Values of relative fitness, w (mean ± SD from 3 measurements), are provided below:

      LB: 1.4 ± 0.2

      LB + Trimethoprim: 1.6 ± 0.2

      LB + Spectinomycin: 0.9 ± 0.2

      LB + Erythromycin: 1.3 ± 0.3

      LB + Nalidixic acid: 1.5 ± 0.2

      LB + Rifampicin: 1.4 ± 0.2

      These data show an increase in relative fitness in drug-free LB as would be expected. Interestingly, we also observe an increase in relative fitness in LB supplemented with antibiotics, except spectinomycin. This result supports the idea that GDA-2 is a “media adaptation” and provides a general fitness advantage to the lon knockout. However, as the reviewer pointed out, we should expect to see GDA-2 emerge spontaneously in antibiotic-supplemented media as well. We think that this does not happen as the fitness advantage of drug-specific mutations (GDAs or point mutations) far exceed the advantage of a media adaptation GDA. As a result, we only see the specific mutations that provide high benefit against the antibiotic at least over the relatively short duration of 20-25 generations. It is noteworthy the GDA-2 mutation does come up in LTMPR1 when it is passaged over >200 generations in drug-free media, but shows fluctuating frequency over time. We expect, therefore, that given enough time we may detect the GDA-2 mutations even in antibiotic-supplemented media.  

      We note, however, that a major caveat in the above fitness calculations is that we cannot be sure that the competing ancestor has no GDA-2 mutations during the course of the experiment. Thus, the above fitness values are only indicative and not definitive. We have therefore not included these data in the revised manuscript.

      (2) It is unclear if the isolates WTMPR1 - 5 and LTMPR1 - 5 were pure clones. The authors write in L.488 "Colonies were randomly picked, cultured overnight in drug-free LB and frozen in 50% glycerol at -80C until further use." And in L. 492 "For long-term evolution, trimethoprim-resistant isolates LTMPR1, WTMPR4 and WTMPR5 were first revived from frozen stocks in drug-free LB overnight." From these descriptions, it is possible that the isolates contained a fraction of cells of other genotypes since colonies are often formed by more than one cell and thus, unless pure-streaked, a subpopulation is present and would in drug-free media be maintained. The possibility of pre-existing subpopulations is important for all statements relating to "reversal".

      This is indeed a valid concern. As far as we can tell all our initial isolates (i.e. WTMPR1-5 and LTMPR1-5) are pure clones at least as far as SNPs are concerned. This is based on whole genome sequencing data that we have reported earlier in Patel and Matange, eLife (2021), where we described the evolution and isolation of WTMPR1-5 and the present study for LTMPR1-5. All SNPs detected were present at a frequency of 100%. For clones with GDAs, however, there is no way to eliminate a sub-population that has a lower or higher gene copy number than average from an isolate. This is because of the inherent instability of GDAs that will inevitably result in heterogeneous gene copy number during standard growth. In this sense, there is most certainly a possibility of a pre-existing subpopulation within each of the clones that may have reversed the GDA. Indeed, we believe that it is this inherent instability that contributes to their rapid loss during growth in drug-free media.

      Minor Points:

      (1) L. 406. "allowing accumulation of IS transposases in E. coli" Please specify that it is the accumulation of transposase proteins (and not genes).

      We have made this change.

      (2) L. 221 typo. Known "to" stabilize.

      We have made this change.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Most of my suggestions are found in the public review. I believe this to be a strong study, and some slight fixes can solidify its presence in the literature.

      We have attempted to address the two main critiques by Reviewer 2. To simplify the understanding of our data, we have provided small schematics at various points in the paper to clarify the experimental pipelines used by us. We have also provided additional discussion situating our study in the emerging area of proteostasis and molecular evolution. We hope that our revisions have addressed these lacunae in our manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major Points:

      (1) The manuscript is generally a bit difficult to follow. The writing is overly complicated and lacks clarity at times. It should be simplified and improved.

      We have made several revisions to the text, as well as provided schematics in some of our figures which hopefully make our paper easier to understand.

      (2) I cannot find the raw variant summary data for the lon strain evolution experiment in trimethoprim (after 25 generations). Were there any other mutations identified? If not, this should be explicitly stated in the text and the variant output summary from sequencing included as supplemental data.

      We apologise for this oversight. We have now provided these data as Table 1.

      (3) What is the trimethoprim IC50 of the starting (pre-evolution) strains (i.e. wt and lon)? I can't find this information, but it is critical to interpretation.

      We had reported these values earlier in Matange N., J Bact (2020). Wild type and lon-knockout have similar MIC values for trimethoprim, though the lon mutant shows a higher IC50 value. We have now mentioned this in the results section (Line 100-101) and also provided the reference for these data.

      (4) What was the average depth of coverage for WGS? This information is necessary to assess the quality of the variant calling, especially for the population WGS.

      All genome sequencing data has a coverage at least 100x. We have added this detail to the methods section (Line 580-581).

      (5) Five replicate evolution experiments (25 generations, or 7x 10% daily batch transfers) were performed in trimethoprim for the wt and lon strains. Duplication of the folA locus occurred in 1/5 and 4/5 experiments, respectively. It is not entirely clear what type of sampling was actually done to arrive at these numbers (this needs to be stated more clearly), but presumably 1 random colony was chosen at the end of the passaging protocol for each replicate. Based on this result, the authors conclude that folA duplication occurred more frequently in the lon strain, however, this is not rigorously supported by a statistical evaluation. With N=5, one cannot rigorously conclude that a 20% frequency and 80% frequency are significantly different. Furthermore, it's not entirely clear what the mechanism of resistance is for these strains. For example, in one colony sequenced (LTMPR5), it appears no known resistance mechanism (or mutations?) were identified, and yet the IC50 = 900 nM, which is also similar to other strains.

      Indeed, we agree with the reviewer that we don’t have the statistical power to rigorously make this claim. However, since the lon-knockout showed us a greater frequency of GDA across 3 different environments we are fairly confident that loss of lon enhances the overall frequency for GDA mutations. This idea in also supported by a number of previous papers that related GDAs and IS-element transpositions with Lon, viz. Nicoloff et al, Antimicrob Agent Chemother (2007), Derbyshire et al. PNAS (1990), Derbyshire and Grindley, Mol Microbiol (1996). We have therefore not provided further justification in the revised manuscript.

      We had indeed sampled a random isolate from each of the 5 populations and have added a schematic to figure 1 that provides greater clarity.

      Having relooked at the sequencing data for LTMPR1-5 isolates (Table 1), we realised that both LTMPR4 and LTMPR5 harbour mutations in the pitA gene. We had missed this locus during the previous iteration of this manuscript and misidentified an mgrB mutations in LTMPR4. PitA codes for a metal-phosphate symporter. We have observed mutations in pitA in earlier evolution experiments with trimethoprim as well (Vinchhi and Yelpure et al. mBio 2023). Interestingly, in LTMPR5 there was a deletion of pitA, along with 17 other contiguous genes mediated by IS5. To test if loss of pitA is beneficial in trimethoprim, we tested the ability of a pitA knockout to grow on trimethoprim supplemented plates. Indeed, loss of pitA conferred a growth advantage to E. coli on trimethoprim, comparable to loss of mgrB, indicating that the mechanism of resistance of LTMPR5 may be due to loss of pitA. We have added these data to the Supplementary Figure 1 of the revised manuscript and provided a brief description in Lines 103-108. How pitA deficiency confers trimethoprim resistance is yet to be investigated. The mechanism is likely to be by activating some intrinsic resistance mechanism as loss of pitA also conferred a fitness benefit against other antibiotics. This work is currently underway in our lab and hence we do not provide any further mechanism in the present manuscript.

      (6) Although measurement error/variance is reported, statistical tests were not performed for any of the experiments. This is critical to support the rigor and reproducibility of the conclusions.

      We have added statistical testing wherever appropriate to the revised manuscript.

      (7) Lines 150-155 and Figure 2E: Putting a wt copy of mgrB back into the WTMPR4 and LTMPR1 strains would be a better experiment to dissect out the role of mgrB versus the other gene duplications in these strains on fitness. Without this experiment, you cannot confidently attribute the fitness costs of these strains to the inactivation of mgrB alone.

      We agree with the reviewer that our claim was based on a correlation alone. We have now added some new data to confirm our model (Figure 2 E, F). The costs of mgrB mutations come from hyperactivation of PhoQP. In earlier work we have shown that the costs (and benefit) of mgrB mutations can be abrogated in media supplemented with Mg<sup>2+</sup>, which turns off the PhoQ receptor (Vinchhi and Yelpure et al. mBio, 2023). We use this strategy to show that like the mgrB-knockout, the costs of WTMPR4, WTMPR5 and LTMPR1 can be almost completely alleviated by adding Mg<sup>2+</sup> to growth media. These results confirm that the source of fitness cost of TMP-resistant bacteria was not linked to GDA mutations, but to hyperactivation of PhoQP.

      (8) Figure 3F and G: Does the top symbol refer to the starting strain for the 'long-term' evolution? If so, why does WTMPR4 not have the mgrB mutation (it does in Figure 1)? Based on your prior findings, it seems odd that this strain would evolve an mgrB loss of function mutation in the absence of trimethoprim exposure.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this error out. We have made the correction in the revised manuscript.

      (9) Figure 6A: If the marker is neutral, it should be maintained at 0.1% throughout the 'neutrality' experiment. In both plots, the proportion of some marked strains goes up and then down. This suggests either ongoing evolution (these competitions take place over 105 generations), or noisy data. I suspect these data are just inherently noisy. I don't see error bars in the plots. Were these experiments ever replicated? It seems that replicating the experiments might be able to separate out noise from signal and perhaps clarify this point and better confirm the hypothesis that the point mutants are more fit.

      These experiments were indeed noisy and the apparent enrichment is most likely a measurement error rather than a real change in frequency of competing genotypes. We have now provided individual traces for each of the competing pairs with mean and SD from triplicate observations at each time point.

      (10) Figure 6A: Please indicate which plotted line refers to which 'point mutant' using different colors. These mutants have different trimethoprim IC50s and doubling times, so it would be nice to be able to connect each mutant to its specific data plot.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have now colour coded the different strain combinations as suggested.

      (11) Lines 284-285: I disagree that the IC50s are similar. The C-35T mutant has IC50 that is 2x that of LTMPR1. Perhaps more telling is that, compared to the folA duplication strain from the same time-point (which also carries the rpoS mutation), all of the point mutants have greater IC50s (~2x greater). 2-fold changes in IC50 are significant. It would seem that the point-mutants were likely not competing against LTMPR1 at the time they arose, so LTMPR1 might not be the best comparator if it was extinguished from the population early. I'm assuming this is why you chose a contemporary isolate (and, also, rpoS mutant) for the competition experiments. This should be explained more clearly.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. Indeed, the reviewer is correct about the rationale behind the use of a contemporary isolate and we have provided this clarification in the revised manuscript (Line 287-289). Also, the reviewer is correct in pointing out that a two-fold difference in IC50 cannot be ignored. However, the key point here would be in assessing the differences in growth rates at the antibiotic concentration used during competition (i.e. 300 ng/mL). We are unable to see a direct correlation between the growth rates and enrichment in culture indicating that the observed trends are unlikely to be driven by ‘level of resistance’ alone. We have added these clarifications to the modified manuscript (Lines 299-301)

      Minor Points:

      (1) Line 13: Add a comma before 'Escherichia'

      We have made this change.

      (2) Line 14: Consider changing "mutations...were beneficial in trimethoprim" to "mutations...were beneficial under trimethoprim exposure"

      We have made this change.

      (3) Line 32: Is gene dosage really only "relative to the genome"? Is it not simply its relative copy number generally? Consider changing to "The dosage of a gene, or its relative copy number, can impact its level of expression..."

      We have made this change.

      (4) Line 38: The idea that GDAs are 1000x more frequent than point mutations seems an overgeneralization.

      We agree with the reviewer and have softened our claim.

      (5) Line 50: The term "hard-wired" is confusing. Please be more specific.

      We have modified this statement to “…GDAs are less stable than point mutations….”.

      (6) Line 52-53: What do you mean by "there is also evidence to suggest that...more common in bacteria than appreciated"? Are you implying the field is naïve to this fact? If there is "evidence" of this, then a reference should be included. However, it's not clear why this is important to state in the article. I would consider simply removing this sentence. Less is more in this case.

      We have removed this statement.

      (7) Lines 59-60: Enzymes catalyze reactions. Please also state the substrates for DHFR. Consider, "It catalyzes the NADPH-dependent reduction of dihydrofolate to tetrahydrofolate, and important co-factor for..."

      We have made this change.

      (8) Line 72: Please change to, "In E. coli, DHFR is encoded by folA." You do not need to state this is a gene, as it is implicit with lowercase italics.

      We have made this change.

      (9) Lines 72-86: This paragraph is a bit confusing to read, as it has several different ideas in it. Consider breaking it into two paragraphs at Line 80, "In this study,...". The first paragraph could just review the trimethoprim resistance mechanisms in E. coli and so would change the first sentence (Line 72) to reflect this topic: "In E. coli, DHFR is encoded by folA and several different resistance mechanisms have been characterized." Then, just describe each mechanism in turn. Also, by "hot spots" it would seem you are referring to "point mutations" in the gene that alter the protein sequence and cluster onto the 3D protein structure when mapped? Please be more specific with this sentence for clarity.

      We have made these changes.

      (10) Lines 92-93: Please also state the MIC value of the strain to specifically define "sub-MIC". Alternatively, you could also state the fraction MIC (e.g. 0.1 x MIC).

      We have modified this statement to “…in 300 ng/mL of trimethoprim (corresponding to ~0.3 x MIC) for 25 generations.”

      (11) Lines 95-96. Remove, "These sequencing have been reported earlier, ...(2021)". You just need to cite the reference.

      We have made this change.

      (12) Line 96: Remove the word "gene".

      We have made this change.

      (13) Figure 1 and Figure 4C: The color scheme is tough for those with the most common type of color blindness. Red/green color deficiency causes a lot of difficulty with Red/gray, red/green, green/gray. Consider changing.

      We thank the reviewer for bringing this to our notice. We have modified the colour scheme throughout the manuscript.

      (14) Figure 1: Was there a trimethoprim resistance mechanism identified for LTMPR5?

      As stated by us in response to major comment #7, LTMPR5’s resistance seems to come from a novel mechanism involving loss of the pitA gene.

      (15) Line 349-351: Please briefly define "lower proteolytic stability" as a relative susceptibility to proteolytic degradation and make sure it is clear to the reader that this causes less DHFR. This needs to be clarified because it is confusing how a mutation that causes DHFR proteolytic instability would lead to an increase in trimethoprim IC50. So, you also need to mention that some mutations can cause both increased trimethoprim inhibition and lower proteolytic stability simultaneously. It seems the Trp30Arg mutation is an example of this, as this mutation is associated with a net increase in trimethoprim resistance despite the competing effects of the mutation on enzyme inhibition and DHFR levels.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment and agree that the text in the original manuscript did not fully convey the message. We have made modifications to this section (Lines 359-363) in the revised manuscript in agreement with the reviewer’s suggestions.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This is an important study with solid evidence that multi-voxel fMRI activity patterns for threat-conditioned stimuli are altered by learning CS-US contingencies. The analyses are dense but mostly rigorous. The protocol is quite nuanced and complex, but the authors have done a fair job of explaining and presenting the results, and the results could be further improved by adjustment for multiple comparisons. The readability could be improved for an audience without highly-specialised knowledge of the field and the fMRI analytical approach.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors conducted a human neuroimaging study investigating the role of context in the representation of fear associations when the contingencies between a conditioned stimulus and shock unconditioned stimulus switch between contexts. The novelty of the analysis centered on neural pattern similarity to derive a measure of context and cue stability and generalization across different regions of the brain. Given the complexity and nuance of the results, it is kind of difficult to provide a concise summary. But during fear and reversal, there was cue generalization (between current CS+ cues) in the canonical fear network, and "item stability" for cues that changed their association with the shock in the IFG and precuneus. Reinstatement was quantified as pattern similarity for items or sets of cues from the earlier phases to the test phases, and they found different patterns in the IFG and dmPFC. A similar analytical strategy was applied to contexts.

      Strengths:

      Overall, I found this to be a novel use of MVPA to study the role of context in the reversal/extinction of human fear conditioning that yielded interesting results. The paper was overall well-written, with a strong introduction and fairly detailed methods and results. The lack of any univariate contrast results from the test phases was used as motivation for the neural pattern similarity approach, which I appreciated as a reader.

      Weaknesses:

      This is quite a complicated protocol and analysis plan. The authors did a decent job explaining it, given the complexity of the approach and the dense results. But it did take reading it a couple of times to start to understand it. I'm not sure if there is a simpler way to describe the approach though. Just an observation. But perhaps there is a better way to explain the density of the different comparisons between the multiple cues and contexts. It can be difficult to totally avoid jargon in a complex scientific article, but the paper is very jargon-y.

      Here are a few more comments and stray observations, in no particular order of importance.

      (1) I had a difficult time unpacking lines 419-420: "item stability represents the similarity of the neural representation of an item to other representations of this same item."

      (2) The authors use the phrase "representational geometry" several times in the paper without clearly defining what they mean by this.

      (3) The abstract is quite dense and will likely be challenging to decipher for those without a specialized knowledge of both the topic (fear conditioning) and the analytical approach. For instance, the goal of the study is clearly articulated in the first few sentences, but then suddenly jumps to a sentence stating "our data show that contingency changes during reversal induce memory traces with distinct representational geometries characterized by stable activity patterns across repetitions..." this would be challenging for a reader to grok without having a clear understanding of the complex analytical approach used in the paper.

      (4) Minor: I believe it is STM200 not the STM2000.

      (5) Line 146: "...could be particularly fruitful as a means to study the influence of fear reversal or extinction on context representations, which have never been analyzed in previous fear and extinction learning studies." I direct the authors to Hennings et al., 2020, Contextual reinstatement promotes extinction generalization in healthy adults but not PTSD, as an example of using MVPA to decipher reinstatement of the extinction context during test.

      (6) This is a methodological/conceptual point, but it appears from Figure 1 that the shock occurs 2.5 seconds after the CS (and context) goes off the screen. This would seem to be more like a trace conditioning procedure than a standard delay fear conditioning procedure. This could be a trivial point, but there have been numerous studies over the last several decades comparing differences between these two forms of fear acquisition, both behaviorally and neurally, including differences in how trace vs delay conditioning is extinguished.

      (7) In Figure 4, it would help to see the individual data points derived from the model used to test significance between the different conditions (reinstatement between Acq, reversal, and test-new).

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is a timely and original study on the geometry of macroscopic (2.5 mm) brain representations of multiple cues and contexts in Pavlovian fear conditioning. The authors report that these representations differ between initial learning, and reversal learning, and remain stable during extinction.

      Strengths:

      The authors address an important question and use a rigorous experimental methodology.

      Weaknesses:

      The findings are limited (a) by the chosen spatial resolution (2.5 mm) which is far away from what modern fMRI can achieve, and (b) by the statistical analysis method. While transparently reported, their voxel-wise correction for multiple comparisons rests on a false discovery rate (i.e. 5% of the reported findings should be considered false positives) and there is no correction for the number of hypothesis tests (with an exception in some post hoc tests). Furthermore, there are some minor presentation issues that the authors could address to improve clarity.

    4. Author response:

      We would like to sincerely thank the editors and reviewers for their thoughtful comments, which provide valuable insights, and will help us enhance the overall quality of our manuscript. We will address all comments comprehensively in our revised submission.

      It appears to us that two major concerns were raised by the reviewers and highlighted by the editor, regarding statistical methodology and manuscript readability.

      As a provisional response, we would like to summarize our approach for addressing them in our revised manuscript:

      (1) Statistical Methodology

      Two specific concerns were raised regarding the statistical methods:

      First, regarding FDR versus FWE correction in our voxelwise (searchlight) analyses. We recognize that our methods section might have created some confusion on this point. While we stated that "all analyses are FDR-corrected unless noted otherwise", this was meant to refer only to ROI-based analyses. For all voxel-wise analyses, including searchlight RSA analyses, we actually employed FWE correction. This was briefly mentioned in the section on univariate analyses. However, we did not emphasize this information in the searchlight section of the methods, and it is to our understanding that this might have created some confusion.

      To clarify: we used (1) FWE correction for all voxel-based analyses and (2) FDR correction for ROI-based analyses (which could thus be considered exploratory). However, to fully address the concerns raised by the reviewers, and avoid potential confusion for the future readers, we will use exclusively FWE correction methods in the revised version of the manuscript. If some category of ROI-based analysis only yields not-significant results when corrected with FWE, we plan to report the uncorrected p-values, and pinpoint the exploratory nature of these results.

      Second, regarding the alpha threshold adjustment for searchlight analyses involving multiple comparisons within the same experimental phase: We acknowledge this concern and will address it thoroughly in our revision.

      (2) Manuscript Readability

      We agree that readability should be improved despite the paradigm's inherent complexity. In our revision, we will:

      - Replace non-essential technical terminology with clearer descriptions

      - Improve writing quality in particularly dense or conceptually complex sections

      - Enhance the overall structure to better guide readers through our methods and findings

    1. eLife assessment

      The study presents a useful computational analysis of how the ratio between excitatory and inhibitory neural numbers affects coding capacity. The authors show that increasing the proportion of inhibitory neurons (as observed in upper cortical layers compared to the input recipient layer 4) increases the dimensionality of neural activity and improves the encoding of time-varying stimuli. However, the evidence about the role of the inhibitory population in coding is incomplete because numerical results are neither supported by analytical mathematical results nor include controls for changes in firing thresholds or subtypes of inhibitory neurons.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors seek to understand the role of different ratios of excitatory to inhibitory (EI) neurons, which in experimental studies of the cerebral cortex have been shown to range from 4 to 9. They do this through a simulation study of sparsely connected networks of excitatory and inhibitory neurons.

      Their main finding is that the participation ratio and decoding accuracy increase as the E/I ratio decreases. This suggests higher computational complexity.

      This is the start of an interesting computational study. However, there is no analysis to explain the numerical results, although there is a long literature of reduced models for randomly connected neural networks which could potentially be applied here. (For example, it seems that the authors could derive a mean field expression for the expected firing rate and variance - hence CV - which could be used to target points in parameter space (vs. repeated simulation in Figures 1,2).) The paper would be stronger and more impactful if this was attempted.

      Strengths:

      Some issues I appreciated are:

      (1) The use of a publicly available simulator (Brian), which helps reproducibility. I would also request that the authors supply submission or configuration scripts (if applicable, I don't know Brian).

      (2) A thorough exploration of the parameter space of interest (shown in Figure 2).

      (3) A good motivation for the underlying question: other things being equal, how does the E/I ratio impact computational capacity?

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Lack of mathematical analysis of the network model

      Major issues I recommend that the authors address (not sure whether these are "weaknesses"):

      (1) In "Coding capacity in different layers of visual cortex" the authors measure PR values from layers 2/3 and 4 in VISp and find that layer 2/3 has a higher PR than layer 4.

      But in Dahmen et al. 2020 (https://doi.org/10.1101/2020.11.02.365072 ), the opposite was found (see Figure 2d of Dahmen et al.): layer 2 had a lower PR than layer 4. Can the authors explain how that difference might arise? i.e. were they analyzing the same data sets? If so why the different results? Could it have to do with the way the authors subsample for the E/I ratio?

      From the Methods of that paper: "Visual stimuli were generated using scripts based on PsychoPy and followed one of two stimulus sequences ("brain observatory 1.1" and<br /> "functional connectivity"). We focused on spontaneous neural activity registered while the animal was not performing any task. In each session, the spontaneous activity condition lasted 30 minutes while the animal was in front of a screen of mean grey luminance. We, therefore, analyzed 26 of the original 58 sessions corresponding to the "functional connectivity" subdataset as they included such a period of spontaneous activity. " This suggests to me they may have analyzed recordings with the other stimulus sequence; however, the hypothesis that E/I ratio should modulate dimensionality would not seem to "care" about which stimulus sequence was used.

      (2) In Discussion (pg. 20, line 383): "They showed that brain regions closer to sensory input, like the thalamus, have higher dimensionality than those further away, such as<br /> the visual cortex. " How is this consistent with the hypothesis that "higher dimensionality might be linked to more complex cognitive functions"?

      (3) What is the probability of connection between different populations? e.g. the probability of there being a synaptic connection between any two E cells? I could not find a statement about this. It should be included in the Methods.

      (4) pg. 27, line 540: "Synchronicity within the network" For each cell pair, the authors use the maximum cross-correlation over time lag. I don't think I have seen this before. Can the authors explain why they use this measurement, vs (a) integrated cross-correlation or (b) cross-correlation at some time scale? Also, it seems like this fails to account for neuron pairs for which there is a strong inhibitory correlation.

      (5) "When stimulated, a time-varying input, μext(t), is applied to 2,000 randomly selected excitatory neurons. " I would guess that computing PR would depend on the overlap of the 500 neurons analyzed and this population. Do the authors check or control for that?

      5b) Related: to clarify, are the 500 neurons chosen from the analysis equally likely to be E or I neurons?

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Alizadeh et al. investigate how varying cellular E/I (excitatory/inhibitory) composition impacts coding across cortical layers. They build on findings from a recent study (Huang et al., 2022) that demonstrated a decrease in the fraction of inhibitory neurons from L2/3 to L4. Using a network of excitatory and inhibitory leaky integrate-and-fire neurons, they systematically assess how these anatomical features influence the dimensionality of network activity and coding capacity. Their key finding is that increasing the proportion of inhibitory neurons enhances the dimensionality of activity and improves the encoding of time-varying stimuli.

      Strengths:

      The authors use a clear methodology and well-established model of network activity that allows them to relate network parameters to the coding properties. They systematically evaluate the impact of the key features of the inhibitory population. Thus, in addition to changing the fraction of inhibitory cells, they control for the inhibitory firing threshold of inhibitory neurons and connection strength between inhibitory and excitatory cells. Furthermore, they show their modeling results are aligned with the analysis of the spiking activity in L2/3 vs. L4 from the Allen Institute data.

      Weaknesses:

      One general shortcoming of this approach is that it focuses on a small preselected number of network features. For example, it is unclear to what extent the results would be affected by other aspects of the organization of cortical columns, such as subclasses of inhibitory cells (SOM, VIP, PV), specific differences in synapses, realistic population sizes, or even connectivity between layers. Similarly, the models of L2/3 and L4 are constrained based on a limited set of observations, and it has not been demonstrated whether the same findings hold true for V1 recordings analyzed by the authors.

      The modeling relies on anatomical data from the barrel cortex, but the decoding comparison is based on V1 data. This raises questions about how anatomical differences between regions may influence the conclusions.

      The coding capacity appears inversely correlated with the firing rate, which in this study is largely influenced by the properties of the inhibitory population. It would be important to confirm that the observed changes in coding capacity and participation ratio are not solely driven by firing rate changes.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This study presents a useful pipeline for de novo design of antimicrobial peptides active both against bacteria and viruses. The method is based on deep learning, using a GAN generator and a regression tasked to predict antimicrobial activity. The experimental evidence supporting the conclusions is solid, with 24 validated peptides, although some additional justifications of the computational strategy would be a plus. This work will be of interest to the community working on machine learning for biomedical applications and specifically on antimicrobial peptides.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This manuscript presents a pipeline incorporating a deep generative model and peptide property predictors for the de novo design of peptide sequences with dual antimicrobial/antiviral functions. The authors synthesized and experimentally validated three peptides designed by the pipeline, demonstrating antimicrobial and antiviral activities, with one leading peptide exhibiting antimicrobial efficacy in animal models.

      Overall, the authors have addressed each major comment through new experiments, particularly by validating 24 peptides, clarifying alignment methods, and demonstrating sequence novelty. These additions have strengthened the manuscript. To further refine the work, it would be helpful to briefly describe any steps taken to mitigate GAN pathologies (such as mode collapse), provide a short rationale for the use of five AVP classifiers and how they complement each other, and clearly present the expanded experimental data (including MIC values and antiviral results) in the main text. Finally, the authors should also compare their approach with recently described deep-learning-enabled antibiotic discovery methods.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study marks a noteworthy advance in the targeted design of AMPs, leveraging a pioneering deep learning framework to generate potent bifunctional peptides with specificity against both bacteria and viruses. The introduction of a GAN for generation and a GCN-based AMPredictor for MIC predictions is methodologically robust and a major stride in computational biology. Experimental validation in vitro and in animal models, notably with the highly potent P076 against a multidrug-resistant bacterium and P002's broad-spectrum viral inhibition, underpins the strength of their evidence. The findings are significant, showcasing not just promising therapeutic candidates, but also demonstrating a replicable means to rapidly develop new antimicrobials against the threat of drug-resistant pathogens.

      Strengths:

      The de novo AMP design framework combines a generative adversarial network (GAN) with an AMP predictor (AMPredictor), which is a novel approach in the field. The integration of deep generative models and graph-encoding activity regressors for discovering bifunctional AMPs is cutting-edge and addresses the need for new antimicrobial agents against drug-resistant pathogens. The in vitro and in vivo experimental validations of the AMPs provide strong evidence to support the computational predictions. The successful inhibition of a spectrum of pathogens in vitro and in animal models gives credibility to the claims. The discovery of effective peptides, such as P076, which demonstrates potent bactericidal activity against multidrug-resistant A. baumannii with low cytotoxicity, is noteworthy. This could have far-reaching implications for addressing antibiotic resistance. The demonstrated activity of the peptides against both bacterial and viral pathogens suggests that the discovered AMPs have a wide therapeutic potential and could be effective against a range of pathogens.

      Comments on revisions: I have no further comments on revisions.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Dong et al. described a deep learning-based framework of antimicrobial (AMP) generator and regressor to design and rank de novo antimicrobial peptides (AMPs). For generated AMPs, they predicted their minimum inhibitory concentration (MIC) using a model that combines the Morgan fingerprint, contact map and ESM language model. For their selected AMPs based on predicted MIC, they also use a combination of antiviral peptide (AVP) prediction models to select AMPs with potential antiviral activity. They experimentally validated 3 candidates for antimicrobial activity against S. aureus, A. baumannii, E. coli, and P. aeruginosa, and their toxicity on mouse blood and three human cell lines. The authors select their most promising AMP (P076) for in vivo experiments in A. baumannii-infected mice. They finally test the antiviral activity of their 3 AMPs against viruses.

      Strengths:

      - The development of de novo antimicrobial peptides (AMPs) with the novelty of being bifunctional (antimicrobial and antiviral activity).

      - Novel, combined approach to AMP activity prediction from their amino acid sequence.

      Weaknesses:

      - I missed the justification for combined antiviral and antibacterial activities. As the authors responded, less than 10% of the training data has antiviral activity. Therefore, I do not understand how the high percentage of antiviral activities was achieved. Especially reading that the antiviral filtering did not have an influence on the number of antiviral peptides obtained.

      - I had difficulty in reading the story because of the use of acronyms without referring to their full name for the first time, and incomplete information annotation in figures and captions.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This study is important, and the findings add substantially to the evidence base regarding CCR5 antagonist drugs for neuroprotection and stroke management. The authors adhered to the expected systematic review and meta-analysis standards, and the presented evidence is convincing.

    2. Joint Public Review:

      This is an interesting, timely, and high-quality study on the potential neuroprotective capabilities of C-C chemokine receptor type 5 (CCR5) antagonists in ischemic stroke. The focus is on preclinical investigations.

      An outstanding feature is that stroke patient representatives have directly participated in the work. Although this is often called for, it is hardly realized in research practice, so the work goes beyond established standards.

      The included studies were assessed regarding the therapeutic impact and their adherence to current quality assurance guidelines such as STAIR and SRRR, another important feature of this work. While overall results were promising, there were some shortcomings regarding guideline adherence.

      The paper is very well written and concise yet provides much highly useful information. It also has very good illustrations, and extremely detailed and transparent supplements.

      [Editors' note: The authors have responded appropriately to the comments shared by the reviewers. The authors have provided a good academic justification for not needing to update the literature search, as one of the reviewers had suggested.]

    3. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The paper is well-organized, with clearly defined sections. The systematic review methodology is thorough, with clear eligibility criteria, search strategy, and data collection methods. The risk of bias assessment is also detailed and useful for evaluating the strength of evidence. The involvement of a patient panel is noticeable and positive, ensuring the research addresses real-world concerns and aligning scientific inquiry with patient perspectives. The statistical approach used for analyzing seems appropriate.

      The authors are encouraged to take into account the following points:

      As the authors have acknowledged, there is a high risk of bias across all included studies, particularly in randomization, selective outcome reporting, and incomplete data, which could be highlighted more explicitly in the paper's discussion section, particularly the potential implications for the generalizability of the results. The authors can also suggest mitigation strategies for future studies (e.g., better randomization, blinding, reporting standards, etc.).

      We agree that it is important to highlight mitigation strategies that will allow preclinical researchers to more transparently report future studies. We have directed readers to ensure reporting in alignment with the ARRIVE 2.0 guidelines for further details on reporting of preclinical studies, as follows in paragraph two of the Discussion, “Future studies should carefully incorporate all elements of the ARRIVE 2.0 guidelines to help ensure that all results are transparently reported and improve confidence in the findings.(41)”

      None of the studies include female animals, and the use of young adult animals (instead of aged models) limits the applicability of the findings to the human stroke population, where stroke incidence is higher in older adults and perhaps the gender issue must be included to reflect the translational aspects. The authors can add to the paper's discussion section that perhaps future preclinical studies should include both sexes and aged animals to align better with the clinical population and improve the translation of findings. Another point is the comorbidity. Comorbidities such as diabetes and hypertension are prevalent in stroke patients. How can these be considered in preclinical designs? The authors should emphasize the importance of future research incorporating such comorbid models to enhance clinical relevance. None of the studies had independent replication of their findings, which is a key limitation, especially for a field with high translational expectations. This should be highlighted as a critical next step for validating the efficacy of CCR5 antagonists.

      We agree that these are important evidence gaps to address. Although we highlighted these gaps in paragraph 3 of the Discussion, we have now added a more explicit call to action for researchers to address these gaps at the end of the relevant paragraph as follows, “Future preclinical research should aim to address these evidence gaps to further increase the clinical relevance and comprehensiveness of evidence for CCR5 antagonists in stroke.”

      The studies accessed limited cognitive outcomes (only one reported a cognitive outcome). Given the importance of cognitive recovery post-stroke, this is a gap to highlight in the discussion. Future studies should include more diverse and comprehensive behavioral assessments, including cognitive and emotional domains, to fully evaluate the therapeutic potential.

      We have expanded on this important point in paragraph four of the Discussion, which explores the alignment of the preclinical literature to the CAMAROS trial, as follows, “Finally, clinically relevant secondary outcomes in the CAMAROS trial, such as cognitive and emotional domains as measured by the Montreal Cognitive Assessment (MoCA) and Stroke Aphasia Depression Questionnaire (SADQ) were not modelled in the preclinical literature. Although one study included a cognitive outcome, the other treatment parameters of this study were not aligned to the CAMAROS trial. Future preclinical studies should assess a more diverse and comprehensive battery of clinically relevant behavioural tasks, which could be based on the range of outcomes employed in the CAMAROS trial, or those found in the SRRR recommendations.(9)”

      This addition highlights the lack of supporting preclinical evidence for cognitive recovery post-stroke. We also offer recommendations on discrete ways to address this gap in future preclinical studies by taking inspiration from the outcomes used in CAMAROS as well as the SRRR guidelines used throughout our assessment of the CCR5 literature.  

      The timing of CCR5 administration across studies varies widely (from pre-stroke to several days post-stroke) complicating the interpretation and comparison of results. The authors are encouraged to add that future preclinical studies could focus on narrowing the therapeutic window to more clinically relevant time points.

      We agree with the review and feel that this recommendation is currently captured in paragraph three of our Discussion -  “However, demonstration of efficacy under a wider range of conditions, such as in aged animals, females, animals with stroke-related comorbidities, more clinically relevant timing of dose administrations, or in conjunction with rehabilitative therapies are necessary to provide further confidence in these findings.” As mentioned above, we added a new sentence to the end of this paragraph to make it more explicit that these are gaps that should be addressed by future preclinical research. “Future preclinical research should aim to address these evidence gaps to further increase the clinical relevance and comprehensiveness of evidence for CCR5 antagonists in stroke.” We also added the word “clinically” to the original sentence mentioned above to more explicitly align with the reviewer’s recommendation.

      The paper identifies some alignment with clinical trials, but there are several gaps, too, particularly in the types of behavioral tests used in preclinical studies versus those in clinical trials. If this systematic review and meta-analysis aim to formulate a set of recommendations for future studies, it is important that the authors also propose specific preclinical behavioral tasks that could better align with clinical measures used in trials, like functional assessments related to human stroke outcomes.

      As mentioned above, we added a sentence to Discussion paragraph four, the comparison to the CAMAROS trial, that provides recommendations as to the behavioural tasks that would be useful to employ in future studies. Namely, “Future preclinical studies should assess a more diverse and comprehensive battery of clinically relevant behavioural tasks, which could be modelled after the range of outcomes employed in the CAMAROS trial, or those found in the SRRR recommendations.(9)” The SRRR recommendations that we reference here provide discrete consensus recommendations for interested readers on behavioural task selection, as well as priority rankings based on rodent species, to better align with clinical measures used in trials.

      The discussion needs some revisions. It could benefit from an expanded explanation of CCR5's mechanistic role in neuroplasticity and stroke recovery. For instance, linking CCR5 antagonism more closely with molecular pathways related to synaptic repair and remyelination would enhance the quality of the discussion and understanding of the drugs' potential.

      We have provided a synthesis of CCR5’s proposed mechanistic roles in the Supplementary Materials, Figure S1 (for a summary pathway diagram), and Table S3 (for a list of potential mechanistic pathways and supporting evidence presented in each paper). Given our focus on study quality and alignment with translational recommendations, we felt that it was more appropriate to not focus on mechanistic elements in the Discussion.  Indeed, the appraisal of the quality of support for each potential mechanism was beyond the scope of our present analysis.  

      While the tool is used to assess the risk of bias, it might be helpful to integrate a broader framework for evaluating the quality of included studies. This could include sample size justifications, statistical power analysis, or the use of pre-registration in animal studies. These elements can also introduce bias or minimize those if in place.

      We agree these are important and the SYRCLE risk of bias tool we used addresses many major domains of bias mentioned by the reviewer (e.g., selection bias, performance bias, detection bias, attrition bias, reporting bias). For example, the SYRCLE item of  “selective outcome reporting” domain address pre-registration by asking “Was the study protocol available and were all of the study’s pre-specified primary and secondary outcomes reported in the current manuscript?”. The SYRCLE Risk of Bias tool represents the current state of the art for risk of bias assessment in preclinical systematic reviews and aligns well with similar tools used clinically, such as the Cochrane Risk of Bias tool. Although the tool does not assess statistical power, we would note that this is considered to be a separate issue from internal validity, and it is the reason this is not even assessed by the Cochrane risk of bias tool used in clinical systematic reviews. 

      Please also highlight confounding factors that might have influenced the results in the included studies, such as variation in stroke models, dosing regimens, or behavioral assessment methods.

      We agree that exploring potential confounding factors is an important element of the assessment. We highlight potential confounding factors in several parts of the Results and Discussion, such as in our Synthesis of Behavioural Outcomes section, “…equivalent infarct volumes were not demonstrated between the treated and control groups in this cohort, which could potentially lead to confounding effects.” and Comprehensiveness of Preclinical Evidence section, “All studies tested both behavioral and histological outcomes and demonstrated neuroprotective effects, but most studies failed to measure and control post-stroke temperature, which could potentially confound the observed neuroprotection (Table S4).(32) Most histological measurements were also assessed at <72 hours, which could confound the observed neuroprotective effects if cell death was merely delayed.(32) For CCR5 antagonists as a post-stroke recovery-inducing treatment, one experiment assessed the effects of initiating CCR5 administration in a similar post-stroke phase as the CAMAROS trial. This experiment (Joy et al.)(6) did not demonstrate that each treatment group had equivalent baseline stroke volumes, which may potentially confound observed behavioral effects.”

      Although there are many factors that could potentially confound the observed results, we believe that we have addressed some of the most prominent examples that are known in the preclinical stroke literature. We expanded our statement in the final sentence of the Results to highlight this, “Overall, our assessments highlight a variety of knowledge gaps, potential confounding factors, and areas of misalignment between the preclinical evidence and clinical trial parameters that could be improved with further preclinical experimentation.

      There is some discussion of the meta-analysis' limitations due to the few studies, but this point could be more thoroughly addressed. Please consider including a more critical discussion of the limitations of pooling data from heterogeneous study designs, stroke models, and outcome measures. What can this lead to? Is it reliable to do so, or does it lack scientific rigor? The authors are encouraged to formulate a balanced discussion adding, positive and negative aspects.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s insightful comment regarding the limitations related to pooling data from heterogeneous study designs, stroke models, and outcome measures. We have added to the original limitations described in the first paragraph of our Discussion with additional text to provide a better balance about the potential risks and benefits of the meta-analysis strategy that we undertook in the present study.

      “Pooling data across heterogenous experimental designs, animal/stroke models, and treatment parameters, as we have done with the infarct volume analysis in the present study, can introduce variability that increases the risk of overestimating or underestimating the true effect of the intervention.(38) Treatment effects observed across model systems and therapeutic compounds may represent different biological mechanisms. Despite this potential limitation, meta-analysis can provide valuable insights, especially in preclinical settings where the sample sizes of individual studies may be too small to detect significant effects on their own. In these cases, pooling data across studies can help identify overarching estimates of benefits and harm, highlight subgroups of interest, and help guide areas of future research. As described in the results above, we attempted to mitigate the risks of inappropriate data pooling through careful investigation of heterogeneity, subgroup analyses, and differentiation between outcomes where we felt that meta-analytic pooling was (infarct volume) and was not (behavioural outcomes) appropriate. Overall, we believe that our results indicate that further investigation is warranted to determine the optimal timing of administration and behavioral domains under which CCR5 antagonists exhibit the strongest post-stroke neuroprotective and recovery-inducing effects.”

      The conclusion should more explicitly acknowledge that while CCR5 antagonists show potential, the findings are still preliminary due to the limitations in the preclinical studies (high bias risk, lack of diverse animal models). Overall, the conclusion can end with a call for rigorous, well-controlled, and replicated studies with improved alignment to clinical populations and trials to show that the conclusion remains inconclusive, considering what has been analyzed here.

      We modified our concluding paragraph to highlight that the current evidence should be considered preliminary, as follows, “In conclusion, CCR5 antagonists show promise in preclinical studies for stroke neuroprotection, corresponding reduction in impairment, as well as improved functional recovery related to neural repair in the late sub-acute/early chronic phase. However, high risk of bias and the limited (or no) evidence in clinically relevant domains underscore the need for more rigorous and transparent preclinical research to further strengthen the current preliminary evidence available in the literature.”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is an interesting, timely, and high-quality study on the potential neuroprotective capabilities of C-C chemokine receptor type 5 (CCR5) antagonists in ischemic stroke. The focus is on preclinical investigations.

      Strengths:

      The results are timely and interesting. An outstanding feature is that stroke patient representatives have directly participated in the work. Although this is often called for, it is hardly realized in research practice, so the work goes beyond established standards.

      The included studies were assessed regarding the therapeutic impact and their adherence to current quality assurance guidelines such as STAIR and SRRR, another important feature of this work. While overall results were promising, there were some shortcomings regarding guideline adherence.

      The paper is very well written and concise yet provides much highly useful information. It also has very good illustrations and extremely detailed and transparent supplements.

      Weaknesses:

      Although the paper is of very high quality, a couple of items that may require the authors' attention to increase the impact of this exciting work further. Specifically:

      Major aspects:

      (1) I hope I did not miss that (apologies if I did), but when exactly was the search conducted? Is it possible to screen the recent literature (maybe up to 12/2024) to see whether any additional studies were published?

      We added the following statements to the “Information sources and search strategy” section of Materials and Methods to clarify the timing and intention of our search strategy, “The search was conducted October 25, 2022, to align with the listed launch date of the CAMAROS trial (September 15, 2022). Our intention in doing so was to collate and assess all preclinical evidence that could have feasibly informed the clinical trial. We sought to assess the comprehensiveness of evidence and readiness for translation of CCR5 antagonist drugs at the time of their actual translation into human clinical trials, as well as the alignment of the CAMAROS trial design to the existing preclinical evidence base.”

      Although we agree that an update of the search provides valuable information for the field, we believe that the studies entering the literature after the launch of the CAMAROS trial fill a different conceptual niche than those prior to trial launch (since newer preclinical studies explicitly did not inform decisions to move to clinical trials or clinical trial design). It is our view that newer studies should be assessed from a lens of how effectively they close knowledge gaps that were present at trial launch and emulate the conditions of clinical trial populations and design parameters (which represent the de facto most “clinically relevant” conditions). Such an analysis would require a different approach that is outside the scope and aims of the present study. The present study provides an assessment of the preclinical literature up to the date of the translation of CCR5 antagonist drugs into human clinical trials (via the CAMAROS trial), which we believe will serve as a valuable prospective benchmark for evaluating the predictiveness of preclinical evidence after the results of the CAMAROS trial emerge.

      (2) Please clearly define the difference between "study" and "experiment," as this is not entirely clear. Is an "experiment" a distinct investigation within a particular publication (=study) that can describe more than one such "experiment"? Thanks for clarifying.

      We have now added definitions for “studies” and “experiments” immediately after the first time they are mentioned in paragraph one of the Study Selection section of Results, as follows: “Herein, “studies” refer to the published articles as a unit, while “experiments” refer to distinct investigations within each published article used to test various hypotheses (i.e., a subunit of “studies” comprised of a select cohort of animals).”

      (3) Is there an opportunity to conduct a correlation analysis between the quality of a study (for instance, after transforming the ROB assessment into a kind of score) and reported effect sizes for particular experiments or studies? This might be highly interesting.

      This is an interesting suggestion, which under different circumstances could provide insights into potential associations between study quality and effect size, as have been observed in the literature (e.g., Macleod et al., 2008; PMID:18635842). However, we are unable to assess this relationship in the present dataset as all studies were scored as “high risk of bias”, meaning that there was no variability in terms of observed study quality.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor aspects:

      (1) The scope of the work is perfectly in line with very recent STAIR recommendations, which strongly suggest assessing potential interventions that may augment impact and improve outcomes in recanalization procedures (Wechsler et al., doi: 10.1161/STROKEAHA.123.044279; PMID 37886850). The authors may to discuss their work in light of these recent recommendations.

      We thank the reviewer for highlighting the more recent STAIR recommendation document, as well as its focus on assessing interventions in conjunction with recanalization procedures. An item related to the importance of combining novel interventions with established recanalization procedures was included as part of Table S4 but was not highlighted in the main text. We have added to the final paragraph of the Results section “Comprehensiveness of preclinical evidence” to highlight that no studies tested CCR5 antagonist drugs in conjunction with recanalization procedures as follows, “…no studies assessed behavioural effects on upper extremity skilled reaching / grasping or potential interactions of CCR5 antagonists with rehabilitative therapies or established recanalization procedures (Table S4).(35–38)” The Weschler reference provided by the reviewer has now been cited as well.

      (2) The authors may wish to consider the term "cerebroprotective" rather than "neuroprotective" unless neurons are the only cells to which a respective statement applies.

      We agree that “cerebroprotective” is the more appropriate term and have thus substituted it wherever we previously used “neuroprotective”.

      (3) The paper features a mixture between American (e.g.," hemorrhagic") and British English (e.g., "favours"). Although this is not untypical for Canadian English, deciding on one or the other may be an option.

      Given eLife’s basis in the UK, we have modified the language used throughout to be consistent with British English style.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This manuscript provides valuable mechanistic insight into NSCLC progression, both in terms of tumour metastasis and the development of chemoresistance. The authors draw upon a range of techniques and assays and the evidence shown is solid and has been strengthened by incorporation of suggestions by the two reviewers. The work presented will be of interest to cancer biologists and more broadly to those interested in NSCLC translational studies.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript entitled "Phosphodiesterase 1A Physically Interacts with YTHDF2 and Reinforces the Progression of Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer" explores the role of PDE1A in promoting NSCLC progression by binding to the m6A reader YTHDF2 and regulating the mRNA stability of several novel target genes, consequently activating the STAT3 pathway and leading to metastasis and drug resistance.

      Strengths:

      The study addresses a novel mechanism involving PDE1A and YTHDF2 interaction in NSCLC, contributing to our understanding of cancer progression.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary

      This revised manuscript investigates the role and the mechanism by which PDE1 impacts NSCLC progression. They provide evidence to demonstrate that PDE1 binds to m6A reader YTHDF2, in turn, regulating STAT3 signaling pathway through its interaction, promoting metastasis and angiogenesis.

      Strength:

      The study uncovers a novel PDE1A/YTHDF2/SOCS2/STAT3 pathway in NSCLC progression and the findings provide a potential treatment strategy for NSCLC patients with metastasis.

      Weakness:

      In discussion, it is stated in the revised version that "the role of YTHDF2 in PDE1A-driven tumor metastasis should be elucidated in future studies", however, given that physical interaction of PDE1A and YTHDF2 plays a critical role in PDE1A-mediated NSCLC metastasis, whether YTHDF2 mimicking the effect of PDE1A in metastasis will strength the manuscript.

  2. Feb 2025
    1. eLife Assessment

      This valuable study addresses a central question in systems neuroscience (validation of active inference models of exploration) using a combination of behaviour, neuroimaging, and modelling. The data provided offers solid evidence that humans do perceive, choose and learn in a manner consistent with the essential ingredients of active inference, and that quantities that correlate with relevant parameters of this active inference scheme are encoded in different regions of the brain.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper presents a compelling and comprehensive study of decision-making under uncertainty. It addresses a fundamental distinction between belief-based (cognitive neuroscience) formulations of choice behavior with reward-based (behavioral psychology) accounts. Specifically, it asks whether active inference provides a better account of planning and decision making, relative to reinforcement learning. To do this, the authors use a simple but elegant paradigm that includes choices about whether to seek both information and rewards. They then assess the evidence for active inference and reinforcement learning models of choice behavior, respectively. After demonstrating that active inference provides a better explanation of behavioral responses, the neuronal correlates of epistemic and instrumental value (under an optimized active inference model) are characterized using EEG. Significant neuronal correlates of both kinds of value were found in sensor and source space. The source space correlates are then discussed sensibly, in relation to the existing literature on the functional anatomy of perceptual and instrumental decision-making under uncertainty.

      Comments on revisions:

      Many thanks for attending to my previous comments. I think your manuscript is now easier to read - and your new (Bayesian) analyses are described clearly.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper aims to investigate how the human brain represents different forms of value and uncertainty that participate in active inference within a free-energy framework, in a two-stage decision task involving contextual information sampling, and choices between safe and risky rewards, which promotes shifting between exploration and exploitation. They examine neural correlates by recording EEG and comparing activity in the first vs second half of trials and between trials in which subjects did and did not sample contextual information, and perform a regression with free-energy-related regressors against data "mapped to source space."

      Strengths:

      This two-stage paradigm is cleverly designed to incorporate several important processes of learning, exploration/exploitation and information sampling that pertain to active inference. Although scalp/brain regions showing sensitivity to the active-inference related quantities do not necessarily suggest what role they play, they are illuminating and useful as candidate regions for further investigation. The aims are ambitious, and the methodologies are impressive. The paper lays out an extensive introduction to the free energy principle and active inference to make the findings accessible to a broad readership.

      Weaknesses:

      It is worth noting that the high lower-cutoff of 1 Hz in the bandpass filter, included to reduce the impact of EEG noise, would remove from the EEG any sustained, iteratively updated representation that evolves with learning across trials, or choice-related processes that unfold slowly over the course of the 2-second task windows. It is thus possible there are additional processes related to the active inference quantities that are missed here. This is not a flaw as one must always try to balance noise removal against signal removal in filter settings - it is just a caveat. As the authors also note, the regions showing up as correlated with model parameters change depending on source modelling method and correction for multiple comparisons, warranting some caution around the localisation aspect.

    1. eLife Assessment

      In this important study, Li and others identified cell membrane receptors for juvenile hormone (JH), a terpenoid hormone in insects that regulates their development and reproduction. While intracellular receptors for JH are well characterized, membrane receptors for JH have remained elusive for many years. The authors provide convincing evidence indicating that two receptor tyrosine kinases (RTKs), CAD96CA and FGFR1, modulate the genomic effects of JH by phosphorylating the intracellular receptors in the cotton bollworm, Helicoverpa armigera. Although differential functions of the two RTKs and potential effects of the other endogenous ligands of these RTKs on JH signaling remain unclear, this study lays a foundation for future studies.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Juvenile hormone (JH) is a pleiotropic terpenoid hormone in insects that mainly regulates their development and reproduction. In particular, its developmental functions are described as the "status quo" action, as its presence in the hemolymph (the insect blood) prevents metamorphosis-initiating effects of ecdysone, another important hormone in insect development, and maintains the juvenile status of insects.

      While such canonical functions of JH are known to be mediated by its intracellular receptor complex composed of Met and Tai, there have been multiple reports suggesting the presence of cell membrane receptor(s) for JH, which mediate non-genomic effects of this terpenoid hormone. In particular, the presence of receptor tyrosine kinases (RTKs) that phosphorylate Met/Tai in response to JH and thus indirectly affect the canonical JH signaling pathway has been strongly suggested. Given the importance of JH in insect physiology and the fact that the JH signaling pathway is a major target of insect growth regulators, elucidating the identify and functions of putative JH membrane receptors is of great significance form both basic and applied perspectives.

      In the present study, the authors identified candidate receptors for such cell membrane JH receptors, CAD96CA and FGFR1, in the cotton bollworm, Helicoverpa armigera.

      Strengths:

      Their in vitro analyses are conducted thoroughly using multiple methods, which overall support their claim that these receptors can bind to JH and mediate their non-genomic effects.

      Their CRISPR-Cas-mediated mutagenesis in vivo shows that mutation of the two RTKs causes acceleration of pupation, which is consistent with the mutant phenotype of the intracellular JH receptor, Met1. Although this is different from the typical phenotype one would expect from JH signaling deficiency in lepidopteran insects (i.e. precocious metamorphosis), the results overall support their claim that these two RTKs modulate genomic JH effects by phosphorylating the intracellular receptors.

      Weaknesses:

      Although their loss-of-function analyses suggest that the two RTKs likely have redundant functions in vivo, it is unclear whether they have any different functions in mediating JH functions in different physiological contexts. It also remains unknown whether other endogenous ligands for these RTKs affect canonical, genomic JH signaling in vivo.

    3. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      […] Weaknesses:

      Unfortunately, the revised manuscript does not show significant improvement. While the identification of the receptors is highly convincing, important issues about the biological relevance remain unaddressed. First, the main point I raised about the first version of this article is that the redundancy and/or specificity of the two receptors should be clarified, even though I understand that it cannot be deeply investigated here. I believe that this point, shared by all reviewers, is highly relevant for the scope of this work. In this revised version, it is still unclear how to reconcile gain and loss-of-function experiments and the different expression profiles of the receptors. Second, the newly added explanations and pieces of discussion provided about the mild in vivo phenotypes of early pupation upon Cad96ca or Fgfr1 knock-out do not clarify the issue but instead put emphasis on methodological issues. Indeed, it is not clear whether the mild phenotypes reflect the biological role of Cad96ca and Fgfr1, or the redundancy of these two RTKs (and/or others), or some issue with the knock-out strategy (partial efficiency, mosaicism...). Finally, parts of the updated discussion and the modifications to the figures are confusing.

      Thank you for asking the questions. We performed additional experiments, including editing Met1 individually (single knockout), Cad96ca and Fgfr1 together (double knockout), and Met1, Cad96ca and Fgfr1 together (triple knockout) using CRISPR/Cas9. The results showed that single mutation of Cad96ca or Fgfr1 caused precocious pupation, respectively. The double mutation of Cad96ca and Fgfr1 caused earlier pupation and death compared to the single mutation of Cad96ca or Fgfr1. The triple mutation of Met1, Cad96ca and Fgfr1 caused most serious effect on pupation time and death. These data suggested that both CAD96CA and FGFR1 can transmit JH signal to prevent pupation independently and cooperatively, and the JH exert a complete regulatory role through cell membrane receptors and intracellular receptor of JH. We increased the results in Lines 242-263 and discussion in Lines 328-375.

      CAD96CA and FGFR1 have similar functions in JH signaling, including transmitting JH signal for Kr-h1 expression, larval status maintaining, rapid intracellular calcium increase, phosphorylation of transcription factors MET1 and TAI, and high affinity to JH III. CAD96CA and FGFR1 are essential in the JH signal pathway, and the loss-of-function of each is sufficient to trigger strong effects on pupation, suggesting they can transmit JH signal individually. The difference is that CAD96CA expression has no tissue specificity, and the Fgfr1 gene is highly expressed in the midgut. A possibility is that CAD96CA and FGFR1 play roles by forming homodimer or heterodimer with each other or with other RTKs in tissues, which needs to be addressed in future studies. CAD96CA and FGFR1 transmit JH III signals in three different insect cell lines, suggesting their conserved roles in other insects.

      The mild phenotypes shown in the previous picture, Fig 4E, were counted from all the surviving individuals injected with gRNA, including mutated and non-mutated individuals. In fact, there is no phenotype of pupation on time in the mutants. According to the first round of reviewers' comments, we found that it was inappropriate to count all the surviving individuals injected with gRNA, so we replaced the picture by counting the phenotypes of all successfully mutated individuals in the second version to avoid the confusion of the phenotypes.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      […] Weaknesses:

      Results of their in vivo experiments, particularly those of their loss-of-function analyses using CRISPR mutants are still preliminary, and the results rather indicate that these membrane receptors do not have any physiologically significant roles in vivo. More specifically, previous studies in lepidopteran species have clearly and repeatedly shown that precocious metamorphosis is the hallmark phenotype for all JH signaling-deficient larvae. In contrast, the present study showed that Cad96ca and Fgfr1 G0 mutants only showed slight acceleration in their pupation timing, which is not a typical phenotype one would expect from JH signaling deficiency. This is inconsistent with their working model provided in Figure 6, which indicates that these cell membrane JH receptors promote the canonical JH signaling by phosphorylating Met/Tai. If the authors argue that this slight acceleration of pupation is indeed a major JH signaling-deficient phenotype in Helicoverpa, they need to provide more data to support their claim by analyzing CRISPR mutants of other genes involved in JH signaling, such as Jhamt and Met. An alternative explanation is that there is functional redundancy between CAD96CA and FGFR1 in mediating phosphorylation of Met/Tai. This possibility can be tested by analyzing double knockouts of these two receptors. Currently, the validity of their calcium imaging analysis in Figure 5 is also questionable. When performing calcium imaging in cultured cells, it is critically important to treat all the cells at the end of each experiment with a hormone or other chemical reagents that universally induce calcium increase in each particular cell line. Without such positive control, the validity of calcium imaging data remains unknown, and readers cannot properly evaluate their results.

      Thank you for the comments. We took your suggestions and performed additional experiments, editing Met1 individually (single knockout), Cad96ca and Fgfr1 together (double knockout), and Met1, Cad96ca and Fgfr1 together (triple knockout) using CRISPR/Cas9. We increased the results in Lines 242-263 and discussion in Lines 328-375.

      About the calcium imaging in cultured cells (now Fig 6), our goal is to examine the roles of CAD96CA and FGFR1 in JH trigged cellular responses. The experiment was well designed and controlled and the results were validated. For examples: JH III induced intracellular Ca<sup>2+</sup> release and extracellular Ca<sup>2+</sup> influx in Sf9 and S2 cells, but DMSO could not. However, knockdown of Cad96ca and Fgfr1 significantly decreased JH III-induced intracellular Ca<sup>2+</sup> release and extracellular Ca<sup>2+</sup> influx (Figure 6A, B), and Kr-h1 expression (Figure 6—figure supplement 1A and B), suggesting that CAD96CA and FGFR1 had a general function to transmit JH signal in S. frugiperda and D. melanogaster.

      Wild mammalian HEK-293T cells had no significant changes in calcium ion levels under JH III induction, because there is no CAD96CA and FGFR1 in mammal cells (Figure 6C). However, when HEK-293T cells were overexpressed insect CAD96CA or FGFR1, respectively, JH III triggered rapid cytosolic Ca<sup>2+</sup> release and influx (Figure 6D).

      An increase in Ca<sup>2+</sup> was not detected in mutants of CAD96CA-M3 and CAD96CA-M4 under JH III induction (Figure 6E) and nor in FGFR1-M4 (Figure 6F). These results confirmed that CAD96CA and FGFR1 play roles in transmitting JH III signal.

      We carefully revised the description of the results and methods to help people understand the study.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      […] Weaknesses:

      The authors have provided evidences that the Cad96Ca and FGF1 RTK receptors contribute to JH signaling through CRISPR/Cas9, inducing precocious metamorphosis, although not to the same extent as absence of JH. Therefore, it still remains unclear whether these RTKs are completely required for pathway activation or only necessary for high activation levels during the last larval stage. While the authors have included some additional data, the mechanism by which different RTKs function in transducing JH signaling in a tissue specific manner is still unclear. As the authors note in the discussion, it is possible that other RTKs may also play a role in facilitating the transduction of JH signaling. Lastly, the study does not yet explain how RTKs with known ligands could also bind JH and contribute to JH signaling activation. Although receptor promiscuity has been suggested as a possible mechanism, future studies could explore whether activation of RTK pathways by their known ligands induces certain levels of JH transducer phosphorylation, which, in the presence of JH, could contribute to full pathway activation without the need for direct JH-RTK binding.

      Thank you for your comments. To address your questions, we carried out additional experiments. The relevant results have been incorporated into Lines 242-263, and the corresponding discussion has been added to Lines 328-375.

      We agree with your suggestions that the future studies should resolve the questions such as how different RTKs function in transducing JH signaling in a tissue specific manner; whether other RTKs can transduce JH signal; how RTKs with known ligands could also bind JH and contribute to JH signaling activation; and how the RTK pathways are activated by their ligands.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) First, some of the new paragraphs, repeatedly used in the point-by-point answer to the reviewers, are highly confusing and need proofreading (i.e. 225-230; 320-340)

      Thank you for your advice. We have carefully revised the manuscript and the point-by-point answer to avoid repetition.

      (2) While the double knock-down or knock-out of Cad96ca and Fgfr1 is expected to provide valuable information regarding their respective functions, the authors indicated that they wouldn't provide experiments in that direction. It is not clear to me if they have tried or not. The Crispr/Cas9 approach might be difficult to put in place to test this interaction. However, couldn't the authors try the double knock-down compared to single knock-downs using dsRNA? This method gave convincing results to test the role of the putative receptors in mediating JH-induced developmental delay in vivo (Figure 1).

      Thank you for your suggestion. We added experiments, editing Met1 individually (single knockout), Cad96ca and Fgfr1 together (double knockout), and Met1, Cad96ca and Fgfr1 together (triple knockout) using CRISPR/Cas9, the new evidence fully defined the physiological roles of these receptors in JH signaling in vivo. We increased the results in Lines 242-263 and discussion in Lines 328-375.

      (3) Concerning the effect of Crispr knock-out on pupation timing, this paragraph was added: "The low death rate after Cad96ca and Fgfr1 knockout might be because of following reasons, including the editing efficiency (67% and 61% for Cad96ca mutant and Fgfr1 mutant, respectively), the chimera of the gene knockout at the G0 generation, and the redundant RTKs that play similar roles in JH signaling". A similar explanation applies to the pupation phenotype itself... I am therefore wondering whether the Crispr/Cas9 approach (at the G0 generation) is the best strategy. Since the dsRNA knock-down gave efficient (and probably more reproducible) results according to Figure 1B-C, why not using the same approach for analyzing loss-of-function phenotypes?

      (4) Similarly, this new paragraph regarding the knock-out strategy by Crispr is problematic: "However, in the Cad96ca mutant, 86% of the larvae (an editing efficiency of 67% by TA clone analysis) had a shortened feeding stage in the sixth instar and entered the metamorphic molting stage earlier, showing early pupation, with the pupation time being 24 h earlier. In the Fgfr1 mutant, 91% of the larvae (an editing efficiency of 61%) had a shortened feeding stage in the sixth instar and entered the metamorphic molting stage earlier, showing early pupation, with the pupation time being 23 h earlier" (lines 225-230).

      - How does the editing efficiency relate to the mutation efficiency few lines earlier (not clearly explained in the methods)? Were the animals homozygous or heterozygous for the mutations? - A shortened feeding stage can only be invoked if previous developmental transitions are unaffected. Such statement should be supported by a better description of the developmental timing phenotype (as suggested already by reviewer 2).

      Thank you for your questions in (3) and (4). The editing rates of 67% and 61% for Cad96ca and Fgfr1 in individuals were calculated from the PCR products, indicating that the cells were mosaics by CRISPR/Cas9 editing. The mutants produced by CRISPR/Cas9 are mosaics. We removed the content to the methods section and increased the detail methods, Lines 705-717.

      We increased discussion: "The phenotypes of gene mutation in H. armigera are somehow different from those obtained by homozygous mutation in other animals, due to the mosaic mutation by CRISPR/Cas9. In addition, RNAi of Cad96ca and Fgfr1 was observed precocious pupation as was the case in CRISPR/Cas9, suggesting the RNAi can be used for the study of gene function in insect, especially when the gene editing is embryonic lethal". Lines 367-380.

      We removed the improper description of the phenotypes in the results, such as that of the feeding stage. By increasing experiments of editing Met1 individually (single knockout), Cad96ca and Fgfr1 together (double knockout), and Met1, Cad96ca and Fgfr1 together (triple knockout) to define the physiological roles of these receptors in JH signaling in vivo.

      (5) Importantly, I don't understand where the new version of the figure 4E stems from. The « pupation on time » (blue) category present in the first version of the figure has now disappeared for mutant animals. Why? In the first, my understanding was that, among the mutant animals, around 50% had precocious pupation. In the new version of the figure 4E, the "pupation on time" category is missing, and the percentages of early pupation are therefore strongly increased... The explanations provided in the text are not clear regarding the reanalysis of the mutant phenotypes. In the first version of the manuscript, the following explanation was given: "In 61 survivors of Cas9 protein and Cad96ca-gRNA injection, 30 mutants were identified by the earlier pupation and sequencing (an editing efficiency of 49.2%)". Were all animals sequenced, or only the 30 displaying earlier pupation? Were the 31 others not sequenced or did they have no mutation? Could it be, as suggested by the first version of the figure, that some mutant animals did not display early pupation? It was indeed stated in the text that: "CRISPR/Cas9 editing by Cad96ca-gRNA or Fgfr1-gRNA injection resulted in earlier pupation (Figure 4D) for about 23-24 h by comparison with normal pupation in 46% and 54% of larvae, respectively". This new version of the figure should be explained.

      Thank you for your reminder. The phenotype of pupation on time appeared in the first version, because we counted the phenotypes of all the surviving individuals injected with gRNA, that is, the survivors in Figure 4C, which including mutated and non-mutated individuals. According to the comments from first round of reviewers, we realized that it was inappropriate to count all the surviving individuals injected with gRNA, since there is no phenotype of pupation on time in the mutants. Therefore, in the second version, we replaced the picture by counting the phenotypes of all successfully mutated individuals, namely the mutants in Figure 4C.

    1. eLife Assessment

      In this valuable study, Li and others identified cell membrane receptors for juvenile hormone (JH), a terpenoid hormone in insects important for their development and reproduction. While intracellular receptors for JH have been well characterized, membrane receptors for JH remained elusive for many years. Although the authors provide solid evidence to indicate that the receptor tyrosine kinases they identified bind to JH in vitro and induce non-genomic responses in cultured cells, their loss-of-function phenotypes are not consistent with known JH functions, so additional work is required to define physiological roles of these receptors.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):<br /> <br /> Summary:

      Juvenile Hormone (JH) plays a key role in insect development and physiology. Although the intracellular receptor for JH was identified long ago, a number of studies have shown that part of JH functions should be fulfilled through binding to an unknown membrane receptor, which was proposed to belong to the RTK family. In this study, the authors screened all RTKs from the H. armigera genome for their ability to mediate responses to JH III treatment both in cultured cells and in developping animals. They also present convincing evidence that CAD96CA and FGFR1 directly bind JH III, and that their role might be conserved in other insect species.

      Strengths:

      Altogether, the experimental approach is very complete and elegant, providing evidence for the role of CAD96CA and FGFR1 in JH signalling using different techniques and in different contexts. I believe that this work will open new perspectives to study the role of JH and better understand what is the contribution of signalling through membrane receptors for JH-dependent developmental processes.

      Weaknesses:

      Unfortunately, the revised manuscript does not show significant improvement. While the identification of the receptors is highly convincing, important issues about the biological relevance remain unaddressed.

      First, the main point I raised about the first version of this article is that the redundancy and/or specificity of the two receptors should be clarified, even though I understand that it cannot be deeply investigated here. I believe that this point, shared by all reviewers, is highly relevant for the scope of this work. In this revised version, it is still unclear how to reconcile gain and loss-of-function experiments and the different expression profiles of the receptors.

      Second, the newly added explanations and pieces of discussion provided about the mild in vivo phenotypes of early pupation upon Cad96ca or Fgfr1 knock-out do not clarify the issue but instead put emphasis on methodological issues. Indeed, it is not clear whether the mild phenotypes reflect the biological role of Cad96ca and Fgfr1, or the redundancy of these two RTKs (and/or others), or some issue with the knock-out strategy (partial efficiency, mosaicism...).

      Finally, parts of the updated discussion and the modifications to the figures are confusing.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Juvenile hormone (JH) is a pleiotropic terpenoid hormone in insects that mainly regulates their development and reproduction. In particular, its developmental functions are described as the "status quo" action, as its presence in the hemolymph (the insect blood) prevents metamorphosis-initiating effects of ecdysone, another important hormone in insect development, and maintains the juvenile status of insects.

      While such canonical functions of JH are known to be mediated by its intracellular receptor complex composed of Met and Tai, there have been multiple reports suggesting the presence of cell membrane receptor(s) for JH, which mediate non-genomic effects of this terpenoid hormone. In particular, the presence of receptor tyrosine kinase(s) that phosphorylate Met/Tai in response to JH and thus indirectly affect the canonical JH signaling pathway has been strongly suggested. Given the importance of JH in insect physiology and the fact that the JH signaling pathway is a major target of insect growth regulators, elucidating the identify and functions of putative JH membrane receptors is of great significance from both basic and applied perspectives.

      In the present study, the authors identified candidate receptors for such cell membrane JH receptors, CAD96CA and FGFR1, in the cotton bollworm Helicoverpa armigera.

      Strengths:

      Their in vitro analyses are conducted thoroughly using multiple methods, which overall supports their claim that these receptors can bind to JH and mediate their non-genomic effects.

      Weaknesses:

      Results of their in vivo experiments, particularly those of their loss-of-function analyses using CRISPR mutants are still preliminary, and the results rather indicate that these membrane receptors do not have any physiologically significant roles in vivo. More specifically, previous studies in lepidopteran species have clearly and repeatedly shown that precocious metamorphosis is the hallmark phenotype for all JH signaling-deficient larvae. In contrast, the present study showed that Cad96ca and Fgfr1 G0 mutants only showed slight acceleration in their pupation timing, which is not a typical phenotype one would expect from JH signaling deficiency. This is inconsistent with their working model provided in Figure 6, which indicates that these cell membrane JH receptors promote the canonical JH signaling by phosphorylating Met/Tai.

      If the authors argue that this slight acceleration of pupation is indeed a major JH signaling-deficient phenotype in Helicoverpa, they need to provide more data to support their claim by analyzing CRISPR mutants of other genes involved in JH signaling, such as Jhamt and Met. An alternative explanation is that there is functional redundancy between CAD96CA and FGFR1 in mediating phosphorylation of Met/Tai. This possibility can be tested by analyzing double knockouts of these two receptors.

      Currently, the validity of their calcium imaging analysis in Figure 5 is also questionable. When performing calcium imaging in cultured cells, it is critically important to treat all the cells at the end of each experiment with a hormone or other chemical reagents that universally induce calcium increase in each particular cell line. Without such positive control, the validity of calcium imaging data remains unknown, and readers cannot properly evaluate their results.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Li et al. identified CAD96CA and FGF1 among 20 receptor tyrosine kinase receptors as mediators of JH signaling. By performing a screen in HaEpi cells with overactivated JH signaling, the authors pinpointed two main RTKs that contribute to the transduction of JH. Using the CRISPR/Cas9 system to generate mutants, the authors confirmed that these RTKs are required for normal JH activation, as precocious pupariation was observed in their absence. Additionally, the authors demonstrated that both CAD96CA and FGF1 exhibit a high affinity for JH, and their activation is necessary for the proper phosphorylation of Tai and Met, transcription factors that promote the transcriptional response. Finally, the authors provided evidence suggesting that the function of CAD96CA and FGF1 as JH receptors is conserved across insects.

      Strengths:

      The data provided by the authors are convincing and support the main conclusions of the study, providing ample evidence to demonstrate that phosphorylation of the transducers Met and Tai mainly depends on the activity of two RTKs. Additionally, the binding assays conducted by the authors support the function of CAD96CA and FGF1 as membrane receptors of JH. The study's results validate, at least in H. amigera, the predicted existence of membrane receptors for JH.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors have provided evidences that the Cad96Ca and FGF1 RTK receptors contribute to JH signaling through CRISPR/Cas9, inducing precocious metamorphosis, although not to the same extent as absence of JH. Therefore, it still remains unclear whether these RTKs are completely required for pathway activation or only necessary for high activation levels during the last larval stage.

      While the authors have included some additional data, the mechanism by which different RTKs function in transducing JH signaling in a tissue specific manner is still unclear. As the authors note in the discussion, it is possible that other RTKs may also play a role in facilitating the transduction of JH signaling.

      Lastly, the study does not yet explain how RTKs with known ligands could also bind JH and contribute to JH signaling activation. Although receptor promiscuity has been suggested as a possible mechanism, future studies could explore whether activation of RTK pathways by their known ligands induces certain levels of JH transducer phosphorylation, which, in the presence of JH, could contribute to full pathway activation without the need for direct JH-RTK binding.

    5. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Juvenile Hormone (JH) plays a key role in insect development and physiology. Although the intracellular receptor for JH was identified long ago, a number of studies have shown that part of JH functions should be fulfilled through binding to an unknown membrane receptor, which was proposed to belong to the RTK family. In this study, the authors screened all RTKs from the H. armigera genome for their ability to mediate responses to JH III treatment both in cultured cells and in developing animals. They also present convincing evidence that CAD96CA and FGFR1 directly bind JH III, and that their role might be conserved in other insect species.

      Strengths:

      Altogether, the experimental approach is very complete and elegant, providing evidence for the role of CAD96CA and FGFR1 in JH signalling using different techniques and in different contexts. I believe that this work will open new perspectives to study the role of JH and better understand what is the contribution of signalling through membrane receptors for JH-dependent developmental processes.

      Weaknesses:

      I don't see major weaknesses in this study. However, I think that the manuscript would benefit from further information or discussion regarding the relationship between the two newly identified receptors. Experiments (especially in HEK-293T cells) suggest that CAD96CA and FGFR1 are sufficient on their own to transduce JH signalling. However, they are also necessary since loss-of-function conditions for each of them are sufficient to trigger strong effects (while the other is supposed to be still present).

      Thank you for the suggestion. We have added the discussion in the text: "CAD96CA and FGFR1 have similar functions in JH signaling, including transmitting JH signal for Kr-h1 expression, larval status maintaining, rapid intracellular calcium increase, phosphorylation of transcription factors MET1 and TAI, and high affinity to JH III. CAD96CA and FGFR1 are essential in the JH signal pathway, and loss-of-function for each is sufficient to trigger strong effects on pupation. The difference is that CAD96CA expression has no tissue specificity, and the Fgfr1 gene is highly expressed in the midgut; possibly, it plays a significant role in the midgut. Other possibility is that they play roles by forming heterodimer with each other or other RTKs, which needs to be addressed in future study. CAD96CA and FGFR1 transmit JH III signals in three different insect cell lines, suggesting their conserved roles in other insects.".

      In addition, despite showing different expression patterns, the two receptors seem to display similar developmental functions according to loss-of-function phenotypes. It is therefore unclear how to draw a model for membrane receptor-mediated JH signalling that includes both CAD96CA and FGFR1.

      Thank you for your question. We have modified the figure and the legends to make the conception clear.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Juvenile hormone (JH) is a pleiotropic terpenoid hormone in insects that mainly regulates their development and reproduction. In particular, its developmental functions are described as the "status quo" action, as its presence in the hemolymph (the insect blood) prevents metamorphosis-initiating effects of ecdysone, another important hormone in insect development, and maintains the juvenile status of insects. While such canonical functions of JH are known to be mediated by its intracellular receptor complex composed of Met and Tai, there have been multiple reports suggesting the presence of cell membrane receptor(s) for JH, which mediate non-genomic effects of this terpenoid hormone. In particular, the presence of receptor tyrosine kinase(s) that phosphorylate Met/Tai in response to JH and thus indirectly affect the canonical JH signaling pathway has been strongly suggested. Given the importance of JH in insect physiology and the fact that the JH signaling pathway is a major target of insect growth regulators, elucidating the identification and functions of putative JH membrane receptors is of great significance from both basic and applied perspectives. In the present study, the authors identified candidate receptors for such cell membrane JH receptors, CAD96CA and FGFR1, in the cotton bollworm Helicoverpa armigera.

      Strengths:

      Their in vitro analyses are conducted thoroughly using multiple methods, which overall supports their claim that these receptors can bind to JH and mediate their non-genomic effects.

      Weaknesses:

      Results of their in vivo experiments, particularly those of their loss-of-function analyses using CRISPR mutants are still preliminary, and the results rather indicate that these membrane receptors do not have any physiologically significant roles in vivo. More specifically, previous studies in lepidopteran species have clearly and repeatedly shown that precocious metamorphosis is the hallmark phenotype for all JH signaling-deficient larvae. In contrast, the present study showed that Cad96ca and Fgfr1 G0 mutants only showed a slight acceleration in their pupation timing, which is not a typical phenotype one would expect from JH signaling deficiency. This is inconsistent with their working model provided in Figure 6, which indicates that these cell membrane JH receptors promote the canonical JH signaling by phosphorylating Met/Tai.

      If the authors argue that this slight acceleration of pupation is indeed a major JH signaling-deficient phenotype in Helicoverpa, they need to provide more data to support their claim by analyzing CRISPR mutants of other genes involved in JH signaling, such as Jhamt and Met. An alternative explanation is that there is functional redundancy between CAD96CA and FGFR1 in mediating phosphorylation of Met/Tai. This possibility can be tested by analyzing double knockouts of these two receptors.

      Thank you for your question and suggestion. The cadherin 96ca (CAD96CA) and fibroblast growth factor receptor 1 (FGFR1) were finally determined as JH cell membrane receptors by their roles in JH regulated-gene expression, maintaining larval status, JH induced-rapid increase of intracellular calcium levels, JH induced-phosphorylation of MET and TAI, and their JH-binding affinity. Their roles as JH cell membrane receptors were further determined by knockdown and knockout of them in vivo and in cell lines, and overexpression of them in mammal HEK-293T heterogeneously. Figure 6 is drafted by these solidate evidences.

      Cad96ca and Fgfr1 G0 mutants caused slight acceleration of pupation is one of the types of evidence of JH signaling-deficient. Othe evidences include a set of gene expression and the block of JH induced-rapid intracellular calcium increase.

      Kr-h1 is a typical indicator gene at the downstream of Jhamt and in JH signaling, so we used it as an indicator to examine JH signaling. Jhamt and Met or other genes might be affected in Cad96ca and Fgfr1 G0 mutants, which can be examined in future study.

      We have discussed the question that Cad96ca and Fgfr1 G0 mutants only showed a slight acceleration in their pupation timing: "Homozygous Cad96ca null Drosophila die at late pupal stages (Wang et al., 2009). However, we found that 86% of the larvae of the Cad96ca mutant successfully pupated in G0 generation, although earlier than the control. Similarly, null mutation of Fgfr1 or Fgfr2 in mouse is embryonic lethal (Arman et al., 1998; Deng et al., 1994; Yamaguchi et al., 1994). In D. melanogaster, homozygous Htl (Fgfr) mutant embryos die during late embryogenesis, too (Beati et al., 2020; Beiman et al., 1996; Gisselbrecht et al., 1996). However, in H. armigera, 91% of larvae successfully pupated in G0 generation after Fgfr1 knockout. The low death rate after Cad96ca and Fgfr1 knockout might be because of following reasons, including the editing efficiency (67% and 61% for Cad96ca mutant and Fgfr1 mutant, respectively), the chimera of the gene knockout at the G0 generation, and the redundant RTKs that play similar roles in JH signaling, similar to the redundant roles of MET and Germ-cell expressed bHLH-PAS (GCE) in JH signaling (Liu et al., 2009), which needs to obtain alive G1 homozygote mutants and double knockout of these two receptors in future study. We indeed observed that the eggs did not hatch successfully after mixed-mating of G0 Cad96ca mutant or Fgfr1 mutant, respectively, but the reason was not addressed further due to the embryonic death. By the similar reasons, most of the Cad96ca and Fgfr1 mutants showed a slight acceleration of pupation (about one day) without the typical precocious metamorphosis (at least one instar earlier) phenotype caused by JH signaling defects (Daimon et al., 2012; Fukuda, 1944; Riddiford et al., 2010) and JH pathway gene deletions (Abdou et al., 2011; Liu et al., 2009). On other side, JH can regulate gene transcription by diffusing into cells and binding to the intracellular receptor MET to conduct JH signal, which might affect the results of gene knockdown and knockout.".

      Currently, the validity of their calcium imaging analysis in Figure 5 is also questionable. When performing calcium imaging in cultured cells, it is critically important to treat all the cells at the end of each experiment with a hormone or other chemical reagents that universally induce calcium increase in each particular cell line. Without such positive control, the validity of calcium imaging data remains unknown, and readers cannot properly evaluate their results.

      Thank you for your question. For Figure 5, our goal was to demonstrate that JH can induce calcium mobilization through CAD96CA and FGFR1. Controls have been established between different experimental groups within the same cell, as well as between different cells. Increasing the positive experimental group would make the results more complex.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Li et al. identified CAD96CA and FGF1 among 20 receptor tyrosine kinase receptors as mediators of JH signaling. By performing a screen in HaEpi cells with overactivated JH signaling, the authors pinpointed two main RTKs that contribute to the transduction of JH. Using the CRISPR/Cas9 system to generate mutants, the authors confirmed that these RTKs are required for normal JH activation, as precocious pupariation was observed in their absence. Additionally, the authors demonstrated that both CAD96CA and FGF1 exhibit a high affinity for JH, and their activation is necessary for the proper phosphorylation of Tai and Met, transcription factors that promote the transcriptional response. Finally, the authors provided evidence suggesting that the function of CAD96CA and FGF1 as JH receptors is conserved across insects.

      Strengths:

      The data provided by the authors are convincing and support the main conclusions of the study, providing ample evidence to demonstrate that phosphorylation of the transducers Met and Tai mainly depends on the activity of two RTKs. Additionally, the binding assays conducted by the authors support the function of CAD96CA and FGF1 as membrane receptors of JH. The study's results validate, at least in H. amigera, the predicted existence of membrane receptors for JH.

      Weaknesses:

      The study has several weaknesses that need to be addressed. Firstly, it is not clear what criteria were used by the authors to discard several other RTKs that were identified as repressors of JH signaling. For example, while NRK and Wsck may not fulfill all the requirements to become JH receptors, other evidence, such as depletion analysis and target gene expression, suggests they are involved in proper JH signaling activation.

      Thank you for your question. We screened the RTKs sequentially, including examining the roles of 20 RTKs identified in the H. armigera genome in JH regulated-gene expression to obtain primary candidates, followed by screening of the candidates by their roles in maintaining larval status, JH induced-rapid increase of intracellular calcium levels, JH induced-phosphorylation of MET and TAI, and affinity to JH. WSCK was not involved in the phosphorylation of MET and TAI and was discarded during subsequent screening. NRK did not bind to JH III, did not meet the screening strategy, and was discarded.

      We increased the information in the Introduction: "We screened the RTKs sequentially, including examining the roles of 20 RTKs identified in the H. armigera genome in JH regulated-gene expression to obtain primary candidates, followed by screening of the candidates by their roles in maintaining larval status, JH induced-rapid increase of intracellular calcium levels, JH induced-phosphorylation of MET and TAI, and affinity to JH. The cadherin 96ca (CAD96CA) and fibroblast growth factor receptor 1 (FGFR1) were finally determined as JH cell membrane receptors by their roles in JH regulated-gene expression, maintaining larval status, JH induced-rapid increase of intracellular calcium levels, JH induced-phosphorylation of MET and TAI, and their JH-binding affinity. Their roles as JH cell membrane receptors were further determined by knockdown and knockout of them in vivo and cell lines, and overexpression of them in mammal HEK-293T heterogeneously.".

      We increased discussion: "This study found six RTKs that respond to JH induction by participating in JH induced-gene expression and intracellular calcium increase, however; they exert different functions in JH signaling, and finally CAD96CA and FGFR1 are determined as JH cell membrane receptors by their roles in JH induced-phosphorylation of MET and TAI and binding to JH III. We screen the RTKs transmitting JH signal primarily by examining some of JH induced-gene expression. By examining other genes or by other strategies to screen the RTKs might find new RTKs functioning as JH cell membrane receptors; however, the key evaluation indicators, such as the binding affinity of the RTKs to JH and the function in transmitting JH signal to maintain larval status are essential.".

      Secondly, the expression of the six RTKs, which, when knocked down, were able to revert JH signaling activation, was mainly detected in the last larval stage of H. amigera. However, since JH signaling is active throughout larval development, it is unclear whether these RTKs are completely required for pathway activation or only needed for high activation levels at the last larval stage.

      Thank you for the question. We knocked down the genes at last larval stage to observe pupation, which is a relatively simple and easily to be observed target to examine the role of the gene in JH-maintained larval status. The results from CRISPR/Cas9 experiments showed: "Most wild-type larvae showed a phenotype of pupation on time. However, in the Cad96ca mutant, 86% of the larvae (an editing efficiency of 67% by TA clone analysis) had a shortened feeding stage in the sixth instar and entered the metamorphic molting stage earlier, showing early pupation, with the pupation time being 24 h earlier. In the Fgfr1 mutant, 91% of the larvae (an editing efficiency of 61%) had a shortened feeding stage in the sixth instar and entered the metamorphic molting stage earlier, showing early pupation, with the pupation time being 23 h earlier (Figure 4D and E). The data suggested that CAD96CA and FGFR1 support larval growth and prevent pupation in vivo.".

      Additionally, the mechanism by which different RTKs exert their functions in a specific manner is not clear. According to the expression profile of the different RTKs, one might expect some redundant role of those receptors. In fact the no reversion of phosphorilation of tai and met upon depletion of Wsck in cells with overactivated JH signalling seems to support this idea.

      Nevertheless, and despite the overlapping expression of the different receptors, all RTKs seem to be required for proper pathway activation, even in the case of FGF1 which seems to be only expressed in the midgut. This is an intriguing point unresolved in the study.

      Thank you for your comments. Yes, from our study, different RTKs exert their functions in a specific manner. We have increased discussion: "This study found six RTKs that respond to JH induction by participating in JH induced-gene expression and intracellular calcium increase, however; they exert different functions in JH signaling, and finally CAD96CA and FGFR1 are determined as JH cell membrane receptors by their roles in JH induced-phosphorylation of MET and TAI and binding to JH III. We screen the RTKs transmitting JH signal primarily by examining some of JH induced-gene expression. By examining other genes or by other strategies to screen the RTKs might find new RTKs functioning as JH cell membrane receptors; however, the key evaluation indicators, such as the binding affinity of the RTKs to JH and the function in transmitting JH signal to maintain larval status are essential.".

      Finally, the study does not explain how RTKs with known ligands could also bind JH and contribute to JH signaling activation. in Drosophila, FGF1 is activated by pyramus and thisbe for mesoderm development, while CAD96CA is activated by collagen during wound healing. Now the authors claim that in addition to these ligands, the receptors also bind to JH. However, it is unclear whether these RTKs are activated by JH independently of their known ligands, suggesting a specific binding site for JH, or if they are only induced by JH activation when those ligands are present in a synergistic manner. Alternatively, another explanation could be that the RTK pathways by their known ligands activation may induce certain levels of JH transducer phosphorylation, which, in the presence of JH, contributes to the full pathway activation without JH-RTK binding being necessary.

      Thank you for your professional questions. It is an exciting and challenging to explore the molecular mechanism by which multiple ligands transmit signals through the same receptor. It requires a long-term research plan and in-depth studies. We added discussion in the text: "CAD96CA (also known as Stitcher, Ret-like receptor tyrosine kinase) activates upon epidermal wounding in Drosophila embryos (Tsarouhas et al., 2014) and promotes growth and suppresses autophagy in the Drosophila epithelial imaginal wing discs (O'Farrell et al., 2013). There is a CAD96CA in the genome of the H. armigera, which is without function study. Here, we reported that CAD96CA prevents pupation by transmitting JH signal as a JH cell membrane receptor. We also showed that CAD96CA of other insects has a universal function of transmitting JH signal to trigger Ca2+ mobilization, as demonstrated by the study in Sf9 cell lines of S. frugiperda and S2 cell lines of D. melanogaster.

      FGFRs control cell migration and differentiation in the developing embryo of D. melanogaster (Muha and Muller, 2013). The ligand of FGFR is FGF in D. melanogaste_r (Du et al., 2018_). FGF binds FGFR and triggers cell proliferation, differentiation, migration, and survival (Beenken and Mohammadi, 2009; Lemmon and Schlessinger, 2010). Three FGF ligands and two FGF receptors (FGFRs) are identified in Drosophila (Huang and Stern, 2005). The Drosophila FGF-FGFR interaction is specific. Different ligands have different functions. The activation of FGFRs by specific ligands can affect specific biological processes (Kadam et al., 2009). The FGFR in the membrane of Sf9 cells can bind to Vip3Aa (Jiang et al., 2018). One FGF and one FGFR are in the H. armigera genome, which has yet to be studied functionally. The study found that FGFR prevents insect pupation by transmitting JH signal as a JH cell membrane receptor. Exploring the molecular mechanism and output by which multiple ligands transmit signals through the same receptor is exciting and challenging.".

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      As an experimental suggestion, I will only propose that authors test the double knock-down/knock-out or overexpression of CAD96CA and FGFR1 to give some hints into how redundant/independent the two receptors are.

      Thank you very much for your professional advice. We agree with your point of view that double knockout of CAD96CA and FGFR1 is very important to resolve the redundant/independent of the two receptors, which can make our research more complete. Unfortunately, due to experimental difficulty and time constraints, we did not provide supplementary experiments. In this study, we aim to screen the cell membrane receptors of JH. Therefore, we focused on which RTKs can function as receptors. This article is a preliminary study to identify the cell membrane receptors of JH. To further understand the relationship between the two membrane receptors, we will conduct in-depth research in future work.

      Apart from that, here are some minor points about the manuscript:

      Figure 2A: changing the scale on the y-axis would help to better see the different genotypes (similar to the way it is presented in Figure 5).

      Thanks for your reminding, we have changed the scale in Figure 2A.

      Figure 4J: image settings could be improved to better highlight the green fluorescence.

      Thank you for your advice, we have improved the imaged in Figure 4J.

      In general, the manuscript would benefit from some proofreading since a number of sentences are incorrect.

      Thanks for your reminding, we have carefully revised the manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Although the authors note that there are 21 RTK genes in Drosophila (line 55), I can only see 16 Drosophila RTKs in Figure 1 - Figure Supplement 1. Some important Drosophila RTKs such as breathless are missing. The authors need to redraw the phylogenetic tree.

      Thanks for your reminding, we have presented the new phylogenetic tree in Figure 1-figure supplement 1.

      (2) The accelerated pupation phenotype in Cad96ca and Fgfr1 G0 mutants needs to be better described. In particular, it is critical to examine which developmental stage(s) are shortened in these mutant larvae. Refer to a similar study on a JH biosynthetic enzyme in Bombyx (PMID: 22412378) regarding how to describe the developmental timing phenotype.

      Thank you for your advice. We have re-shown Figure 4E and added the explanation in the text: "In 61 survivors of Cas9 protein plus Cad96ca-gRNA injection, 30 mutants were sequenced, and a mutation efficiency was 49.2%. Similarly, in the 65 survivors of Cas9 protein plus Fgfr1-gRNA injection, 35 mutants were sequenced, and a mutation efficiency was 53.8% (Figure 4C). The DNA sequences, deduced amino acids and off–target were analyzed (Figure 4—figure supplement 1). Most wild-type larvae showed a phenotype of pupation on time. However, in the Cad96ca mutant, 86% of the larvae (an editing efficiency of 67% by TA clone analysis) had a shortened feeding stage in the sixth instar and entered the metamorphic molting stage earlier, showing early pupation, with the pupation time being 24 h earlier. In the Fgfr1 mutant, 91% of the larvae (an editing efficiency of 61%) had a shortened feeding stage in the sixth instar and entered the metamorphic molting stage earlier, showing early pupation, with the pupation time being 23 h earlier (Figure 4D and E). The data suggested that CAD96CA and FGFR1 support larval growth and prevent pupation in vivo.".

      (3) The editing efficiency described in lines 211-213 is obscure. Does this indicate the percentage of animals with noisy sequencing spectra or the percentage of mutation rates analyzed by TA cloning?

      Thanks for your reminder. We have revised the description in the text: "In 61 survivors of Cas9 protein plus Cad96ca-gRNA injection, 30 mutants were sequenced, and a mutation efficiency was 49.2%. Similarly, in the 65 survivors of Cas9 protein plus Fgfr1-gRNA injection, 35 mutants were sequenced, and a mutation efficiency was 53.8% (Figure 4C). The DNA sequences, deduced amino acids and off–target were analyzed (Figure 4—figure supplement 1). Most wild-type larvae showed a phenotype of pupation on time. However, in the Cad96ca mutant, 86% of the larvae (an editing efficiency of 67% by TA clone analysis) had a shortened feeding stage in the sixth instar and entered the metamorphic molting stage earlier, showing early pupation, with the pupation time being 24 h earlier. In the Fgfr1 mutant, 91% of the larvae (an editing efficiency of 61%) had a shortened feeding stage in the sixth instar and entered the metamorphic molting stage earlier, showing early pupation, with the pupation time being 23 h earlier (Figure 4D and E). The data suggested that CAD96CA and FGFR1 support larval growth and prevent pupation in vivo.".

      (4) In Figures 4F and G, the authors examined expression levels of some JH/ecdysone responsive genes only at 0 hr-old 6th instar larvae. This single developmental stage is not enough for this analysis. In particular, the expression level of Fgfr1 only goes up in the mid-6th instar according to their own data (Figure 1-Figure Supplement 4), so it is critical to examine expression levels of these genes at least throughout the 6th larval instar.

      Thank you for your advice. Indeed, it is essential to detect the expression levels of JH/ecdysone response genes in the whole sixth instar larvae. Because we observed that the mutation has a shorter feeding stage at the sixth instar, we examined the expression level of the JH/ecdysone response gene at the early sixth instar. Due to the number of mutants obtained in the experiment was small and non-destructive sampling could not be performed in sixth instar period, there were no enough samples to test. In the future, we will generate Cad96ca Fgfr1 double mutations to carry out studies and detect the expression level of JH/ecdysone response genes in the whole sixth instar.

      (5) As mentioned above, some important Drosophila RTKs such as breathless are missing in their analyses. As breathless is a close paralog of heartless (Htl), I am sure that Drosophila breathless is also orthologous to Helicoverpa FGFR1. The authors therefore need to analyze breathless in Figure 5B in addition to Htl.

      Thank you for your advice. We added experiments and the results are shown in Figure 5B and Figure 5—figure supplement 1.

      (6) More discussion about the reason why dsNrk and dsWsck can provide resistance to JHIII in Figure 1 is required.

      Thank you for your advice. We added explanation in the discussion: "It is generally believed that the primary role of JH is to antagonize 20E during larval molting (Riddiford, 2008). The knockdown of Cad96ca, Nrk, Fgfr1, and Wsck showed phenotypes resistant to JH III induction and the decrease of Kr-h1 and increase of Br-z7 expression, but knockdown of Vegfr and Drl only decrease Kr-h1, without increase of Br-z7. Br-z7 is involved in 20E-induced metamorphosis in H. armigera (Cai et al., 2014), whereas, Kr-h1 is a JH early response gene that mediates JH action (Minakuchi et al., 2009) and represses Br expression (Riddiford et al., 2010). The high expression of Br-z7 is possible due to the down-regulation of Kr-h1 in Cad96ca, Nrk, Fgfr1 and Wsck knockdown larvae. The different expression profiles of Br-z7 in Vegfr and Drl knockdown larvae suggest other roles of Vegfr and Drl in JH signaling, which need further study."

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) The authors should consider optimizing their experimental approach by depleting the six candidate RTKs in an early larval stage rather than using a sensitized background with JH application in the last larval stage.

      Thank you for your precious suggestion. We knocked down the genes at last larval stage to observe pupation, which is a relatively simple and easily to be observed target to examine the role of the gene in JH-maintained larval status. The results from CRISPR/Cas9 experiments showed: "Most wild-type larvae showed a phenotype of pupation on time. However, in the Cad96ca mutant, 86% of the larvae (an editing efficiency of 67% by TA clone analysis) had a shortened feeding stage in the sixth instar and entered the metamorphic molting stage earlier, showing early pupation, with the pupation time being 24 h earlier. In the Fgfr1 mutant, 91% of the larvae (an editing efficiency of 61%) had a shortened feeding stage in the sixth instar and entered the metamorphic molting stage earlier, showing early pupation, with the pupation time being 23 h earlier (Figure 4D and E). The data suggested that CAD96CA and FGFR1 support larval growth and prevent pupation in vivo.". To know the roles of other RTKs in the whole larval development needs future work since a lot of experiments are needed.

      (2) Including a positive control for JH signaling, such as met or tai, would strengthen the assays and provide a benchmark for evaluating the downregulation of target genes and phenotype reversion upon JH application. This addition, especially in Figure 1, would enhance the interpretability of the results.

      Thank you for your suggestion. We agree with your point of view that adding the detection of Met or Tai as a positive control. Our laboratory has reported in previous studies that knockdown of Met leads to decreased expression of genes in the JH signaling pathway and precocious pupation (PMID: 24872508), so we did not repeat this related experiment in this study. In the future, when performg Cad96ca and Fgfr1 double mutant experiments, Met mutant can be generated as a control to provide more references for the interpretation of the results.

      (3) I recommend revising the manuscript to improve readability, particularly in the Results section, where descriptions of the binding part are particularly dense.

      Thank you for your advice. We have carefully revised the manuscript.

      (4) In line 122, please add the reference Wang et al., 2016.

      Thank you for your reminding, we have added the reference in line 125 of the new manuscript.

      (5) The authors should clarify why they chose to test the possible binding to JH of only Cad96CA, FGFR1, and NRK after conducting various assays while including OTK in the study as a negative control. This explanation should be included in the text.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We added the explanation, as described in the text: "We screened the RTKs sequentially, including examining the roles of 20 RTKs identified in the H. armigera genome in JH regulated-gene expression to obtain primary candidates, followed by screening of the candidates by their roles in maintaining larval status, JH induced-rapid increase of intracellular calcium levels, JH induced-phosphorylation of MET and TAI, and affinity to JH. The cadherin 96ca (CAD96CA) and fibroblast growth factor receptor 1 (FGFR1) were finally determined as JH cell membrane receptors by their roles in JH regulated-gene expression, maintaining larval status, JH induced-rapid increase of intracellular calcium levels, JH induced-phosphorylation of MET and TAI, and their JH-binding affinity. Their roles as JH cell membrane receptors were further determined by knockdown and knockout of them in vivo and cell lines, and overexpression of them in mammal HEK-293T heterogeneously.".

      "Since Cad96CA, FGFR1, and NRK were not only involved in JH-regulated Kr-h1 expression, JH III-induced delayed pupation, and calcium levels increase, but also involved in MET and TAI phosphorylation, we further analyzed their binding affinity to JH III. OTK did not respond to JH III, so we used it as a control protein on the cell membrane to exclude the possibility of nonspecific binding.".

      (6) The observed embryonic lethality of cad96ca and FGF1 mutants in Drosophila contrasts with the ability of the respective mutants in H. armigera to reach the pupal stage. The authors should discuss this significant difference.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We added the explanation in the discussion, as described in the text: "Homozygous Cad96ca null Drosophila die at late pupal stages (Wang et al., 2009). However, we found that 86% of the larvae of the Cad96ca mutant successfully pupated in G0 generation, although earlier than the control. Similarly, null mutation of Fgfr1 or Fgfr2 in mouse is embryonic lethal (Arman et al., 1998; Deng et al., 1994; Yamaguchi et al., 1994). In D. melanogaster, homozygous Htl (Fgfr) mutant embryos die during late embryogenesis, too (Beati et al., 2020; Beiman et al., 1996; Gisselbrecht et al., 1996). However, in H. armigera, 91% of larvae successfully pupated in G0 generation after Fgfr1 knockout. The low death rate after Cad96ca and Fgfr1 knockout might be because of following reasons, including the editing efficiency (67% and 61% for Cad96ca mutant and Fgfr1 mutant, respectively), the chimera of the gene knockout at the G0 generation, and the redundant RTKs that play similar roles in JH signaling, similar to the redundant roles of MET and Germ-cell expressed bHLH-PAS (GCE) in JH signaling (Liu et al., 2009), which needs to obtain alive G1 homozygote mutants and double knockout of these two receptors in future study. We indeed observed that the eggs did not hatch successfully after mixed-mating of G0 Cad96ca mutant or Fgfr1 mutant, respectively, but the reason was not addressed further due to the embryonic death. By the similar reasons, most of the Cad96ca and Fgfr1 mutants showed a slight acceleration of pupation (about one day) without the typical precocious metamorphosis (at least one instar earlier) phenotype caused by JH signaling defects (Daimon et al., 2012; Fukuda, 1944; Riddiford et al., 2010) and JH pathway gene deletions (Abdou et al., 2011; Liu et al., 2009). On other side, JH can regulate gene transcription by diffusing into cells and binding to the intracellular receptor MET to conduct JH signal, which might affect the results of gene knockdown and knockout.".

      (7) Building upon the previous point, it is noteworthy that the cad96ca and FGF1 mutants exhibit only a 24-hour early pupation phenotype, contrasting with the 48-hour early pupation induced by Kr-h1 depletion. This discrepancy suggests that while the function of these RTKs is necessary, it may not be sufficient to fully activate JH signaling. The expression profile of these receptors, primarily observed in the last larval stage, supports this hypothesis.

      Thank you for your suggestion. We added the explanation in the discussion, as described in the text: "Homozygous Cad96ca null Drosophila die at late pupal stages (Wang et al., 2009). However, we found that 86% of the larvae of the Cad96ca mutant successfully pupated in G0 generation, although earlier than the control. Similarly, null mutation of Fgfr1 or Fgfr2 in mouse is embryonic lethal (Arman et al., 1998; Deng et al., 1994; Yamaguchi et al., 1994). In D. melanogaster, homozygous Htl (Fgfr) mutant embryos die during late embryogenesis, too (Beati et al., 2020; Beiman et al., 1996; Gisselbrecht et al., 1996). However, in H. armigera, 91% of larvae successfully pupated in G0 generation after Fgfr1 knockout. The low death rate after Cad96ca and Fgfr1 knockout might be because of following reasons, including the editing efficiency (67% and 61% for Cad96ca mutant and Fgfr1 mutant, respectively), the chimera of the gene knockout at the G0 generation, and the redundant RTKs that play similar roles in JH signaling, similar to the redundant roles of MET and Germ-cell expressed bHLH-PAS (GCE) in JH signaling (Liu et al., 2009), which needs to obtain alive G1 homozygote mutants and double knockout of these two receptors in future study. We indeed observed that the eggs did not hatch successfully after mixed-mating of G0 Cad96ca mutant or Fgfr1 mutant, respectively, but the reason was not addressed further due to the embryonic death. By the similar reasons, most of the Cad96ca and Fgfr1 mutants showed a slight acceleration of pupation (about one day) without the typical precocious metamorphosis (at least one instar earlier) phenotype caused by JH signaling defects (Daimon et al., 2012; Fukuda, 1944; Riddiford et al., 2010) and JH pathway gene deletions (Abdou et al., 2011; Liu et al., 2009). On other side, JH can regulate gene transcription by diffusing into cells and binding to the intracellular receptor MET to conduct JH signal, which might affect the results of gene knockdown and knockout.".

      (8) The expression profile of the RTK hits described in Supplementary Figure 4A appears to be limited to the last larval stage until pupation. The authors should clarify whether these receptors are expressed earlier, and the meaning of the letters in the plot should be described in the figure legend.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We added the explanation in the Figure 1—figure supplement 4 legend, as described in the text: "The expression profiles of Vegfr1, Drl, Cad96ca, Nrk, Fgfr1, and Wsck during development. 5F: fifth instar feeding larvae; 5M: fifth instar molting larvae; 6th-6 h to 6th-120 h: sixth instar at 6 h to sixth instar 120 h larvae; P0 d to P8 d: pupal stage at 0-day to pupal stage at 8-day F: feeding stage; M: molting stage; MM: metamorphic molting stage; P: pupae.".

      We are very sorry, but due to time limitations, we will investigate the expression profile of RTK throughout the larval stage in future work.

      (9) In Figure 4, panels F and G, the levels of Kr-h1 are shown in cad96ca and FGF1 mutants in the last larval stage. The authors should indicate whether Kr-h1 levels are also low in earlier larval stages or only detected in the last larval stage, as this would imply that these RTKs are only required at this stage.

      Thank you for your suggestion. In this study, the Cad96ca and Fgfr1 mutants' feeding stage was shortened in the sixth instar, and they entered the metamorphic molting stage earlier. So, we detected the expression of Kr-h1 in the sixth instar. It is an excellent idea to detect the expression of Kr-h1 at various larvae stages to analyze the stages in which CAD96CA and FGFR1 play a role and to study the relationship between CAD96CA and FGFR1 in future.

      (10) While Figure 5 demonstrates JH-triggered calcium ion mobilization in Sf9 cells and S2 cells, the authors should also include data on JH signaling target genes, such as Kr-h1, for a more comprehensive analysis.

      Thank you for your advice. We added experiments, as described in the text: "To demonstrate the universality of CAD96CA and FGFR1 in JH signaling in different insect cells, we investigated JH-triggered calcium ion mobilization and Kr-h1 expression in Sf9 cells developed from S. frugiperda and S2 cells developed from D. melanogaster. Knockdown of Cad96ca and Fgfr1 (named Htl or Btl in D. melanogaster), respectively, significantly decreased JH III-induced intracellular Ca2+ release and extracellular Ca2+ influx, and Kr-h1 expression (Figure 5A, B, Figure 5—figure supplement 1A and B). The efficacy of RNAi of Cad96ca and Fgfr1 was confirmed in the cells (Figure 5—figure supplement 1C and D), suggesting that CAD96CA and FGFR1 had a general function to transmit JH signal in S. frugiperda and D. melanogaster.".

      (11) The authors should consider improving the quality of images and some plots, particularly enlarging panels showing larval and pupal phenotypes, such as Figure 1B and Supplementary Figure C. Additionally, adding a plot showing the statistical analysis of the phenotype in Supplementary Figure C would enhance clarity. Some plots are overly busy and difficult to read due to small size, such as Figure 1C, Figure 2A, and all the plots in Figure 3. Figure 4E also requires improvement for better readability.

      Thank you for your suggestion. We have adjusted Figure 1B, Figure 1C, Figure 1—figure supplement 1C, Figure 2A and Figure 4E. However, for Figure 3, we have not found a better way to arrange and adapt them, considering the overall arrangement of the results and the page space, so we keep them in their original state.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This is a fundamental body of work reporting anatomical, molecular, and functional mapping of the central complex in Drosophila. There were a few concerns of a minor nature, and all were addressed by the authors. The tools generated and the findings, which include characterization of neuromodulators used by different cells, will undoubtedly serve as a foundation for future studies of this brain region. The data are compelling and likely to have a major impact.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work is meant to help create a foundation for future studies of the Central Complex, which is a critical integrative center in the fly brain. The authors present a systematic description of cellular elements, cell type classifications, behavioral evaluations and genetic resources available to the Drosophila neuroscience community.

      Strengths:

      The work contributes new, useful and systematic technical information in compelling fashion to support future studies of the fly brain. It also continues to set a high and transparent standard by which large-scale resources can be defined and shared.

      Weaknesses:

      Manuscript revisions by the authors addressed all proposed weaknesses from the original version.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, Wolff et al. describe an impressive collection of newly created split-GAL4 lines targeting specific cell types within the central complex (CX) of Drosophila. The CX is an important area in the brain that has been involved in the regulation of many behaviors including navigation and sleep/wake. The authors advocate that to fully understand how the CX functions, cell-specific driver lines need to be created. In that respect, this manuscript will be of very important value to all neuroscientists trying to elucidate complex behaviors using the fly model. In addition, and providing a further very important finding, the authors went on to assess neurotransmitter/neuropeptides and their receptors expression in different cells of the CX. These findings will also be of great interest to many and will help further studies aimed at understanding the CX circuitries. The authors then investigated how different CX cell types influence sleep and wake. While the description of the new lines and their neurochemical identity is excellent, the behavioral screen seems to be unfinished and could have been more matured.

      Strengths:

      (1) The description of dozens of cell-specific split-GAL4 lines is extremely valuable to the fly community. The strength of the fly system relies on the ability to manipulate specific neurons to investigate their involvement in a specific behavior. Recently, the need to use extremely specific tools has been highlighted by the identification of sleep-promoting neurons located in the VNC of the fly as part of the expression pattern of the most widely used dorsal-Fan Shaped Body (dFB) GAL4 driver. These findings should serve as a warning to every neurobiologist, make sure that your tool is clean. In that respect, the novel lines described in this manuscript are fantastic tools that will help the fly community.<br /> (2) The description of neurotransmitter/neuropeptides expression pattern in the CX is of remarkable importance and will help design experiments aimed at understanding how the CX functions.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) I find the behavioral (sleep) screen of this manuscript to be incomplete. It appears to me that this part of the paper is not as developed as it could be. The authors have performed neuronal activation using thermogenetic and/or optogenetic approaches. For some cell types, only thermogenetic activation is shown. There is no silencing data and/or assessment of sleep homeostasis or arousal threshold. The authors find that many CX cell types modulate sleep and wake but it's difficult to understand how these findings fit one with the other. It seems that each CX cell type is worthy of its own independent study and paper. I am fully aware that a thorough investigation of every CX neuronal type in sleep and wake regulation is a herculean task. So, altogether I think that this manuscript will pave the way for further studies on the role of CX neurons in sleep regulation.<br /> (2) Linked to point 1, it is possible that the activation protocols used in this study are insufficient for some neuronal types. The authors have used 29{degree sign} for thermogenetic activation (instead of the most widely used 31{degree sign}) and a 2Hz optogenetic activation protocol. The authors should comment on the fact that they may have missed some phenotypes by using these mild activation protocols.<br /> (3) There are multiple spelling errors in the manuscript that need to be addressed.

      Comments on revisions:

      I am satisfied with the authors response. This paper provides excellent starting points for additional studies into the role of different CX cell types in sleep and wake.

    4. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work is meant to help create a foundation for future studies of the Central Complex, which is a critical integrative center in the fly brain. The authors present a systematic description of cellular elements, cell type classifications, behavioral evaluations and genetic resources available to the Drosophila neuroscience community.

      Strengths:

      The work contributes new, useful and systematic technical information in compelling fashion to support future studies of the fly brain. It also continues to set a high and transparent standard by which large-scale resources can be defined and shared.

      Weaknesses:

      manuscript p. 1

      "The central complex (CX) of the adult Drosophila melanogaster brain consists of approximately 2,800 cells that have been divided into 257 cell types based on morphology and connectivity (Scheer et al., 2020; Hulse et al. 2021; Wolff et al., 2015)."

      The 257 accumulated cell types have informational names (e.g., PBG2‐9.s‐FBl2.b‐NO3A.b) in addition to their associations with specific Gal4 lines and specific EM Body IDs. All this is very useful. I have one suggestion to help a reader trying to get a "bird's eye view" of such a large amount of detailed and multi-layered information. Give each of the 257 CX cell types an arbitrary number: 1 to 257. In fact, Supplemental File 2 lists ~277 cell types each with a number in sequence, so perhaps in principle, it is there. This could expedite the search function when a reader is trying to cross-reference CX cell type information from the text, to the Figures and/or to the Supplemental Figures. Also, the use of (arbitrary) cell type numbers could expedite the explanation of which cell types are included in any compilation of information (e.g., which ones were tested for specific NT expression).

      In this report we adhered to the nomenclature introduced in Hulse et al. 2021. We agree that the nomenclature of cell types in the CX is imperfect. There are inherent limitations to what can be done with present data. Even between the hemibrain and FAFB/Flywire EM datasets, it was not possible to derive a one-to-one correspondence in many cases, largely because we do not yet have enough information to distinguish between natural variation within a cell type and distinct cell types (see Schlegel et al. 2024).  Moreover, many cell type distinctions depend on connectivity differences that are observable only in EM datasets but not in LM images. Several research groups are currently engaged in a comprehensive and collaborative effort to update the CX nomenclature that will extend over the next few months as additional connectomes become available. This work will require hundreds of hours of effort from anatomical and computational experts in multiple laboratories who have a strong interest in the CX. Since the correspondence between the established Hulse et al nomenclature we use and this new nomenclature will be made clear, it will be easy to transfer our data to that new nomenclature. For all these reasons, we believe we should not unilaterally introduce any new naming systems at this time.

      manuscript p 2

      "Figure 2 and Figure 2-figure supplements 1-4 show the expression of 52 new split-GAL4 lines with strong GAL4 expression that is largely limited to the cell type of interest. .... We also generated lines of lesser quality for other cell types that in total bring overall coverage to more than three quarters of CX cell types."

      This section describes the generation and identification of specific split Gal4 lines, and the presentation is generally excellent. It represents an outstanding compendium of information. My reading of the text suggests ~200 cell types have Gal4 lines that are of immediate use (having high specificity or v close-to-high). Use of an arbitrary number system (mentioned above) could augment that description for the reasons stated. For example, which of the 257 cell types are represented by split Gal4 lines that constitute the ~1/3 representing "high-quality lines "? A second comment relates to this study 's functional analysis of the contributions of CX cell types to sleep physiology. The recent literature contains renewed interest in the specific expression patterns of Gal4 lines that can promote sleep-like behaviors. In particular Gal4 line expression outside the brain (in the VNC and outside the CNS) have been raised as important elements that need be included for interpretation interpretation of sleep regulation. This present study offers useful information about a large number of expression patterns, as well as a basis with which to seek additional information., including mention of VNC expression in many cases However, perhaps I missed it, but I could not find a short description of the over-all strategy used to describe the expression patterns and feel that could be helpful. Were all Gal4 lines studied for expression in the VNC? and in the peripheral NS? It is probably published elsewhere, but even a short reprise would still be useful.

      We added a couple of sentences to clarify that the lines were imaged in the adult female brain and VNC and many were also imaged in males. These data, including the ability to download the original confocal stacks, are contained in an on-line web source cited in the text. We also make clear that we did not assay expression outside of the brain, optic lobes and VNC. Therefore, we cannot rule out expression in the peripheral nervous system (other than detected in the axons of sensory neurons in the CNS) or in muscle or other non-neuronal cell types.

      manuscript p 9

      Neurotransmitter expression in CX cell types

      "To determine what neurotransmitters are used by the CX cell types, we carried out fluorescent in situ hybridization using EASI-FISH (Eddison and Irkhe, 2022; Close et al., 2024) on brains that also expressed GFP driven from a cell-type-specific split GAL4 line. In this way, we could determine what neurotransmitters were expressed in over 100 different CX cell types based on ...."

      Reading this description, I was uncertain whether the >100 cell types mentioned were tested with all the NT markers by EASI-FISH? Also, assigning arbitrary numbers to the cell types (same suggestion as above) could help the reader more readily ascertain which were the ~100 cell types classified in this context.

      The specific probes used for each cell type are indicated in Figure 9 and in Supplemental File 1.

      manuscript p 10

      "Our full results are summarized below, together with our analysis of neuropeptide expression in the same cell types."

      I recommend specifying which Figures and Tables contain the "full results" indicated.

      We changed the wording to read:

      “Our full results are summarized, together with our analysis of neuropeptide expression in the same cell types, in Figures 5 -9 and in Supplemental File 1.”

      NP expression in CX cell types

      Similar to the comments regarding studies of NT expression: were all ~100 cell types tested with each of the 17 selected NPs? Arbitrary numerical identifies could be useful for the reader to determine which cell types/ lines were tested and which were not yet tested.

      We expanded the description in Methods to now read:

      “For neurotransmitters, the specific probes used for each cell type are indicated in Figure 9 and in Supplemental File 1. For neuropeptides, each of the 17 selected NP probes shown in Figure 5—figure supplement 1 was used on all cell types in Figure 9 except those marked by “—” in the neuropeptide column.”

      manuscript p. 11

      "The neuropeptide expression patterns we observed fell into two broad categories."

      This section presents information that is extensive and extremely useful. It supports consideration of peptidergic cell signaling at a circuits level and in a systematic fashion that will promote future progress in this field. I have two comments. First, regarding the categorization of two NP expression patterns, discernible by differences in cell number: this idea mirrors one present in prior literature. Recently the classification of the transcription factor DIMM summarizes this same two-way categorization (e.g., doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0001896). That included the fact that a single NP can be utilized by cell of either category.

      We inserted a sentence to acknowledge this earlier work:

      “Such large neurosecretory cells often express the transcription factor DIMM (Park et al. 2008).”

      Second, regarding this comment:

      "In contrast, neuropeptides like those shown in Figure 6 appear to be expressed in dozens to hundreds of cells and appear poised to function by local volume transmission in multiple distinct circuits."

      Signaling by NPs in this second category (many small cells) suggests more local diffusion, a smaller geographic expanse compared to "volume" signaling by the sparser larger peptidergic cells. Given this, I suggest re-consideration in using the term "volume" in this instance, perhaps in favor of "local" or "paracrine". This is only a suggestion and in fact rests almost entirely on speculation/ interpretation, as the field lacks a strong empirical basis to say how far NPs diffuse and act. A recent study in the fly brain of peptide co-transmitters (doi: 10.1016/j.cub.2020.04.025) provides an instructive example in which differences between the spatial extents of long-range (peptide 1) versus short-range (peptide 2) NP signaling may be inferred in vivo.

      We have modified the text to now read:

      “those shown in Figure 6 are expressed in dozens to hundreds of cells and appear poised to function by transmission to nearby cells in multiple distinct circuits.”  

      Spab was mentioned (Figure 6 legend) but discarded as a candidate NP to include based on a personal communication, as was Nplp1. The manuscript did not include reasons to do so, nor include a reference to spab peptide. I suggest including explicit reasons to discard candidate NPs.

      While there is strong supportive evidence for many NPs in Drosophila, the fact that other transcripts express NPs is more circumstantial often relying simply on sequence analysis and without convincing evidence for a specific cognate receptor. We note that Spab is not listed as a neuropeptide in the current release of FlyBase. In these cases, we relied on the opinion of individuals with extensive experience in studying Drosophila NPs. The results obtained with the probes for Spab and Nplp1 are still available in Supplemental File 1.

      In Fig 9-supplement 1, neurotransmitter biosynthetic enzymes were measured by RNA-seq for given CX cell types to augment the cell type classification. The same methods could be used to support cell type classification regarding putative peptidergic character (in Figure 9 supplement 2) by measuring expression levels of critical, canonical neuropeptide biosynthetic enzymes. These include the proprotein convertase dPC2 (amon); the carboxypeptidase dCPD/E (silver); and the amidating enzymes dPHM; dPal1; dPal2. PHM is most related to DBM (dopamine beta monooxygenase), the rate limiting enzyme for DA production, and greater than 90% of Drosophila neuropeptides are amidated. If the authors are correct in surmising widespread use of NPs by CX cell types (and I expect they are), there could be diagnostic value to report expression levels of this enzyme set across many/most CX cell types.

      In our admittedly limited experience, most cells express these enzymes and the level we observed in confirmed NP expressing cell types was not reproducibly higher.  (The complete data for all genes for the cell types we assayed are available from our deposition in the NCBI Gene Expression Omnibus with accession number GSE271123.) Given our small sample size we chose not to comment on this in the paper.

      Comment #6

      Screen of effects on Sleep behavior

      This work is large in scope and as suggested likely presents excellent starting points for many follow-up studies. I again suggest assigning stable number identities to the elements described. In this case, not cell types, but split Gal4 lines. This would expedite the cross-referencing of results across the four Supplemental Files 3-6. For example, line SS00273 is entry line #27 in S Files 3 and 4, but line entry #18 in S Files 5 and 6.

      We believe the interested reader can make this correspondence by searching the supplemental files which are excel spreadsheets. We note that both driver lines and cell types have stable identifiers that are used across Figures and Tables: the line numbers (for example, SS00273) for driver lines and the Hulse et al cell type names for cell types.

      manuscript p 26

      Clock to CX

      "Not surprisingly, the connectome reveals that many of the intrinsic CX cell types with sleep phenotypes are connected by wired pathways (Figure 12 and Figure 12-figure supplement 1)."

      Do intrinsic CX cells with sleep phenotypes also connect by wired pathways to CX cells that do not have sleep phenotypes?

      Yes, but we do not have high confidence that negative sleep phenotypes in our assays indicate no role in sleep.

      "The connectome also suggested pathways from the circadian clock to the CX. Links between clock output DN1 neurons to the ExR1 have been described in Lamaze et al. (2018) and Guo et al. (2018), and Liang et al. (2019) described a connection from the clock to ExR2 (PPM3) dopaminergic neurons."

      The introduction to this section indicates a focus on connectome-defined synaptic contacts. Whereas the first two studies cited featured both physiological and anatomic evidence to support connectivity from clock cells to CX, the third did not describe any anatomical connections, and that connection may in fact be due to diffuse not synaptic signaling

      I could not easily discern the difference between Figs 12 and 12-S1? These appear to be highly-related circuit models, wherein the second features more elements. Perhaps spell out the basis for the differences between the two models to avoid ambiguity.

      We clarify the supplemental diagram differs from the one in the main text by the inclusion of additional connections:

      “The strongest of these connections are diagrammed in Figure 12, with Figure 12—figure supplement 1 also showing additional weaker connections.”

      "...the cellular targets of Dh31 released from ER5 are unknown, however previous work (Goda et al., 2017; Mertens et al., 2005; Shafer et al., 2008) has shown that Dh31 can activate the PDF receptor raising the possibility of autocrine signaling."

      Regarding pharmacological evidence for Dh31 activation of Pdfr: strong in vivo evidence was developed in doi: 10.1016/j.neuron.2008.02.018: a strong pdfr mutation greatly reduces response to synthetic dh31 in neurons that normally express Pdfr

      We added the Shafer et al., 2008 reference. 

      manuscript p 30

      "Unexpectedly, we found that all neuropeptide-expressing cell types also expressed a small neurotransmitter."

      Did this conclusion apply only to CX cell types? - or was it also true for large peptidergic neurons? Prior evidence suggests the latter may not express small transmitters (doi: 10.1016/j.cub.2009.11.065). The question pertains to the broader biology of peptidergic neurons, and is therefore outside the strict scope of the main focus area - the CX. However, the text did initially consider peptidergic neurons outside the CX, so the information may be pertinent to many readers.

      We did not look at other cell types in the current study and so cannot provide an answer.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, Wolff et al. describe an impressive collection of newly created split-GAL4 lines targeting specific cell types within the central complex (CX) of Drosophila. The CX is an important area in the brain that has been involved in the regulation of many behaviors including navigation and sleep/wake. The authors advocate that to fully understand how the CX functions, cell-specific driver lines need to be created. In that respect, this manuscript will be of very important value to all neuroscientists trying to elucidate complex behaviors using the fly model. In addition, and providing a further very important finding, the authors went on to assess neurotransmitter/neuropeptides and their receptors expression in different cells of the CX. These findings will also be of great interest to many and will help further studies aimed at understanding the CX circuitries. The authors then investigated how different CX cell types influence sleep and wake. While the description of the new lines and their neurochemical identity is excellent, the behavioral screen seems to be limited.

      Strengths:

      (1) The description of dozens of cell-specific split-GAL4 lines is extremely valuable to the fly community. The strength of the fly system relies on the ability to manipulate specific neurons to investigate their involvement in a specific behavior. Recently, the need to use extremely specific tools has been highlighted by the identification of sleep-promoting neurons located in the VNC of the fly as part of the expression pattern of the most widely used dorsal-Fan Shaped Body (dFB) GAL4 driver. These findings should serve as a warning to every neurobiologist, make sure that your tool is clean. In that respect, the novel lines described in this manuscript are fantastic tools that will help the fly community.

      (2) The description of neurotransmitter/neuropeptides expression pattern in the CX is of remarkable importance and will help design experiments aimed at understanding how the CX functions.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) I find the behavioral (sleep) screen of this manuscript to be limited. It appears to me that this part of the paper is not as developed as it could be. The authors have performed neuronal activation using thermogenetic and/or optogenetic approaches. For some cell types, only thermogenetic activation is shown. There is no silencing data and/or assessment of sleep homeostasis or arousal threshold. The authors find that many CX cell types modulate sleep and wake but it's difficult to understand how these findings fit one with the other. It seems that each CX cell type is worthy of its own independent study and paper. I am fully aware that a thorough investigation of every CX neuronal type in sleep and wake regulation is a herculean task. So, altogether I think that this manuscript will pave the way for further studies on the role of CX neurons in sleep regulation.

      (2) Linked to point 1, it is possible that the activation protocols used in this study are insufficient for some neuronal types. The authors have used 29{degree sign} for thermogenetic activation (instead of the most widely used 31{degree sign}) and a 2Hz optogenetic activation protocol. The authors should comment on the fact that they may have missed some phenotypes by using these mild activation protocols.

      Our primary goal was to test the feasibility of using these tools in assessing sleep and wake function of neurons within the CX. In the process we uncovered several new neurons within the DFB-EB network that control sleep and make connections with previously identified sleep regulating neurons. For all single cell type lines and lines with sparse patterns and no VNC expression we present both optogenetics and thermogenetic data. The lines for which we only have thermogenetic but no optogenetic data are those which have multiple cell types or VNC expression. We felt that optogenetic data for these non-specific or contaminated lines would not reliably indicate a role for individual cell types in sleep regulation.

      Many previous studies that have used 31 degrees have done so for shorter durations and often using different times of the day for manipulations. The lack of consistency between studies using this temperature may be due in part to the fact that 31 degrees alters behaviors of flies (including controls) and, for this reason, is usually not used for 24-hour activation durations.

      To keep the screen consistent and ensure we capture changes in both daytime and nighttime sleep we used 29 degrees. The behavior of control flies is not as disrupted or altered at this temperature, and 29 degrees for activation is routinely used in behavioral experiments.

      We similarly selected an optogenetic stimulation protocol that minimizes the response of flies to the red-light pulses. We chose this protocol because we found, in earlier experiments in a different project, that this level of stimulation was able to elicit activation phenotypes across a range of cell types (including several known clock neurons). However, we cannot rule out false negatives in both the TrpA and optogenetic experiments and agree that we might have missed some phenotypes.

      Finally, as the reviewer rightfully points out, a thorough, detailed investigation of each cell type is a herculean task. We screened in both genders with very sparse, and often cell-type-specific, driver lines while using two distinct modes of activation and different methods for assessing sleep. For these reasons, we believe the GAL4 lines we identified provide excellent starting points for the additional investigations that will be required to better understand the roles of specific cell types.

      (3) There are multiple spelling errors in the manuscript that need to be addressed.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors created and characterized genetic tools that allow for precise manipulation of individual or small subsets of central complex (CX) cell types in the Drosophila brain. They developed split-GAL4 driver lines and integrated this with a detailed survey of neurotransmitter and neuropeptide expression and receptor localization in the central brain. The manuscript also explores the functional relevance of CX cell types by evaluating their roles in sleep regulation and linking circadian clock signals to the CX. This work represents an ambitious and comprehensive effort to provide both molecular and functional insights into the CX, offering tools and data that will serve as a critical resource for researchers.

      Strengths:

      (1) The extensive collection of split-GAL4 lines targeting specific CX cell types fills a critical gap in the genetic toolkit for the Drosophila neuroscience community.

      (2) By combining anatomical, molecular, and functional analyses, the authors provide a holistic view of CX cell types that is both informative and immediately useful for researchers across diverse disciplines.

      (3) The identification of CX cell types involved in sleep regulation and their connection to circadian clock mechanisms highlights the functional importance of the CX and its integrative role in regulating behavior and physiological states.

      (4) The authors' decision to present this work as a single, comprehensive manuscript rather than fragmenting it into smaller publications each focusing on separate central complex components is commendable. This decision prioritizes accessibility and utility for the broader neuroscience community, which will enable researchers to approach CX-related questions with a ready-made toolkit.

      Weaknesses:

      While the manuscript is an outstanding resource, it leaves room for more detailed mechanistic exploration in some areas. Nonetheless, this does not diminish the immediate value of the tools and data provided.

      Appraisal:

      The authors have succeeded in achieving their aims of creating well-characterized genetic tools and providing a detailed survey of neurochemical and functional properties in the CX. The results strongly support their conclusions and open numerous avenues for future research. The work effectively bridges the gap between genetic manipulation, molecular characterization, and functional assessment, enabling a deeper understanding of the CX's diverse roles.

      Impact and Utility

      This manuscript will have a significant and lasting impact on the field, providing tools and data that facilitate new discoveries in the study of the CX, sleep regulation, circadian biology, and beyond. The genetic tools developed here are likely to become a standard resource for Drosophila researchers, and the comprehensive dataset on neurotransmitter and neuropeptide expression will inspire investigations into the interplay between neuromodulation and classical neurotransmission.

      Additional Context

      The breadth and depth of the resources presented in this manuscript justify its publication without further modification. By delivering an integrated dataset that spans anatomy, molecular properties, and functional relevance, the authors have created a resource that will serve the neuroscience community for years to come.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor:

      The reviewers suggest that a nomenclature, perhaps a numbering system, be adopted for different cell types and Gal4 drivers in order to facilitate reading of the manuscript and cross-referencing.

      We agree that a comprehensive reanalysis of the CX nomenclature is in order, but it is premature for us to attempt that as part of this study. This is best done after additional connectomes are generated to help resolve the degree of variation in morphology and connectivity between the same cell in multiple animals.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The authors have characterized a large number of split-GAL4 drivers targeting individual or small subsets of CX cell types. This manuscript delivers a detailed anatomical, molecular, and functional mapping of the CX.

      By integrating data on neurotransmitters, neuropeptides, and their receptors, the authors provide a holistic view of CX cell types that will undoubtedly serve as a foundation for future studies.

      The use of these genetic tools to identify CX cell types affecting sleep, as well as those linking the circadian clock to the CX, represents a significant advance. These findings hint at the diverse and integrative roles of the CX in regulating both behavior and physiological states.

      The authors' decision to present this work as a single, comprehensive manuscript rather than fragmenting it into smaller publications each focusing on separate central complex components is commendable. This decision prioritizes accessibility and utility for the broader neuroscience community, which will enable researchers to approach CX-related questions with a ready-made toolkit.

      While the manuscript leaves room for further exploration and mechanistic studies, the breadth and depth of the resources presented are more than sufficient to justify publication in their current form.

      The data on neuropeptide and receptor expression patterns, especially the observation that all examined CX cell types co-express a small neurotransmitter, opens intriguing new avenues of inquiry into the interplay between classical neurotransmission and neuromodulation in this region.

      This manuscript has provided a much-needed resource for the Drosophila neuroscience community and beyond. This work will facilitate important discoveries in CX function, sleep regulation, circadian biology, and more.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study challenges conventional life-history theory by demonstrating that reproductive-survival trade-offs are minimal in birds, except when reproductive effort is experimentally exaggerated. The evidence is solid, drawing from a meta-analysis of over 30 bird species, and effectively separates the effects of individual quality from reproductive costs. The findings will be of broad interest to evolutionary biologists and ecologists studying life-history trade-offs and reproductive strategies.

    2. Reviewer #4 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is an important study that underscores that reproduction-survival trade-offs are not manifested (contrary to what generally accepted theory predicts) across a range of studies on birds. This has been studied by a meta-analytical approach, gathering data from a set of 46 papers (30 bird species). The overall conclusion is that there are no trade-offs apparent unless experimental manipulations push the natural variability to extreme values. In the wild, the general pattern for within-species variation is that birds with (naturally) larger clutches survive better.

      Likely impact:

      I think this is an important contribution to a slow shift in how we perceive the importance of trade-offs in ecology and evolution in general. While the current view still is that one individual excelling in one measure of its life history (i.e. receiving benefits) must struggle (i.e. pay costs) in another part. However, a positive correlation between all aspects of life history traits is possible within an individual (such as due to developmental conditions or fitting to a particular environment). Simply, some individuals can perform generally better (be of good quality than others).

    3. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #4 (Public review):

      We would like to thank the reviewer for their careful consideration of our manuscript. The suggestions have been useful in improving our manuscript. Please see our responses to the specific comments below.

      Summary:

      This is an important study that underscores that reproduction-survival trade-offs are not manifested (contrary to what generally accepted theory predicts) across a range of studies on birds. This has been studied by a meta-analytical approach, gathering data from a set of 46 papers (30 bird species). The overall conclusion is that there are no trade-offs apparent unless experimental manipulations push the natural variability to extreme values. In the wild, the general pattern for within-species variation is that birds with (naturally) larger clutches survive better.

      Strengths:

      I agree this study highlights important issues and provides good evidence of what it claims, using appropriate methods.

      Weaknesses:

      I also think, however, that it would benefit from broadening its horizon beyond bird studies. The conclusions can be reinforced through insights from other taxa. General reasoning is that there is positive pleiotropy (i.e. individuals vary in quality and therefore some are more fit (perform better) than others. Of course, this is within their current environment (biotic, abiotic, social. ...), with consequences of maintaining genetic variation across generations - outlined in Maklakov et al. 2015 (https://doi.org/10.1002/bies.201500025). This explains the outcomes of this study very well and would come to less controversy and surprise for a more general audience.

      I have two fish examples in my mind where this trade-off is also discounted. Of course, given that it is beyond brood-caring birds, the wording in those studies is slightly different, but the evolutionary insight is the same. First, within species but across populations, Reznick et al. (2004, DOI: 10.1038/nature02936) demonstrated a positive correlation between reproduction and parental survival in guppies. Second, an annual killifish study (2021, DOI: 10.1111/1365-2656.13382) showed, within a population, a positive association between reproduction and (reproductive) aging.

      In fruit flies, there is also a strong experimental study demonstrating the absence of reproduction-lifespan trade-offs (DOI: 10.1016/j.cub.2013.09.049).

      I suggest that incorporating insights from those studies would broaden the scope and reach of the current manuscript.

      We would like to thank the reviewer for this useful insight and for highlighting these studies. We have added detail in our discussion around positive correlations observed in the wild, and how positive pleiotropy has been presented as an explanation. We have also added the suggested studies as references to demonstrate the reproduction-lifespan trade-off has been shown to be absent. See lines 257-260.

      Likely impact:

      I think this is an important contribution to a slow shift in how we perceive the importance of trade-offs in ecology and evolution in general. While the current view still is that one individual excelling in one measure of its life history (i.e. receiving benefits) must struggle (i.e. pay costs) in another part. However, a positive correlation between all aspects of life history traits is possible within an individual (such as due to developmental conditions or fitting to a particular environment). Simply, some individuals can perform generally better (be of good quality than others).

      We would like to thank the reviewer for highlighting the importance of our study. We hope our study will help the research community reflect on the importance of trade-offs between life-history traits and consider other possible explanations as to why variation in life-history traits is maintained within species.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study presents a transcriptomic analysis of enterochromaffin cells in the intestine. The evidence supporting the authors' claims is solid, although the functional analysis is focused on the Piezo2-expressing subset in the colon. The work will be of interest to biologists working on intestinal mucosal biology.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigated the expression profile of enterochromaffine (EC) cells after creating a new tryptophan hydroxylase 1 (Tph1) GFP-reporter mouse using scRNAseq and confirmative RNAscope analysis. They distinguish 14 clusters of Tph1+ cells found along the gut axis. The manuscript focuses on two of these, (i) a multihormonal cell type shown to express markers of pathogen/toxin and nutrient detection in the proximal small intestine, and (ii) on a EC-cluster in the distal colon, which expresses Piezo2, rendering these cells mechanosensitive. In- and ex- vivo data explore the role of the mechanosensitive EC population for intestinal/colonic transit, using chemogenetic activation, diptheria-toxin receptor dependent cell ablation and conditional gut epithelial specific Piezo2 knock-out. Whilst some of these data are confirmative of previous reports - Piezo2 has been implicated in mechanosensitive serotonin release previously, as referred to by the authors - the data are solid and emphasize the importance of mechanosensitive serotonin release for colonic propulsion. The transcriptomic data will guide future research.

      Strengths:

      The transcriptomic data, whilst confirmative, is more granular than previous data sets. Employing new tools to establish a role of mechanosensitive EC cells for colonic and thus total intestinal transit.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The proposed villus/crypt distribution of the14 cell types is not verified adequately. The RNAscope and immunohistochemistry samples presented do not allow assessment if this interpretation is correct - spatial transcriptomics, now approaching single cell resolution, likely will help to verify this claim.

      (2) The physiological function and/or functionality of most of the transcriptomically enriched gene products has not been assessed. Whilst a role for Piezo2 expressing cells for colonic transit is convincingly demonstrated the nature of the mechanical stimulus or the stimulus-secretion coupling downstream of Piezo2 activation is not clear.

      Comments on revisions: I am happy with the manuscript as is.

    3. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The authors have performed extensive work generating reporter mice and performing single-cell analysis combined with in situ hybridization to arrive at 14 clusters of enterochromaffin (EC) cells. Then, they focus on Piezo channel expression in distal EC cells and find that these channels might play a role in regulating colonic motility. Overall, this is an informative study that comprehensively classifies EC cells in different regions of the small and large intestine. From a functional point of view, however, the authors seem to ignore the fact that the expression of Piezo-2-IRES-Cre is broad, which would raise concerns regarding their physiological conclusions.

      The authors may wish to consider the following specific points: 

      It is surprising that the number of ileal EC cells is less than that of the distal colon, and it would be interesting to know whether the authors can comment about ileal EC cells. It is unclear why ileal ECs were not included in the study, even though they are mentioned in the diagram (Fig. 2c).

      We have discussed the rationale for excluding ileal ECs in the methods section under “Elimination of ileal GFP+ cells”. In our initial scRNA-seq experiment, our yield of epithelial cells and GFP positive cells was low, and a large proportion of these cells appeared to not have fully committed to the EC lineage. Also to note, we have previously seen fewer ECs in the distal ileum than upper small intestine and colon (PMID: 26803512). Given the low yield, and some uncertainty regarding the nature of the ileal EC population sorted by our methods, we considered that data from ileal ECs may not be an accurate representation of ileal EC cell diversity. Thus, we did not use ileal ECs in our second scRNA-seq experiment.

      Based on their analysis, there are 10 EC cell clusters in SI while there are only 4 clusters in the colon. The authors should comment on whether this is reflective of lesser diversity among colonic ECs or due to the smaller number of colonic ECs collected.

      The 4 clusters identified in the colon are consistent with previous a previous publication (Glass et al., Mol. Metab. 2017, PMID: 29031728), supporting the idea that these clusters are representative of the major clusters of colonic ECs. Nonetheless, we anticipate that with greater sample sizes (in any region) further resolution of subtypes could be resolved. 

      The authors previously described that distal colonic EC cells exhibit various morphologies (Kuramoto et al., 2021). Do Ascl1(+) EC cells particularly co-localize with EC cells with long basal processes? Also, to validate the RNA seq data, the authors might show co-localization between Piezo2/Ascl1/Tph1 in distal EC cells. It would be interesting to see whether Ascl1-CreER (which is available in Jax) specifically labels distal colonic EC cells as this could provide a good genetic tool to specifically manipulate distal colonic EC cells.

      We have shown co-localization between Piezo2/Ascl1/Tph1 in Supplementary Figure 6a. Unfortunately we did not study cell morphology in the Ascl1 smRNA-FISH experiments as these used thin cryosections, whereas morphological assessment of EC processes is best performed with thick (>60 µm) sections. It would be interesting if neuronal-like expression profiles correlate with neuronal-like morphology, which could be addressed in future studies with spatial transcriptomics. 

      The authors used Piezo2-IRES-Cre mice, whose expression is rather broad. They might examine the distribution of Chrm3-mCitrine in the intestine (IF/IHC would be straightforward). And if the expression is in other cell types (which is most likely the case), they should justify that the observed phenotype derives from Piezo2-expressing EC cells. Alternatively, they could use Piezo2-Cre;ePetFlp (or Vil-Flp);Chrm3 to specifically express DREADD receptors in distal colonic EC cells. Also, what does 5HT release look like in jejunal EC cells in Piezo-CHRM3 mice?

      Unfortunately we no longer have access to the animals to do these experiments.

      For the same reasons as above, DTR experiments may also be non-specific. For example, based on the IF staining (Fig. 6b,d), there seems to be a loss of Tph1+ cells in the proximal colon of Piezo2-DTR mice, so the effects of the Piezo2-DTR likely extend beyond the distal colon. 

      Figures 6b and d show distal colon, not proximal colon. Our Tph1<sup>+</sup> cell counts indicate there was no loss of Tph1 cells in the proximal colon following intraluminal administrations of DT. 

      It is unclear why the localized loss of Piezo2 in Piezo2-DTR mice alters small intestinal transit (Fig. 6g,h). The authors should discuss the functional differences observed between Piezo2-DTR (intraluminal app) and Vil1Piezo2 KO mice i.e., small intestinal transit, 5HT release, etc. Are these differences due to the residual Piezo2 expression in Piezo2 KO mice? In this context, the authors may want to discuss their findings in the context of recent papers, such as those from the Patapoutian and Ginty groups. 

      We have made the following amendment to speculate on the reason for delayed small intestinal transit in the DTR experiments:

      “There are a several possible explanations for this. Some Piezo2+ cells in the small intestine could have been depleted. Alternatively, 5-HT released from Piezo2+Tph1+ cells in the distal colon may provide feedback to the small intestine to accelerate motility, and thus depletion of these cells would result in slower intestinal transit.” 

      We have also added a comment speculating on why we did not see similar slowing of small intestinal transit in the Villlin-Cre Piezo2 KO:

      “No difference was observed in small intestine transit… in contrast to the DTR experiments, in which small intestinal transit was delayed. This could be due to the depletion of EC cells in the DTR experiments, whereas they are retained in the Villin-Cre Piezo2 KO mice. 5-HT secretion from ECs can be induced by other stimulants (even when Piezo2 is knocked out), and thus colonic 5-HT could be providing feedback to the small intestine to accelerate motility in the Villin-Cre Piezo2 KO mice. Residual Piezo2 expression in these mice could also be contributing to this effect.”

      We have added a comment on neural Piezo2 in the discussion:

      “However, in contrast to Piezo2 signalling in ECs which results in accelerated gut transit, Piezo2 signalling in DRG neurons appears to slow transit (refs: Wolfson et al., Cell 2023; PMID: 37541195; Servin-Venves et al., Cell 2023, PMID: 37541196).”

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigated the expression profile of enterochromaffin (EC) cells after creating a new tryptophan hydroxylase 1 (Tph1) GFP-reporter mouse using scRNAseq and confirmative RNAscope analysis. They distinguish 14 clusters of Tph1+ cells found along the gut axis. The manuscript focuses on two of these, (i) a multihormonal cell type shown to express markers of pathogen/toxin and nutrient detection in the proximal small intestine, and (ii) on a EC-cluster in the distal colon, which expresses Piezo2, rendering these cells mechanosensitive. In- and ex- vivo data explore the role of the mechanosensitive EC population for intestinal/colonic transit, using chemogenetic activation, diptheria-toxin receptor dependent cell ablation and conditional gut epithelial specific Piezo2 knock-out. Whilst some of these data are confirmative of previous reports - Piezo2 has been implicated in mechanosensitive serotonin release previously, as referred to by the authors - the data are solid and emphasize the importance of mechanosensitive serotonin release for colonic propulsion. The transcriptomic data will guide future research.

      Strengths:

      The transcriptomic data, whilst confirmative, is more granular than previous data sets. Employing new tools to establish a role of mechanosensitive EC cells for colonic and thus total intestinal transit. 

      Weaknesses: 

      (1) The proposed villus/crypt distribution of the 14 cell types is not verified adequately. The RNAscope and immunohistochemistry samples presented do not allow assessment of whether this interpretation is correct - spatial transcriptomics, now approaching single-cell resolution, would be likely to help verify this claim.

      Spatial transcriptomics would be excellent in validating the spatial distribution of the EC cell types in future studies. In our work, although the villus/crypt cluster annotations are assumptions (based on the differential expression of Neurog3, Tac1, and Sct, which is well supported by the literature), we have validated the spatial segregation of key markers. We quantified the crypt/villus location of Cartpt, Ucn3, and Trpm2 overlap with Tph1 (Figure 2d), Oc3, Cck, and Tph1 (Figure 3d), and TK/5-HT (Supplementary Fig 2d). This work supports our predictions on the spatial distribution of these clusters.

      (2) The physiological function and/or functionality of most of the transcriptomically enriched gene products has not been assessed. Whilst a role for Piezo2 expressing cells for colonic transit is convincingly demonstrated, the nature of the mechanical stimulus or the stimulus-secretion coupling downstream of Piezo2 activation is not clear.

      While we have not investigated the mechanical forces involved in activating Piezo2, we can at least say that physiological mechanical stimulation activates Piezo2, as we measured fecal pellet output in the DTR experiments. 

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Please state (even more) clearly if/that the apparently GFP+/Tph1+ cells which clustered with the GFP- cells (Suppl. Fig1d/e) were excluded from the subsequent analysis. The detectable Chg-a/b expression in the GFP- cells in Suppl. Fig1f seems to suggest that these (if they have been included in the GFP- group here) are genuine ECs. How do these cells relate to the non-EC cells in Fig1d, which seem to lack Tph1 expression? And given the information in the methods, what %age of these cells derived from the ileum?

      To clarify, data shown in Suppl. Fig 1d/e/f was from our first single cell profiling experiment whereas our subsequent clustering analysis utilizes data from a second (independent) single cell profiling experiment (e.g. Fig1d). 

      In the first profiling experiment, 23% of GFP<sup>+</sup> cells clustered with GFP<sup>-</sup> cells, and for the purposes of Suppl. Figures 1d/e/f, we called these “non-ECs”. In the second profiling experiment (e.g. shown in Fig 1d) we performed a more detailed cluster analysis focusing on only GFP<sup>+</sup> cells. In this second experiment, 19% of GFP<sup>+</sup> cells were identified as “non-EC cells” based on the presence of markers for stem cells, transit amplifying cells (TACs), immature enterocytes, mature enterocytes, colonocytes, T lymphocytes and mucosal mast cells (see Fig 1d and Suppl. Fig 1g). Similar to the first profiling dataset, many of the GFP<sup>+</sup> “non-EC cells” in the second dataset express Tph1, Chga, and Chgb, generally at lower levels than the “EC cells” (Suppl. Fig1i). It is possible that the stem cell and transit amplifying cell clusters are cells that are differentiating into EC cells. However, given that they have not fully committed to the lineage yet, we do not consider it appropriate to classify them as “EC cells”. With regards to the other “non-EC” clusters, we do not think that the expression of EC cell marker genes (Tph1, Chga, and Chgb) is evidence enough to call them genuine “EC cells” given the concurrent expression of markers of other lineages (e.g. enterocyte and mast cell markers Suppl. Fig 1g). The expression of Tph1 in murine mast cells is known, however the expression in enterocytes is unexpected and could be a result of imperfect/incomplete differentiation. Since the ileum was not included in the second profiling experiment we do not think the GFP<sup>+</sup> “non-EC cells” are an artifact from the ileum. 

      We have made some adjustments in the first section of the results to clarify some thoughts on this matter:

      “It is possible that some GFP is expressed in cells that have not yet fully committed to the EC lineage, or that there is some expression in cells outside this lineage, for example, in mast cells. Given the small sample size, we did not further investigate these cells in this dataset. In Supplementary Figures 1 d and f we refer to the GFP<sup>+</sup> cells that clustered with the GFP<sup>-</sup> cells as “non-EC cells”.”

      “It is possible that the stem cell and transit amplifying cell clusters include cells that are in the process of differentiating into EC cells. However, given that they have not fully committed to the lineage, we do not consider it appropriate to classify them as “EC cells” for the purposes of analyzing EC cell types in this study.”

      (2) The authors state: "Notably, OSR2 and HOXB13 were restricted to the ileum and rectum respectively in humans (Fig. 1f)." - the statement regarding OSR2 seems too strong, given that only the ileal part of the human small intestine was examined and that there is a small signal in the proximal colon in Figure 1f.

      Thanks, we have made the following amendment:

      "Notably, OSR2 and HOXB13 were preferentially enriched in the ileum and rectum respectively in these human samples (Fig. 1f)."

      (3) Please clarify Suppl Fig2g/h labelling as villus and crypt enrichment ("...enrichment in villus clusters (g) or crypt clusters (h)."), when enrichment for some genes in cluster 4 is shown in both g and h. Why was duodenal cluster 6 excluded from this subset of data?

      We suspect (although have not proven) that cluster 4 is at a later stage in maturation/migration than cluster, as indicated by a somewhat ‘middle ground’ level of Sct expression, and generally being ‘in between’ the villus clusters and cluster 5 in expression levels of differentially expressed genes shown in Suppl Fig 2g/h. We have added the following comment to the figure legend to clarify this. We have not included cluster 6 as it is transcriptionally quite distinct from the other clusters:

      “Note that cluster 4 shares some features in common with crypt and villus clusters and may represent cells at an intermediate stage of development.”

      (4) "Using smRNA-FISH, we further mapped Olfr558 and Il12a transcripts to a separate subset of EC cells expressing Cpb2 (Fig. 4b,c), confirming the presence of two subpopulations of EC cells associated with different physiological roles in the proximal colon." - Claiming populations with different physiological functionality seems a strong statement given the relatively weak Cpb2 signals observed and that mRNA detection necessarily is a transcriptomic time limited snap-shot. Please reformulate.

      We have made the following revision:

      “Using smRNA-FISH, we further mapped Olfr558 and Il12a transcripts to a separate subset of EC cells expressing Cpb2 (Fig. 4b,c), supporting the idea that there are subpopulations of EC cells in the proximal colon with gene transcripts associated with different physiological roles.”

      (5) What are the white signals in the overlay in Fig5a, given that the Piezo1 probe (white) apparently did not give any staining by itself? Please consider a positive control for the Piezo1 probe.

      The white signals in the overlay are Piezo1 staining that we do observe at what we consider background levels (also visible in the single-channel image).

      (6) "Systematic administration of DT led to lethality in the Piezo2-DTR mice within 12 hours, but not in the Rosa26LSL-DTR or Piezo2-cre mice (data not shown), likely due to the essential function of Piezo2 in respiration" - presumably this should be corrected to "Systemic administration ...".

      Thanks, this has been corrected to "Systemic administration ...".

      (7) "Although gastric emptying (GE) was not affected in the Piezo2-DTR animals after DT treatment, small intestine transit (SIT) time, a measurement to assess the motility of small intestine, presented a small but statistically significant slowdown in the former group (Fig. 6g,h), suggesting that some Piezo2+ cells in the small intestine were depleted." - alternatively there could, of course, be a slowing of SIT in response to slower colonic transit independent of small intestinal epithelial Piezo2 or 5HT - to me this seems more likely given that even proximal colonic cells are spared in Fig6c and this should be discussed.

      Thanks, that is a good point. We have made an amendment, which is shown in response to reviewer 1.

      (8) In the context of the Villin-Cre experiments it should be discussed that other colonic EECs although express Piezo2, which might contribute to the observed phenotypes.

      In our study, 97.7% of Piezo2+ cells in the distal colon had detectable Tph1 expression, suggesting that there is not a significant degree of overlap with other EEC types.

      (9) MC4R is several times referred to as a nutrient-sensing moeity (e.g. in the discussion: "...and receptors associated with nutrient sensing (Casr and Mc4r), ...") - whilst the melanocortin system is important for nutrient homeostasis, MC4R is itself not a "nutrient sensor", a term usually reserved for the detection of macronutrients, such as amino acids, fatty acids, and monosaccharides; please reformulate. 

      We have amended this to “nutrient sensing and homeostasis”.

    1. Author response:

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The objective of this study was to infer the population dynamics (rates of differentiation, division, and loss) and lineage relationships of clonally expanding NK cell subsets during an acute immune response.

      Strengths:

      A rich dataset and thorough analysis of a particular class of stochastic models.

      Weaknesses:

      The stochastic models used are quite simple; each population is considered homogeneous with first-order rates of division, death, and differentiation. In Markov process models such as these, there is no dependence of cellular behavior on its history of divisions. In recent years models of clonal expansion and diversification, in the settings of T and B cells, have progressed beyond this picture. So I was a little surprised that there was no mention of the literature exploring the role of replicative history in differentiation (e.g. Bresser Nat Imm 2022), nor of the notion of family 'division destinies' (either in division number or the time spent proliferating, as described by the Cyton and Cyton2 models developed by Hodgkin and collaborators; e.g. Heinzel Nat Imm 2017). The emerging view is that variability in clone (family) size may arise predominantly from the signals delivered at activation, which dictate each precursor's subsequent degree of expansion, rather than from the fluctuations deriving from division and death modeled as Poisson processes.

      As you pointed out, the Gerlach and Buchholz Science papers showed evidence for highly skewed distributions of family sizes and correlations between family size and phenotypic composition. Is it possible that your observed correlations could arise if the propensity for immature CD27+ cells to differentiate into mature CD27- cells increases with division number? The relative frequency of the two populations would then also be impacted by differences in the division rates of each subset - one would need to explore this. But depending on the dependence of the differentiation rate on division number, there may be parameter regimes (and time points) at which the more differentiated cells can predominate within large clones even if they divide more slowly than their immature precursors. One might not then be able to rule out the two-state model. I would like to see a discussion or rebuttal of these issues.

      We thank the reviewer for the insightful comment. We are currently in the process of developing alternate models based on the above comment and the references (Bresser Nat Imm 2022 and Heinzel Nat Imm 2017). We plan to include the results from the analysis in the revised version.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Wethington et al. investigated the mechanistic principles underlying antigen-specific proliferation and memory formation in mouse natural killer (NK) cells following exposure to mouse cytomegalovirus (MCMV), a phenomenon predominantly associated with CD8+ T cells. Using a rigorous stochastic modeling approach, the authors aimed to develop a quantitative model of NK cell clonal dynamics during MCMV infection.

      Initially, they proposed a two-state linear model to explain the composition of NK cell clones originating from a single immature Ly49+CD27+ NK cell at 8 days post-infection (dpi). Through stochastic simulations and analytical investigations, they demonstrated that a variant of the two-state model incorporating NK cell death could explain the observed negative correlation between NK clone sizes at 8 dpi and the percentage of immature (CD27+) NK cells (Page 8, Figure 1e, Supplementary Text 1). However, this two-state model failed to accurately reproduce the first (mean) and second (variance and covariance) moments of the measured CD27+ and CD27- NK cell populations within clones at 8 dpi (Figure 1g).

      To address this limitation, the authors increased the model's complexity by introducing an intermediate maturation state, resulting in a three-stage model with the transition scheme: CD27+Ly6C- → CD27-Ly6C- → CD27-Ly6C+. This three-stage model quantitatively fits the first and second moments under two key constraints: (i) immature CD27+ NK cells exhibit faster proliferation than CD27- NK cells, and (ii) there is a negative correlation (upper bound: -0.2) between clone size and the fraction of CD27+ cells. The model predicted a high proliferation rate for the intermediate stage and a high death rate for the mature CD27-Ly6C+ cells.

      Using NK cell reporter mice data from Adams et al. (2021), which tracked CD27+/- cell population dynamics following tamoxifen treatment, the authors validated the three-stage model. This dataset allowed discrimination between NK cells originating from the bone marrow and those pre-existing in peripheral blood at the onset of infection. To test the prediction that mature CD27- NK cells have a higher death rate, the authors measured Ly49H+ NK cell viability in the mice spleen at different time points post-MCMV infection. Experimental data confirmed that mature (CD27-) NK cells exhibited lower viability compared to immature (CD27+) NK cells during the expansion phase (days 4-8 post-infection).

      Further mathematical analyses using a variant of the three-stage model supported the hypothesis that the higher death rate of mature CD27- cells contributes to a larger proportion of CD27- cells in the dead cell compartment, as introduced in the new variant model.

      Altogether, the authors proposed a three-stage quantitative model of antigen-specific expansion and maturation of naïve Ly49H+ NK cells in mice. This model delineates a maturation trajectory: (i) CD27+Ly6C- (immature) → (ii) CD27-Ly6C- (mature I) → (iii) CD27-Ly6C+ (mature II). The findings highlight the highly proliferative nature of the mature I (CD27-Ly6C-) phenotype and the increased cell death rate characteristic of the mature II (CD27-Ly6C+) phenotype.

      Strengths:

      By designing models capable of explaining correlations, first and second moments, and employing analytical investigations, stochastic simulations, and model selection, the authors identified the key processes underlying antigen-specific expansion and maturation of NK cells. This model distinguishes the processes of antigen-specific expansion, contraction, and memory formation in NK cells from those observed in CD8+ T cells. Understanding these differences is crucial not only for elucidating the distinct biology of NK cells compared to CD8+ T cells but also for advancing the development of NK cell therapies currently under investigation.

      Weaknesses:

      The conclusions of this paper are largely supported by the available data. However, a comparative analysis of model predictions with more recent works in the field would be desirable. Moreover, certain aspects of the simulations, parameter inference, and modeling require further clarification and expansion, as outlined below:

      (1) Initial Conditions and Grassmann Data: The Grassmann data is used solely as a constraint, while the simulated values of CD27+/CD27- cells could have been directly fitted to the Grassmann data, which assumes a 1:1 ratio of CD27+/CD27- at t = 0. This approach would allow for an alternative initial condition rather than starting from a single CD27+ cell, potentially improving model applicability.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We are working on performing the above analysis and plan to include results from the analysis in the revised manuscript.

      (2) Correlation Coefficients in the Three-State Model: Although the parameter scan of the three-state model (Figure 2) demonstrates the potential for achieving negative correlations between colony size and the fraction of CD27+ cells, the authors did not present the calculated correlation coefficients using the estimated parameter values from fitting the three-state model to the data. Including these simulations would provide additional insight into the parameter space that supports negative correlations and further validate the model.

      We will include the above calculation in the revised manuscript.

      (3) Viability Dynamics and Adaptive Response: The authors measured the time evolution of CD27+/- dynamics and viability over 30 days post-infection (Figure 4). It would be valuable to test whether the three-state model can reproduce the adaptive response of CD27- cells to MCMV infection, particularly the observed drop in CD27- viability at 5 dpi (prior to the 8 dpi used in the study) and its subsequent rebound at 8 dpi. Reproducing this aspect of the experiment is critical to determine whether the model can simultaneously explain viability dynamics and moment dynamics. Furthermore, this analysis could enable sensitivity analysis of CD27- viability with respect to various model parameters.

      We will include some discussion of potential mechanisms of cell viability in this experiment.

    2. eLife Assessment

      This study combines mathematical models and experimental data to analyse the emergence of heterogeneity within clonal NK cell responses during antigen-specific cell expansion. Although it comprises different experimental data and tests different theoretical hypotheses, the main claims remain incomplete and would benefit from the consideration of several previous findings about clonal immune responses and corresponding mathematical approaches. The study presents valuable findings with the potential to provide key insights about NK cell development if proposed claims could be confirmed by additional analyses.

    3. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The objective of this study was to infer the population dynamics (rates of differentiation, division, and loss) and lineage relationships of clonally expanding NK cell subsets during an acute immune response.

      Strengths:

      A rich dataset and thorough analysis of a particular class of stochastic models.

      Weaknesses:

      The stochastic models used are quite simple; each population is considered homogeneous with first-order rates of division, death, and differentiation. In Markov process models such as these, there is no dependence of cellular behavior on its history of divisions. In recent years models of clonal expansion and diversification, in the settings of T and B cells, have progressed beyond this picture. So I was a little surprised that there was no mention of the literature exploring the role of replicative history in differentiation (e.g. Bresser Nat Imm 2022), nor of the notion of family 'division destinies' (either in division number or the time spent proliferating, as described by the Cyton and Cyton2 models developed by Hodgkin and collaborators; e.g. Heinzel Nat Imm 2017). The emerging view is that variability in clone (family) size may arise predominantly from the signals delivered at activation, which dictate each precursor's subsequent degree of expansion, rather than from the fluctuations deriving from division and death modeled as Poisson processes.

      As you pointed out, the Gerlach and Buchholz Science papers showed evidence for highly skewed distributions of family sizes and correlations between family size and phenotypic composition. Is it possible that your observed correlations could arise if the propensity for immature CD27+ cells to differentiate into mature CD27- cells increases with division number? The relative frequency of the two populations would then also be impacted by differences in the division rates of each subset - one would need to explore this. But depending on the dependence of the differentiation rate on division number, there may be parameter regimes (and time points) at which the more differentiated cells can predominate within large clones even if they divide more slowly than their immature precursors. One might not then be able to rule out the two-state model. I would like to see a discussion or rebuttal of these issues.

    4. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Wethington et al. investigated the mechanistic principles underlying antigen-specific proliferation and memory formation in mouse natural killer (NK) cells following exposure to mouse cytomegalovirus (MCMV), a phenomenon predominantly associated with CD8+ T cells. Using a rigorous stochastic modeling approach, the authors aimed to develop a quantitative model of NK cell clonal dynamics during MCMV infection.

      Initially, they proposed a two-state linear model to explain the composition of NK cell clones originating from a single immature Ly49+CD27+ NK cell at 8 days post-infection (dpi). Through stochastic simulations and analytical investigations, they demonstrated that a variant of the two-state model incorporating NK cell death could explain the observed negative correlation between NK clone sizes at 8 dpi and the percentage of immature (CD27+) NK cells (Page 8, Figure 1e, Supplementary Text 1). However, this two-state model failed to accurately reproduce the first (mean) and second (variance and covariance) moments of the measured CD27+ and CD27- NK cell populations within clones at 8 dpi (Figure 1g).

      To address this limitation, the authors increased the model's complexity by introducing an intermediate maturation state, resulting in a three-stage model with the transition scheme: CD27+Ly6C- → CD27-Ly6C- → CD27-Ly6C+. This three-stage model quantitatively fits the first and second moments under two key constraints: (i) immature CD27+ NK cells exhibit faster proliferation than CD27- NK cells, and (ii) there is a negative correlation (upper bound: -0.2) between clone size and the fraction of CD27+ cells. The model predicted a high proliferation rate for the intermediate stage and a high death rate for the mature CD27-Ly6C+ cells.

      Using NK cell reporter mice data from Adams et al. (2021), which tracked CD27+/- cell population dynamics following tamoxifen treatment, the authors validated the three-stage model. This dataset allowed discrimination between NK cells originating from the bone marrow and those pre-existing in peripheral blood at the onset of infection. To test the prediction that mature CD27- NK cells have a higher death rate, the authors measured Ly49H+ NK cell viability in the mice spleen at different time points post-MCMV infection. Experimental data confirmed that mature (CD27-) NK cells exhibited lower viability compared to immature (CD27+) NK cells during the expansion phase (days 4-8 post-infection).

      Further mathematical analyses using a variant of the three-stage model supported the hypothesis that the higher death rate of mature CD27- cells contributes to a larger proportion of CD27- cells in the dead cell compartment, as introduced in the new variant model.

      Altogether, the authors proposed a three-stage quantitative model of antigen-specific expansion and maturation of naïve Ly49H+ NK cells in mice. This model delineates a maturation trajectory: (i) CD27+Ly6C- (immature) → (ii) CD27-Ly6C- (mature I) → (iii) CD27-Ly6C+ (mature II). The findings highlight the highly proliferative nature of the mature I (CD27-Ly6C-) phenotype and the increased cell death rate characteristic of the mature II (CD27-Ly6C+) phenotype.

      Strengths:

      By designing models capable of explaining correlations, first and second moments, and employing analytical investigations, stochastic simulations, and model selection, the authors identified the key processes underlying antigen-specific expansion and maturation of NK cells. This model distinguishes the processes of antigen-specific expansion, contraction, and memory formation in NK cells from those observed in CD8+ T cells. Understanding these differences is crucial not only for elucidating the distinct biology of NK cells compared to CD8+ T cells but also for advancing the development of NK cell therapies currently under investigation.

      Weaknesses:

      The conclusions of this paper are largely supported by the available data. However, a comparative analysis of model predictions with more recent works in the field would be desirable. Moreover, certain aspects of the simulations, parameter inference, and modeling require further clarification and expansion, as outlined below:

      (1) Initial Conditions and Grassmann Data: The Grassmann data is used solely as a constraint, while the simulated values of CD27+/CD27- cells could have been directly fitted to the Grassmann data, which assumes a 1:1 ratio of CD27+/CD27- at t = 0. This approach would allow for an alternative initial condition rather than starting from a single CD27+ cell, potentially improving model applicability.

      (2) Correlation Coefficients in the Three-State Model: Although the parameter scan of the three-state model (Figure 2) demonstrates the potential for achieving negative correlations between colony size and the fraction of CD27+ cells, the authors did not present the calculated correlation coefficients using the estimated parameter values from fitting the three-state model to the data. Including these simulations would provide additional insight into the parameter space that supports negative correlations and further validate the model.

      (3) Viability Dynamics and Adaptive Response: The authors measured the time evolution of CD27+/- dynamics and viability over 30 days post-infection (Figure 4). It would be valuable to test whether the three-state model can reproduce the adaptive response of CD27- cells to MCMV infection, particularly the observed drop in CD27- viability at 5 dpi (prior to the 8 dpi used in the study) and its subsequent rebound at 8 dpi. Reproducing this aspect of the experiment is critical to determine whether the model can simultaneously explain viability dynamics and moment dynamics. Furthermore, this analysis could enable sensitivity analysis of CD27- viability with respect to various model parameters.

    1. eLife Assessment

      The study by Ma et al. provides fundamental findings and compelling evidence that Pyrotinib after trastuzumab-based adjuvant therapy in patients with HER2-positive breast cancer (PERSIST): A multicenter phase II trial. The findings enhance the understanding of HER2-positive breast cancer. The claims are fully supported by the types of experiments that were performed.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study introduces a novel therapeutic strategy for patients with high-risk HER2-positive breast cancer and demonstrates that the incorporation of pyrotinib into adjuvant trastuzumab therapy can improve invasive disease-free survival.

      Strengths:

      The study features robust logic and high-quality data. Data from 141 patients across 23 centers were analyzed, thereby effectively mitigating regional biases and endowing the research findings with high applicability.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Introduction and Discussion: Update the literature regarding the efficacy of pyrotinib combined with trastuzumab in treating HER2-positive advanced breast cancer.<br /> (2) Did all the data have a normal distribution? Expand the description of statistical analysis.<br /> (3) The novelty and innovative potential of your manuscript compared to the published literature should be described in more detail in the abstract and discussion section.<br /> (4) Figure legend should provide a bit more detail about what readers should focus on.<br /> (5) P-values should be clarified for the analysis.<br /> (6) The order (A, B, and C) in Figure 3 should be labeled in the upper left corner of the Figure.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors responded well to my questions.

    3. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study introduces a novel therapeutic strategy for patients with high-risk HER2-positive breast cancer and demonstrates that the incorporation of pyrotinib into adjuvant trastuzumab therapy can improve invasive disease-free survival.

      Strengths:

      The study features robust logic and high-quality data. Data from 141 patients across 23 centers were analyzed, thereby effectively mitigating regional biases and endowing the research findings with high applicability.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Introduction and Discussion: Update the literature regarding the efficacy of pyrotinib combined with trastuzumab in treating HER2-positive advanced breast cancer.

      Thank you for this helpful suggestion. The literature regarding the efficacy of pyrotinib combined with trastuzumab in treating HER2-positive advanced breast cancer referenced in our manuscript was the PHILA study, but we mistakenly cited its corrections (reference 14). We revised this reference as suggested.

      Changes in the text: Page 6, line 347-353.

      (2) Did all the data have a normal distribution? Expand the description of statistical analysis.

      As the sample size increases, the sampling distribution of the mean follows a normal distribution even when the underlying distribution of the original variable is non-normal, allowing the use of a normal distribution to calculate their confidence interval. We believe it is unnecessary to specifically describe whether the data followed a normal distribution in this study. Therefore, we did not revise the statistical section.

      (3) The novelty and innovative potential of your manuscript compared to the published literature should be described in more detail in the abstract and discussion section.

      Thank you for your suggestion. The word count for abstracts recommended by eLife is around 250 words. Therefore, we did not compare the present study with published literature in detail in the abstract, as this might exceed the recommended word limit. We revised the discussion section to provide a more detailed comparison between published literature and our study, and to analyze the novelty of our findings accordingly.

      Changes in the text: Page 11, line 177-180.

      (4) Figure legend should provide a bit more detail about what readers should focus on.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We did not revise the figure legend of Figure 1, as it provides a common description. For the figure legend of Figure 2, we added the method used to estimate the invasive disease-free survival curve. For the figure legend of Figure 3, we added more details regarding methods and numbers of patients in different subgroups.

      Changes in the text: Page 7, line 463-472.

      (5) P-values should be clarified for the analysis.

      Thank you for this comment. All subgroup analyses were post-hoc and lacked predefined hypotheses. Kaplan-Meier curves were used to present the subgroup results with the aim of performing descriptive statistics rather than inferential statistics. Therefore, we did not calculate their p-values.

      (6) The order (A, B, and C) in Figure 3 should be labeled in the upper left corner of the Figure.

      Thanks for this comment. We revised Figure 3 accordingly.

      Changes in the text: Figure 3.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, Cao et al. evaluated the efficacy and safety of 12 months pyrotinib after trastuzumab-based adjuvant therapy in patients with high-risk, HER2-positive early or locally advanced breast cancer. Notably, the 2-year iDFS rate reached 94.59% (95% CI: 88.97-97.38) in all patients, and 94.90% (95% CI: 86.97-98.06) in patients who completed 1-year treatment of pyrotinib. This is an interesting and uplifting results, given that in ExteNET study, the 2-year iDFS rate was 93.9% (95% CI 92·4-95·2) in the 1-year neratinib group, and the 5-year iDFS survival was 90.2%, and 1-year treatment of neratinib in ExteNET study did not translate into OS benefit after 8-year follow-up. In this case, readers will be eagerly anticipating the long-term follow-up results of the current PERSIST study, as well as the results of the phase III clinical trial (NCT03980054).

      I have the following comments:

      (1) The introduction of the differences between pyrotinib and neratinib in terms of mechanism, efficacy, resistance, etc. is supposed to be included in the text so that authors could better highlight the clinical significance of the current trial.

      Thanks for this comment.

      In terms of mechanism, pyrotinib and neratinib are both irreversible pan-HER tyrosine kinase inhibitors that target HER1, HER2 and HER4 by covalently binding to ATP binding sites. Overall, the similarities between them far outweigh the differences. This is the reason why we referenced the ExteNET study, which used neratinib as extended adjuvant therapy, for the sample size calculation.

      Regarding efficacy, currently, no head-to-head studies comparing efficacy of pyrotinib and neratinib have been reported, and the comparison of the efficacy between them using historical data from different studies have inevitable bias due to differences in treatment regimens, study populations, assessment criteria, etc.

      Regarding resistance, only a few studies with small sample size and case reports have investigated their mechanisms of resistance, and the underlying mechanisms have not been fully understood.

      Collectively, we believe that the similarities in the mechanisms of these two drugs far outweigh their differences, and their efficacy and resistance cannot be reasonably compared. Moreover, the sample size calculation was conducted based on the premise that the two drugs are similar. After careful consideration, we believe that overanalyzing the differences between neratinib and pyrotinib would shift the focus of this manuscript. Therefore, we did not discuss their differences in the article.

      (2) Please make sure that a total of 141 patients were enrolled in the study, 38 patients had a treatment duration of less than or equal to 6 months, and a total of 92 and 31 patients completed 1-year and 6-month treatment of extended adjuvant pyrotinib, respectively, which means 7 patients had a treatment duration of fewer than 6 months.

      Thank you for raising this relevant question. There were 141 patients enrolled in the study and received study treatment, and a total of 92 and 31 patients completed 1-year and 6-month treatment of extended adjuvant pyrotinib. Of the remaining 18 patients, 16 patients had a treatment duration of fewer than 6 months, and 2 patients had a treatment duration longer than 6 months but less than 1 year.

      (3) The previous surgery history should be provided, and how many patients received lumpectomy, and mastectomy.

      Thank you for your suggestion. All patients in the present study underwent breast cancer surgery. Unfortunately, we did not collect data on the specific types of surgeries performed.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor:

      I have carefully reviewed the content and findings of your study, and while I recognize the potential impact of your research, there are several critical aspects that need to be addressed to fully appreciate the contribution of your work.

      Significance of Findings:

      Your study provides valuable insights into the efficacy and safety of pyrotinib as an extended adjuvant therapy following trastuzumab-based treatment in patients with high-risk HER2-positive breast cancer. The 2-year invasive disease-free survival (iDFS) rate of 94.59% is notably high and suggests that pyrotinib could be a promising option for patients who have completed trastuzumab therapy. This is particularly significant given the unmet need for effective therapies that can extend disease-free survival in this patient population.

      Strength of Evidence:

      The strength of the evidence presented is supported by the multicenter phase II trial design, which included a substantial number of patients across 23 centers in China. The rigorous methodology, including the use of the Kaplan-Meier method for estimating iDFS and the application of the Brookmeyer-Crowley method for confidence intervals, adds to the credibility of your findings. However, the single-arm study design without a control group limits the ability to draw definitive conclusions about the comparative effectiveness of pyrotinib.

      In conclusion, your study presents intriguing findings that contribute to the field of breast cancer therapy. However, the current evidence, while suggestive of pyrotinib's potential, requires further validation in controlled trials to confirm its efficacy and optimal use in clinical practice. I encourage you to address the issues raised and consider resubmitting a revised version of your work.

      Thank you for your comments. We acknowledge the limitation of our single-arm study design without a control group and agree that it restricts definitive conclusions about the comparative effectiveness of pyrotinib. This limitation was noted in our manuscript. Furthermore, we have revised our manuscript in response to the issues raised by the reviewers.

    1. eLife Assessment

      Through cellular, developmental, and physiological analysis, this valuable study identifies a gene that regulates the relative growth of roots and shoots under salt stress. The holistic approach taken provides convincing evidence that this member of a larger tandemly duplicated gene family together with an upstream regulator contributes to salt tolerance. The manuscript will be of interest to plant biologists studying mechanisms of abiotic stress tolerance and gene family evolution.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors aim to assess the effect of salt stress on root:shoot ratio, identify the underlying genetic mechanisms, and evaluate their contribution to salt tolerance. To this end, the authors systematically quantified natural variations in salt-induced changes in root: shoot ratio. This innovative approach considers the coordination of root and shoot growth rather than exploring biomass and development of each organ separately. Using this approach, the authors identified a gene cluster encoding eight paralog genes with a domain-of-unknown-function 247 (DUF247), with the majority of SNPs clustering into SR3G (At3g50160). In the manuscript, the authors utilized an integrative approach that includes genomic, genetic, evolutionary, histological, and physiological assays to functionally assess the contribution of their genes of interest to salt tolerance and root development.

      Comments on latest version:

      The authors have largely addressed my concerns and comments. I have no additional comments for this round of review.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Salt stress is a significant and growing concern for agriculture in some parts of the world. While the effects of sodium excess have been studied in Arabidopsis and (many) crop species, most studies have focused on Na uptake, toxicity and overall effects on yield, rather than on developmental responses to excess Na, per se. The work by Ishka and colleagues aims to fill this gap.

      Working from an existing dataset that exposed a diverse panel of A. thaliana accessions to control, moderate, and severe salt stress, the authors identify candidate loci associated with altering the root:shoot ratio under salt stress. Following a series of molecular assays, they characterize a DUF247 protein which they dub SR3G, which appears to be a negative regulator of root growth under salt stress.

      Overall, this is a well-executed study which demonstrates the functional role played by a single gene in plant response to salt stress in Arabidopsis.

      Comments on latest version:

      All of the issues that I raised in previous reviews have been addressed by the authors. That said, there are several points that I see have come up in subsequent reviews that remain unresolved.

      In response to Reviewer 1, comment 2, regarding changes in expression differences, the authors are misinterpreting simple statistical results. They say that they performed Tukey tests for differences of means, finding, for example, that two means have the same group assignments (in this case, both "c,d") but then argue that "we still observed a clear reduction in WRKY75 transcript abundance." This is not how statistical tests work - we cannot perform a formal test for means and then just do an eyeball test. They also misinterpret the result in which one mean is assigned "b,c,d" results and a second "c,d" - these are statistically overlapping means.

      Having said this, I do think that the subtle differences in expression between these different alleles is not critical to the central message of the study. It can be difficult to recapitulate results between labs, much less between different synthetic alleles. I think, in this case, we can let readers decide for themselves whether the reported differences - or lack thereof - is important for follow-up work.

    1. eLife Assessment

      The study conducted by Fang et al. offers significant and fundamental insights, notably enhancing our understanding of angiogenesis. While some of the claims are supported by convincing experimental approaches, others lack sufficient validation. Additionally, there are instances where critical experimental controls appear to be absent.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study by Fang et al., the authors show how STAMBPL1 promotes TNBC angiogenesis via a feed-forward GRHL3/HIF1a/VEGFA axis. They demonstrate that STAMBPL1 interacts with FOXO1, define the required domains in each protein, and illustrate that this interaction facilitates FOXO1 transcriptional factor activity, which then activates GRHL3/HIF1a/VEGFA signaling. Lastly, they show that the combination of VEGFR and FOXO1 inhibitors can synergistically suppress STAMBPL1-overexpressing TNBC.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is clearly written, and the results are well explained. The observation that STAMBPL1 mediates GRHL3 transcription through its interaction with FOXO1 is novel. The findings also have important translational potential.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In their manuscript, Fang and colleagues make a notable contribution to the field of oncology, particularly in advancing our understanding of triple-negative breast cancer (TNBC). The research delineates the role of STAMBPL1 in promoting angiogenesis in TNBC through its interaction with FOXO1 and the subsequent activation of the GRHL3/HIF1A/VEGFA axis. The evidence presented is robust, with a combination of in vitro experiments, RNA sequencing, and in vivo studies providing a comprehensive view of the molecular mechanisms at play. The strength of the evidence is anchored in the systematic approach and the utilization of multiple methodologies to substantiate the findings.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript presents a methodologically robust framework, incorporating RNA-sequencing, chromatin immunoprecipitation (ChIP) assays, and a suite of in vitro and in vivo model systems, which collectively substantiate the claims regarding the pro-angiogenic role of STAMBPL1 in TNBC. The employment of multiple cellular models, conditioned media to assess HUVEC functional responses, and xenograft tumor models in murine hosts offers a comprehensive evaluation of STAMBPL1's impact on angiogenic processes.A salient strength of this work is the identification of GRHL3 as a transcriptional target of STAMBPL1 and the demonstration of a physical interaction between STAMBPL1 and FOXO1, which modulates GRHL3-driven HIF1A transcription. The study further suggests a potential therapeutic strategy by revealing the synergistic inhibitory effects of combined VEGFR and FOXO1 inhibitor treatment on TNBC tumor growth.

      Weaknesses:

      A potential limitation of the study is the reliance on specific cellular and animal models, which may constrain the extrapolation of these findings to the broader spectrum of human TNBC biology. Furthermore, while the study provides evidence for a novel regulatory axis involving STAMBPL1, FOXO1, and GRHL3, the multifaceted nature of angiogenesis may implicate additional regulatory factors not exhaustively addressed in this research.

      Appraisal of Achievement and Conclusion Support:

      The authors have successfully demonstrated that STAMBPL1 promotes HIF1A transcription and activates the HIF1α/VEGFA axis in a non-enzymatic manner, leading to increased angiogenesis in TNBC. The results are generally supportive of their conclusions, with clear evidence that STAMBPL1 upregulates HIF1α expression and enhances the activity of HUVECs. The study also shows that STAMBPL1 interacts with FOXO1 to promote GRHL3 transcription, which in turn activates HIF1A.

      Impact on the Field and Utility:

      This research is poised to exert a substantial impact on the oncological research community by uncovering the role of STAMBPL1 in TNBC angiogenesis and by identifying the STAMBPL1/FOXO1/GRHL3/HIF1α/VEGFA axis as a potential therapeutic target. The findings could pave the way for the development of novel therapeutic strategies for TNBC, a subtype characterized by a paucity of effective treatment options. The methodologies utilized in this study are likely to be valuable to the research community, offering a paradigm for investigating the role of deubiquitinating enzymes in oncogenic processes.

      Additional Context:

      It would be beneficial for readers to understand the broader context of TNBC research and the current challenges in treating this aggressive cancer subtype. The significance of this work is heightened by the lack of effective treatments for TNBC, making the identification of new therapeutic targets particularly important. Furthermore, understanding the specific mechanisms by which STAMBPL1 regulates HIF1α expression could provide insights into hypoxia signaling in other cancer types as well.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, Fang et al. describe a new oncogenic function of the STAMBPL1 protein in triple-negative breast cancer (TNBC). STAMBPL1 is a deubiquitinase that has been poorly studied in cancer. Previous reports identify it as a promoter of epithelial to mesenchymal transition or an inhibitor of cisplatin-induced cell death, but its participation to other cancer phenotypes has not been investigated. Fang et al. find that in cell line models of TNBC, STAMBPL1 promotes expression of the transcription factor HIF-1a and its downstream target VEGF, with the consequence of stimulating neo-angiogenesis in vitro and in vivo. Mechanistically, the authors find that this occurs via a non-enzymatic and indirect mechanism, that is by promoting the expression of GRHL3, a transcription factor that in turn binds to the HIF-1a promoter to stimulate its transcription. Interestingly, the way by which STAMPB1 promotes GRHL3 expression is by facilitating the transcriptional activity of FOXO1, a known regulator of GRHL3. Because the authors find that STAMBPL1 and FOXO1 interact, they suggest that STAMBPL1 may promote the formation of an active transcriptional complex containing FOXO1, perhaps by facilitating the recruitment of transcriptional coactivators.

      In conclusion, these data position for the first time the STAMBPL1 deubiquitinase in a FOXO-GRHL3 regulatory axis for the control of VEGF expression and tumor angiogenesis.

      The main weaknesses of this work are that the relevance of this molecular axis to the pathogenesis of TNBC is not clear, and it is not clearly established whether this is a regulatory pathway that occurs in hypoxic conditions or independently of oxygen levels.

      Major criticisms:

      (1) Both FOXO1 and GRHL3 have been previously described as tumor suppressors, with reports of FOXO1 inhibiting tumor angiogenesis. Therefore, this work describes an apparently contradictory function of these proteins in TNBC. While it is not surprising that the same genes perform divergent functions in different tumor contexts, a stronger evidence in support of the oncogenic function of these two genes should be provided to make the data more convincing.<br /> To strengthen the notion that STAMBPL1, FOXO and GRHL3 are overexpressed in TNBC, the authors have utilized the BCIP tool to analyze their expression in the Metabric database. According to this analysis, the levels of STAMBPL1and GRHL3 are not higher in breast cancer than in adjacent tissues, and the levels of FOXO1 are lower. Nonetheless, the authors observe that their expression levels are significantly (yet not dramatically) higher in TNBC compared to non-TNBC (Fig.S6A-C). However, these new data do not provide convincing evidence of the relevant tumor suppressive function of these genes in TNBC, as neither is more expressed in tumors compared to adjacent normal tissues.

      (2) Because STAMBPL1 overexpression in normoxic conditions is sufficient to cause HIF-1a protein accumulation, it is not clear why the authors then use hypoxic conditions to analyze the effect of STAMBPL1 on HIF-1a transcription Avoiding HIF1-a protein degradation should not have any effect on its transcription. At the same time, it is not clear nor is being explained why different hypoxic conditions are sometimes used, resulting in different mRNA levels of HIF-1a and its downstream targets and quite significant fluctuations within the same cell line from one experimental setting to the next. In conclusion, it is not clear what is the relevance of the new HIF-1a regulatory axis described in this paper in normoxic or hypoxic conditions.

      (3) Another critical point is that necessary experimental controls are sometimes missing, and this is reducing the strength of some of the conclusions enunciated by the authors. As an example, experiments where overexpression of STAMBPL1 is coupled to silencing of FOXO1 to demonstrate dependency lack FOXO1silencing the absence of STAMBPL1 overexpression. Because diminishing FOXO1 expression affects HIF-1a/VEGF transcription even in the absence of STAMBPL1 (shown in Figure 7C, D), it is not clear if the data presented in Figure 7G are significant. The difference between HIF-1a expression upon FOXO1 silencing should be compared in the presence or absence of STAMBPL1 overexpression to understand if FOXO1 impacts HIF-1a transcription dependently or independently of STAMBPL1.

      In addition, some minor comments to improve the quality of this manuscript are provided.

      (1) In Figures 2A and D, where endogenous versus STAMBPL1 expression is shown, it is not clear what is the molecular weight of these proteins as they both appear to be of 55 KDa, even though according to the authors the exogenous protein is bigger than the endogenous and the lower band in Figure 2D is reported to be the endogenous STAMBPL1.

      (2) In Figure 2, the effect of STAMBPL1 overexpression on HIF-1a mRNA is minor. At the same time, it seems that the protein levels of HIF-1a are quite high (or at least visible by WB) in normoxic cells even in the absence of STAMBPL1 overexpression. This raises questions about the type of regulation that HIF-1a is subjected to in these cells.

      In general, because only two cell lines are used in this study and the data in patients do not appear to strongly support an oncogenic function of STAMBPL1 in TNBC (via its overexpression), data should be more solid and additional experiments should be provided to substantiate the oncogenic function of this pathway in TNCB.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study is an advancement towards the understanding of animal nervous system organization and evolution by providing an exceptional, high-quality and detailed description of the entire connectome of the 3-day larva of the marine annelid Platynereis dumerilii. It provides a wealth of data on cell type diversity and the modules that interconnect them. Its strength is the massive amount of high-quality data, although this is also partly a weakness as it can make the work difficult to read and digest scientifically. This work lays the foundations for studies on cell type diversity, segmental vs. intersegmental connectivity, and mushroom bodies, but will certainly also be of use to scientists interested in other nervous systems parts, their functions, and evolution.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper provide a resource for researchers studying the marine annelid Platynereis dumerilii. It is only the third whole body connectome to be assembled and thus provides a comparison with those less complex animals: the nematode Caenorhabditis elegans and the tunicate Ciona intestinialis. The paper catalogs all cells in the body, not just neurons, and details how sensory neurons, interneurons, motor neurons, and effector organs are connected. From this, the authors are able to extract information about the organization of different aspects of the nervous system. These include the extent of recurrent connectivity, unimodal and multimodal sensory processing, and long-range and short-range connectivity.

      Several interesting conclusion are drawn, including the concept that circuit evolution might have proceeded by duplication and diversion of cell types, much as it has been posited that gene evolution has occurred. It also informs the understanding of the evolution of segmental body plans in annelids by mapping and comparing cells in each segment.

      Strengths:

      This paper contains a wealth of data. The raw dataset is available. The codes and scripts are provided to allow interested readers to utilize this dataset.

      The analysis is painstakingly meticulous. The diagrams are organized to orient the reader to the complexities this overwhelming analysis

      Weaknesses:

      The strength of the paper is also its weakness. It contains so much data and analysis that it is burdensome to read and understand. There are 16 multi-panel data figures in the main text and another 38 supplemental figures and 5 videos.

      The impact of the paper is diminished by its size and depth. The paper could be broken up into smaller thematic papers that would be more accessible to researchers interested in particular topics. For example, there could be a single paper on the mushroom body and another paper on the segmental organization.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have addressed all of my concerns.

    3. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor Note:

      The two reviewers have provided thoughtful and constructive feedback that we hope will be of use to the authors to improve their manuscript.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The section on "Circuit evolution by duplication and divergence" (starting on line 622) should cite:

      Chakraborty, Mukta, and Erich D. Jarvis. "Brain evolution by brain pathway duplication." Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences 370, no. 1684 (2015): 20150056.

      and

      Roberts, Ruairí JV, Sinziana Pop, and Lucia L. Prieto-Godino. "Evolution of central neural circuits: state of the art and perspectives." Nature Reviews Neuroscience 23, no. 12 (2022): 725-743.

      It should also reference that the concept originated from genetics:

      Ohno, Susumu. Evolution by gene duplication. Springer Science & Business Media, 1970

      These papers have now been cited: “Duplication and divergence of circuits was also proposed as a possible mechanism for the evolution of brain pathways for vocal learning in song-learning birds, spoken language in humans [@chakraborty2015brain] and other circuits [@roberts2022evolution].”

      and: Our reconstructions identified a potential case for circuit evolution by duplication and divergence [@tosches2017developmental; @roberts2022evolution], a concept that originated from genetics [@ohno1970evolution].

      The terms outgoing and incoming synapses were confusing. The more common terminology is pre and postsynaptic elements. For example, in Fig 1, the label Sensory neuron outgoing and incoming was confusing because I mistakenly thought it was referring to the neurons and I could not figure out what an outgoing sensory neuron was.

      We have now changed ‘incoming’ to ‘postsynaptic’ and ‘outgoing’ to ‘presynaptic’.

      In L-O, there should be an indicator on the figures that they refer to the locations of synaptic sites, as it does in F.

      We have now replaced the labels ‘incoming’ and ‘outgoing’ with ‘presyn’ and ‘postsyn’ for Figure 1 panels L-O to make it clear that these are synaptic sites.

      Figure 2. - last panel of muscle motor - it would be helpful to have names of muscles instead of just having 5 'muscle motor' of different colors

      Each muscle-motor module contains a large number and type of muscles and motor neurons. Labelling them by the name of individual muscle types is therefore not practical at this resolution. The three-day-old Platynereis larvae has 53 different muscle cell types. Their anatomy and classification, together with the details of motoneuron innervation have been described in detail elsewhere (Jasek et al 2022 https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.71231).

      Figure 3. D and E are hard to understand from the figure; The shading is the number of neurons; that scale should be shown somewhere.

      We are not sure we understand the comment. These plots are histograms that show the distribution of the number of cells across categories. The y axis is the number of neuronal or non-neuronal cell types in each bin.

      PageRank is an algorithm that Google uses. In Figure 4, it seems to be used to indicate centrality. A brief explanation in the text would be useful.

      We have now added an explanation of the centrality measures used. “PageRank is an algorithm used by Google to rank webpages and scores the number and quality of the incoming links of a node [@page1999pagerank], betweenness centrality measures the number of shortest paths that pass through a node in a graph [@freeman1977set],  and authority measures the extent of inputs to a node by hubs in a network [@kleinberg1999authoritative].”

      Figure 5. The labels on some images are not clear. They are on top of each other and elements of the figure

      We have now moved the position of the labels to minimise overlap. We have also added an interactive html file with the network shown in Figure 5 panel A to help the exploration of the network. Added: “Figure 5—source data 1. Interactive html file with the network shown in panel A.”

      There are differences in line thickness in several figures, such as Figure 9 (A and B) and Figure 12 (D and I and N) that presumably means numbers of synaptic contacts. It would be useful to know what the scale is.

      We have now added labels of line thickness to the networks in Figure 4, Figure 5 – figure supplement 2, Figure 9, Figure 12, Figure 7 – figure supplement 1, Figure 15 and Figure 16.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Suggestions for improved or additional experiments, data, or analyses.

      (2) Recommendations for improving the writing and presentation.

      Perhaps we require a comprehensive inventory detailing all the innovations compared to previous, more limited publications, particularly in relation to the 2017 publication and 2020 preprint.

      We have provided this detail in Supplementary table 1 that lists all cell types. We included the reference for previously published cell types in the ‘reference’ column except for those that were also described in the 2020 preprint. The current manuscript is a greatly revised and extended version of the original 2020 preprint. In addition, in the online connectome database (https://catmaid.jekelylab.ex.ac.uk), all cell types that were previously published are annotated with the notation ‘FirstAuthor_et_al_year’.

      It is a bit frustrating given the huge amount of graphs, analyses, tables, and networks that are presented in the manuscript, we do not see much of the original EM pictures except for a few examples of cell type blow-ups. It would be useful for future workers in the field to have eventually a sort of compendium of how the authors actually recognized each cell type, without having to connect to the original CATMAID annotation.

      Most neuronal cell types (with the exception of some characteristic sensory neurons such as photoreceptor cells and mechanosensory cells) were not classified based on ultrastructural features, but on features of neurite morphology, body position and synaptic connectivity. It would be therefore not possible to represent most of the cell types with a single layer of an original EM picture. However, in order to make the morphological skeleton characteristics more accessible to the reader, we have now added a comprehensive website ( https://jekelylab.github.io/Platynereis_connectome/)  including all cell types together with their interactive 3D rendering.

      “Interactive 3D morphological renderings of each cell type together with their main annotations can also be explored on a webpage (https://jekelylab.github.io/Platynereis_celltype_compendium.html).”

      The Platynereis 3-day larva is obviously only one transient stage in the developmental cycle of the animal, and it is a very specialized stage (called metatrochophore in annelid jargon), during which the animal does not yet feed, relying instead on its copious yolk. Moreover, it is a stage whose purpose is limited to dispersion, with no complex behavior or social interaction that later stages are going to display. While this work represents a substantial leap forward in understanding neural integration in a whole animal, it must be kept in mind that compared to an adult or growing juvenile, there are likely a considerable number of cells, cell types, and neural modules missing in this larva. This is clearly not a weakness of this study per se, but readers may find it interesting to be presented with this perspective and therefore more biological details about the Platynereis life cycle and associated behaviors.

      Obviously, understanding how the constantly developing nervous system of a worm-like Platynereis gets reshuffled in time will be a great subject to investigate. The authors mention that the 3-day larva displays more than 4000 neuronal cells not yet differentiated. Readers may be interested in their location. Are there niches of neural stem cells? A description of what may be missing from the larva in terms of cell types compared to the adult may be useful.

      We have now added further explanation into the Introduction about the early nectochaete larval stage: “The early nectochaete larva represents a transient dispersing stage in the life cycle of Platynereis. During this stage the larvae do not feed yet but rely on maternally provided yolk. Compared to the juvenile and adult stages it is expected that a considerable number of cell types will be only developing or completely missing at this stage. Three-day-old larvae do not yet have sensory palps and other sensory appendages (cirri), they do not crawl or feed and lack visceral muscles and an enteric nervous system.”

      The location of developing neurons is shown in Figure 3—figure supplement 1 panel I.

      Juvenile or adult cell types have not yet been described in any detail that is close to the level of detail we now provide for the nectochaete larva, therefore a meaningful comparison of cell-type complements across stages is not yet feasible.

      (3) Minor corrections to the text and figures.

      Figure 1: "outgoing" not "outgoung" in panels M, O, Q.

      Corrected

      Line 128: We may need a precise definition of "cable length".

      We have included a definition of cable length in the Methods section under a new subheading ‘Quantitative analysis of neuron morphologies’.

      In all Figures: information on the orientation of the worm's view is sometimes missing in figures, which could make interpretation difficult for the reader, especially for anterior views with no D/V indication. The authors should indicate the orientation for each panel or provide a general orientation in the figure if all panels are oriented the same.

      We have now added D/V or A/P indication to all figures.

      Figure 23: "right view, left side" is confusing.

      We have changed this to “ Each panel shows a ventral (left panel) and a left-side view (right panel).”

      Line 406 : the first mention of the Platynereis cryptic segment, as far as I know, is Saudemont et al, 2008.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We added the citation.

      Figure 45: descending and decussating, 2nd and 3rd line of the legend.

      Corrected

      The format of data source tables is not homogeneized with some files in Excel format and others in plain comma format.

      We have homogeneized the file formats of the supplements and source data. We have .csv files or .rds (R data format) files for the more complex data, such as tibble graphs that cannot be represented in a simple .csv format.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This study presents an important methodological advance to improve the sensitivity of PCR for detecting Trypanosoma cruzi in blood, combining DNA fragmentation, deep sampling, and blood cell pellet analysis. The findings offer solid evidence of enhanced detection sensitivity and shed light on parasite load dynamics during chronic infection in mammalian reservoirs. The evidence is sound for macaques and the method shows promise in expanding detection limits, but there is some variability in the limits of detection and small sample size of human samples. This work will be of interest to parasitologists, epidemiologists, and clinicians using molecular diagnostics to monitor responses to etiological treatments for Chagas disease.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This study presents a refined approach to enhance the sensitivity of PCR for detecting Trypanosoma cruzi in blood by employing DNA fragmentation and deep sampling, involving multiple replicate PCR reactions. Combined with serial blood sampling, these methods enabled consistent detection of the parasite in infected humans, non-human primates, and dogs, including hosts with very low parasitemia levels.

      Inspired by earlier methods that cleaved kinetoplast DNA (kDNA) to improve target distribution, this study targets nuclear satellite DNA repeats, which are tandemly arranged in T. cruzi chromosomes. By fragmenting DNA prior to PCR, the authors reduced subsampling errors, breaking large fragments into smaller, evenly distributed units. This improved the frequency of positive reactions and reduced variability among replicate Cq values.

      Using contrived blood samples, the study demonstrated that this approach significantly enhances PCR positivity. Moreover, the findings suggest that cell pellets from blood yield higher concentrations of parasite DNA compared to whole blood, prompting a reevaluation of current diagnostic practices, which predominantly use whole blood lysates.

      The study also highlights the importance of deep sampling. Serial testing across multiple blood samples mitigated the variability in parasitemia, addressing challenges first noted in early xenodiagnosis studies (Cerisola et al., 1977).

      The proposed DNA extraction and amplification procedures effectively captured parasitemia dynamics, achieving detection sensitivities with quantification limits as low as ~0.00025 parasite equivalents/mL, approaching the detection of a single target copy per reaction.

      This work underscores the utility of deep-sampling PCR in monitoring parasitemia dynamics and guiding treatment strategies, especially in chronic infections. It also stresses the importance of treating individuals with low parasitic loads, as immune control may change over time.

      Strengths:

      The strategies used for increasing PCR sensitivity offer the potential for enhancing treatment monitoring and understanding the dynamics of parasite-host interactions in chronic Chagas disease.

      Weaknesses:

      While the study offers valuable insights for research in T.cruzi infection dynamics and monitoring of trypanocidal drugs efficacy, its broader adoption depends on the development of cost-effective and scalable alternatives to labor-intensive techniques such as sonication, currently required for DNA fragmentation. Additionally, the reliance on blood cell pellets and the DNA fragmentation protocol introduces extra processing steps, which may not be feasible for many clinical laboratories, particularly in resource-limited endemic areas that require simpler and more streamlined procedures.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study introduces a valuable methodological innovation for detecting Trypanosoma cruzi, the causative agent of Chagas disease, using "deep-sampling PCR" which combines DNA fragmentation with multiple qPCR replications (>300 in some cases) on each sample. The authors aim to overcome the limitations of current qPCR methods by increasing the sensitivity of detection, which is fundamental for evaluating treatment responses in chronic Chagas disease patients. The work also evaluates the approach in multiple host species (macaques, humans, and dogs), at different times and across different sample types, including whole blood, blood cell pellets, plasma, and tissues.

      Strengths:

      The primary strength of this study lies in its methodological novelty, particularly the combination of multiple parallel PCR reactions and DNA fragmentation to enhance sensitivity. It is a sort of brute-force method for detecting the parasite. This approach promises the detection of parasitic DNA at levels significantly lower than those achievable with standard qPCR methods. Additionally, the authors demonstrate the utility of this method in tracking parasitemia dynamics and post-treatment responses in macaques and dogs, providing valuable insights for both research and clinical applications.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Methodological Concerns on detection and quantification limits

      Some methodological inconsistencies and limitations were observed that merit consideration. In Figure 1, there is a clear lack of consistency with theoretical expectations and with the trends observed in Figure 4A. Based on approximate calculations, having 10^-7 parasite equivalents with 100,000 target copies per parasite implies an average of 0.01 target copies per reaction. This would suggest an amplification rate of approximately 1 in 100 reactions, yet the observed 30% amplification appears disproportionately high. In addition, Figure 4A (not fragmented) shows lower values of positivity than Figure 1 for 10^-5 and 10^-6 dilutions showing this inconsistency among experiments. Some possible explanations could account for this inconsistency: (1) an inaccurate quantification of the starting number of parasites used for serial dilutions, or (2) random contamination not detected by negative controls, potentially due to a low number of template molecules.

      Similarly, Figure 5B presents another inconsistency in theoretical expectations for amplification. The authors report detecting amplification in reactions containing 10^-9 parasites after DNA fragmentation. Based on the figure, at least 3 positives (as I can see because raw data is not available) out of 388 PCRs are observed at this dilution. Assuming 100,000 copies of satellite DNA per parasite, the probability of a single copy being present in a 10^-9 dilution is approximately 1/10,000. If we assume this as the probability of amplification of a PCR (an approximation), by using a simple binomial calculation, the probability of at least 3 positive reactions out of 388 is approximately 9.39 x 10^-6 (in ideal conditions, likely lower in real-world scenarios). This translates to a probability of about 1 in 100,000 to observe such frequency of positives, which is highly improbable and suggests either inaccuracies in the initial parasite quantification or issues with contamination. In addition, at 10^-6 PE/reactions (the proposed limit of quantification) it is observed that 40% of repetitions are amplified. The number of repetitions is not specified but probably more than 50 according to the graph. Such dilution implies 0.1 targets per reaction (assuming 100.000 copies divided by 10^6), which means a total of 5 target molecules to distribute among the reactions (0.1 targets multiplied by 50 reactions). It seems highly improbable that 40% of the reactions (20/50) would amplify under the described conditions. Even considering 200.000 target copies per parasite implies 0.2 targets per reaction and an average of 10 molecules to distribute among 50 reactions. The approximate probability of the observation of at least 20/50 positives can be calculated by determining the probability of a reaction to receive targets by assuming a random distribution of the targets among the tubes, p= 1 - (1 - 1/50)^10, and then by using a binomial distribution to determine the probability that at least 20 reactions receive at least one target copy. The probability of at least 20/50 positive reactions in a dilution of 10^-6 parasites (200.000 target copies per parasite) is 0.00028. Consequently, the observed result is highly unlikely.

      2) Lack of details on contamination detection

      Additionally, the manuscript does not provide enough details on how cross-contamination was detected or managed. It is unclear how the negative controls (NTCs) and no-template controls were distributed across plates, in terms of both quantity and placement. This omission is critical, as the low detection thresholds targeted in this study increase the risk of false positives by contamination. To ensure reliability and reproducibility, future uses of the technique would benefit from more standardized and clearly documented protocols for control placement and handling.

      3) Unclear relevance for treatment monitoring in Humans

      In Figure 7A, the results suggest that the deep-sampling PCR method does not provide a clearly significant improvement over conventional qPCR in humans. Of the 9 samples tested, 6 (56%) were consistently amplified in all or nearly all reactions, indicating these samples could also be reliably detected with standard PCR protocols. Two additional samples were detected only with the deep-sampling approach, increasing sensitivity to 78%; however, these detections might be attributable to random chance given the limited sample size. While the authors acknowledge the small sample size in the discussion, they do not address the fact that a similar increase in sensitivity was reported in citation 5, where only 3 samples were tested with 3 replicates each. This raises an important question: how many PCR reactions are needed in human samples to reach a plateau in detection rates? This issue should be further discussed to contextualize the results and their implications.

      Despite these limitations, this work represents a promising step forward in the development of highly sensitive diagnostic tools for T. cruzi. It offers a novel foundation for advancing the detection and monitoring of parasitemia, which could significantly benefit Chagas disease research community and clinicians focused on neglected tropical diseases. While addressing the methodological inconsistencies and improving robustness will be critical, this study provides valuable insights and data that could lead to future innovations in parasitological research and diagnostics.

    4. Author Response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      […] Strengths:

      The strategies used for increasing PCR sensitivity offer the potential for enhancing treatment monitoring and understanding the dynamics of parasite-host interactions in chronic Chagas disease.

      Weaknesses:

      While the study offers valuable insights for research in T.cruzi infection dynamics and monitoring of trypanocidal drugs efficacy, its broader adoption depends on the development of cost-effective and scalable alternatives to labor-intensive techniques such as sonication, currently required for DNA fragmentation. Additionally, the reliance on blood cell pellets and the DNA fragmentation protocol introduces extra processing steps, which may not be feasible for many clinical laboratories, particularly in resource-limited endemic areas that require simpler and more streamlined procedures.

      We agree that this methodology is likely to be used primarily as a research tool and for selective use in the field (e.g. drug trials) and unlikely to be standard in many clinical labs, irrespective of resources. We note the protocol does not require cell pellets (although that fraction provides the highest sensitivity) and that the fragmentation step is not at all labor-intensive. But to achieve consistent detection across the range of parasite burden known to occur in chronic T. cruzi infection, appropriately processed DNA from higher volumes of blood than are now routinely used for detection of T. cruzi, will be required.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      […] Strengths:

      The primary strength of this study lies in its methodological novelty, particularly the combination of multiple parallel PCR reactions and DNA fragmentation to enhance sensitivity. It is a sort of brute-force method for detecting the parasite. This approach promises the detection of parasitic DNA at levels significantly lower than those achievable with standard qPCR methods. Additionally, the authors demonstrate the utility of this method in tracking parasitemia dynamics and post-treatment responses in macaques and dogs, providing valuable insights for both research and clinical applications.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Methodological Concerns on detection and quantification limits

      Some methodological inconsistencies and limitations were observed that merit consideration. In Figure 1, there is a clear lack of consistency with theoretical expectations and with the trends observed in Figure 4A. Based on approximate calculations, having 10^-7 parasite equivalents with 100,000 target copies per parasite implies an average of 0.01 target copies per reaction. This would suggest an amplification rate of approximately 1 in 100 reactions, yet the observed 30% amplification appears disproportionately high. In addition, Figure 4A (not fragmented) shows lower values of positivity than Figure 1 for 10^-5 and 10^-6 dilutions showing this inconsistency among experiments. Some possible explanations could account for this inconsistency: (1) an inaccurate quantification of the starting number of parasites used for serial dilutions, or (2) random contamination not detected by negative controls, potentially due to a low number of template molecules.

      Similarly, Figure 5B presents another inconsistency in theoretical expectations for amplification. The authors report detecting amplification in reactions containing 10^-9 parasites after DNA fragmentation. Based on the figure, at least 3 positives (as I can see because raw data is not available) out of 388 PCRs are observed at this dilution. Assuming 100,000 copies of satellite DNA per parasite, the probability of a single copy being present in a 10^-9 dilution is approximately 1/10,000. If we assume this as the probability of amplification of a PCR (an approximation), by using a simple binomial calculation, the probability of at least 3 positive reactions out of 388 is approximately 9.39 x 10^-6 (in ideal conditions, likely lower in real-world scenarios). This translates to a probability of about 1 in 100,000 to observe such frequency of positives, which is highly improbable and suggests either inaccuracies in the initial parasite quantification or issues with contamination. In addition, at 10^-6 PE/reactions (the proposed limit of quantification) it is observed that 40% of repetitions are amplified. The number of repetitions is not specified but probably more than 50 according to the graph. Such dilution implies 0.1 targets per reaction (assuming 100.000 copies divided by 10^6), which means a total of 5 target molecules to distribute among the reactions (0.1 targets multiplied by 50 reactions). It seems highly improbable that 40% of the reactions (20/50) would amplify under the described conditions. Even considering 200.000 target copies per parasite implies 0.2 targets per reaction and an average of 10 molecules to distribute among 50 reactions. The approximate probability of the observation of at least 20/50 positives can be calculated by determining the probability of a reaction to receive targets by assuming a random distribution of the targets among the tubes, p= 1 - (1 - 1/50)^10, and then by using a binomial distribution to determine the probability that at least 20 reactions receive at least one target copy. The probability of at least 20/50 positive reactions in a dilution of 10^-6 parasites (200.000 target copies per parasite) is 0.00028. Consequently, the observed result is highly unlikely.

      We disagree with the reviewer on both of these points. 

      First, the mean (S.D.) Cq values of the 10-3 PE unfragmented dataset in Figure 1 (40 replicates) and Figure 4a (88 replicates) are nearly identical at 30.02 (0.5813) and 30.21 (1.071), respectively, demonstrating a highly accurate initial quantification of parasites to make these 2 separate dilution series (reviewer’s point 1.1).  At this concentration of parasites in blood, and with unfragmented DNA, each aliquot for PCR has an equal chance of receiving some parasite DNA (hence all reactions are positive) and a reasonably good chance of receiving similar amounts of parasite DNA (the Cq values cluster with relatively low S.D.).  However further dilutions from this parasite input result in some aliquots that receive no parasite DNA and a much wider variation in the amount of parasite DNA/aliquot in samples that are positive (Cq mean (SD) of 34.47 (2.732) for 10-4 in Figure 1).  This result demonstrates that these dilution series do not follow binomial distribution as suggested by the reviewer. This is likely because each template for amplification is not independently distributed. Instead, they are known to be clustered (on individual chromosomes or chromosome fragments) in the DNA. Indeed, this observation of widely varying Cq values in dilutions below 10-3 strongly suggested this clustering and was the impetus for fragmenting the DNA (see manuscript line 209).  The impact of declustering achieved by DNA fragmentation supports this conclusion (when the DNA is fragmented, 100% of aliquots are positive at 10-4 PE, 10X less than in unfragmented samples, and the Cq values are tightly grouped (mean 33.47, S.D. 0.3358), indicating the unequal distribution of targets upon dilution, rather than counting, pipetting errors or contamination as responsible for the lack of a binomial distribution of targets with increasing dilution. Thus, when entities are clustered and can’t be fully declustered, a simple binomial (or Poisson) distribution of counts cannot be assumed in the serial dilutions.  Clustering results in more complicated distribution patterns, and it becomes difficult to predict precisely how these clusters will distribute from one dilution to the next (and thus differences in proportions of positives in different dilution series, as observed herein).

      This clustering and unequal distribution of amplification targets also addresses the reviewer’s second comment with respect to the unlikelihood of detecting at least one positive at a high dilution.  If we accept the reviewer’s estimate of 100,000 copies of target per parasite, then at 10-4 PE/aliquot - a dilution at which all aliquots are PCR positive in the fragmented samples (Figures 4a and 5b) – each aliquot would be expected to have on average 10 target sequences and the chances of detecting at least one positive reaction from 400 aliquots would be respectively 98% for the 10-7 dilution, 33% for 10-8 and 4% for 10-9 PE per aliquot. These percentages would change (increase) with a higher copy number of targets per genome, and if the targets are still clustered to some degree (which we would expect they would be even in the fragmented DNA).  Thus, the chances of detecting positive PCRs at 10-9 PE is low, but it is not “highly improbable”. 

      Taking the reviewer’s second example of the frequency of positive reactions at 10-6 PE and the assumption of 200,000 target copies per genome (referring to Fig 5B, we believe), the mean template copies per aliquot would be 0.2 at this dilution. Assuming a negative binomial distribution of the still clustered templates (although mechanically fragmented, it would be highly unlikely that they would be completely declustered), then the probability of an aliquot being positive at the 10-6 PE dilution would be 16.7%.  Our results in Figure 4A (26%) and Figure 5B (37.5%) are slightly higher but not “highly unlikely” as suggested.

      We do not know the target copy number in the parasites used to make these serial dilution profiles herein but that is certainly different from the copy number in the parasites infecting each of the hosts from which we have analyzed blood.  Thus, we do not propose that this assay can quantify the absolute parasite burden in a host nor do we see a benefit in trying to do so (see paragraph beginning line 384). Such quantification requires assumptions about not only the target copy number in the parasites in a host, but also that fragmentation is 100% efficient, and particularly, that a single or multiple blood samples accurately reflects the whole host parasite burden (clearly shown not to be the case with the data from serial bleeds presented in Figures 3 and 5). But we standby the conclusion that deep-sampling PCR when employed as presented herein, gives an accurate assessment of the presence of infection and relative parasite burden differences between hosts, and in the same hosts over time or under treatment and that the results presented are not compromised by inaccuracies in quantifying parasites for spiked samples or by sample contamination.

      (2) Lack of details on contamination detection

      Additionally, the manuscript does not provide enough details on how cross-contamination was detected or managed. It is unclear how the negative controls (NTCs) and no-template controls were distributed across plates, in terms of both quantity and placement. This omission is critical, as the low detection thresholds targeted in this study increase the risk of false positives by contamination. To ensure reliability and reproducibility, future uses of the technique would benefit from more standardized and clearly documented protocols for control placement and handling.

      We present a section in the Materials and Methods on preventing contamination and a case example when these precautions failed when preparing the dilution standards containing very high numbers of parasites. Directly responding to the reviewer, sixteen no template controls were included in every 384 well assay plate and we never obtained amplification products from those reactions. Additionally, as noted in the manuscript, uninfected macaques were negative on a collective >15,000 PCR reactions.

      We understand the concern about contamination but we believe that we have taken the appropriate precautions and our data fully support that the positives we detect are real positives, not contaminations. It would be reckless to depend on a single positive PCR reaction out of hundreds to conclude that a host is infected; multiple samples must be obtained and analyzed to be certain in such cases, as we show exhaustively with the NHP samples here.

      Rather than adding additional technical protocols such as plate layouts to this manuscript, we believe publishing a STAR Protocol or a similar detailed, step-by-step method paper would be more useful and that is our plan.

      (3) Unclear relevance for treatment monitoring in Humans

      In Figure 7A, the results suggest that the deep-sampling PCR method does not provide a clearly significant improvement over conventional qPCR in humans. Of the 9 samples tested, 6 (56%) were consistently amplified in all or nearly all reactions, indicating these samples could also be reliably detected with standard PCR protocols. Two additional samples were detected only with the deep-sampling approach, increasing sensitivity to 78%; however, these detections might be attributable to random chance given the limited sample size. While the authors acknowledge the small sample size in the discussion, they do not address the fact that a similar increase in sensitivity was reported in citation 5, where only 3 samples were tested with 3 replicates each. This raises an important question: how many PCR reactions are needed in human samples to reach a plateau in detection rates? This issue should be further discussed to contextualize the results and their implications.

      We disagree with the reviewer’s conclusion here.  First, it is not known how the “conventional” PCR would have performed in the human samples used herein as this was not done.  However, it is very likely that it would have performed significantly worse for the following reasons.  “Conventional” PCR for T. cruzi has a number of variations, but the most common approach is to mix whole blood 1:1 with a guanidine:EDTA solution, and then extract DNA for PCR from 100-300 ul of this mix.  Thus, at best, one has the equivalent of 150 ul of blood that is being analyzed for the presence of T. cruzi DNA.  In contrast, in the protocol described herein, we extract DNA from ~5 ml of blood and use aliquots from that DNA for PCR.  Thus, even before fragmenting or deep-sampling, the approach described herein is sampling 33X more blood that the conventional protocol, thus likely increasing by over 30-fold the chances of detecting parasite DNA in blood from an infected subject. The smaller the volume of blood sampled as well as the number of samples obtained greatly impact the ability to detect T. cruzi infection in some hosts.  This is clearly demonstrated in the extensive screening done in NHPs in this study and there is no reason to believe that the situation will be different in humans and dogs.  So the relevance of these enhancements are clear for any host with T. cruzi infection; humans are not unique in this regard.

      We don’t believe there will be a “plateau in detection rates”; individuals are either infected or not and the ability to detect that infection (whether with T. cruzi or any other pathogen) depends on the sensitivity of the test and the quantity of the sample available to be screened.    Perhaps what is being asked is ‘how many PCR reactions have to be performed to be sure that someone is NOT infected?’.  There is not a discrete answer to this and related questions, but by making some assumptions, one can make some estimates.  The approach described herein is approaching single copy target detection and if this is true then one would need to PCR amplify ALL of the DNA from a blood sample to assure detection of that single template copy (so for a 200ug of DNA one might obtain from 5-10 ml of blood, 1600 PCR reactions of 125 ng each; 95% and 99% confidence could be obtained with 1520 and 1584 PCRs, respectively). But any conclusion from this testing applies only to that individual blood sample and we show clearly in the NHP studies that multiple samples have to be analyzed to detect parasite DNA in hosts with very low parasite burden – some samples contain parasite DNA and others do not. Thus hundreds of negative PCRs from a single or even multiple samples is unfortunately not definitive. 

      Such limitations exist for detection of any pathogen.  A more important question for the future may be ‘is there a level of infection below which the risk of disease development is sufficiently low as to not be of concern clinically?’.  Such is the standard in drug-controlled HIV infections, for example. The improvements we document in this work provides the means to answer such questions and additional improvements may be possible as well. But to be absolutely certain that a host is not infected by T. cruzi, one would have to sample some subjects (likely a small minority of the entire pool) multiple times and perform 1000’s of PCR reactions – as we done for the most difficult to detect macaques in this study.

      Despite these limitations, this work represents a promising step forward in the development of highly sensitive diagnostic tools for T. cruzi. It offers a novel foundation for advancing the detection and monitoring of parasitemia, which could significantly benefit Chagas disease research community and clinicians focused on neglected tropical diseases. While addressing the methodological inconsistencies and improving robustness will be critical, this study provides valuable insights and data that could lead to future innovations in parasitological research and diagnostics.

      As discussed in detail above, we do not agree that this study has any methodological inconsistencies nor that it lacks robustness.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study suggests that the composition of the extracellular matrix in a mouse model of liver fibrosis changes depending on the cause of liver fibrosis. The data could be used as a foundation for future antifibrotic therapies. The strength of evidence is convincing with respect to the use of animal models and proteomic analysis. The study provides a helpful inventory of proteins up or down-regulated.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Jirouskova and colleagues in their study have carried out an in depth proteomic characterization of the dynamics of the liver fibrotic response and the resulting resolution in two distinct models of liver injury: CCl4-induced model of hepatotoxicity and pericentral/bridging liver fibrosis and the DDC feeding model of obstructive cholestasis and periportal fibrosis. They focussed on both the insoluble extracellular matrix (ECM) components as well as the soluble secreted factors produced by hepatic stellate cells (HSCs) and/or portal fibroblasts (PFs). They identified compartment- and time-resolved proteomic signatures in the two models with disease-specific factors or matrisomes. Their study also identified phenotypic differences between the models such as that while the CCl4-induced model induced profound hepatotoxicity followed by resolution, the DDC model induced more lasting liver damage and proteomic changes that resembled advanced human liver fibrosis favouring hepatocarcinogenesis.

      Overall, this comprehensive and very well conducted study is rigorous and well planned. The conclusions are supported by compelling studies and analyses. One caveat is the lack of mechanistic experiments to prove causality, but this can be carried out in follow-up studies.

      Strengths:

      • A major strength in the study is that the experiments are rigorous and very well conducted. For instance, the authors utilized two models of liver fibrosis to study different aspects of the pathology - hepatotoxicity vs cholestasis. In addition, 4 time points for each model were investigated - 2 for fibrosis development and 2 for fibrosis resolution. They have taken 3 components for proteomic analyses - total lysates, insoluble ECM components as well as the soluble secreted factors. Thus, the authors provide a comprehensive overview of the fibrosis and resolution process in these models.

      • Another great strength of the study is that the methodology utilized was able to dissect unique pathways relevant for each model as well as common targets. For example, the authors identified known pathways such as mTOR signalling to be differentially regulated in the CCl4 vs DDC model. mTOR signalling was increased in the DDC model that is associated with hyperproliferation. Thus showing that the approach taken is specific enough to distinguish between the two similar (both induce fibrosis) but distinct mechanisms (hepatotoxicity vs cholestasis) is a strong point of the study.

      Weaknesses:

      • A caveat of the study is that the authors have not conducted mechanistic (gain of function/loss of function) studies from any of their identified targets to truly prove causality. This remains one of the limitations of this study. Thus, future studies should investigate this point in detail. For instance, it would have been intriguing to dissect if knocking out specific genes involved in one specific model or genes common to both would yield distinct phenotypic outcomes.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors suggest that ECM abundance and composition change depending on the aetiology of liver fibrosis. To understand this they have investigated the proteome in two models of animal fibrosis and resolution. They suggest their findings could provide a foundation for future anti-fibrotic therapies.

      The revised version has been improved. Although some areas remain (described below), it is perhaps the dataset that will be most valuable.

      Strengths:

      The dataset appears well supported and will be valuable.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript is still fairly descriptive but on balance this is a useful dataset and appears to have broad support in that regard.

      There are no conclusions that can be drawn from their rebuttal regarding the human data they included as it is one patient per group and will most likely change dramatically with more patients. As such this area is still an issue but they have improved some of the data elsewhere.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This valuable study suggests that capsaicin nanoparticle administration in rats activates the transcription factor Nrf2 by directly binding to its repressor, KEAP1, leading to the induction of cytoprotective genes and preventing alcohol-induced gastric damage, offering a potential avenue for treating alcoholism-related gastric disorders. Although improvements were made following the first revision, the evidence supporting capsaicin as an Nrf2 activator remains incomplete, as some methodological aspects still require revision and the interpretation of key data needs further clarification.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The paper by Gao et al. describes the effect of capsaicin on the NRF2/KEAP1 pathway. The authors carried out a set of in vitro and in vivo experiments that addressed the mechanisms of the protective effect of capsaicin on ethanol-induced cytotoxicity.

      The authors conclude that capsaicin activates NRF2, which leads to the induction of cytoprotective genes, preventing oxidative damage. The paper shows that capsaicin may directly bind to KEAP1 and that it is a noncovalent modification of the Kelch domain.

      The authors also designed new albumin-coated capsaicin nanoparticles, which were tested for the therapeutic effect in vivo.

      I appreciate the authors' experimental efforts to strengthen the study's conclusions. However, in my opinion, the paper is still not fully technically sound, which weakens the strength of the evidence.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper the authors wanted to show that capsaicin can disrupt the interaction between Keap1 and Nrf2 by directly binding to Keap1 at an allosteric site. The resulting stabilization of Nrf2 would protect CAP-treated gastric cells from alcohol- induced redox stress and damage as well as inflammation (both in vitro and in vivo)

      Strengths:

      One major strength of the study is the use of multiple methods (CoIP, SPR, BLI, deuterium exchange MS, CETSA, MS simulations, target gene expression) that consistently show for the first time that capsaicin can disrupt the Nrf2/Keap1 interaction at an allosteric site and lead to stabilization and nuclear translocation of Nrf2.<br /> Moreover, efforts to show causal involvement of the Keap/Nrf2 axis for the made cellular observations as well as addressing potential off target effects of the polypharmacological CAP appreciated.

      One point that still hampers a bit of full appreciation of the capsaicin effect in cells is that capsaicin is not investigated alone, but mostly in combination with alcohol only.<br /> Moreover, the true add-on value of the developed nanoparticles remains obscure.<br /> The partly relatively high levels of NRF2 in putatively unstressed cells question the validity of used models.

      The rationale for switching between different CAP concentrations is unclear /not entirely convincing.

      The language and introduction could be improved.

      Overall, the authors are convinced that capsaicin (although weakly) can bind to Keap1 and releases Nrf2 from degradation, with relevance for biological settings. With this, the authors provide a significant finding with marked relevance for the redox/Nrf2 as well as natural products /hit discovery communities.

      - Figure 2C: It is still not clear why naïve (unstressed /untreated cells) already show rather high nuclear abundance of Nrf2 (shouldn´t Nrf2 be continuously tagged for degradation by Keap1)<br /> - Figure 2G-H: Why switch to rather high concentrations?<br /> - Figure 2I: in the pics of mitochondria the control mitochondria look way more punctuated (likely fissed) than the ones treated with EtOH or EtOH + CAP. Wouldn´t one expect that EtOH leads to mitochondrial fission and CAP can prevent it?<br /> - Figure 3H: High basal Nrf2 levels in unstressed/untreated HEK WT cells, why?<br /> - Figure 4a: Inclusion of an additional Keap1 binding protein (one with a ETGE motif) would have been desirable (to get information on specificity/risks of off-target (unwanted) effects of CAP)<br /> - Figure 4D: Why is there no stabilization of Nrf2 by CAP in lane 2 ?<br /> - Figure 4f: 5% DMSO is a rather high solvent concentration , why so high (the solvent alone seems to have quite marked effects !)<br /> - Figure 6/7: not expert enough to judge formulations and histology scores. However, the benefit of the encapsulated capsaicin does not become entirely clear to me, as CAP and IRHSA@CAP mostly do not significantly differ in their elicited response.<br /> - Figure 7: Rebamipide was introduced as positive control in the text with an activating effect on Nrf2, but there is no induction of hmox and nqo in Figure 7f, why? It does not look as the positive control was wisely chosen.

    4. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Major concerns:

      For studies investigating capsaicin binding to KEAP1, the authors used capsaicin concentrations that are toxic to cells (Figures S1D and 4F, G). In vivo studies were performed only in 3 rats per group. The T-test was used for the comparison of more than two groups. Given the well-known issues with the specificity of the NRF2 antibody, the authors should provide appropriate controls, especially for IF and IHC staining.

      We sincerely appreciate your valuable comments. We repeated the experiments about CCK8 (Figure S1d) and Pull-down (Figure 4g), and then updated the results. In September 2022, GES-1 cells were more sensitive to capsaicin (CAP) because Gibco serum from North America was used. Later, in 2024, we changed the serum from Australia(Gibco: 10099-141), and we found that such GES-1 cells raised better, so we re-ran the test, and the IC50 was seen to be 304.8 μM, so concentrations used in this paper has no obvious toxicity to cells. What’s more, we repeated the Pull-down experiment with more reasonable concentrations of 32 μM and 100 μM, and the results were still in line with expectations. In summary, we concluded that the effect of CAP on GES-1 cells is closely related to the cell state, and that treatments of CAP from 32 to 100 μM can hinder the interaction between NRF2 and the Kelch domain of KEPA1. What’s more, at the cellular level, the experimental concentration of CAP was not more than 32 μM, which is a relatively safe concentration for cells.

      Thank you very much for your comments. We also pay attention to using more repetitions to increase the reliability of the experimental results in animal experiments. Therefore, recently we supplemented the experiment of Nfe2l2Knockout mice in Figure 9 (6 mice per group). Additionally, thank you very much for your comments on the use of T-test analysis, we reviewed the statistics and changed them by one-way ANOVA.

      Finally, thanks to your concern about the specificity of NRF2 antibody, we used commercialized NRF2 antibody which have been KO/KD validated (Cat No. 16396-1-AP, Proteintech) and can be used for IF and IHC staining. Each of our fluorescence result was equipped with Western Blotting in its active form at the size of 105-110 KDa for statistical analysis, the trend was consistent with the experimental results of IF and IHC, which fully proves the correctness of the results presented (Figure 2c and Figure S8j).

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Weaknesses:

      One major weakness of the study is that plausibility is taken as proof for causality. The finding that capsaicin directly binds to Keap1 and releases Nrf2 from its fate of degradation (in vitro) is taken for granted as the sole explanation for the observed improved gastric health upon alcohol exposure (in vivo). There is no consideration or exclusion of any potential unrelated off-target effect of capsaicin, or proteins other than Nrf2 that are also controlled by Keap1. 

      Another point that hampers full appreciation of the capsaicin effect in cells is that capsaicin is not investigated alone, but mostly in combination with alcohol only.

      Thank you very much for this comment. In the introduction, we clarified as follows: “Currently, experiments conducted in rats have demonstrated that red pepper/capsaicin (CAP) had significant protective effects on ethanol-induced gastric mucosal damage, and the mechanism may be related to the promotion of vasodilation(6,7), increased mucus secretion(8) and the release of calcitonin gene-related peptide (CGRP)(9,10). However, it is noteworthy that whether the antioxidant activity of CAP works has not been fully investigated.” Therefore, we also recognize that CAP does not exert its effects through the KEAP1-NRF2 pathway alone. Your advice is very useful. We further explored the TRPV1 and DPP3 to detect the potential off-target effects of CAP respectively. Capsazepine (CAPZ), which is TRPV1 receptor antagonist did not affect the protection of CAP against GES-1 (Fig S4f and S4g), which may indicate that CAP activation of NRF2 does not have to depend on TRPV1. The binding of CAP with DPP3, containing an ETGE motif and can bind to KEPA1, was detected by BLI, and we found that the K<sub>D</sub> between CAP and DPP3 was 1.653 mM(>100 μM), which may indicate the potential off-target effect of CAP is low because CAP had a strong binding force with KEAP1 about 31.45 μM (Fig S4h and S4i).

      Thank you very much for the comment of another point. Multiple experiments have shown that CAP significantly up-regulates NRF2 in the presence of additional stimuli such as EtOH (Figure 1i),  H<sub>2</sub>O<sub>2</sub> (Figure 1l), PS-341(Figure 2e) and DTT (Figure 4d), which pattern is consistent with our understanding of allosteric regulation and as expected. Especially for the experiments of PS-341 and DTT, we had a group that only adds CAP, and it can be seen that the addition of CAP alone did not significantly up-regulate NRF2, which is completely different from traditional NRF2 activators (especially artificially designed covalent binding peptides which have serious side effects).  

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Weaknesses:

      While the study provides valuable insights into the molecular mechanisms and in vivo effects of CAP, further clinical studies are needed to validate its efficacy and safety in human subjects. The study primarily focuses on the acute effects of CAP on ethanol-induced gastric mucosa damage. Long-term studies are necessary to assess the sustained therapeutic effects and potential side effects of CAP treatment.

      Furthermore, the study primarily focuses on the interaction between CAP and the KEAP1-NRF2 axis in the context of ethanol-induced gastric mucosa damage. It may be beneficial to explore the broader effects of CAP on other pathways or conditions related to oxidative stress. CAP has been known for its interaction with the Transient Receptor Potential Vanilloid type 1 (TRPV1) channel and subsequent NRF2 signaling pathway activation. Those receptors are also expressed within the gastric mucosa and could potentially cross-react with CAP leading to the observed outcome. Including experiments to investigate this route of activation could strengthen the present study.

      While the design of CAP nanoparticles is innovative, further research is needed to optimize the nanoparticle formulation for enhanced efficacy and targeted delivery to specific tissues.

      Addressing these weaknesses through additional research and clinical trials can strengthen the validity and applicability of CAP as a therapeutic agent for oxidative stress-related conditions.

      Thank you very much for these suggestions. We also believe that CAP is very valuable and promising for protecting EtOH induced gastric mucosal injury, and actively promote patent applications and if conditions permit, longer drug research for biosecurity is essential. Because of the inherently new discovery of the binding of CAP and KEAP1, and the important role of NRF2 in various oxidative stress-related diseases, we used Human umbilical cord mesenchymal stem cells (HUC-MSCs) and  H<sub>2</sub>O<sub>2</sub> to explore the potential broader effects of CAP related to oxidative stress in cells (Figure 1l and 1m). At the same time, we also explored TRPV1 related experiments, and we were surprised to find that inhibiting TRPV1 did not affect the effect of CAP (Supplementary Figure 4f and 4g). We hope that more people can read this article and do more interesting research together.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewing Editor (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Although this study has been conducted in rats, a direct proof that albumin-coated capsaicin nanoparticles act through activation of Nrf2 in protecting gastric mucosa against alcohol toxicity could be well conducted in commercially available Nrf2-deficient mice.

      Thank you very much for your suggestion and the comment is very constructive for us to improve this paper. We purchased Nrf2-deficient mice (Cat. NO. NM-KO-190433) and performed experiments, and the results showed that knockout mice with Nrf2 were more sensitive to EtOH and the effects of CAP were partially eliminated (Figure 9), which further validated the role of Nrf2-related signaling pathway in EtOH-induced gastric mucosal injury and the therapeutic effect of CAP.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Minor concerns include proofreading the paper. Actinomycin is not an inhibitor of translation.

      Thank you for your comment. We have revised “Actinomycin” to “Cycloheximide”.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      - Please have a careful look at your conclusions: just because two effects happen at the same time and may be plausible explanations for each other, it does not mean that they are really in a causative relationship in your given test system (unless unambiguously proven by additional experiments).

      Your suggestions are very constructive for us to improve this paper.

      We further discussed the role of capsaicin with TRPV1, DPP3 and Nrf2deficient mice, hoping to make our conclusions more credible to some extent. 

      - You may want to frankly discuss other targets of capsaicin (e.g. the TrpV1 receptor) that possibly could also account for your observations, and that binding to Keap1 not only releases Nrf2 from proteasomal degradation.

      Thank you for your comment. As a result, we further explored the TRPV1 and DPP3 to detect the potential off-target effects of CAP respectively. Capsazepine (CAPZ), which is TRPV1 receptor antagonist does not affect the protection of CAP against GES-1 (Fig S4f and S4g). DPP3 with an ETGE motif was detected by BLI, and we found that the K<sub>D</sub> between CAP and DPP3 was 1.653 mM, which may indicate the potential off-target effect of CAP is low (Fig S4h and S4i). At the same time, the activation of NRF2 by non-classical pathways such as CAP regulation of DPP3 or other proteins also deserves more discussion and experimental verification.

      - For Figure 1G it does not become entirely clear what has been done (and thus deduction of conclusions is hampered).

      Thank you for your comment. Network targets analysis (Figure 1g) was performed to obtain the potential mechanism of effects of CAP on ROS. Biological effect profile of CAP was predicted based our previous networkbased algorithm:drug CIPHER. Enrichment analysis was conducted based on R package ClusterProfiler v4.9.1 and pathways or biological processes enriched with significant P value less than 0.05 (Benjamini-Hochberg adjustment) were remained for further studies. Then pathways or biological processes related to ROS and significantly enriched were filtered and classified into three modules, including ROS, inflammation and immune expression. Network targets of CAP against ROS were constructed based on above analyses, and finally we combined proteomics to determine the research idea of this paper

      -  Figure 1L: is there a reason/explanation why UC.MSC needs a comparably very high concentration of capsaicin.

      Thank you for your comment. Because the experimental results of 8 μM and 32 μM on this cell were more stable, and the activation effect of NRF2 downstream was more obvious.

      -  Figure 2C: it is surprising that naïve (unstressed /untreated cells) already show a rather high nuclear abundance of Nrf2 (shouldn´t Nrf2 be continuously tagged for degradation by Keap1).

      Thank you for your comment. This is a real experimental result, and we have found in many experiments that the untreated group can also show NRF2 when immunoblotting. We think that this phenomenon may be related to the cell state at that time.

      -  Figure 2E: the claim of synergy between CAP and the proteasome inhibitor is not justified with this single figure.

      Thank you for your comment. Multiple experiments have shown that CAP significantly up-regulates NRF2 in the presence of additional stimuli such as EtOH (Figure 1i),  H<sub>2</sub>O<sub>2</sub> (Figure 1l), PS-341 (Figure 2e) and DTT (Figure 4d), which pattern is consistent with our understanding of allosteric regulation and as expected. However, this synergy does warrant more research.

      -  CHX is cycloheximide (in the main text it is referred to as actinomycin).

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised “Actinomycin” to “Cycloheximide”.

      -  Figures 2G-H: why switch to rather high concentrations? Is it due to the overexpression of Keap1?

      Thank you for your comment. At the time of this part of the experiment, we had obtained in vitro data on the interaction of CAP and the Kelch domain of KEAP1 (about 32 μM). To keep the results uniform and valid, we chose a relatively higher concentration.

      -  Figure 2I: in the pics of mitochondria the control mitochondria look way more punctuated (likely fissed) than the ones treated with EtOH or EtOH + CAP. Wouldn´t one expect that EtOH leads to mitochondrial fission and CAP can prevent it?

      Thank you for your comment. MitoTracker® Red CMXRos (M9940, Solarbio, China) is a cell-permeable X-rosamine derivative containing weakly sulfhydryl reactive chloromethyl functional groups that label mitochondria. This product is an oxidized red fluorescent stain (Ex=579 nm, Em=599 nm) that simply incubates the cell and can be passively transported across the cell membrane and directly aggregated on the active mitochondria. Therefore, red does not represent broken mitochondria, but active mitochondria. Quantitative analysis of the mean branch length of mitochondria was calculated using MiNA software (https://github.com/ScienceToolkit/MiNA) developed by ImageJ.

      -  Figure 3C: figure legend is somewhat poor.

      Thank you for your comment. We have revised: “KEAP1-NRF2 interaction was detected with Surface plasmon resonance (SPR) in vitro.”

      -  Figure 3E: given that CAP disrupts Nrf2/Keap1- PPI, why is there no Nrf2 stabilization seen in the fourth lane (input/lysate)?

      Thank you for your comment. The fourth lane may promote the degradation of NRF2 due to overexpression of KEAP1.

      -  Figure 3H: high basal Nrf2 levels in unstressed/untreated HEK WT cells, why?

      Thank you for your comment. This is a real experimental result, and we have found in many experiments that the untreated group can also show NRF2 when immunoblotting in 293T cells. We think that this phenomenon may be related to the cell state at that time.

      -  Figure 3G/I: this data suggests to me that the alcohol-mediated toxicity is Keap1-dependent (rather than the protection by CAP), doesn´t it?

      Thank you for your comment. We can see that KEAP1-KO cells had a high expression of NRF2, which was also in line with our expectations, and EtOH-induced GES-1 damage may be closely related to oxidative stress.

      -  Figure 4a: the inclusion of an additional Keap1 binding protein (one with an ETGE motif) would have been desirable (to get information on specificity/risks of off-target (unwanted) effects of CAP). 

      Thank you for your comment. DPP3 with an ETGE motif was detected by BLI, and we found that the K<sub>D</sub> between CAP and DPP3 was 1.653 mM, which may indicate the potential off-target effect of CAP is low (Fig S4h and S4i).

      -  Figure 4D: why is there no stabilization of Nrf2 by CAP in lane 2 ? How can the DTT-mediated boost on Nrf2 levels be explained?

      Thank you for your comment. Multiple experiments have shown that CAP significantly up-regulates NRF2 in the presence of additional stimuli such as EtOH (Figure 1i),  H<sub>2</sub>O<sub>2</sub> (Figure 1l), PS-341 (Figure 2e) and DTT (Figure 4d), which pattern is consistent with our understanding of allosteric regulation and as expected. However, this synergy does warrant more research.

      -  Figure 4f: 5% DMSO is a rather high solvent concentration, why so high (the solvent alone seems to have quite marked effects).

      Thank you for your comment. Because our maximum concentration was set relatively high, we have also recognized relevant problems and resupplemented the more critical Pull-down experiment (Figure 4g). The current DMSO of 0.2% had no effect on the experimental results.

      -  Figure 5: it should be described in the figure legend which mutant is used. Based on the previous data, I would expect an investigation of mutants carrying amino acid exchanges at the newly identified allosteric site.

      Thank you for your comment. The mutated version involved substitutions at residues Y334A, R380A, N382A, N414A, R415A, Y572A, and S602A (the orthostatic site), which are residues reported to engage NRF2 and classic Keap1 inhibitors. The exploration of newly discovered allosteric sites is worthy of further study.

      -  Figure 6/7: I am not expert enough to judge formulations and histology scores. However, the benefit of the encapsulated capsaicin does not become entirely clear to me, as CAP and IRHSA@CAP mostly do not significantly differ in their elicited response.

      Thank you for your comment. On the one hand, nanomedicine improves the safety of administration: it helps to reduce the intense spicy irritation of CAP itself when administered in the stomach; On the other hand, the dosage of drugs is reduced to a certain extent to achieve better therapeutic effect.

      -  Figure 7: rebamipide was introduced as positive control in the text with an activating effect on Nrf2, but there is no induction of hmox and nqo in Figure 7f, why?

      Thank you for your comment. The effect of addition of positive control drug (Rebamipide) on NRF2 activation is not the focus of this paper. We speculate that the transcription and translation of related genes may not be completely synchronized when Rebamipide was taken at the same time.

      -  Figure 8: the CAP effect on inflammation is visible, however, a clear causal connection between ROS/Nrf2/KEap1 is not given in the presented experiments.

      Thank you for your comment. The simple mechanics of this paper are illustrated in the Graphic diagram. The activation of NRF2 exerts both antiinflammatory and antioxidant functions, which has been reported in many articles, but the causal relationship is still open to exploration.

      Points related to presentation:  

      -  The data with the encapsulated CAP appear a little as a sidearm that does not bolster your main message (maybe take out and elaborate on this topic more extensively in another manuscript).

      -  Revise the introduction on the Nrf2 signaling pathway as it is written at the moment, someone outside the Nrf2 field might have trouble understanding it.

      -  The use of language requires proofreading and revision.

      Thank you for your comment. We rearranged and proofread it.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Overall, the manuscript is well-written and the results are presented in a concise and comprehensible manner.

      Some recommendations on the experimental evidence and further suggestions:

      • The authors should state how they assessed the distribution of the data. Description of data with mean and standard deviation as well as comparisons between different groups with t-test assumes that the underlying data is normally distributed.

      Your suggestions are very constructive for us to improve the paper.  The differences in the mean values between the two groups were analyzed using the student’s t-test, while the differences among multiple groups were analyzed using a one-way ANOVA test in the GraphPad Prism software.

      Therefore, we checked and proofread the statistical analysis.

      • Additional experiments further characterising and validating the activation of CAP via direct KELCH1-binding could include parallel experiments with similar agonists like dimethyl fumarate. It would be interesting to know how CAP activation compares to DMF activation.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We believe that the activation of NRF2 by DMF has been widely reported and well-studied, so we did not purchase this drug for comparative study here. If it can be promoted clinically in the future, we may consider comparing with DMF.

      • Also, the knock-down of NRF2 would be a suggested experiment to do because it rules out that the benefit of CAP is independent of KEAP1-NRF2 binding and activation.

      Thank you very much for your suggestions. We purchased Nrf2-deficient mice and performed experiments, and the results showed that knockout mice with Nrf2 were more sensitive to ethanol and the effects of CAP were partially eliminated (Figure 9), which further validated the role of Nrf2-related signaling pathway in alcohol-induced gastric mucosal injury and the therapeutic effect of CAP.

      Some corrections on text and figures:

      • Figure 1b: incorrect spelling of DNA stain. Should be Hoechst33324.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Figure 1c: don't put the label inside the plot.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Figure 1d: choose less verbose axes titles (this also applies to other figures).

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Figures 1e and 1f: please state the units.

      Thank you very much for your comment. The enzyme activity of SOD and the content of MDA were compared with that of the control group.

      • Heading 2.2: NRF2-ARE instead of NRF-ARE.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Line 118: missing expression after immune.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Figure 1g: names of proteins are not readable.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Line 120: You performed transcriptomic analyses to identify differentially expressed GENES not proteomic.

      Thank you very much for your comment. This part of the work we do is proteomics.

      • Line 122: Fold change should be stated in both directions, i.e. absolute FC like |FC| > 1. Or did you select only upregulated DEGs? Is it not log2 FC?

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Figure 1h (and Supplementary Figure 1a): Missing heatmap legend for FC.

      What do the colors show? Sample (column) description missing.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We used red to indicate up-regulation, blue to indicate down-regulation, and the vertical coordinate on the right side were antioxidant genes such as GSS and SOD1, respectively, and the proportion between the treatment group and the model group (CAP + EtOH/EtOH) had been calculated and labeled.

      • Line 145: A Western blot is not a proteomic analysis.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised: “Concurrently, the elevated expression levels of GSS and Trx proteins, which were also downstream targets of NRF2, further validated by western blotting (Figure 1j).”

      • Supplementary Figure 2e-j: expression fold change is not the right quantity. The signal of the actual protein was quantified. And what are you comparing to with the statistics? The stars on one bar are not clear.

      Thank you very much for your comment. The expression level of this part was normalized compared with that of the control group. The significance differentiation analysis is compared with the model group.

      • What was the concentration of  H<sub>2</sub>O<sub>2</sub> used?

      Thank you very much for your comment. 200 μM  H<sub>2</sub>O<sub>2</sub> was used.

      • Figure 2d: use a more precise y-axis label.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We do want to compare the amount of NRF2 entering the nucleus, so the relative expression is compared to the internal reference

      • Figure 2g: missing molecular weight markers.

      Thank you very much for your comment. Since the ubiquitination modification is a whole membrane, and only marking the size of HA and GAPDH is not beautiful enough here.

      • Line 221: lactate is the endproduct of the anaerobic glycolytic pathway.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Supplementary Figure 3d: should it be PKM2 (instead of PKM) and LDHA (instead of LDH). Should fit with the text in the manuscript.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Supplementary Figures 3 e-f: brackets in y-axis labels are too bold.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Figures 3a and b. Brackets should only be used if two conditions are being compared statistically. Remove the one line with ns as it could imply that you have compared the first with the last condition only.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Consistent labeling of kDa in figures (no capital K in KDa).

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Figure 4a. Move kDa on top of 70.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Figure 3 g-h: Why 2% EtOH. Used 5% previously?

      Thank you very much for your comment. Because here we changed the 293T cell line, 5% EtOH concentration is too high on this cell.

      • Supplementary Figure b-e: correct typo in y-axis label: expression.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Figure 4a: correct x-axis label for temperature unit. Too bold. Not readable.

      Add a clear label and unit for y-axis.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Figure 4 b-c: should have a legend explaining colors.

      Thank you very much for your comment. Our Figure legend already contains the meaning of colors: “(b) Computational docking of CAP molecule to KEAP1 surface pockets. The Keap1 protein is represented in gray, while the CAP molecule is shown in yellow. The seven key amino acids predicted to be crucial for the interaction are highlighted in blue. (c) Partial overlap of CAPbinding pocket with KEAP1-NRF2 interface. The KEAP1-NRF2 interaction interface is represented in purple.”

      • Supplementary Figure 5a. Add axis units.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Figure 4e: Missing b ions value for number 19.

      Thank you very much for your comment. This part is not missing, but corresponds to 19 of y ions.

      • Figure 7f: adjust brackets - they are too bold.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Supplementary Figure 8b-i: labels not readable. c should be spleen.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Line 787: specify BH adjustment to Benjamini-Hochberg.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Check spelling of µl throughout the Methods section e.g. line 854 - shouldn't be "ul".

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised.

      • Line 974: correct spelling of species names: E. coli should be in italics.

      Thank you very much for your comment. We have revised all of these corrections on text and figures. For me, the writing of papers will be more rigorous and careful in the future.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This fundamental study reports the effects of the psychedelic drug psilocin on iPSC-derived human cortical neurons, analyzing different aspects of structural and functional neuronal plasticity. The evidence is convincing, integrating a comprehensive characterization of 5-HT2A expression and its subcellular distribution upon treatment with psilocin at different time points. The study supports the value of using iPSC-derived human cortical neurons for testing the potentially translational effects of psilocin and other psychedelic-related compounds.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study reports the effects of psilocin on iPSC-derived human cortical neurons.

      Strengths:

      The characterization was comprehensive, involving immunohistochemistry of various markers, 5-HT2A receptors, BDNF, and TrkB, transcriptomics analyses, morphological determination, electrophysiology, and finally synaptic protein measurements. The results are in close agreement with prior work (PMID 29898390) on rat-cultured cortical neurons. Nevertheless, there is value in confirming those earlier findings and furthermore demonstrating the effects in human neurons, which are important for translation. The genetic, proteomics, and cell structure analyses used in this paper are its major strengths. The study supports the value of using iPSC-derived human cortical neurons for drug development involving psychedelics-related compounds.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Line 140: 5-HT2A receptor expression was found via immunocytochemistry to reside in the somatodendritic and axonal compartments. However, prior work from ex vivo tissue using electron microscopy has found predominantly 5-HT2A receptor expression in the somatodendritic compartment (PMID: 12535944). Was this antibody validated to be 5-HT2A receptor-specific? Can the authors reason why the discrepancy may arise, and if the axonal expression is specific to the cultured neurons?

      (2) Line 143: It would be helpful to specify the dose of psilocin tested, and describe how this dose was chosen.

      (3) Figure 1: The interpretation is that the differential internalization in the axonal and somatodendritic compartments is time-dependent. However, given that only one dose is tested, it is also possible that this reflects dose dependence, with the longer time exposure leading to higher dose exposure, so these variables are related. That is, if a higher dose is given, internalization may also be observed after 10 minutes in the dendritic compartment.

      (4) Figure 3 & 4: What is the 'control' here? A more appropriate control for the 24 hours after psilocin application would be 24 hours after vehicle application. Here the authors are looking at before and after, but the factor of time elapsed and perturbation via application is not controlled for.

      (5) The sample size was not clearly described. In the figure legend, N = the number of neurites is provided, but it is unclear how many cells have been analyzed, and then how many of those cells belong to the same culture. These are important sample size information that should be provided. Relatedly, statistical analyses should consider that the neurites from the same cells are not independent. If the neurites indeed come from the same cells, then the sample size is much smaller and a statistical analysis considering the nested nature of the data should be used.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In this article, Schmidt et al use iPSC-derived human cortical neurons to test the effects the psychedelic psilocin in different models of neuroplasticity.

      Using human iPSC-derived cortical neurons, the authors test the expression of 5-HT2A and subcellular distribution, as well as the effect of different times of exposure to psilocin on 5-HT2A expression. The authors evaluated the effect of the 5-HT2 antagonist ketanserin, as well as the inhibition of dynamin-dependent endocytic pathways with dynasore. Gene expression and plasticity (structural and functional) was also evaluated after different times of exposure to psilocin.

      In general, results are interesting since they use the iPSC to evaluate the potentially translationally relevant effects of psilocin (the active metabolite of the psychedelic psilocybin). However, there are a few concerns that need to be addressed:

      (1) My main critique is the lack of experimental validation of selectivity and/or specificity of the anti-5-HT2A antibody targeting the extracellular loop of the 5-HT2A receptor (Alomone labs, cat # ASR-033). Most of the primary antibodies targeting class A GPCRs (including the 5-HT2A receptor) have very limited selectivity. Without validation (using for example knockdown techniques to decrease expression of 5-HT2A in their iPSC-derived human cortical neurons), the experiments using this antibody should be excluded from the manuscript.

      (2) Did the author evaluate whether 5-HT is present in the cell media? If it is, this may affect the functional outcomes evaluated throughout, since as the endogenous ligand it would in principle activate the 5-HT2A receptor.

      (3) Some of the datasets are not statistically analyzed (or quantified), such as Figure S1F.

      (4) Another important concern is the experimental design used to evaluate the effect of psilocin at different time points (24h, 4 days and 10 days). One of the unique and translationally interesting effects of psychedelics including psilocybin is that the in vivo plasticity-related effects (increased structural or synaptic plasticity for example) are observed post-acutely, or once the active compound psilocin is fully metabolized, or not present in the CNS directly targeting the 5-HT2A. Using the iPSC, it seems that the authors continuously exposed cells to psilocin (for hours or even days) at least for some of the experimental techniques. Since this is not the model of what occurs using an in vivo model (such as a single dose of psilocybin to mice, collecting frontal cortex samples 24-h after drug administration, once the active compound is fully metabolized), the authors' findings lack translational validity. Can the authors comment on this?

      (5) In Figure 2E, it seems that ketamine by itself is reducing BDNF density. How then the authors conclude that ketamine blocks psi-induced effects? Using a more selective 5-HT2A antagonist such as M100907 could also improve the outcome (in terms of selectivity) of this experiment.

      (6) To evaluate neurite complexity, the authors used the AAV-CamKII-mCherry viral vector, but mCherry (Fig 4A) seems to be retained in the nucleus.

      (7) Minor: Reference 36- this is a review article that does not mention the psychedelic psilocin

    4. Author response:

      We sincerely thank the reviewers for their thorough and constructive evaluation of our manuscript. We particularly appreciate their recognition of our comprehensive characterization approach, which integrates immunohistochemistry, transcriptomics, morphological assessments, and electrophysiology to understand psilocin's effects on human neurons. The reviewers highlighted that our findings closely align with and validate prior work on rat cortical neurons, while importantly extending these insights to human cells. We are encouraged by their acknowledgment that our study demonstrates the value of using iPSC-derived human cortical neurons for testing potentially translatable effects of psychedelic compounds. Their positive assessment of our work's implications for psychedelic drug development is particularly valuable, as it supports our goal of advancing the understanding of these compounds' therapeutic potential and their possible application in treating neuropsychiatric disorders.

      We are also very grateful for the reviewers' constructive criticism which will help strengthen our manuscript significantly. Based on their detailed feedback, we plan to perform several additional experiments for inclusion in the revised manuscript.

      The most important concern raised by both reviewers is about the specificity of the antibody used to detect the expression pattern and abundance of 5-HT2A receptors at the cells' surface. We acknowledge that GPCR antibodies, including those targeting 5-HT2A receptors, can be challenging in terms of specificity and reliability, particularly given the structural similarities within this receptor family. To address these concerns comprehensively, we propose the following systematic validation strategy:

      (1) Cell-Type Specific Expression Analysis: We will systematically evaluate the antibody across different developmental stages and cell lines. The results from the stainings will be correlated with RNA sequencing data to provide quantitative validation of expression patterns. Cell types to be included will be:

      · iPSCs (expected negative)

      · Neural progenitors (expected positive)

      · Mature neurons (expected positive)

      · HEK cells (expected negative) This multi-stage analysis will allow us to track receptor expression through development and verify antibody specificity across distinct cellular contexts.

      (2) Peptide Competition Study: We will perform blocking experiments using the specific peptide sequence against which the antibody was raised. By pre-incubating the antibody with its cognate peptide at established working concentration, followed by detailed documentation of signal reduction in peptide-blocked condition versus standard staining, we can demonstrate binding specificity. This approach will provide direct evidence of antibody selectivity for its intended target.

      (3) Sequence Analysis and Specificity: We will perform a comprehensive protein BLAST analysis of the antigenic peptide sequence, assess potential cross-reactivity with related receptors, and evaluate species conservation and specificity. This in silico approach will complement our experimental validation and help identify any potential off-target binding sites.

      (4) Additional Validation: While technically challenging, we will attempt knockdown studies using siRNA/shRNA approaches to provide additional validation of antibody specificity. This molecular intervention will offer another layer of validation through targeted reduction of the receptor.

      We plan to present these results in a new supplementary figure that will provide a comprehensive overview of our validation efforts. Should we not be able to convincingly demonstrate the specificity of the antibody, we will discuss with the editors and reviewers to modify Figure 1 and exclude critical parts from the manuscript. While we find the results interesting and important to communicate, an omission would not critically impact the key message of the manuscript, which is the structural and molecular changes elicited by psilocin on human neurons. The strength of our multi-modal approach means that our core findings are supported by several independent lines of evidence beyond antibody-based detection.

    1. eLife Assessment

      The authors aimed to quantify feral pig interactions in eastern Australia to inform disease transmission networks. They used GPS tracking data from 146 feral pigs across multiple locations to construct proximity-based social networks and analyze contact rates within and between pig social units. This fundamental study shows that targeting adult males in feral pig control programs could help global efforts to contain disease. The methods are compelling and the paper should be of interest to the fields of veterinary medicine, public health, and epidemiology.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The paper attempts to elucidate how feral (wild) pigs cause distortion of the environment in over 54 countries of the world, particularly Australia.

      The paper displays proof that over $120 billion worth of facilities were destroyed annually in the United States of America.

      The authors have tried to infer that the findings of their work were fundamental and possessing a compelling strength of evidence.

      Strengths:

      (1) Clearly stating feral (wild) pigs as a problem in the environment.

      (2) Stating how 54 countries were affected by the feral pigs.

      (3) Mentioning how $120 billion was lost in the US, annually, as a result of the activities of the feral pigs.

      (4) Amplifying the fact that 14 species of animals were being driven into extinction by the feral pigs.

      (5) Feral pigs possessing zoonotic abilities.

      (6) Feral pigs acting as reservoirs for endemic diseases like brucellosis and leptospirosis.

      (7) Understanding disease patterns by the social dynamics of feral pig interactions.

      (8) The use of 146 GPS-monitored feral pigs to establish their social interaction among themselves.

      Weaknesses:

      None, as the weaknesses had been already addressed.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors sought to understand social interactions both within and between groups of feral pigs, with the intent of applying their findings to models of disease transmission. The authors analyzed GPS tracking data from across various populations to determine patterns of contact that could support the transmission of a range of zoonotic and livestock diseases.<br /> The analysis then focused on the effects of sex, group dynamics, and seasonal changes on contact rates that could be used to base targeted disease control strategies which would prioritize the removal of adult males for reducing intergroup disease transmission.

      Strengths:

      It utilized GPS tracking data from 146 feral pigs over several years, effectively capturing seasonal and spatial variation in the social behaviors of interest. Using proximity-based social network analysis, this work provides a highly resolved snapshot of contact rates and interactions both within and between groups, substantially improving research in wildlife disease transmission.<br /> Results were highly useful and provided practical guidance for disease management, showing that control targeted at adult males could reduce intergroup disease transmission, hence providing an approach for the control of zoonotic and livestock diseases.

      Weaknesses:

      None, as the authors have already addressed the identified weaknesses.

    4. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aimed to quantify feral pig interactions in eastern Australia to inform disease transmission networks. They used GPS tracking data from 146 feral pigs across multiple locations to construct proximity-based social networks and analyse contact rates within and between pig social units.

      Strengths:

      (1) Addresses a critical knowledge gap in feral pig social dynamics in Australia.

      (2) Uses robust methodology combining GPS tracking and network analysis.

      (3) Provides valuable insights into sex-based and seasonal variations in contact rates.

      (4) Effectively contextualizes findings for disease transmission modeling and management.

      (5) Includes comprehensive ethical approval for animal research.

      (6) Utilizes data from multiple locations across eastern Australia, enhancing generalizability.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Limited discussion of potential biases from varying sample sizes across populations

      This is a really good comment, and we will address this in the discussion as one of the limitations of the study

      (2) Some key figures are in supplementary materials rather than the main text.

      We will move some of our supplementary material to the main text as suggested.

      (3) Economic impact figures are from the US rather than Australia-specific data.

      We included the impact figures that are available for Australia (for FDM), and we will include the estimated impact of ASF in Australia in the introduction.

      (4) Rationale for spatial and temporal thresholds for defining contacts could be clearer.

      We will improve the explanation of why we chose the spatial and temporal thresholds based on literature, the size of animals and GPS errors.

      (5) Limited discussion of ethical considerations beyond basic animal ethics approval.

      This research was conducted under an ethics committee's approval for collaring the feral pigs. This research is part of an ongoing pest management activity, and all the ethics approvals have been highlighted in the main manuscript.

      The authors largely achieved their aims, with the results supporting their conclusions about the importance of sex and seasonality in feral pig contact networks. This work is likely to have a significant impact on feral pig management and disease control strategies in Australia, providing crucial data for refining disease transmission models.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The paper attempts to elucidate how feral (wild) pigs cause distortion of the environment in over 54 countries of the world, particularly Australia.

      The paper displays proof that over $120 billion worth of facilities were destroyed annually in the United States of America.

      The authors have tried to infer that the findings of their work were important and possess a convincing strength of evidence.

      Strengths:

      (1) Clearly stating feral (wild) pigs as a problem in the environment.

      (2) Stating how 54 countries were affected by the feral pigs.

      (3) Mentioning how $120 billion was lost in the US, annually, as a result of the activities of the feral pigs.

      (4) Amplifying the fact that 14 species of animals were being driven into extinction by the feral pigs.

      (5) Feral pigs possessing zoonotic abilities.

      (6) Feral pigs acting as reservoirs for endemic diseases like brucellosis and leptospirosis.

      (7) Understanding disease patterns by the social dynamics of feral pig interactions.

      (8) The use of 146 GPS-monitored feral pigs to establish their social interaction among themselves.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Unclear explanation of the association of either the female or male feral pigs with each other, seasonally.

      This will be better explained in the methods.

      (2) The "abstract paragraph" was not justified.

      We have justified the abstract paragraph as requested by the reviewer.

      (3) Typographical errors in the abstract.

      Typographical errors have been corrected in the Abstract.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors sought to understand social interactions both within and between groups of feral pigs, with the intent of applying their findings to models of disease transmission. The authors analyzed GPS tracking data from across various populations to determine patterns of contact that could support the transmission of a range of zoonotic and livestock diseases. The analysis then focused on the effects of sex, group dynamics, and seasonal changes on contact rates that could be used to base targeted disease control strategies that would prioritize the removal of adult males for reducing intergroup disease transmission.

      Strengths:

      It utilized GPS tracking data from 146 feral pigs over several years, effectively capturing seasonal and spatial variation in the social behaviors of interest. Using proximity-based social network analysis, this work provides a highly resolved snapshot of contact rates and interactions both within and between groups, substantially improving research in wildlife disease transmission. Results were highly useful and provided practical guidance for disease management, showing that control targeted at adult males could reduce intergroup disease transmission, hence providing an approach for the control of zoonotic and livestock diseases.

      Weaknesses:

      Despite their reliability, populations can be skewed by small sample sizes and limited generalizability due to specific environmental and demographic characteristics. Further validation is needed to account for additional environmental factors influencing social dynamics and contact rates.

      This is a really good point, and we thank the reviewer for pointing out this issue. We will discuss the potential biases due to sample size in our discussion. We agree that environmental factors need to be incorporated and tested for their influence on social dynamics, and this will be added to the discussion as we have plans to expand this research and conduct, the analysis to determine if environmental factors are influencing social dynamics.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Consider moving some key figures from supplementary materials to the main text to strengthen the presentation of results.

      We included a new figure to strengthen the presentation of results (Figure 3a-b), which shows the node level measures by sex and for direct and indirect networks.

      (2) Expand discussion of limitations, particularly addressing potential biases from varying sample sizes across populations.

      We added more detail and clarity about this potential bias into the limitation section within the discussion: “Different populations in our study had varying numbers of collared individuals, with some populations having only two individuals at certain times. This variability in sample size across populations is a limitation when interpreting the results. Small populations are often the result of a few individuals being trapped and collared, and this does not necessarily reflect the actual number of individuals in those groups.” Moreover, while reviewing the effect of the potential bias, we found that a General Linear Mixed Effect Model (Table 1) was not optimal for analysing the effect of sex on the network measures, and therefore this analysis has been done again using a non-parametric test (Wilcoxon rank-sum test)  for direct and indirect networks based on a 5 metres threshold (Table 1).

      (3) If available, include Australia-specific economic impact data in the introduction.

      We included the impact figures that are available for Australia (for FDM) in the introduction.

      (4) Clarify the rationale for chosen spatial and temporal thresholds for defining contacts.

      This has been added in the methodology: “Direct contact was defined when two individuals interacted either at 2, 5, or 350-metre buffers within a five-minute interval [36]. A previous study used 350 metres as a spatial threshold [16], while others use the approximate average body length of an individual [36]”

      (5) Consider adding a brief discussion of ethical considerations beyond basic animal ethics approval, addressing aspects like animal welfare during collaring and potential environmental impacts.

      Feral pigs are an invasive species in Australia, and managing their population is crucial to protecting native ecosystems. The trapping and collaring of these animals have been conducted following the stringent animal welfare requirements necessary to obtain animal ethics approval in Australia. However, it is important to consider the broader ethical implications. Animal welfare during collaring is a critical aspect and involves minimising stress and physical harm to the animals. The collars used are lightweight and properly fitted only on adults due to welfare issues collaring juveniles.

      (6) Add a statement about data availability/accessibility.

      The GPS data cannot be shared; however, the R codes will be deposited in GitHub (https://github.com/Tatianaproboste/Feral-Pig-Interactions) and the link has been added in the final version.

      (7) Expand on the implications of seasonal variation in contact rates for disease management strategies in the discussion.

      We have added this information in the discussion: “For example, controlling an outbreak during summer would potentially require more resources than an outbreak in other seasons due to the higher number of contact between individuals during summer.”

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The typographical errors in the abstract to be corrected are:

      (1) Line 22: Remove the "are" before "threaten".

      This has been corrected.

      (2) Line 24: Replace the "to" before "extinction" with "into".

      This has been corrected.

      (3) Line 28: Rephrase the sentence.

      ‘Yet social dynamics are known to vary enormously from place to place, so knowledge generated for example in USA and Europe might not easily transfer to locations such as Australia.’

      (3) Line 29: Insert a "comma" after "Here".

      This has been corrected.

      (4) Lines 33 -34: Explain, clearly, the contact rates; is it between females to females or females to males?

      We have improved this phrase and now it reads: “…. with females demonstrating higher group cohesion (female-female) and males acting as crucial connectors between independent groups.”

      (5) Line 36: Make yourselves clear about what you mean by "targeting adult male".

      We believe “targeting adult males” is correct in this context.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Line 22 and 44, I think are threaten "are" should be removed for better clarity.

      This has been corrected.

      (2) Line 71, the source and not "force" of infection.

      The force of infection is correct here.

      (3) Line 72, population "of".

      This has been corrected.

      (4) Under statistical analysis, the software version should be included.

      R has changed to multiple versions since we started this analysis.

      (5) Terminological consistency: as far as possible try to be consistent with the terms used in the text, such as using "contact rate" instead of "interaction rate" in order not to puzzle the readers.

      We have changed most of the “interactions” to “contact” instead as suggested.

      (6) Correct Typos: Identify typos and grammatical inconsistencies of any kind, especially in those complex sentences that may be hard to follow.

      The typos have been checked.

      (7) Under the methodology, briefly describe why specific thresholds were chosen and any limitations.

      We added the following into the method: “Direct contact was defined when two individuals interacted either at 2, 5, or 350-metre buffers within a five-minute interval [36]. A previous study used 350 metres as a spatial threshold [16], while others use the approximate average body length of an individual [36]”

      (8) The discussion should be strengthened by drawing clear links between the findings and actionable management strategies.

      We have strengthened the discussion by adding more specific actionable management strategies. For example, controlling an outbreak during summer would potentially require more resources than an outbreak in other seasons due to the higher number of contacts between individuals during summer.

      (9) Did you consider additional environmental factors, such as rainfall, food availability, or habitat features, to better understand how these influence seasonal variations in pig interactions and contact rates?

      This is something that we have in mind and will explore in future research. This has been partially explored but is based on how environmental factors and seasons affect the home range (Wilson et al 2023).

      (10) Figure Legends: Add more detailed descriptions in figure legends, especially for those figures showing network metrics or contact rates.

      More information has been added to the figure legends.

      (11) The paper includes too many figures, and thus, it is recommended to simplify or merge some figures where appropriate. In particular, this is recommended for those figures that plot more network measures across thresholds. Adding clear, summarized captions with interpretation on threshold and measure significance would be a great help in interpreting complicated visualizations.

      The figure that shows the comparison between global network measures, including average local transitivity, edge density, global transitivity, mean distance and number of edges for direct and indirect networks has been moved to supplementary material (Figure S3). We also included direct and indirect model-level measures by sex as in Figure 3 and improved the captions of the figures presented in the main document.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This is an important study demonstrating that anosmia in Parkinson's disease patients is due to dysfunction in cholinergic neurons. This study provides compelling evidence, using scRNA sequencing, that cholinergic olfactory projection neurons (OPN) are consistently affected in five different fruit fly models of Parkinson's disease, exhibiting synaptic dysfunction before the onset of motor deficits. Comparisons with scRNA sequencing of patients' human brain samples reveals similar synaptic gene deregulation in cholinergic neurons of patients. This study points the possibility that targeting cholinergic neurons could be a potential avenue for early diagnosis and intervention in PD.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In Pech et al. the authors take advantage of a genetic model organism to investigate the convergent impact of multiple mutations linked to Parkinson's Disease (PD). To investigate this question they leverage Drosophila genetics to create wild type and mutant alleles for five different mutations linked to PD. An additional novel focus of this work is an examination of the animals in an early phase before apparent dopaminergic degeneration. Having generated this resource, authors discover apply an impressive array of experiments including behavioural assays, calcium imaging and single-cell profiling. They also cross-validate their findings in human PD brains. Strikingly, the authors discover common dysregulated genes between fly and human that converges on synaptic dysregulation. Finally, they demonstrate that even in early timepoints, there is extensive dysfunction of olfactory projection neuron calcium.

      This is a fantastic, comprehensive, timely and landmark pan-species work that demonstrates the convergence of multiple familial PD mutations onto a synaptic program. It is extremely well written and the authors have addressed all my comments in this review. I recommend this work be published as soon as possible.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigates the cellular and molecular events leading to hyposmia, an early dysfunction in Parkinson's disease (PD), which develops up to 10 years prior to motor symptoms. The authors use five Drosophila knock-in models of familial PD genes (LRRK2, RAB39B, PINK1, DNAJC6 (Aux), and SYNJ1 (Synj)), three expressing human genes and two Drosophila genes with equivalent mutations.

      The authors carry out single-cell RNA sequencing of young fly brains and single-nucleus RNA sequencing of human brain samples. The authors found that cholinergic olfactory projection neurons (OPN) were consistently affected across the fly models, showing synaptic dysfunction before the onset of motor deficits, known to be associated with dopaminergic neuron (DAN) dysfunction.

      Single-cell RNA sequencing revealed significant transcriptional deregulation of synaptic genes in OPNs across all five fly PD models. This synaptic dysfunction was confirmed by impaired calcium signalling and morphological changes in synaptic OPN terminals. Furthermore, these young PD flies exhibited olfactory behavioural deficits that were rescued by selective expression of wild-type genes in OPNs.

      Single-nucleus RNA sequencing of post-mortem brain samples from PD patients with LRRK2 risk mutations revealed similar synaptic gene deregulation in cholinergic neurons, particularly in the nucleus basalis of Meynert (NBM). Gene ontology analysis highlighted enrichment for processes related to presynaptic function, protein homeostasis, RNA regulation, and mitochondrial function.

      This study provides compelling evidence for the early and primary involvement of cholinergic dysfunction in PD pathogenesis, preceding the canonical DAN degeneration. The convergence of familial PD mutations on synaptic dysfunction in cholinergic projection neurons suggests a common mechanism contributing to early non-motor symptoms like hyposmia. The authors also emphasise the potential of targeting cholinergic neurons for early diagnosis and intervention in PD.

      Strengths:

      This study presents a novel approach, combining multiple mutants to identify salient disease mechanisms. The quality of the data and analysis is of a high standard, providing compelling evidence for the role of OPN neurons in olfactory dysfunction in PD. The authors also provide evidence to show that early olfactory defects lead to later dopaminergic neuron dysfunction. The comprehensive single-cell RNA sequencing data from both flies and humans is a valuable resource for the research community. The identification of consistent impairments in cholinergic olfactory neurons, at early disease stages, is a powerful finding that highlights the convergent nature of PD progression. The comparison between fly models and human patients' brains provides strong evidence of the conservation of molecular mechanisms of disease, which can be built upon in further studies using flies to prove causal relationships between the defects described here and neurodegeneration.

      The identification of specific neurons involved in olfactory dysfunction opens up potential avenues for diagnostic and therapeutic interventions.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This study provides important findings on the nature of eye movement choices by human subjects. The study uses a novel approach and provides relatively clear and convincing results of the relationship between pupil size and saccade production. The results should be of interest to a broad audience interested in sensorimotor integration and sensory-guided decision-making.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript extends previous research by this group by relating variation in pupil size to the endpoints of saccades produced by human participants under various conditions including trial-based choices between pairs of spots and search for small items in natural scenes. Based on the premise that pupil size is a reliable proxy of "effort", the authors conclude that less costly saccade targets are preferred. Finding that this preference was influenced by the performance of a non-visual, attention-demanding task, the authors conclude that a common source of effort animates gaze behavior and other cognitive tasks.

      Strengths:

      Strengths of the manuscript include the novelty of the approach, the clarity of the findings, and the community interest in the problem.

      Weaknesses:

      Enthusiasm for this manuscript is reduced by the following weaknesses:

      (1) A relationship between pupil size and saccade production seems clear based on the authors' previous and current work. What is at issue is the interpretation. The authors test one, preferred hypothesis, and the narrative of the manuscript treats the hypothesis that pupil size is a proxy of effort as beyond dispute or question. The stated elements of their argument seem to go like this:<br /> PROPOSITION 1: Pupil size varies systematically across task conditions, being larger when tasks are more demanding.<br /> PROPOSITION 2: Pupil size is related to the locus coeruleus.<br /> PROPOSITION 3: The locus coeruleus NE system modulates neural activity and interactions.<br /> CONCLUSION: Therefore, pupil size indexes the resource demand or "effort" associated with task conditions.<br /> How the conclusion follows from the propositions is not self-evident. Proposition 3, in particular, fails to establish the link that is supposed to lead to the conclusion.

      (2) The authors test one, preferred hypothesis and do not consider plausible alternatives. Is "cost" the only conceivable hypothesis? The hypothesis is framed in very narrow terms. For example, the cholinergic and dopamine systems that have been featured in other researchers' consideration of pupil size modulation are missing here. Thus, because the authors do not rule out plausible alternative hypotheses, the logical structure of this manuscript can be criticized as committing the fallacy of affirming the consequent.

      (3) The authors cite particular publications in support of the claim that saccade selection is influenced by an assessment of effort. Given the extensive work by others on this general topic, the skeptic could regard the theoretical perspective of this manuscript as too impoverished. Their work may be enhanced by consideration of other work on this general topic, e.g, (i) Shenhav A, Botvinick MM, Cohen JD. (2013) The expected value of control: an integrative theory of anterior cingulate cortex function. Neuron. 2013 Jul 24;79(2):217-40. (ii) Müller T, Husain M, Apps MAJ. (2022) Preferences for seeking effort or reward information bias the willingness to work. Sci Rep. 2022 Nov 14;12(1):19486. (iii) Bustamante LA, Oshinowo T, Lee JR, Tong E, Burton AR, Shenhav A, Cohen JD, Daw ND. (2023) Effort Foraging Task reveals a positive correlation between individual differences in the cost of cognitive and physical effort in humans. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2023 Dec 12;120(50):e2221510120.

      (4) What is the source of cost in saccade production? What is the currency of that cost? The authors state (page 13), "... oblique saccades require more complex oculomotor programs than horizontal eye movements because more neuronal populations in the superior colliculus (SC) and frontal eye fields (FEF) [76-79], and more muscles are necessary to plan and execute the saccade [76, 80, 81]." This statement raises questions and concerns. First, the basis of the claim that more neurons in FEF and SC are needed for oblique versus cardinal saccades is not established in any of the publications cited. Second, the authors may be referring to the fact that oblique saccades require coordination between pontine and midbrain circuits. This must be clarified. Second, the cost is unlikely to originate in extraocular muscle fatigue because the muscle fibers are so different from skeletal muscles, being fundamentally less fatigable. Third, if net muscle contraction is the cost, then why are upward saccades, which require the eyelid, not more expensive than downward? Thus, just how some saccades are more effortful than others is not clear.

      (5) The authors do not consider observations about variation in pupil size that seem to be incompatible with the preferred hypothesis. For example, at least two studies have described systematically larger pupil dilation associated with faster relative to accurate performance in manual and saccade tasks (e.g., Naber M, Murphy P. Pupillometric investigation into the speed-accuracy trade-off in a visuo-motor aiming task. Psychophysiology. 2020 Mar;57(3):e13499; Reppert TR, Heitz RP, Schall JD. Neural mechanisms for executive control of speed-accuracy trade-off. Cell Rep. 2023 Nov 28;42(11):113422). Is the fast relative to the accurate option necessarily more costly?

      (6) The authors draw conclusions based on trends across participants, but they should be more transparent about variation that contradicts these trends. In Figures 3 and 4 we see many participants producing behavior unlike most others. Who are they? Why do they look so different? Is it just noise, or do different participants adopt different policies?

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have addressed the concerns and questions raised in the original review.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This manuscript presents valuable findings showing that rapamycin directly activates the cool-sensing ion channel, TRPM8, acting through a different binding site than other small-molecule cooling agents such as menthol. The use of Ca2+-imaging, electrophysiology, and computational biology provides solid evidence to support the finding. The authors also present a novel NMR-based method to help identify details of the binding site interactions. In this revised version, some analysis and the presentation have been corrected and improved. Their findings provide insights into TRP channel pharmacology and may indicate previously unknown physiological effects or therapeutic mechanisms of the immunosuppressant, rapamycin.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this valuable study, the authors found that the macrolide drug rapamycin, which is an important pharmacological tool in the clinic and the research lab, is less specific than previously thought. They provide solid functional evidence that rapamycin activates TRPM8 and begin to develop an NMR method to measure the specific binding of a ligand to a membrane protein.

      Strengths:

      The authors use a variety of complementary experimental techniques in several different systems, and their results support the conclusions drawn.

      Weaknesses:

      The proposed location of the rapamycin binding pocket within the membrane means that molecular docking approaches designed for soluble proteins alone do not provide solid evidence for a rapamycin binding pocket location in TRPM8, but the authors are appropriately careful in stating that the model is consistent with their functional experiments. The novel STTD method is intriguing and supportive of the functional results and docking predictions, but further validation of this method is needed.

      Impact:

      This work provides still more evidence for the polymodality of TRP channels, reminding both TRP channel researchers and those who use rapamycin in other contexts that the adjective "specific" is only meaningful in the context of what else has been explicitly tested.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have addressed my major concerns from the previous round of revision, and I agree that those things that remain un-done are outside the scope of this manuscript.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Tóth and Bazeli et al. find rapamycin activates heterologously-expressed TRPM8 and dissociated sensory neurons in a TRPM8-dependent way with Ca2+-imaging. With electrophysiology and STTD-NMR, they confirmed the activation is through direct interaction with TRPM8. Using mutants and computational modeling, the authored localized the binding site to the groove between S4 and S5, different than the binding pocket of cooling agents such as menthol. The hydroxyl group on carbon 40 within the cyclohexane ring in rapamycin is indispensable for activation, while other rapalogs with its replacement, such as everolimus, still bind but cannot activate TRPM8. Overall, the findings provide new insights into TRPM8 functions and may indicate previously-unknown physiological effects or therapeutic mechanisms of rapamycin.

      Strengths:

      The authors spent extensive effort on demonstration that the interaction between TRPM8 and rapamycin is direct. The evidence is solid. In probing the binding site and the structural-function relationship, the authors combined computational simulation and functional experiments. It is very impressive to see that "within" a rapamycin molecule, the portion shared with everolimus is for "binding", while the hydroxyl group in the cyclohexane ring is for activation. Such detailed dissection represents a successful trial in computational biology-facilitated, functional experiment-validated study of TRP channel structural-activity relationship. The research draws the attention of scientists, including those outside the TRP channel field, to previously-neglected effects of rapamycin, and therefore the manuscript deserves broad readership.

      Weaknesses:

      The significance of the research could be improved by showing or discussing whether a similar binding pocket is present in other TRP channels, and hence rapalogs might bind to or activate these TRP channels. Additionally, while the finding on TRPM8 is novel, it is worthwhile to perform more comprehensive pharmacological characterization, including single-channel recording and a few more mutant studies to offer further insight into the mechanism of rapamycin binding to S4~S5 pocket driving channel opening. It is also necessary to know if rapalogs have independent or synergistic effects on top of other activators, including cooling agents and lower temperature, and its dependence on regulators such as PIP2.

      Additional discussion that might be helpful:

      The authors did confirm that rapamycin does not activate TRPV1, TRPA1 and TRPM3. But other TRP channels, particularly other structurally-similar TRPM channels, should be discussed or tested. Alignment of the amino acid sequences or structures at the predicted binding pocket might predict some possible outcomes. In particular, rapamycin is known to activate TRPML1 in a PI(3,5)P2-dependent manner, which should be highlighted in comparison among TRP channels (PMID: 35131932, 31112550).

      After revision:

      I acknowledge that the authors have addressed some of the questions in their revised version. They have explained that additional experiments might be beyond the scope of the current study. I appreciate their effort in doing their best to improve the manuscript and to leave the rest in discussion.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Rapamycin is a macrolide of immunologic therapeutic importance, proposed as a ligand of mTOR. It is also employed as in essays to probe protein-protein interactions.<br /> The authors serendipitously found that the drug rapamycin and some related compounds, potently activate the cationic channel TRPM8, which is the main mediator of cold sensation in mammals. The authors show that rapamycin might bind to a novel binding site that is different from the binding site for menthol, the prototypical activator of TRPM8. These convincing results are important to a wide audience, since rapamycin is a widely used drug and is also employed in essays to probe protein-protein interactions, which could be affected by potential specific interactions of rapamycin with other membrane proteins, as illustrated herein.

      Strengths:

      The authors employ several experimental approaches to convincingly show that rapamycin activates directly the TRPM8 cation channel and not an accessory protein or the surrounding membrane. In general, the electrophysiological, mutational and fluorescence imaging experiments are adequately carried out and cautiously interpreted, presenting a clear picture of the direct interaction with TRPM8. In particular, the authors convincingly show that the interactions of rapamycin with TRPM8 are distinct from interactions of menthol with the same ion channel.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weakness of the manuscript was the NMR method employed to show that rapamycin binds to TRPM8. The authors developed and deployed a novel signal processing approach based on subtraction of several independent NMR spectra to show that rapamycin binds to the TRPM8 protein and not to the surrounding membrane or other proteins. In this revised version the authors have strengthened the evidence that the method gives solid results and have improved the clarity of the presentation.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have greatly improved the quality of the presentation of the NMR data and have answered my concerns regarding the new methodology. The manuscript is improved and represents an important contribution.

    5. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this valuable study, the authors found that the macrolide drug rapamycin, which is an important pharmacological tool in the clinic and the research lab, is less specific than previously thought. They provide solid functional evidence that rapamycin activates TRPM8 and develop an NMR method to measure the specific binding of a ligand to a membrane protein.

      Strengths:

      The authors use a variety of complementary experimental techniques in several different systems, and their results support the conclusions drawn.

      Weaknesses:

      Controls are not shown in all cases, and a lack of unity across the figures makes the flow of the paper disjointed. The proposed location of the rapamycin binding pocket within the membrane means that molecular docking approaches designed for soluble proteins alone do not provide solid evidence for a rapamycin binding pocket location in TRPM8, but the authors are appropriately careful in stating that the model is consistent with their functional experiments.

      Impact:

      This work provides still more evidence for the polymodality of TRP channels, reminding both TRP channel researchers and those who use rapamycin in other contexts that the adjective "specific" is only meaningful in the context of what else has been explicitly tested.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Tóth and Bazeli et al. find rapamycin activates heterologously-expressed TRPM8 and dissociated sensory neurons in a TRPM8-dependent way with Ca2+-imaging. With electrophysiology and STTD-NMR, they confirmed the activation is through direct interaction with TRPM8. Using mutants and computational modeling, the authored localized the binding site to the groove between S4 and S5, different than the binding pocket of cooling agents such as menthol. The hydroxyl group on carbon 40 within the cyclohexane ring in rapamycin is indispensable for activation, while other rapalogs with its replacement, such as everolimus, still bind but cannot activate TRPM8. Overall, the findings provide new insights into TRPM8 functions and may indicate previously unknown physiological effects or therapeutic mechanisms of rapamycin.

      Strengths:

      The authors spent extensive effort on demonstrating that the interaction between TRPM8 and rapamycin is direct. The evidence is solid. In probing the binding site and the structural-function relationship, the authors combined computational simulation and functional experiments. It is very impressive to see that "within" a rapamycin molecule, the portion shared with everolimus is for "binding", while the hydroxyl group in the cyclohexane ring is for activation. Such detailed dissection represents a successful trial in the computational biology-facilitated, functional experiment-validated study of TRP channel structuralactivity relationship. The research draws the attention of scientists, including those outside the TRP channel field, to previously neglected effects of rapamycin, and therefore the manuscript deserves broad readership.

      Weaknesses:

      The significance of the research could be improved by showing or discussing whether a similar binding pocket is present in other TRP channels, and hence rapalogs might bind to or activate these TRP channels. Additionally, while the finding on TRPM8 is novel, it is worthwhile to perform more comprehensive pharmacological characterization, including single-channel recording and a few more mutant studies to offer further insight into the mechanism of rapamycin binding to S4~S5 pocket driving channel opening. It is also necessary to know if rapalogs have independent or synergistic effects on top of other activators, including cooling agents and lower temperature, and their dependence on regulators such as PIP2.

      Additional discussion that might be helpful:

      The authors did confirm that rapamycin does not activate TRPV1, TRPA1 and TRPM3. But other TRP channels, particularly other structurally similar TRPM channels, should be discussed or tested. Alignment of the amino acid sequences or structures at the predicted binding pocket might predict some possible outcomes. In particular, rapamycin is known to activate TRPML1 in a PI(3,5)P2-dependent manner, which should be highlighted in comparison among TRP channels (PMID: 35131932, 31112550).

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Rapamycin is a macrolide of immunologic therapeutic importance, proposed as a ligand of mTOR. It is also employed as in essays to probe protein-protein interactions.

      The authors serendipitously found that the drug rapamycin and some related compounds, potently activate the cationic channel TRPM8, which is the main mediator of cold sensation in mammals. The authors show that rapamycin might bind to a novel binding site that is different from the binding site for menthol, the prototypical activator of TRPM8. These solid results are important to a wide audience since rapamycin is a widely used drug and is also employed in essays to probe protein-protein interactions, which could be affected by potential specific interactions of rapamycin with other membrane proteins, as illustrated herein.

      Strengths:

      The authors employ several experimental approaches to convincingly show that rapamycin activates directly the TRPM8 cation channel and not an accessory protein or the surrounding membrane. In general, the electrophysiological, mutational and fluorescence imaging experiments are adequately carried out and cautiously interpreted, presenting a clear picture of the direct interaction with TRPM8. In particular, the authors convincingly show that the interactions of rapamycin with TRPM8 are distinct from interactions of menthol with the same ion channel.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weakness of the manuscript is the NMR method employed to show that rapamycin binds to TRPM8. The authors developed and deployed a novel signal processing approach based on subtraction of several independent NMR spectra to show that rapamycin binds to the TRPM8 protein and not to the surrounding membrane or other proteins. While interesting and potentially useful, the method is not well developed (several positive controls are missing) and is not presented in a clear manner, such that the quality of data can be assessed and the reliability and pertinence of the subtraction procedure evaluated.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Major points

      (1) Given the novelty of the STTD NMR approach, please provide more details and data for the reader.

      • I would like to see all of the collected spectra so that readers can see and judge the effect sizes for themselves, perhaps as an additional supplementary figure.

      We agree with the reviewer that the data transparency of the NMR measurements should be improved. We changed panel C of Figure 2 in the main text and provided all the STD and the computed STDD and STTD spectra recorded on one set of experiments. We carried out additional experimental replicas on new samples and addressed the variability of cell samples by rescaling the STD effects based on reference <sup>1</sup>H measurements. We provided supplementary spectra of the reference experiments without saturation (Figure S5) and the obtained STTD spectra from the three parallel NMR sessions (Figure S6).

      • I appreciate the labels for STDD-1, STDD-2, and STTD on the lower two spectra of Figure 2C. Is the top spectrum from STD-1 or is it prior to saturation? In Figure 2C, what do the x1 and x2 notations on the right-hand side of the spectra indicate?

      We showed the top spectrum as an overview and a demonstration of the spectral complexity of the samples. <sup>1</sup>H experiments were run before the STD measurements to assess the sample quality and stability. The demonstrated spectrum on sample 1 (TRPM8 with rapamycin in HEK cells) was recorded with more transients than the corresponding STDs, thus it is only visually comparable with the difference spectra after scaling (2x). Figure 2 was changed and all the spectra were replaced as mentioned before. All the recorded <sup>1</sup>H-experiments without saturation including the one removed are now available in the supplementary information (Figure S5).

      • The STTD NMR results with WT TRPM8 are consistent with rapamycin binding directly to the channel. Testing whether rapamycin binding observed with STTD NMR is disrupted by one of the most compelling mutations (D796A, D802A, G805A, or Q861A) would be a further test of this direct interaction.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion and agree that testing the most compelling mutants would be a promising next step. These mutations were generated in plasmid vectors and only transiently transfected into HEK cells. For NMR analysis we would need a high amount of cells stably overexpressing the mutant channels which were not available for experimentation.

      • Given that this is not a methods paper, it is probably outside the scope to further validate the STTD NMR measurements by performing parallel ITC, SPR, MST, or radiolabeled ligand experiments. Nevertheless, I would be excited to see such a comparison since STTD NMR appears to have promise as an experimental technique for assessing ligand binding to membrane proteins that does not require large amounts of purified protein or radioactive isotopes.

      We agree with the reviewer that additional independent biophysical measurements on the interactions are necessary to further validate the STTD methodology. This paper is a preliminary demonstration of the STTD concept and our group is currently working on the challenges of on-cell NMR (e.g., sample and spectral complexity) and the standardization of the proposed workflow.     

      (2) Please clarify the methods used to model of rapamycin binding. Docking can be imprecise in TRP channels, even with a sophisticated docking scheme (Hughes et al., 2019, doi: https://doi.org/10.7554/eLife.49572.001).  

      Thank you for mentioning this point and providing the reference. We have further clarified our methods and included the reference in our discussion, indicating the limitations of our approach.

      • As a positive control, does the docking strategy accurately predict binding of known compounds (menthol, icilin, etc.) to TRPM8 consistent with cryo-EM structures?  

      Yes, the binding site for menthol, based on a similar docking strategy as for rapamycin, is also presented, and matches with predictions from other publications. This is now clarified in the revised manuscript.

      • Why was homology modeling to the human sequence used with the mouse structure but not the avian structure?  

      At this onset of the project, only the avian structure was available, and it was used in the primary docking. Later, to get more precise docking relevant for human TRPM8 pharmacology, we did revert to the then available structure of the mouse ortholog.  

      • How many rapamycin structural clusters were built, and how many structures were there in each cluster? How many were used? "most populated" is unspecific.  

      Thank you for your comment. We have added the following highlighted information to the methods section to address your comment:

      “Representative conformations of rapamycin were identified by clustering of the 1000-membered pools, having the macrocycle backbone atoms compared with 1.0 Å RMSD cut-off. Middle structures of the ten most populated clusters, accounting for more than 90% of the total conformational ensemble generated by simulated annealing, were used for further docking studies. To refine initial docking results and to identify plausible binding sites, the above selected rapamycin structures were docked again, following the same protocol as above, except for the grid spacing which was set to 0.375 Å in the second pass. The resultant rapamycin-TRPM8 complexes were, again, clustered and ranked according to the corresponding binding free energies. Selected binding poses were subjected to further refinement. The three most populated and plausible binding poses were further refined by a third pass of docking, where amino acid side chains of TRPM8, identified in the previous pass to be in close contact with rapamycin (< 4 Å), were kept flexible. Grid volumes were reduced to these putative binding sites including all flexible amino acid side chains (21.0-26.2 Å x 26.2-31.5 Å x 24.8-29.2 Å).”

      However, it is important to clarify that the clusters are not built and their number is not specified by the user. The number of clusters found depends on how similar the structures are in the structural ensemble analyzed by clustering. A high number of clusters indicates a diverse, whereas a low number suggests a uniform structural ensemble. Furthermore, it is arbitrarily controlled by the similarity cutoff specified by the user. If the cutoff is selected well, then the number of structures is different in each cluster. There are some highly populated clusters and a few which only have one structure. The selection of how many cluster representatives are used is usually based on the decision of whether or not the sum of the population of selected clusters sufficiently covers the mapped conformational space.

      • Additionally, the rapamycin poses were generated using a continuum solvent model that is unlikely to replicate the conditions existing in the lipid bilayer or in a lipid-exposed binding pocket as is predicted here. It is therefore possible that the rapamycin poses chosen for docking do not represent the physiological rapamycin binding pose, hampering the ability of the docking algorithm to find an appropriate docking pocket.  

      • Furthermore, accurately docking that may bind to membrane-exposed pockets is a challenging problem, particularly because many scoring algorithms, including those employed by Autodock, do not distinguish between solvent-exposed and membrane-exposed faces of the protein. This affects the predicted binding energies.  

      We appreciate the reviewer's insightful comments. We add a note in discussion part, mentioning these important limitations.  

      • In Figure 4, it appears that the proposed rapamycin binding pocket is located at the interface between two subunits, but only one is shown. Is there any contact with residues in the neighboring subunit? Based on Figure S4, I assume not, but am unsure.

      Based on the estimated distances, we do not think that there are any relevant interactions with residues from neighboring subunits. This is now indicated in the results section.

      • Consider uploading the rapamycin-docked model to a public repository such as Zenodo for readers to examine and manipulate themselves  

      As suggested, the model will be uploaded in a public repository. A link to the file on Zenodo is now included.

      (3) Please discuss the spatial location of the proposed rapamycin binding pocket relative to the vanilloid binding pocket in TRPV1.

      • The mutagenesis indicates that D745, D802, G805, and Q861 are most important for rapamycin sensitivity in TRPM8. Interestingly, the proposed rapamycin binding pocket appears to overlap spatially with the vanilloid binding pocket in TRPV1. Consistent with this, Q861 aligns with E570 in TRPV1, which is a critical residue for resiniferatoxin sensitivity. Indeed, similar to Q861's modeled proximity to the cyclohexyl ring, the hydroxyl group of the vanillyl moity of capsaicin (4DY in 7LR0, for example) is in proximity to E750 in TRPV1. Additionally, searching PubChem by structural similarity suggests that vanillyl head group of the TRP channel modulators capsaicin and eugenol are similar structurally to the trans-2Methoxycyclohexan-1-ol ring. Without overlaying the two structures myself, it is difficult to say more than that, but I encourage the authors to comment on any similarities and differences they observe.

      • If the proposed rapamycin pocket is indeed similar to the location of the vanilloid binding site, the authors may wish to discuss other TRPM channel structures that show ligands and lipids bound to this pocket because this provides evidence that this pocket influences TRPM channel function. For example, how does the proposed rapamycin binding pocket compare to TRPM8 bound to agonist AITC (PDBID 8e4l), TRPM5 bound to inhibitor NDNA (7mbv), and TRPM2 bound to phosphatidylcholine (6co7)?

      • Other TRP channel structures with ligands or lipids modeled in this region include TRPV1 bound to resiniferatoxin, capsaicin, or phosphatidylinositol (7l2j, 7l24, 7l2s, 7l2t, 7l2u, 7lp9, 7lpc, 7lqy, 7mz6, 7mz9, 7mza); TRPV3 bound to phosphatidylcholine (7mij, 7mik, 7mim, 7min, 7ugg); TRPV5 bound to econazole (6b5v) or ZINC9155 (6pbf); TRPV6 bound to piperazine (7d2k, 7k4b, 7k4c, 7k4d, 7k4e, 7k4f) or cholesterol hemisuccinate (7s8c); TRPC6 bound to BTDM (7dxf) or phosphatidylcholine (6uza); and TRP1 bound to PIP2 (6pw5).

      We thank the reviewer for these valuable insights. We have included some additional discussion highlighting the similarities between the proposed rapamycin binding site and some of the other ligandchannel interactions in the TRP superfamily, in particular the well-known vanilloid binding site in TRPV1. However, to keep the discussion focused, we have not fully discussed all the indicated interactions, to best serve the clarity and scope of the manuscript.  

      (4) I would like to see negative control calcium imaging and electrophysiology data with untransfected HEK cells to confirm that the observed activation is mediated by TRPM8 to parallel the TRPM8 KO sensory neuron experiments.  

      This important information is now included in the revised manuscript (Figure S2).

      (5) The DM-nitrophen Ca uncaging experiments are an interesting method to test Ca sensitivity of rapamycin, but the results make these experiments more complex to interpret. Ca has been shown to be an obligate cofactor for icilin sensitivity in TRPM8 under conditions where both the internal and external Ca concentrations are tightly controlled (Kuhn et al., 2009, doi: https://doi.org/10.1074/jbc.M806651200), which is necessary because TRPM8 allows Ca permeation through the pore when open. The large icilin-evoked currents in Figure 5A and 5B indicate that the effective intracellular calcium concentration is not zero prior to calcium uncaging, which may be high enough to mask any Ca-dependence of rapamycin that occurs at low Ca concentrations. Given this ambiguity, the inside-out patch clamp configuration would provide more control over the internal and external Ca concentration than is achieved in the Ca uncaging experiments. Because the authors have already demonstrated their ability to perform such experiments (Figure 2 panel B), it would be nice to see tests of Ca dependence using inside-out patch clamp.

      As was already shown in Figure 2, Rapamycin activates TRPM8 in inside-out patches, and these experiments were performed using calcium-free cytosolic and extracellular solutions. Note that earlier studies have already shown that icilin activates outward TRPM8 currents in the full absence of calcium: see e.g. Janssens et al. eLife, 2016. Chuang et al. 2004. In the case of Icilin, increased calcium further potentiates the current, which is more prominent for the inward current.

      In the Ca uncaging experiments, considering the Kd of DM-nitrophen of 5 nM, we expect that the intracellular calcium concentration before the UV flash would be approximately 15 nM. Taken together, both the inside-out experiments and the flash uncaging experiments confirm that rapamycin responses are not directly regulated by intracellular calcium, contrary to icilin.

      (6) Sequence conservation within TRPM channels could be used in combination with the binding pocket model and mutagenesis to predict rapamycin selectivity for TRPM8 over other TRPMs. For example, some important residues, specifically G805 and Q861, are not conserved in TRPM3, which agrees with the lack of rapamycin sensitivity observed in TRPM3 (Figure S1). Further sequence comparison would provide testable hypotheses for future exploration of rapamycin sensitivity in other TRPMs that could validate the proposed binding pocket.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We now indicate in the discussion that only some of the key residues are conserved and make suggestions for future studies.  

      (7) Please unify the color scheme across the figures to improve clarity.

      • The authors frequently use the colors blue, red, and green to represent menthol and rapamycin in the figures, but they are inconsistent in which one represents menthol and which represents rapamycin. It would be clearer for the audience if, for example, rapamycin is always represented with red and menthol is always represented with blue.  

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have made the coloring schemes more uniform.

      • In Figure 1, panel E, the coloring for Menthol and Pregnenolone Sulfate changes between the TRPM8+/+ and TRPM8-/- panels.  

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have updated the coloring schemes to ensure consistency between the TRPM8+/+ and TRPM8-/- panels.

      • Figure 3 B and E, perhaps color the plot background as a 3-color gradient (blue to white to red) rather than yellow and aqua. Center the white at the WT ratio, keeping the dashed line, with diverging gradients to, for example, blue for mutations that selectively affect menthol sensitivity and red for rapamycin.

      Thank you for the suggestion – we have changed the figure accordingly.  

      • Figure 4 panels A and B use the same color (green) to show two different things (menthol molecule and mutated residues that affect rapamycin sensitivity). It would be clearer for readers to change these colors to agree with a unified color scheme such that, for example, the menthol molecule is colored blue and the rapamycin-neighboring residues are colored red.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We have updated the figure to use a unified color scheme, with the menthol molecule now colored green and the rapamycin-neighboring residues colored cyan, to enhance clarity for readers.

      • I recommend adding a figure or panel that shows side chains for all mutations, colored by menthol/rapamycin selectivity, as indicated by the functional data in Figure 3B and 3E. This will highlight spatial patterns of the selective residues that are discussed in the text.

      Thank you for your suggestion, we added all the side residues in Figure S10.

      Minor points

      (1) It would be nice to have one more concentration data point in the middle of the dose response curve shown in Figure 1 panel B. The response is not saturating at the top or foot of the curve in Figure 1 panel D, precluding a confident fit to a two-state Boltzmann function.

      Instead of adding a single data point to this figure, we performed independent measurements on a plate reader system, comparing concentration responses at room temperature and 37 degrees. These data are now included as Figure S1.   

      (2) The cartoon in Figure 2 panel B should be made more accurate. For example, only the transmembrane helices should be depicted embedded in the membrane, not the whole protein including the intracellular domain. Because the experiment was performed with cells, change the orientation of TRPM8 in the cartoon to show the intracellular domain of the protein facing away from the extracellular side of the membrane where the rapamycin is applied.

      Thank you for this comment. We have corrected the cartoon accordingly

      (3) Perhaps put the yellow circles under or around the carbon atoms to which the identified hydrogen atoms belong in Figure 2 panel E and Figure 4 panel C. I found it difficult to visualize and compare the STTD NMR results with the predicted binding pocket.

      Thank you for the feedback. We have added yellow circles around the carbon atoms corresponding to the identified hydrogen atoms in Figure S9.  

      (4) Regarding the sentence on p. 12 beginning "In agreement with this notion..."

      • Include icilin, Cooling Agent-10, and WS-3 as other cooling agents whose sensitivity has been modulated by mutation of Y745

      • Cryosim-3 responses were not tested in either of the two papers cited; please add citation to Yin et al., 2022, doi: https://doi.org/10.1126/science.add1268 .

      • Other relevant papers include:

      – Malkia et al., 2009, doi: https://doi.org/10.1186/1744-8069-5-62 which includes molecular docking showing the hydroxyl group of menthol interacting with Y745

      – Beccari et al., 2017, doi: https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-017-11194-0 Figure 5 shows disruption of icilin and Cooling Agent-10 sensitivity by Y745A

      – Palchevskyi et al., 2023, doi: https://doi.org/10.1038/s42003-023-05425-6 Figure 3 shows disruption of icilin, cooling agent-10, WS-3, and menthol sensitivity by Y745A o Plaza-Cayon et al., 2022, https://doi.org/10.1002%2Fmed.21920 Review of TRPM8 mutations

      • typo: Y754H should be Y745H

      Thank you for these suggestions. We have added the above references to the text and corrected the typo.

      (5) The authors use the competitive action of everolimus on rapamycin activation as evidence that the different macrolides are binding to the same binding pocket. In addition, prior work showed that Y745H and N799A mutations (which render TRPM8 insensitive to menthol and icilin, respectively) do not affect TRPM8 sensitivity to the structurally-related compound tacrolimus (Arcas et al., 2019). This is consistent with the docking and mutagenesis results presented here.

      Thank you for this valuable suggestion. We discuss these data in the revised version.

      (6) Rapamycin sensitivity has also been observed in TRPML1 (Zhang et al. 2019, doi: https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pbio.3000252).

      We added a short reference to this interesting finding in the discussion.

      (7) The whole-cell currents are very large in several of the electrophysiology experiments (for example Figure 3 panel D and Figure S1), which could lead to artifacts of voltage errors as well as ion accumulation/depletion. However, because this paper is not relying on reversal potential measurements or trying to quantify V1/2, these errors are unlikely to affect the qualitative conclusions drawn.

      This is a fair point, but indeed unlikely to affect our main conclusions. Note that we compensated between 70 and 90% of the series resistance, so we don’t expect voltage errors exceeding ~10 mV.

      (8) Ligand sensitivity is frequently species-dependent in TRP channels, so it is interesting that multiple species were used here and that both human and mouse isoforms exhibit rapamycin sensitivity. It should be emphasized that human TRPM8 was used in the calcium imaging and electrophysiology experiments, as well as some docking models, while the mouse isoform was used in the sensory neuron experiments and a mutated avian isoform was used for some docking models.

      This information is available in the Methods and we believe it is clear for the readers.

      (9) Perhaps discuss the unclear mechanism of G805A action in icilin (but not menthol, cold, or praziquantel) sensitivity because it is not in direct contact with the ligand. For example, Yin et al., 2019 propose flexibility allowing Ca binding site and larger binding site for icilin.

      Yin et al. (2019) suggests that the G805A mutation impacts icilin sensitivity by influencing the flexibility of the binding site and possibly affecting calcium binding. In our study, we found that G805A significantly reduces rapamycin sensitivity, likely due to its direct role in the rapamycin binding pocket rather than affecting calcium binding. This is now briefly mentioned in the results section.

      (10) The Figure S1 legend indicates that n=5 for all panels, so please show normalized population IV curves rather than individual examples. Additionally, it would be interesting to see what happens when each agonist is co-applied with rapamycin. Does rapamycin potentiate or inhibit agonist activation in these channels and/or TRPM8?

      We believe that normalized population IVs are not ideal for representing whole-cell currents, considering the substantial variation in current densities. We therefore prefer to show example traces in Figure S3 of the revised version but include mean values of current densities for all tested cells in the text.

      While the effects of co-application of rapamycin with activating ligands could be of interest, we consider this somewhat outside the scope of the present manuscript. The combination of HEK293 cell experiments, along with results obtained in WT and TRPM8-deficient mice does, in our opinion, sufficiently describe the selectivity of rapamycin towards TRPM8 compared to other sensory TRP channels.

      (11) Figure S1 panel A does not contain units for Rapamycin or AITC concentrations.

      Thank you for pointing this out. The units were added to the figure.  

      (12) It would be nice if the authors characterized the different mutations as predicted to contribute to site 1 (D796, H845, Q861, based on Figure S4), site 2 (D796, M801, F847, and R851), and/or site 3 (F847, V849, and R851).

      The indicated mutants were all tested, as shown in Figure 3.

      (13) The numbering scheme in Figure S4 does not appear to match the residue numbers in the rest of the paper for certain residues (HIS-844 rather than H845, PHE-846 rather than F847, VAL-848 rather than V849, ARG-850 rather than R851, and GLN-860 rather than Q861), and labels are often overlapping and difficult to see. I also find the transparent spheres very difficult to distinguish from the transparent background, which makes it difficult to appreciate the STTD NMR data overlay.

      We apologize for the confusing numbering scheme. The lower numbers refer to the initial docking that was done using the avian TRPM8 ortholog. We have made a newer, clearer version of Figure S4 and inserted as Figure S9.  

      (14) Please superpose the Ligplots in Figure S5 panels E and F as described in the LigPlus manual (https://www.ebi.ac.uk/thornton-srv/software/LigPlus/manual/manual.html) to facilitate easier comparison.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We followed the suggestion to superpose the Ligplots as described but found that the result was visually cluttered and difficult to interpret. To avoid confusion, we instead decided to remove panels E and F from Figure S5, as we believe that the visualization in panels A-D is clear and informative.

      (15) Some n values are missing in figure legends.

      We checked all legends, and added n numbers were missing.

      (16) There is an inconsistent specification of error bars as SEM in the figure legends, though it is specified in methods.

      A question for my own edification: Here, you have looked at ligand interactions with the protein by saturating the protein resonances and observing transfer to the ligand. Would it be possible to instead saturate lipid or solute resonances and observe transfer to a ligand? I am curious whether this would be one way to measure equilibrium partitioning of ligand into a membrane and/or determine the effective concentration of a ligand in the membrane. Additionally, could one determine whether the compound is fully partitioned into the center of the membrane or just sitting on the surface?

      The reviewer highlights an interesting aspect. The widely used WaterLOGSY NMR experiment (doi: 10.1023/a:1013302231549) saturates water molecules then the magnetization is transferred to the ligand of interest. Characteristic changes in ligand resonances are observed in the case of a binding event with proteins. On the other hand, the selective saturation of lipids is -while theoretically possible –technically challenging mainly because of the inherent low signal-dispersion of lipids and peak overlapping with ligand resonances. Additionally, lipid systems are more dynamic compared to proteins and ligand-lipid interactions could be weaker and less specific, significantly affecting the sensitivity of STD experiments.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Major:

      • Is it feasible to test rapamycin on TRPM8 with single-channel recording? This will allow us to better probe the mechanism of rapamycin activation and compare it with menthol, with parameters of singlechannel conductance and maximal open probability.

      In our experience, it is very difficult to obtain single-channel recordings from TRPM8. The channel expresses at high densities, typically leading to patches contain multiple channels, making a proper analysis of mean open and closed times very difficult. Therefore, we have decided not to include such measurements in the manuscript.

      • The authors classified rapamycin as a type I agonist, the type that stabilizes the open conformation, same as menthol but more prominent. Does that indicate that rapamycin work synergistically (rather than independently) with menthol, because co-application of them can allow them to add to each other in stabilizing the open conformation? I wonder if the authors agree that this could be tested with experiments as in Figure S3, by showing a much more prolonged deactivation with co-application of menthol and rapamycin than applying each alone.

      Thank you for the insightful suggestion. We conducted co-application experiments, and our results show that the deactivation time is indeed significantly prolonged when both compounds are applied together compared to each alone. In fact, very little deactivation is seen when both compounds are co-applied, which made it virtually impossible to perform reliable fits to the deactivation time course for the Menthol+Rapamycin condition. Instead, we have now included summary results showing the percentage of deactivation after 100 ms. We included these findings in FigureS8.  

      • It could be tested whether rapamycin activation of TRPM8 requires or overrides the requirement of PIP2 with inside-out patch by briefly exposing the patch to poly-lysine to sequester PIP2.

      This is certainly a good suggestion for further follow-up studies. However, we considered that examination of the (potential) interaction between ligands and PIP2 was outside the scope of the current manuscript.

      • Figure 1C suggests that the authors test rapamycin when there is a relatively high baseline TRPM8 activation (prior to rapamycin) activation. This raises the possibility that rapamycin is more a potentiator than an activator. I wonder if the following two experiments could address it: (1) perfuse rapamycin while holding at different membrane potentials, wash-off rapamycin in the solution and quickly (in a few seconds) test the activated current magnitude (before rapamycin dissociation), to compare whether a more depolarized membrane potential (high baseline open probability) allows rapamycin to potentiate more. (2) Perform the experiment at a higher temperature (low baseline open probability) and test whether rapamycin EC50 shifts to the right.

      Thank you for the thoughtful suggestion. Overall, we are not really in favor of making a distinction between a potentiator and an activator since it is not really feasible to create a situation where TRPM8 activity is zero. As suggested, we performed the dose response experiment at a higher temperature (37 °C) and observed that rapamycin’s EC<sub>50</sub> shifts to the right FigureS2. This is similar to what has been observed for menthol on TRPM8 and for many other ligands on other temperature-sensitive TRP channels.

      Minor:

      (1) The author should report hill coefficient together with EC50 when showing dose-responses.

      We have added Hill coefficients for all the fits.

      (2) In Figure 1 (E, F), it might be clearer to use Venn-diagram to show whether there is overlapping among rapamycin-, menthol-, and cinnamaldehyde-responsive neurons. According to the authors' explanation, we can predict that rapamycin-insensitive, menthol-sensitive neurons should predominantly be cinnamaldehyde-responsive.

      Thank you for your suggestion. In these experiments, we applied several agonists and the combination of them would result in a visually crowded Venn diagram difficult to interpret. However, we agree, with the reviewer’s suggestion, and discuss the percentage of the cinnamaldehyde+ neurons in the rapa- menthol+ population in Trpm8<sup>-/-</sup> neurons.

      (3) In Figure 3(C), since F847 does not respond to either menthol or rapamycin, it should be excluded from (B). Otherwise it is misleading.

      Thank you for pointing this out. To clarify, we have included a calcium imaging trace for the F847 mutant, demonstrating a clear response to rapamycin in FigureS9. This additional data highlights that F847 does respond to rapamycin, albeit with a more modest response amplitude. This is now also clarified in the results section.  

      (4) The word "potency" in pharmacology usually refers to a smaller EC50 number in dose-dependent experiments. In "Effect of rapamycin analogs on TRPM8" session, the authors use "potency" to refer to response to a single-dose experiment of different compounds. The experiment does not measure potency.

      Thank you for pointing out this mistake. We have corrected the text and replaced “potency” with “efficacy”.

      (5)  "2-methoxyl-" is misspelled in the text body.

      We have corrected the typo.

      (6) It will be nice to include "vehicle" in Figure 6B, or alternatively normalize all individual traces to vehicle. In Figure 6C and D, everolimus has almost no effect with compared to vehicle, and should not be shown as if it had ~8% in Figure 6B.

      We have added the vehicle values to Figure 6B from the same experiments.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) The NMR method presented here as novel and employed to identify a proposed molecule bound to a membrane protein (TRPM8 in this case) is not well explained and presented. Since several spectra need to be subtracted, the authors should present the raw data and the results of the subtractions step by step. Also, it seems that the height of the peaks in each spectra will be highly variable and thus a reliable criterion employed to scale spectra before subtraction. None of these problems are discussed of described.

      The reviewer is right, that the data transparency should be improved and due to the high molecular complexity of the samples the size of the STD effects should be carefully scaled. We carried out additional experimental replicas on new samples and addressed the inherent sample/peak height variability by rescaling the STD effects based on reference <sup>1</sup>H measurements. We provided supplementary spectra of the reference experiments without saturation (Figure S5) and the computed STTD spectra from three parallel NMR sessions (Figure S6). We changed panel C of Figure 2 in the main text and provided all the STD and the computed STDD and STTD spectra recorded on one set of NMR experiments. We added the following paragraph to the main text: “To address the effect of the inherent variability of cellular samples on peak heights, STD effects were normalized based on the comparison of independent <sup>1</sup>H experiments (Figure S5). Three STTD replicates were computed, unambiguously confirming direct binding to TRPM8 in two datasets (Figure S6 A,B)”.

      Importantly since this signal subtraction method is proposed as a new development, control experiments employing well-established pairs of ligand and membrane protein receptor should be performed to demonstrate the reliability of the method.

      We agree with the reviewer, that the STTD experiment as a new development needs further validation, however, this paper is a preliminary demonstration of a new strategy building on the well-established STD and STDD NMR methodologies. Our group is actively engaged in studying additional biological samples to enhance our understanding of the applicability of STTD NMR. These efforts also aim to address challenges such as sample and spectral complexity by refining and standardizing the proposed workflow.

      (2) The tail currents shown in supplementary figure 3 are clearly not monoexponential. The fit to a single exponential can be seen to be inadequate and thus the comparison of kinetics of control, rapamycin and menthol is incorrect. At least two exponentials should be fitted and their values compared.

      We agree that the decay in the (combined) presence of agonists deviates from a simple monoexponential behavior. While we agree that fitting with two (or more) exponentials would provide a better fit, this also comes with greater variations/uncertainties in the fit parameters. This is particularly the case when inactivation is very slow and incomplete, or when the difference between slow and fast exponential time constants is <5, as seen with rapamycin and rapamycin +menthol. Therefore, we decided to provide monoexponential time constants as a proxy to describe the clear slowing down of activation and deactivation time courses in the presence of Type I agonists.   

      Also related to this aspect, recordings of TRPM8 currents can not be leak subtracted with a p/n protocol, thus a large fraction of the initial tail current must be the capacitive transient. There is no indication in the methods of how was this dealt with for the fitting of tail currents.

      As explained in the methods, capacitive transients and series resistance were maximally compensated. Therefore, we do not agree that a large fraction of the initial tail current must be capacitive. This can also be clearly seen in experiment such as Figure 1C, where the inward tail current is fully abolished in the presence of a TRPM8 antagonist. Likewise, very small and rapidly inactivating tail currents can be seen during voltage steps under control conditions (e.g. Figure S7  and S8 in the revised version).  

      (3) The docking procedure employed, as the authors show, is not appropriate for membrane proteins since it does not include a lipid membrane. It is not clear in the methods section if the MD minimization described applies only to the rapamycin molecule or to rapamycin bound to TRPM8.  

      It is also not clear if the important residue Q861 (and other residues that are identified as interacting with rapamycin) were identified from dockings or proposed based on other evidence.

      (4) Identifying amino acid residues that diminish the response to a ligand, does not uniquely imply that they form a binding site or even interact with said ligand. It is entirely possible that they can be involved in the allosteric networks involved in the activating conformational change. This caveat should be clearly posited by the authors when discussing their results.

      In our study, we identified several residues that significantly reduce the response to rapamycin when mutated, while retaining robust responses to menthol, which indicates that these mutations do not affect crucial conformational changes leading to channel gating. While our cumulative data suggest that these residues may be involved in direct interaction with rapamycin, we recognize the alternative possibility that they allosterically affect rapamycin-induced channel gating. This is now clearly stated in the first paragraph of the discussion.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study by Liu et al. presents a comprehensive structure-function analysis of the presynaptic protein UNC-13, leading to new insights into how its distinct domains control neurotransmitter release. The methods, data, and analyses are convincing, and the genetic and electrophysiological approaches support many of their conclusions. The work will be of interest to neuroscientists studying synaptic transmission, as it provides a foundation for future mechanistic studies of Munc13/UNC-13 family proteins.

    2. Joint Public Review:

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors investigate how different domains of the presynaptic protein UNC-13 regulate synaptic vesicle release in the nematode C. elegans. By generating numerous point mutations and domain deletions, they propose that two membrane-binding domains (C1 and C2B) can exhibit "mutual inhibition," enabling either domain to enhance or restrain transmission depending on its conformation. The authors also explore additional N-terminal regions, suggesting that these domains may modulate both miniature and evoked synaptic responses. From their electrophysiological data, they present a "functional switch" model in which UNC-13 potentially toggles between a basal state and a gain-of-function state, though the physiological basis for this switch remains partly speculative.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors conduct a thorough exploration of how mutations in the C1, C2B, and other regulatory domains affect synaptic transmission. This includes single, double, and triple mutations, as well as domain truncations, yielding a large, informative dataset.

      (2) The study includes systematically measuring both spontaneous and evoked synaptic currents at neuromuscular junctions, under various experimental conditions (e.g., different Ca²⁺ levels), which strengthens the reliability of their functional conclusions.

      (3) Findings that different domain disruptions produce distinct effects on mEPSCs, mIPSCs, and evoked EPSCs suggest UNC-13 may adopt an elevated functional state to regulate synaptic transmission.

      Weaknesses:

      It remains unclear whether the various domain alterations truly converge on a single "gain-of-function" state or instead represent multiple pathways for enhancing UNC-13 activity. Different mutations selectively affect spontaneous or evoked release, suggesting that each variant may not share the same underlying mechanism. Moreover, many conclusions rely on combining domain deletions or point mutations, yet the electrophysiological data show distinct outcomes across EPSCs, IPSCs, mini, and evoked responses. This raises questions about whether these manipulations all act on the same pathway and whether their observed additivity or suppression genuinely reflects a single mechanistic process. A unifying model-or at least a clearer explanation of why the authors infer one mechanistic state across different domain manipulations would strengthen the paper's conclusions.

      The manuscript proposes that UNC-13 toggles from a basal to a "gain-of-function" state under normal synaptic activity. However, it does not address when or how this switch might occur in vivo, since it is demonstrated principally via artificial mutations. Providing direct evidence or additional discussion of such switching under physiological conditions would be particularly informative.

      What is the physiological significance of the proposed gain-of-function state? The data suggest that certain mutants (e.g., HK+D1-5N) lacking the gain-of-function state can still support synaptic transmission at wild-type levels. How do the authors reconcile this with the idea that the gain-of-function state plays a critical role at the synapse?

      The authors determined the fluorescence intensity of mApple-tagged UNC-13 variants (Figure 1J-K and Figure 7J-K), finding no significant changes compared to the wild-type. However, a more detailed analysis of the density or distribution of fluorescent puncta in axons could clarify whether certain mutations alter the localization of UNC-13 at synapses. Demonstrating colocalization with wild-type UNC-13 (or another presynaptic marker) would help rule out mislocalization effects.

      The study mainly relies on extrachromosomal transgenes, which can show variable copy numbers and expression levels among individual worm strains. This variability might complicate interpretation, as differences in expression could mask or exaggerate certain phenotypes.

      Finally, the discussion is somewhat diffused. Streamlining the text to focus on the most direct connections would help readers pinpoint the key conclusions and open questions.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This important study uses advanced computational methods to elucidate how environmental dielectric properties influence the interaction strengths of tyrosine and phenylalanine in biomolecular condensates. The evidence supporting the claims of the authors is solid, as the simulations are performed rigorously providing mechanistic insights into the origin of the differences between the two aromatic amino acids considered. This study will be of broad interest to researchers studying biomolecular phase separation.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This is an interesting and timely computational study using molecular dynamics simulation as well as quantum mechanical calculation to address why tyrosine (Y), as part of an intrinsically disordered protein (IDP) sequence, has been observed experimentally to be stronger than phenylalanine (F) as a promoter for biomolecular phase separation. Notably, the authors identified the aqueous nature of the condensate environment and the corresponding dielectric and hydrogen bonding effects as a key to understanding the experimentally observed difference. This principle is illustrated by the difference in computed transfer free energy of Y- and F-containing pentapeptides into a solvent with various degrees of polarity. The elucidation offered by this work is important. The computation appears to be carefully executed, the results are valuable, and the discussion is generally insightful. However, there is room for improvement in some parts of the presentation in terms of accuracy and clarity, including, e.g., the logic of the narrative should be clarified with additional information (and possibly additional computation), and the current effort should be better placed in the context of prior relevant theoretical and experimental works on cation-π interactions in biomolecules and dielectric properties of biomolecular condensates. Accordingly, this manuscript should be revised to address the following, with added discussion as well as inclusion of references mentioned below.

      (1) Page 2, line 61: "Coarse-grained simulation models have failed to account for the greater propensity of arginine to promote phase separation in Ddx4 variants with Arg to Lys mutations (Das et al., 2020)". As it stands, this statement is not accurate, because the cited reference to Das et al. showed that although some coarse-grained models, namely the HPS model of Dignon et al., 2018 PLoS Comput did not capture the Arg to Lys trend, the KH model described in the same Dignon et al. paper was demonstrated by Das et al. (2020) to be capable of mimicking the greater propensity of Arg to promote phase separation than Lys. Accordingly, a possible minimal change that would correct the inaccuracy of this statement in the manuscript would be to add the word "Some" in front of "coarse-grained simulation models ...", i.e., it should read "Some coarse-grained simulation models have failed ...". In fact, a subsequent work [Wessén et al., J Phys Chem B 126: 9222-9245 (2022)] that applied the Mpipi interaction parameters (Joseph et al., 2021, already cited in the manuscript) showed that Mpipi is capable of capturing the rank ordering of phase separation propensity of Ddx4 variants, including a charge scrambled variant as well as both the Arg to Lys and the Phe to Ala variants (see Figure 11a of the above-cited Wessén et al. 2022 reference). The authors may wish to qualify their statements in the introduction to take note of these prior results. For example, they may consider adding a note immediately after the next sentence in the manuscript "However, by replacing the hydrophobicity scales ... (Das et al., 2020)" to refer to these subsequent findings in 2021-2022.

      (2) Page 8, lines 285-290 (as well as the preceding discussion under the same subheading & Figure 4): "These findings suggest that ... is not primarily driven by differences in protein-protein interaction patterns ..." The authors' logic in terms of physical explanation is somewhat problematic here. In this regard, "Protein-protein interaction patterns" appear to be a straw man, so to speak. Indeed, who (reference?) has argued that the difference in the capability of Y and F in promoting phase separation should be reflected in the pairwise amino acid interaction pattern in a condensate that contains either only Y (and G, S) and only F (and G, S) but not both Y and F? Also, this paragraph in the manuscript seems to suggest that the authors' observation of similar contact patterns in the GSY and GSF condensates is "counterintuitive" given the difference in Y-Y and F-F potentials of mean force (Joseph et al., 2021); but there is nothing particularly counterintuitive about that. The two sets of observations are not mutually exclusive. For instance, consider two different homopolymers, one with a significantly stronger monomer-monomer attraction than the other. The condensates for the two different homopolymers will have essentially the same contact pattern but very different stabilities (different critical temperatures), and there is nothing surprising about it. In other words, phase separation propensity is not "driven" by contact pattern in general, it's driven by interaction (free) energy. The relevant issue here is total interaction energy or the critical point of the phase separation. If it is computationally feasible, the authors should attempt to determine the critical temperatures for the GSY condensate versus the GSF condensate to verify that the GSY condensate has a higher critical temperature than the GSF condensate. That would be the most relevant piece of information for the question at hand.

      (3) Page 9, lines 315-316: "...Our ε [relative permittivity] values ... are surprisingly close to that derived from experiment on Ddx4 condensates (45{plus minus}13) (Nott et al., 2015)". For accuracy, it should be noted here that the relative permittivity provided in the supplementary information of Nott et al. was not a direct experimental measurement but based on a fit using Flory-Huggins (FH), but FH is not the most appropriate theory for a polymer with long-spatial-range Coulomb interactions. To this reviewer's knowledge, no direct measurement of relative permittivity in biomolecular condensates has been made to date. Explicit-water simulation suggests that the relative permittivity of Ddx4 condensate with protein volume fraction ≈ 0.4 can have a relative permittivity ≈ 35-50 (Das et al., PNAS 2020, Fig.7A), which happens to agree with the ε = 45{plus minus}13 estimate. This information should be useful to include in the authors' manuscript.

      (4) As for the dielectric environment within biomolecular condensates, coarse-grained simulation has suggested that whereas condensates formed by essentially electric neutral polymers (as in the authors' model systems) have relative permittivities intermediate between that of bulk water and that of pure protein (ε = 2-4, or at most 15), condensates formed by highly charged polymers can have relative permittivity higher than that of bulk water [Wessén et al., J Phys Chem B 125:4337-4358 (2021), Fig.14 of this reference]. In view of the role of aromatic residues (mainly Y and F) in the phase separation of IDPs such as A1-LCD and LAF-1 that contain positively and negatively charged residues (Martin et al., 2020; Schuster et al., 2020, already cited in the manuscript), it should be useful to address briefly how the relationship between the relative phase-separation promotion strength of Y vs F and dielectric environment of the condensate may or may not be change with higher relative permittivities.

      (5) The authors applied the dipole moment fluctuation formula (Eq.2 in the manuscript) to calculate relative permittivity in their model condensates. Does this formula apply only to an isotropic environment? The authors' model condensates were obtained from a "slab" approach (page 4 and thus the simulation box has a rectangular geometry. Did the authors apply Equation 2 to the entire simulation box or only to the central part of the box with the condensate (see, e.g., Figure 3C in the manuscript). If the latter is the case, is it necessary to use a different dipole moment formula that distinguishes between the "parallel" and "perpendicular" components of the dipole moment (see, e.g., Equation 16 in the above-cited Wessén et al. 2021 paper). A brief added comment will be useful.

      (6) With regard to the general role of Y and F in the phase separation of biomolecules containing positively charged Arg and Lys residues, the relative strength of cation-π interactions (cation-Y vs cation-F) should be addressed (in view of the generality implied by the title of the manuscript), or at least discussed briefly in the authors' manuscript if a detailed study is beyond the scope of their current effort. It has long been known that in the biomolecular context, cation-Y is slightly stronger than cation-F, whereas cation-tryptophan (W) is significantly stronger than either cation-Y and cation-F [Wu & McMahon, JACS 130:12554-12555 (2008)]. Experimental data from a study of EWS (Ewing sarcoma) transactivation domains indicated that Y is a slightly stronger promoter than F for transcription, whereas W is significantly stronger than either Y or F [Song et al., PLoS Comput Biol 9:e1003239 (2013)]. In view of the subsequent general recognition that "transcription factors activate genes through the phase-separation capacity of their activation domain" [Boija et al., Cell 175:1842-1855.e16 (2018)] which is applicable to EWS in particular [Johnson et al., JACS 146:8071-8085 (2024)], the experimental data in Song et al. 2013 (see Figure 3A of this reference) suggests that cation-Y interactions are stronger than cation-F interactions in promoting phase separation, thus generalizing the authors' observations (which focus primarily on Y-Y, Y-F and F-F interactions) to most situations in which cation-Y and cation-F interactions are relevant to biomolecular condensation.

      (7) Page 9: The observation of weaker effective F-F (and a few other nonpolar-nonpolar) interactions in a largely aqueous environment (as in an IDP condensate) than in a nonpolar environment (as in the core of a folded protein) is intimately related to (and expected from) the long-recognized distinction between "bulk" and "pair" as well as size dependence of hydrophobic effects that have been addressed in the context of protein folding [Wood & Thompson, PNAS 87:8921-8927 (1990); Shimizu & Chan, JACS 123:2083-2084 (2001); Proteins 49:560-566 (2002)]. It will be useful to add a brief pointer in the current manuscript to this body of relevant resources in protein science.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this preprint, De Sancho and López use alchemical molecular dynamics simulations and quantum mechanical calculations to elucidate the origin of the observed preference of Tyr over Phe in phase separation. The paper is well written, and the simulations conducted are rigorous and provide good insight into the origin of the differences between the two aromatic amino acids considered.

      Strengths:

      The study addresses a fundamental discrepancy in the field of phase separation where the predicted ranking of aromatic amino acids observed experimentally is different from their anticipated rankings when considering contact statistics of folded proteins. While the hypothesis that the difference in the microenvironment of the condensed phase and hydrophobic core of folded proteins underlies the different observations, this study provides a quantification of this effect. Further, the demonstration of the crossover between Phe and Tyr as a function of the dielectric is interesting and provides further support for the hypothesis that the differing microenvironments within the condensed phase and the core of folded proteins is the origin of the difference between contact statistics and experimental observations in phase separation literature. The simulations performed in this work systematically investigate several possible explanations and therefore provide depth to the paper.

      Weaknesses:

      While the study is quite comprehensive and the paper well written, there are a few instances that would benefit from additional details. In the methods section, it is unclear as to whether the GGXGG peptides upon which the alchemical transforms are conducted are positioned restrained within the condensed/dilute phase or not. If they are not, how would the position of the peptides within the condensate alter the calculated free energies reported? It would also be interesting to see what the variation in the transfer of free energy is across multiple independent replicates of the transform to assess the convergence of the simulations. Additionally, since the authors use a slab for the calculation of these free energies, are the transfer free energies from the dilute phase to the interface significantly different from those calculated from the dilute phase to the interior of the condensate? The authors mention that the contact statistics of Phe and Tyr do not show significant difference and thereby conclude that the more favorable transfer of Tyr primarily originates from the dielectric of the condensate. However, the calculation of contacts neglects the differences in the strength of interactions involving Phe vs. Tyr. Though the authors consider the calculation of energy contact formation later in the manuscript, the scope of these interactions are quite limited (Phe-Phe, Tyr-Tyr, Tyr-Amide, Phe-Amide) which is not sufficient to make a universal conclusion regarding the underlying driving forces. A more appropriate statement would be that in the context of the minimal peptide investigated the driving force seems to be the difference in dielectric. However, it is worth mentioning that the authors do a good job of mentioning some of these caveats in the discussion section.

    4. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors address the paradox of how tyrosine can act as a stronger sticker for phase separation than phenylalanine, despite phenylalanine being higher on the hydrophobicity scale and exhibiting more prominent pairwise contact statistics in folded protein structures compared to tyrosine.

      Strengths:

      This is a fascinating problem for the protein science community with special relevance for the biophysical condensate community. Using atomistic simulations of simple model peptides and condensates as well as quantum calculations, the authors provide an explanation that relies on the dielectric constant of the medium and the hydration level that either tyrosine or phenylalanine can achieve in highly hydrophobic vs. hydrophilic media. The authors find that as the dielectric constant decreases, phenylalanine becomes a stronger sticker than tyrosine. The conclusions of the paper seem to be solid, it is well-written and it also recognises the limitations of the study. Overall, the paper represents an important contribution to the field.

      Weaknesses:

      How can the authors ensure that a condensate of GSY or GSF peptides is a representative environment of a protein condensate? First, the composition in terms of amino acids is highly limited, second the effect of peptide/protein length compared to real protein sequences is also an issue, and third, the water concentration within these condensates is really low as compared to real experimental condensates. Hence, how can we rely on the extracted conclusions from these condensates to be representative for real protein sequences with a much more complex composition and structural behaviour?

    1. eLife Assessment

      This study presents important methodologies for repeated brain ultrasound localization microscopy (ULM) in awake mice and a set of results indicating that wakefulness reduces vascularity and blood flow velocity. The data supporting these findings are solid. This study is relevant for scientists investigating vascular physiology in the brain.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Wang and Colleagues present a study aimed at demonstrating the feasibility of repeated ultrasound localization microscopy (ULM) recording sessions on mice chronically implanted with a cranial window transparent to US. They provided quantitative information on their protocol, such as the required number of Contrast enhancing microbubbles (MBs) to get a clear image of the vasculature of a brain coronal section. Also, they quantified the co-registration quality over time-distant sessions and the vasodilator effect of isoflurane.

      Strengths:

      Strengths: the study showed a remarkable performance in recording precisely the same brain coronal section over repeated imaging sessions. In addition, it sheds light on the vasodilator effect of isoflurane (an anesthetic whose effects are not fully understood) on the different brain vasculature compartments, although, as the Authors stated, some insights in this aspect have already been published with other imaging techniques. The experimental setting and protocol are very well described.

      Wang and co-authors submitted a revised version of their study, which shows improvements in the clarity of the data description.<br /> However, the flaws and limitations of this study are substantially unchanged.

      The main issues are:<br /> - Statistics are still inadequate. The TOST test proposed in this revised version is not equivalent to an ANOVA. Indeed, multivariate analyses should be the most appropriate, given that some quantifications were probably made on multiple vessels from different mice. The 3 reviewers mentioned the flaws in statistics as the primary concern.<br /> - No new data has been added, such as testing other anesthetics.<br /> - The Authors still insist on using the term Vascularity which they define as: 'proportion of the pixel count occupied by blood vessels within each ROI, obtained by binarizing the ULM vessel density maps and calculating the percentage of the pixels with MB signal.'. Why not use apparent cerebral blood volume or just CBV? Introducing an unnecessary and redundant term is not scientifically acceptable. In this revised version, vascularity is also used to indicate a higher vascular density (Line 275), which does not make sense: blood vessels do not generate from the isoflurane to the awake condition in a few minutes. Rev2 also raised this point.<br /> - The long-term recordings mentioned by the Authors refer to the 3-week time frame analyzed in this study. However, within each acquisition, the time available from imaging is only a few minutes (< 10', referring to most of the plots showing time courses) after the animals' arousal from isoflurane and before bubbles disappear. This limitation should be acknowledged.<br /> - The more precise description of the number of mice and blood vessels analyzed in Figure 6 makes it apparent the limited number of independent samples used to support the findings of this work. A limitation that should be acknowledged. The newly provided information added as Supplementary Figure 1 should be moved to the main text, eventually in the figure legends. The limited data in support of the findings was also highlighted by Rev2 and, indirectly, by Rev3.

    3. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors present a very interesting collection of methods and results using brain ultrasound localization microscopy (ULM) in awake mice. They emphasize the effect of the level of anesthesia on the quantifiable elements assessable with this technique (i.e. vessel diameter, flow speed, in veins and arteries, area perfused, in capillaries) and demonstrate the possibility of achieving longitudinal cerebrovascular assessment in one animal during several weeks with their protocol.<br /> The authors made a good rewriting of the article based on the reviewers' comments. One of the message of the first version of the manuscript was that variability in measurements (vessel diameter, flow velocity, vascularity) were much more pronounced under changes of anesthesia than when considering longitudinal imaging across several weeks. This message is now not quite mitigated, as longitudinal imaging seems to show a certain variability close to the order of magnitude observed under anesthesia. In that sense, the review process was useful in avoiding hasty conclusion and calls for further caution in ULM awake longitudinal imaging, in particular regarding precision of positioning and cancellation of tissue motion.

      Strengths:

      Even if the methods elements considered separately are not new (brain ULM in rodents, setup for longitudinal awake imaging similar to those used in fUS imaging, quantification of vessel diameters/bubble flow/vessel area), when masterfully combined as it is done in this paper, they answer two questions that have been long-running in the community: what is the impact of anesthesia on the parameters measured by ULM (and indirectly in fUS and other techniques)? Is it possible to achieve ULM in awake rodents for longitudinal imaging? The manuscript is well constructed, well written, and graphics are appealing.<br /> The manuscript has been much strengthened by the round of review, with more animals for the longitudinal imaging study.

      Weaknesses:

      Some weaknesses remain, not hindering the quality of the work, that the authors might want to answer or explain.<br /> - When considering fig 4e and fig 4j together: it seems that in fig 4e the vascularity reduction in the cortical ROI is around 30% for downward flow, and around 55% for upward flow; but when grouping both cortical flows in fig 4j, the reduction is much smaller (~5%), even at the individual level (only mouse 1 is used in fig 4e). Can you comment on that?<br /> - When considering fig4e, fig 4j, fig6e and fig6i altogether, it seems that vascularity can be highly variable, whether it be under anesthesia or vascular imaging, with changes between 5 to 40%. Is this vascularity quantification worth it (namely, reliable for example to quantify changes in a pathological model requiring longitudinal imaging)?

    4. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer 1 (Public Review):

      • While the title is fair with respect to the data shown, in the summary and the rest of the paper, the comparison between anesthetized and awake conditions is systematically stated, while more caution should be used.

      First, isoflurane is one of the (many) anesthetics commonly used in pre-clinical research, and its effect on the brain vasculature cannot be generalized to all the anesthetics. Indeed, other anesthesia approaches do not produce evident vasodilation; see ketamine + medetomidine mixtures. Second, the imaged awake state is head-fixed and body-constrained in mice. A condition that can generate substantial stress in the animals. In this study, there is no evaluation of the stress level of the mice. In addition, the awake imaging sessions were performed a few minutes after the mouse woke up from isoflurane induction, which is necessary to inject the MB bolus. It is known that the vasodilator effects of isoflurane last a long time after its withdrawal. This aspect would have influenced the results, eventually underestimating the difference with respect to the awake state.

      These limitations should be clearly described in the Discussion.

      Looking at Figure 2e, it takes more than 5' to reach the 5 Millions MB count useful for good imaging. However, the MB count per pixel drops to a few % at that time. This information tells me that (i) repeated measurements are feasible but with limited brain coverage since a single 'wake up' is needed to acquire a single brain section and (ii) this approach cannot fit the requirements of functional ULM that requires to merge the responses to multiple stimuli to get a complete functional image. Of course, a chronic i.v. catheter would fix the issue, but this configuration is not trivial to test in the experimental setup proposed by the authors, hindering the extension of the approach to fULM.

      Thank you for highlighting these limitations, as they address aspects that were not fully considered during the experimental design and manuscript writing. In response, we have added the following paragraphs to the discussion section, addressing these limitations of our study:

      (Line 310) “Although isoflurane is widely used in ultrasound imaging because it provides long-lasting and stable anesthetic effects, it is important to note that the vasodilation observed with isoflurane is not representative of all anesthetics. Some anesthesia protocols, such as ketamine combined with medetomidine, do not produce significant vasodilation and are therefore preferred in experiments where vascular stability is essential, such as functional ultrasound imaging(47). Therefore, in future studies, it would be valuable to design more rigorous control experiments with larger sample sizes to systematically compare the effects of isoflurane anesthesia, awake states, and other anesthetics that do not induce vasodilation on cerebral blood flow.

      Our proposed method enabled repeatable longitudinal brain imaging over a three-week period, addressing a key limitation of conventional ULM imaging and offering potential for various preclinical applications. However, there are still some limitations in this study. 

      One of the limitations is the lack of objective measures to assess the effectiveness of head-fix habituation in reducing anxiety. This may introduce variability in stress levels among mice. Recent studies suggest that tracking physiological parameters such as heart rate, respiratory rate, and corticosterone levels during habituation can confirm that mice reach a low stress state prior to imaging(48). This approach would be highly beneficial for future awake imaging studies. Furthermore, alternative head-fixation setups, such as air-floated balls or treadmills, which allow the free movement of limbs, have been shown to reduce anxiety and facilitate natural behaviors during imaging(30). Adopting these approaches in future studies could enhance the reliability of awake imaging data by minimizing stress-related confounds.

      Another limitation of this study is the potential residual vasodilatory effect of isoflurane anesthesia on awake imaging sessions. The awake imaging sessions were conducted shortly after the mice had emerged from isoflurane anesthesia, required for the MB bolus injections. The lasting vasodilatory effects of isoflurane may have influenced vascular responses, potentially contributing to an underestimation of differences in vascular dynamics between anesthetized and awake state. Future applications of awake ULM in functional imaging using an indwelling jugular vein catheter presents a promising alternative to enable more accurate functional imaging in awake animals, addressing current limitations associated with anesthesia-induced vascular effects.”

      • Statistics are often poor or not properly described. 

      The legend and the text referring to Figure 2 do not report any indication of the number of animals analyzed. I assume it is only one, which makes the findings strongly dependent on the imaging quality of THAT mouse in THAT experiment. Three mice have been displayed in Figure 3, as reported in the text, but it is not clear whether it is a mouse for each shown brain section. Figure 5 reports quantitative data on blood vessels in awake VS isoflurane states but: no indication about the number of tested mice is provided, nor the number of measured blood vessels per type and if statistics have been done on mice or with a multivariate method.

      Also, a T-test is inappropriate when the goal is to compare different brain regions and blood vessel types.

      Similar issues partially apply to Figure 6, too.

      Thank you for bringing this to our attention. 

      We acknowledge that the statistical analyses were not clearly explained in the original version. In the revised manuscript, we have ensured that the statistical methods are clearly described. 

      (Fig.4 caption) “b,c, Comparisons of vessel diameter (b) and flow velocity (c) for the selected arterial and venous segments. Statistical analysis was conducted using t-test at each measurement point along the segments.”

      (Fig.6 caption) “b,c, Comparisons of vessel diameter (b) and flow velocity (c) for the selected arterial and venous segments. Statistical analysis was conducted using the two one-sided test (TOST) procedure, which evaluates the null hypothesis that the difference between the two weeks is larger than three times the standard deviation of one week.”

      Additionally, we corrected an error in the previous comparison of the violin plots on flow velocities, where a t-test was incorrectly applied; this has now been removed.

      We acknowledge that the original version did not clearly indicate the numbers of animals in the statistical analysis. In the revised manuscript, we have added Supplementary Figure 1 to specify the mice used, and we have labeled each mouse accordingly in the figures or captions. In the revised Figures 4 and 6, we have ensured that each quantitative analysis figure or its caption clearly indicate the specific mice.

      For original Figures 1 and 2, these are presented as case studies to illustrate the methodology. Since the anesthesia time required for tail vein injection for each animal varies slightly, it is challenging to have the consistent time taken for each mouse to recover from anesthesia across all mice. For instance, in Figure 1, the mouse took nearly 500 seconds to recover from anesthesia, but this duration is not consistent across all animals, which is a limitation of the bolus injection technique. We have noted this point in the discussion (discussion on the limitation of bolus injection), and we have also clarified in the results section and figure captions that these figures represent a case study of a single mouse rather than a standardized recovery time for all animals.

      We further clarified this point in the end of the Figure 2 caption:

      (Fig.2 caption) “This figure presents a case study based on the same mouse shown in Fig 1. The x-axis for d-f begins at 500 seconds because, at this point, the mouse’s pupil size stabilized, indicating it had recovered to an awake state. Consequently, ULM images were accumulated starting from this time. It is important to note that not every mouse requires 500 seconds to fully awaken; the time to reach a stable awake state varies across individual mice.” We added the following statement before introducing Figure 1e:

      (Line 93) “Due to differences in tail vein injection timing and anesthesia depth, the time required for each mouse to fully awaken varied. Although it was not feasible to get pupil size stabilized just after 500 seconds for each animal, ULM reconstruction only used the data that acquired after the animal reached full pupillary dilation, to ensure that ULM accurately captures the cerebrovascular characteristics in the awake state.”

      We added the following statement before introducing Figure 2d:

      (Line 139) “To further verify that the proposed MB bolus injection method can help to achieve ULM image saturation shortly after mice awaken from anesthesia, an analysis on the change in MB concentration over time was conducted once pupil size had stabilized (T = 500s).”

      For Figures 3, 4, and 5 (in the revised version, Figures 4 and 5 have been combined into a single Figure 4), the data represents results from three individual mice, with each coronal plane corresponding to a different mouse. In the revised version, we have added labels to indicate the specific mouse in each image to improve clarity. We also recognize that some analyses in the original submission (original Figure 5) may have lacked sufficient statistical power due to the small sample size. Therefore, in the revised version, we have focused only on findings that were consistently observed across the three mice to ensure robust conclusions.

      Reviewer 1 (Recommendations For the Authors):

      • If the study's main goal is to compare awake vs anesthetized ULM, the authors should test at least another anesthetic with no evident vasodilator effect.

      Thank you for this valuable suggestion. We would like to clarify that the primary aim of our study is not to comprehensively compare the effects of anesthesia versus the awake state, as a rigorous comparison would indeed require a more controlled experimental design, including additional anesthetics, a larger cohort of mice, and broader controls to ensure sufficient statistical power. We also add the following statement in the Discussion to clarify this point:

      (Line 314) “Therefore, in future studies, it would be valuable to design more rigorous control experiments with larger sample sizes to systematically compare the effects of isoflurane anesthesia, awake states, and other anesthetics that do not induce vasodilation on cerebral blood flow.”

      We acknowledge that the initial organization of Figures 3–5 placed excessive emphasis on comparisons between the awake and anesthetized states, but without yielding consistently significant findings. Meanwhile, our longitudinal observations in original Figure 6 were underrepresented, despite their potential importance.

      In the revised version, we shifted our focus toward the main goal of awake longitudinal imaging. By consolidating the previous Figures 4 and 5 into the new Figure 4, we emphasize conclusions that are both more consistent and broadly applicable, avoiding areas that may lack sufficient rigor or consensus. Additionally, we expanded the quantitative analysis related to longitudinal imaging, highlighting its role as the ultimate objective of this study. The awake vs. anesthetized ULM comparison was intended to demonstrate the value of awake imaging and introduce the importance of awake longitudinal imaging. In the revised text, we have reframed this comparison to emphasize the specific response to isoflurane rather than a general response to anesthesia. For example, in Figures 3 and 4, we have replaced the original term "Anesthetized" with "Isoflurane". We have also added a discussion noting that isoflurane may induces more vasodilation than other anesthetic agents.

      (Line 310) “Although isoflurane is widely used in ultrasound imaging because it provides long-lasting and stable anesthetic effects, it is important to note that the vasodilation observed with isoflurane is not representative of all anesthetics. Some anesthesia protocols, such as ketamine combined with medetomidine, do not produce significant vasodilation and are therefore preferred in experiments where vascular stability is essential, such as functional ultrasound imaging(47).”

      • The claims made about the proposed experimental protocol to be suitable for the "long-term" (line 255) are not supported by the data and should be modified according to the presented evidence.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback. We agree that our current three-week experimental results do not yet fulfill the requirements for extended longitudinal imaging that may span several months. We have revised the relevant text accordingly. For instance, the phrase “Our proposed method enabled long-term, repeatable longitudinal brain imaging” has been modified to “Our proposed method enabled repeatable longitudinal brain imaging over a threeweek period.” (Similar changes also in Line 67, Line 318, and Line 337) Additionally, we have added the following paragraph in the discussion section to indicate that extending the monitoring period to several months is a meaningful direction for future exploration:

      (Line 337) “In our longitudinal study, consistent imaging results were obtained over a three-week period, demonstrating the feasibility of awake ULM imaging for this duration. However, for certain research applications, a monitoring period of several months would be valuable. Extending the duration of longitudinal awake ULM imaging to enable such long-term studies is a potential direction for future development.”

      Recommendations for improving the writing and presentation:

      • Reporting the number of mice and blood vessels and statistics for each quantitative figure.

      Thank you for highlighting this issue. We acknowledge that the quantitative figures in the previous version lacked clarity in specifying the number of mice, vessels, and associated statistics. In the revised version, we have ensured that each quantitative figure or its caption clearly indicate the specific mice, vessels, and statistical methods used. To further minimize any potential confusion, we have also added Supplementary Figure 1 to clearly label and reference each individual mouse included in the study.

      Minor corrections to the text and figures.

      • Line 22: "vascularity reduction from anesthesia" is not clear, nor it is a codified property of brain vasculature. Explain or rephrase.

      Thank you for your comment. We apologize for any confusion caused by the phrase “vascularity reduction from anesthesia” in the abstract. We agree that this phrasing was unclear without context. To improve clarity, we have revised this statement in the abstract to make it more straightforward and easier to understand. 

      (Line 24) “Vasodilation induced by isoflurane was observed by ULM. Upon recovery to the awake state, reductions in vessel density and flow velocity were observed across different brain regions.” 

      Additionally, we have added a section in the Methods titled Quantitative Analysis of ULM Images to provide a clear definition of vascularity. This section outlines how vascularity is quantified in our study, ensuring that our terminology is well-defined. 

      The following sentence shows the definition of vascularity:

      (Line 547) “Vascularity was defined as the proportion of the pixel count occupied by blood vessels within each ROI, obtained by binarizing the ULM vessel density maps and calculating the percentage of the pixels with MB signal.”

      We have also added an instant definition when it was firstly used in Results part:

      (Line 161) “When comparing vessel density maps, ULM images that are acquired in the awake state demonstrate a global reduction of vascularity, which refers to percentage of pixels that occupied by blood vessels.”

      • Line 76: putting the mice in a tube is also intended "To further reduce animal anxiety and minimize tissue motion" I agree with tissue motion, not with animal anxiety, which, indeed, I expect to be higher than if it could, for example, run on a ball or a treadmill.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We acknowledge the limitations of our setup regarding reducing animal anxiety. We have replaced the original phrase “to further reduce animal anxiety and minimize tissue motion” with “to further minimize tissue motion.” (Line 78) Additionally, we have added the following paragraph in Discussion section to address the limitations of our setup in reducing anxiety.

      (Line 321) “One of the limitations is the lack of objective measures to assess the effectiveness of head-fix habituation in reducing anxiety. This may introduce variability in stress levels among mice. Recent studies suggest that tracking physiological parameters such as heart rate, respiratory rate, and corticosterone levels during habituation can confirm that mice reach a low stress state prior to imaging(48). This approach would be highly beneficial for future awake imaging studies. Furthermore, alternative head-fixation setups, such as air-floated balls or treadmills, which allow the free movement of limbs, have been shown to reduce anxiety and facilitate natural behaviors during imaging(30). Adopting these approaches in future studies could enhance the reliability of awake imaging data by minimizing stress-related confounds.”

      • Line 79: PMP has been used by Sieu et al., Nat Methods, 2015; it should be acknowledged.

      Thank you for highlighting this. We have now included the reference to Sieu et al. Nat Methods, 2015 to appropriately acknowledge their use of PMP. (Line 81)

      • Figure: is there a reason why the plots start at 500 sec? What happened before that time?

      Thank you for your question regarding the starting time in the plots. Figures 1 and 2 are case studies using a single mouse to demonstrate the feasibility of our method. The “zero” timepoint was defined as the moment when anesthesia was stopped, and the microbubble injection began. However, the mouse does not fully recover immediately after anesthesia is stopped. As shown in Figure 1e, there is a period of approximately 500 seconds during which the pupil gradually dilates, indicating recovery. Only after this period does the mouse reach a relatively stable physiological state suitable for ULM imaging, which is why the plots in Figure 2 begin at T = 500 seconds.

      We recognize that this was not sufficiently explained in the main text and figure captions. In the revised manuscript, we have clarified this timing rationale in both the results section and the figure captions. We added the following sentence to the result section to introduce Fig.2d:

      (Line 139) “To further verify that the proposed MB bolus injection method can help to achieve ULM image saturation shortly after mice awaken from anesthesia, an analysis on the change in MB concentration over time was conducted once pupil size had stabilized (T = 500s).”

      We also added the following statement to note that this recover time varies across individual mice:

      (Line 154, Fig.2 caption) “This figure presents a case study based on the same mouse shown in Fig 1. The x-axis for d-f begins at 500 seconds because, at this point, the mouse’s pupil size stabilized, indicating it had recovered to an awake state. Consequently, ULM images were accumulated starting from this time. It is important to note that not every mouse requires 500 seconds to fully awaken; the time to reach a stable awake state varies across individual mice.”

      Reviewer 2 (Public Review):

      • The only major comment (calling for further work) I would like to make is the relative weakness of the manuscript regarding longitudinal imaging (mostly Figure 6), compared to the exhaustive review of the effect of isoflurane on the vasculature (3 rats, 3 imaging planes, quantification on a large number of vessels, in 9 different brain regions). The 6 cortical vessels evaluated in Figure 6 feel really disappointing. As longitudinal imaging is supposed to be the salient element of this manuscript (first word appearing in the title), it should be as good and trustworthy as the first part of the paper. Figure 6c. is of major importance, and should be supported by a more extensive vessel analysis, including various brain areas, and validated on several animals to validate the robustness of longitudinal positioning with several instances of the surgical procedure. Figure 6d estimates the reliability of flow measurements on 3 vessels only. Therefore I recommend showing something similar to what is done in Figures 4 and 5: 3 animals, and more extensive quantification in different brain regions.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out this issue. We acknowledge that the first version of the manuscript lacked in-depth quantitative analysis in the section on the longitudinal study, which should have been a focal point. It also did not provide a sufficient number of animals to demonstrate the reproducibility of the technique. In this revised version, we have included results from more animals and conducted a more comprehensive quantitative analysis, with the corresponding text updated accordingly. Specifically, we combined the previous Figures 4 and 5 into the current Figure 4 (corresponding revised text from Line 169 to Line 207). The revised Figures 5 and 6

      compare the results of the longitudinal study, presenting data from three mice (corresponding revised text from

      Line 224 to Line 258). Detailed information about the mice used has been added to Supplementary Figure 1, and Supplementary Figure 4 further provides a detailed display of the results for the three mice in longitudinal study. We hope that these adjustments will provide a more thorough validation of the longitudinal imaging.

      Reviewer 2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Minor comments:

      • The statistical analyses are not always explained: could they be stated briefly in the legends of each figure, or gathered in a statistical methods section with details for each figure? Be sure to use the appropriate test (e.g. student t-test is used in Fig 5 k whereas normality of distribution is not guaranteed.)

      Thank you for pointing this out. We acknowledge that the statistical analyses were not clearly explained in the original version. In the revised manuscript, we have ensured that the statistical methods are clearly described. 

      (Fig.4 caption) “b,c, Comparisons of vessel diameter (b) and flow velocity (c) for the selected arterial and venous segments. Statistical analysis was conducted using t-test at each measurement point along the segments.”

      (Fig.6 caption) “b,c, Comparisons of vessel diameter (b) and flow velocity (c) for the selected arterial and venous segments. Statistical analysis was conducted using the two one-sided test (TOST) procedure, which evaluates the null hypothesis that the difference between the two weeks is larger than three times the standard deviation of one week.”

      Additionally, we corrected an error in the previous comparison of the violin plots on flow velocities, where a t-test was incorrectly applied; this has now been removed.

      • The authors use early in the manuscript the term vascularity, e.g. in "vascularity reduction", it is not exactly clear what they mean by vascularity, and would require a proper definition at that moment. If I am correct, a quantification of that "vascularity reduction" (page 5 line 132), is then done in Figures 5 d e f and j.

      Thank you for highlighting this issue. We acknowledge that our initial use of the term “vascularity” may have been unclear and potentially confusing. In the revised manuscript, we have included a clear definition of “vascularity” in the Methods section under Quantitative Analysis of ULM Images (Line 534). 

      The following sentence shows the definition of vascularity:

      (Line 547) “Vascularity was defined as the proportion of the pixel count occupied by blood vessels within each ROI, obtained by binarizing the ULM vessel density maps and calculating the percentage of the pixels with MB signal.”

      We have also added an instant definition when it was firstly used in Results part:

      (Line 161) “When comparing vessel density maps, ULM images that are acquired in the awake state demonstrate a global reduction of vascularity, which refers to percentage of pixels that occupied by blood vessels.”

      • There is very little motion in the images presented, except for the awake "Bregma -4.2 mm" (Figure 3, directional maps), especially in the area including colliculi and mesencephalon, while the cortical vessels do not move. Can you comment on that?

      Thank you for highlighting this important aspect of motion in awake animal imaging. Motion correction is indeed a critical factor in such studies. In the original version of our discussion, we briefly addressed this issue (from Line 342 to Line 346), but we agree that a more detailed discussion is needed.

      To minimize motion artifacts, we conducted habituation to acclimate the animals to the head-fixation setup, which helps reduce anxiety during imaging. With thorough head-fixed habituation, the imaging quality is generally well-preserved. We also applied correlation-based motion correction techniques based on ULM images, which can partially correct for overall brain motion, as stated in the previous version. However, this ULM-images-based correction is limited to addressing only rigid motion.

      In the revised discussion, we have expanded on the limitations of our current motion correction approach and referenced recent work about more advanced motion correction methods:

      (Line 346) “While rigid motion correction is often effective in anesthetized animals, awake animal imaging presents greater challenges due to the more prominent non-rigid motion, particularly in deeper brain regions. This is evidenced in Supplementary Fig. 1 (Mouse 7), where cortical vessels remain relatively stable, but regions around the colliculi and mesencephalon exhibit more noticeable motion artifacts, indicating that displacement is more pronounced in deeper areas. To address these deeper, non-rigid motions, recent studies suggest estimating nonrigid transformations from unfiltered tissue signals before applying corrections to ULM vascular images(16,50). Such advanced motion correction strategies may be more effective for awake ULM imaging, which experiences higher motion variability. The development of more robust and effective motion correction techniques will be crucial to reduce motion artifacts in future awake ULM applications.”

      • Figure 1f maybe flip the color bar to have an upward up and downward down.

      Thank you for your suggestion. This display method indeed makes the images more intuitive. In the revised manuscript, all directional flow color bars have been flipped to ensure that upward flow is displayed as ‘up’ and downward flow as ‘down.’

      • Figure 2b the figure is a bit confusing in what is displayed between dashed lines, solid lines, dots... maybe it would be easier to read with

      - bigger dots and dashed lines in color for each of the 4 series

      - and so in the legend, thin solid lines in the corresponding color for the fit, but no solid line in the legend (to distinguish data/fit)

      - no lines for FWHM as they are not very visible, and the FWHM values are not mentioned for these examples.

      Thank you for your detailed suggestions. We agree that the original Fig. 2b appeared messy and confusing. Based on this feedback and other comments, we decided to replace the FWHM-based vessel diameter measurement with a more stable binarization-based approach. In the revised version, we selected a specific segment of each vessel and measured the diameter by calculating the distance from the vessel’s centerline to both side after binarization. Each point on the centerline of this segment provides a diameter measurement, which can be further used to calculate the mean and standard error. This updated method is more stable and reproducible, providing reliable measurements even for vessels that are not fully saturated. It also facilitates comparison across more vessels, helping to further demonstrate the generalizability of our saturation standard. We believe these adjustments make the revised Fig. 2b clearer and more readable.

      • Page 7, lines 144-147. This passage is not really clear when linking going up or down and going from the stem to the branches that it is specific to Figure 4a (and therefore to this particular location).

      Thank you for your insightful comments on our vessel classification method. We recognize the limitations of the previous approach and, in order to enhance the rigor of the study, we have opted not to continue using this method in the revised manuscript. We have removed all content related to vessel classification based on branchin and branch-out criteria. This includes the original Classification of Cerebral Vessels section in the Methods, the relevant descriptions in the Results section under “ULM reveals detailed cerebral vascular changes from anesthetized to awake for the full depth of the brain”, limitation of this classification method in Discussion section, as well as related content in the original Figures 4 and 5.

      In the revised analysis, for the comparison between arteries and veins, we focus solely on penetrating vessels in the cortex. For these vessels, it is generally accepted that downward-flowing vessels are arterioles, while upwardflowing vessels are venules. Accordingly, in the revised Figures 4 and 6, we analyze arterioles and venules exclusively in the cortex, without relying on the previous classification method that could be considered controversial.

      • Page 11 line 222 "higher vascular density" seems unprecise.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have revised the sentence to more precisely convey our observations regarding changes in vascular diameter and vascularity within the ROI. We present these findings as evidence of the vasodilation effect under isoflurane, in alignment with existing research. The revised statement is as follows:

      (Line 275) “Statistical analysis from Fig. 4 shows that certain vessels exhibit a larger diameter under isoflurane anesthesia, and the vascularity, calculated as the percentage of vascular area within selected brain region ROIs, is also higher in the anesthetized state. These findings suggest a vasodilation effect induced by isoflurane, consistent with existing research(20,40,41,43,44).

      • Discussion: page 12, lines 257-267: it is not exactly clear how 3D imaging will help for the differentiation of veins/arteries. However, some methods have already been proposed to discriminate between arteries and veins using pulsatility (Bourquin et al., 2022) or 3D positioning when vessels are overlapped (Renaudin et al., 2023). The latter can also help estimate the out-of-plane positioning during longitudinal imaging.

      Bourquin, C., Poree, J., Lesage, F., Provost, J., 2022. In Vivo Pulsatility Measurement of Cerebral Microcirculation in Rodents Using Dynamic Ultrasound Localization Microscopy. IEEE Trans. Med. Imaging 41, 782-792. https://doi.org/10.1109/TMI.2021.3123912

      Renaudin, N., Pezet, S., Ialy-Radio, N., Demene, C., Tanter, M., 2023. Backscattering amplitude in ultrasound localization microscopy. Sci. Rep. 13, 11477. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-023-38531-w

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have revised the relevant paragraph in the discussion to clarify the potential advantages of advances in ULM imaging methods, such as those based on pulsatility (as described by Bourquin et al., 2022) or backscattering amplitude (as demonstrated by Renaudin et al., 2023). These established methods could be helpful for longitudinal imaging. Below is the revised text in the discussion section:

      (Line 370) “Advances in ULM imaging methods can benefit longitudinal awake imaging. For instance, dynamic ULM can differentiate between arteries and veins by leveraging pulsatility features(51). 3D ULM, with volumetric imaging array(52,53), enables the reconstruction of whole-brain vascular network, providing a more comprehensive understanding of vessel branching patterns. Meanwhile, 3D ULM also helps to mitigate the challenge of aligning the identical coronal plane for longitudinal imaging, a process that requires precise manual alignment in 2D ULM to ensure consistency. Additionally, this alignment issue can also be alleviated in 2D imaging using backscattering amplitude method, which may assist in estimating out-of-plane positioning during longitudinal imaging(54).”

      Reviewer 3 (Public Review):

      • It is unclear whether multiple animals were used in the statistical analysis.

      Thank you for bringing this to our attention. We acknowledge that the original version did not clearly indicate the use of animals in the statistical analysis. In the revised manuscript, we have added Supplementary Figure 1 to specify the mice used, and we have labeled each mouse accordingly in the figures or captions. In the revised Figures 4 and 6, we have ensured that each quantitative analysis figure or its caption clearly indicate the specific mice.

      • Generalizations are sometimes drawn from what seems to be the analysis of a single vessel.

      Thank you for pointing this out. To enhance the generalizability of our conclusions, we have expanded our analysis beyond single vessels in several parts of the study. For instance, in Figure 2, we analyzed three vessels at different depths within the same brain region of a single mouse, and we have included additional results in the Supplementary Figure 2 to further support these findings. Additionally, we have revised the language in the manuscript to ensure that conclusions are appropriately qualified and avoid overgeneralization.

      In Figures 4 and 6, we extended the analysis from single vessels to larger region-of-interest (ROI) analyses across entire brain regions. Unlike single-vessel measurements, which are susceptible to bias based on specific measurement locations, ROI-based analyses are less influenced by the operator and provide more objective, generalizable insights.

      • The description of the statistical analysis is mostly qualitative.

      We recognize that some aspects of the original statistical analysis (Figures 4 and 5 in the previous version) lacked rigor and description is more qualitative. The revised version of statistical analysis (Figure 4 and Figure 6) presents our findings from multiple dimensions, ranging from individual vessels to individual cortical ROI of arteries and veins, and ultimately to broader brain regions. For instance, as illustrated in the revised Figure 4f, the average cortical arterial flow speed decreases by approximately 20% from anesthesia to wakefulness, while venous flow speed decreases by an average of 40%, with the reduction in venous flow speed being significantly greater than that of arterial flow. We believe that this kind of description offers more quantitative analysis.

      For more examples, please refer to the Results section where Figure 4 (Line 169 to Line 207) and Figure 6 (Line 224 to Line 258) are described. These sections have been extensively rewritten to emphasize quantitative interpretation of the data. Each part of the analysis now focuses more heavily on quantitative analyses that consistently show similar trends across all animals.

      • Some terms used are insufficiently defined.

      • Additional limitations should be included in the discussion.

      • Some technical details are lacking. 

      Thank you for highlighting these issues. In response, we have made several improvements in the revised manuscript to address these issues. We have clarified terms such as “vascularity” (Line 547) and “saturation point” (Line 112) to ensure precision and prevent ambiguity. We have expanded the discussion (Line 310 to Line 377) to include limitations such as motion correction challenges and advances in ULM imaging methods, including dynamic ULM and backscattering amplitude techniques. We have added further details on interleaved sampling (Line 494 to Line 497), ULM tracking (Line 517 to Line 529), and quantitative analysis (Line 535 to Line 551) in the Methods section to provide a clearer understanding of our approach. 

      Please refer to our other responses for more specific adjustments.

      • Without information about whether the results obtained come from multiple animals, it is difficult to conclude that the authors generally achieved their aim. They do achieve it in a single animal. The results that are shown are interesting and could have an impact on the ULM community and beyond. In particular, the experimental setup they used along with the high reproducibility they report could become very important for the use of ULM in larger animal cohorts.

      We thank the reviewer for recognizing the impact of our work. We also acknowledge that there were some issues—specifically, we did not provide sufficient proof of reproducibility. In the revised version, we have included additional animal experiment results to ensure that the conclusions were not drawn from a single animal but are generally representative of our aim. (See supplementary figure 1 for detailed use of the animals) 

      Reviewer 3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      • The manuscript would be more convincing by removing some of the superlatives used in the text. For instance, shouldn't "super-resolution ultrasound localization microscopy" simply be "ultrasound localization microscopy"? Expressions such as "first study", "essential", and "invaluable", etc could be replaced by more factual terms. The word "significant" is also used sometimes with statistics to back it up and sometimes without.

      Thank you for highlighting this issue. We have removed the superlatives throughout the manuscript to make the language more precise. For instance, we have simplified “super-resolution ultrasound localization microscopy” to “ultrasound localization microscopy” throughout the main text and removed expressions such as “first study” and “invaluable”. We also reviewed all uses of “essential” and “significant,” replacing “essential” with more modest alternatives where it does not indicate a strict requirement. Similarly, where “significant” does not refer to statistical significance, we have used other terms to avoid any ambiguity.

      • The section "Microbubble count serves as a quantitative metric for awake ULM image reconstruction" had several issues that I think should be addressed. Mainly, the authors make the case that after detecting 5 million microbubbles, there is no clear gain in detecting more. The argument is not very convincing as we know many vessels will not have had a microbubble circulate in them within that timeframe, which will be especially true in smaller vessels. While the analysis in Figure 2 shows nicely that the diameter estimate for vessels in the 20-30 um range is stable at 5 million microbubbles, it is not necessarily the case for smaller vessels. A better approach here might be to select, e.g., a total of 5 million detected microbubbles for practical reasons and then to determine which vessel parameters estimation (e.g., diameter, flow velocity) remain stable. In addition:

      a. Terms such as 'complete ULM reconstruction', 'no obvious change', 'ULM image saturation' are not well defined within the manuscript.

      Thank you for pointing out these issues and for offering a more rigorous approach. We completely agree with your suggestion. While our analysis demonstrated stable diameter estimates for vessels with diameter around 20 µm at 5 million microbubbles, this does not necessarily ensure stability for smaller vessels. Therefore, the choice of 5 million microbubbles was primarily for practical reasons. In the revised version, we have provided a more objective description and clarification of this limitation. We also recognize that terms such as “complete ULM reconstruction,” “no obvious change,” and “ULM image saturation” were not well defined and may have caused confusion, reducing the rigor of this manuscript. Based on your feedback, we have clearly defined “ULM image saturation” within the context of our study, removed absolute and ambiguous terms like “complete ULM reconstruction” and “no obvious change”. We revised the entire section accordingly:

      (Line 109) “To facilitate equitable comparison of brain perfusion at different states, a practical saturation point enabling stable quantification of most vessels needs to be established. Our observations indicated that when the cumulative MB count reached 5 million, ULM images achieved a relatively stable state. Accordingly, in this study, the saturation point was defined as a cumulative MB count of 5 million. There are also possible alternatives for ULM image normalization. For example, different ULM images can be normalized to have the same saturation rate. However, the proposed method of using the same number of cumulative MB count for normalization enables the analysis of blood flow distribution across different brain regions from a probabilistic perspective. The following analysis substantiates this criterion.

      Fig. 2a compares ULM directional vessel density maps and flow speed maps generated with 1, 3, 5, and 6 million MBs, using the same animal as shown in Fig. 1. To quantitatively confirm saturation, multiple vessel segments were selected for further analysis. Fig. 2b presents the measured vessel diameter for a specific segment at various MB counts. After binarizing the ULM map, the vessel diameter was measured by calculating the distance from the vessel centerline to the edge. Each point along the centerline of the segment provided a diameter measurement, enabling calculation of the mean and standard error. At low MB counts, vessels appeared incompletely filled, leading to inaccurate estimation of vessel diameter due to incomplete profiles. For example, at 1–2 million MBs, the binarized ULM map displayed a width of only one or two pixels along the segment. As a result, the measurements always yielded the same diameter values (two pixels, ~10um) with a consistently low standard error of the mean across the entire segment. With increased MB counts, the measured vessel diameter gradually rose, ultimately reaching saturation. The plots in Fig. 2b show that vessel diameter stabilized at 5 million MB count. Additionally, Fig. 2c illustrates the changes in flow velocity measured at different cumulative MB counts. The violin plots display the distribution of flow speed estimates for all valid centerline pixels within the selected segment. At low MB counts (1–3 million), flow velocity estimates fluctuated, but they stabilized as the MB count increased (4–6 million MBs). At 5 million MBs, flow velocity estimates were nearly identical to those at 6 million MBs, corroborating previous findings that vessel velocity measurements stabilize as MB count grows(39). To assess the generalizability of the 5 million MB saturation condition, vessel segments from three different mice across various brain regions were examined. The results, shown in Supplementary Fig. 2, confirm that this saturation criterion applies broadly. Although the 5 million MB threshold may not ensure absolute saturation for all vessels, it is generally effective for vessels larger than 15 μm. This MB count threshold was therefore adopted as a practical criterion.” 

      b. The choice of 10 consecutive tracking frames is arbitrary and should be described as such unless a quantitative optimization study was conducted. Was there a gap-filling parameter? What was the maximum linking distance and what is its impact on velocity estimation?

      Thank you for your comment. We acknowledge that the choice of 10 consecutive tracking frames was based on our common practice rather than a specific quantitative optimization. Additionally, with the uTrack algorithm, we set both the gap-filling parameter and maximum linking distance to 10 pixels. Setting these parameters too high could potentially overestimate velocity. These details have now been added to the Methods section for clarity:

      (Line 517) “The choice of 10 consecutive frames (10 ms) was based on established practice but can be adjusted as needed. For the uTrack algorithm, two additional key parameters were specified: the maximum linking distance and the gap-filling distance, both set to 10 pixels (~50 microns). This configuration means that only bubble centroids within 10 pixels of each other across consecutive frames are considered part of the same bubble trajectory. Additionally, when the start and end points of two tracks fall within this threshold, the gap-filling parameter merges them into a single, continuous track. It is important to select these parameters carefully, as overly large values could lead to an overestimation of flow velocity. By setting the maximum linking distance to 10 pixels, we effectively limited the measurable velocity to 50 mm/s, under the assumption that no bubble would exceed a 50-micron displacement within the 1 ms interval between frames. After determining bubble tracks with the specified parameters for uTrack algorithm, accumulating the MB tracks resulted in the flow intensity map. Considering the velocity distribution across the mouse brain, this 50 mm/s limit ensures that the vast majority of blood flow is captured accurately.”

      c. 'The plots (Figure 2b) clearly indicate that the vessel diameter stabilized beyond 5 million MB count.' This is true for one vessel. To generalize that claim, the analysis should be performed quantitatively on a larger sample of vessels in various areas of the brain, across multiple animals.

      Thank you for pointing out this limitation. We agree that conclusions drawn from a single vessel cannot be generalized across all regions. Following your suggestion, we have added Supplementary Figure 2, where we analyzed multiple vessels from different brain regions across three mice. This expanded analysis further confirms that a 5 million MB count is sufficient to stabilize vessel diameter measurements across various samples.

      (Line 133) “To assess the generalizability of the 5 million MB saturation condition, vessel segments from three different mice across various brain regions were examined. The results, shown in Supplementary Fig. 2, confirm that this saturation criterion applies broadly. Although the 5 million MB threshold may not ensure absolute saturation for all vessels, it is generally effective for vessels larger than 15 μm. This MB count threshold was therefore adopted as a practical criterion.” 

      • "Statistical analysis validates the increase in blood flow induced by anesthesia" is a very interesting section but even though a quantitative analysis was conducted in Figure 5, the language used remains mostly qualitative. I think this section should include quantitative conclusions from the statistical analysis to increase the impact of this work.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback. We recognize that some aspects of the original quantitative analysis (Figures 4 and 5 in the previous version) lacked rigor, such as the classification of arteries, veins, and capillaries, and that the data presented in each row of Figure 5 represented only one mouse per coronal section, limiting the generalizability of statistical conclusions.

      In response to the reviewers’ feedback, the revised version incorporates a new approach by merging the previous Figure 4 and Figure 5 into a single, consolidated figure (now Figure 4). This updated figure aims to present our findings from multiple dimensions, ranging from individual vessels to individual cortical ROI of arteries and veins, and ultimately to broader brain regions. We have focused on quantitative analyses that consistently show similar trends across all animals. For instance, as illustrated in the revised Figure 4f, the average cortical arterial flow speed decreases by approximately 20% from anesthesia to wakefulness, while venous flow speed decreases by an average of 40%, with the reduction in venous flow speed being significantly greater than that of arterial flow. We believe that this approach offers more insightful analysis and enhances the overall impact of the study.

      For more examples, please refer to the revised Results section where Figure 4 are described (from Line 169 to Line 212). These sections have been extensively rewritten to emphasize quantitative interpretation of the data. Each part of the analysis now focuses more heavily on quantitative analyses that consistently show similar trends across all animals.

      • In the methods, it is claimed that 6 healthy female C57 mice were used in the study, but it is hard to tell whether more than one animal is shown in the figures. It is also unclear whether the statistics were performed within or across animals. Since one of the major strengths of the manuscript is that it shows the feasibility of performing reproducible measurements using ULM, most figures should be repeated for each individual animal and provided in supplementary data and statistics should be performed across animals.

      Thank you for bringing this to our attention. We acknowledge that the original version did not clearly indicate the use of individual animals. In the revised manuscript, we have added Supplementary Figure 1 to specify the mice used, and we have labeled each mouse accordingly in the figures or captions. Additionally, we included statistics across animals in the revised Figures 4 and 6, and detailed data for each individual mouse are now provided in Supplementary Figures 3 and 4.

      • The effect of aliasing should be discussed given that 1) a high-frequency probe is used along with a correspondingly relatively low frame rate (1000 fps) and 2) Doppler filtering is used to separate upward from downward-moving microbubbles. There will be microbubbles that circulate faster than the Nyquist limit, which will thus appear as moving in the opposite direction in the Doppler spectrum. It would be important to double-check that the effect is not too important and to report this as a limitation in the discussion.

      Thank you for highlighting this important point. Aliasing is indeed a relevant issue to consider, especially for higher flow velocities in large vessels. We have added a discussion on this limitation in the revised manuscript:

      (Line 359) “Based on the maximum linking distance and gap closing parameters outlined in the Methods section, blood flow with velocities below 50 mm/s can be detected. However, the use of a directional filter to estimate flow direction may introduce aliasing. MBs moving at higher velocities may be subject to incorrect flow direction estimation due to aliasing effects. Given that the compounded frame rate is 1000 Hz, with an ultrasound center frequency of 20 MHz and a sound speed of 1540 m/s, the relationship between Doppler frequency and the axial blood flow velocity(12) indicates that aliasing will not occur for axial flow velocities below 19.25 mm/s. In all flow velocity maps presented in this study, the range is limited to a maximum of 15 mm/s, remaining below the critical threshold for aliasing. Additionally, all vessels analyzed in the violin plots for arteriovenous flow comparisons fall within this range. While cortical arterioles and venules generally exhibit moderate flow speeds, aliasing remains a factor to consider when combining directional filtering with velocity analysis.”

      • The method used to classify vessels may be incorrect and may not be needed. I would recommend the authors not use it and describe the vessels as vessels that branch in or out, etc. Applying an arbitrary threshold of 2 to detect capillaries is also not very convincing. I understand that the authors might decide to maintain this nomenclature, in which case I would recommend clearly explaining it at the beginning of the manuscript along with some of the caveats that are already reported in the discussion.

      Thank you for your comments on our vessel classification method. We recognize the limitations of the previous approach and, in order to enhance the rigor of the study, we have opted not to continue using this method in the revised manuscript.

      In the revised analysis regarding artery and vein, we focus solely on penetrating vessels in the cortex. For these vessels, it is generally accepted that downward-flowing vessels are arterioles, while upward-flowing vessels are venules. Accordingly, in the revised Figures 4 and 6, we analyze arterioles and venules exclusively in the cortex, without relying on the previous classification method that could be considered controversial.

      Additionally, we agree that classifying vessels with values below 2 as capillaries was not a robust approach. Thus, we have removed all related analyses from the revised manuscript.

      Minor comments:

      • Line 16: "resolves capillary-scale ..."; it is not clear that the resolution that is achieved in this work is at the capillary scale.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback. We understand that “capillary-scale” may overstate the achieved resolution in our work. To clarify, we have revised the sentence as follows:

      (Line 18) “Ultrasound localization microscopy (ULM) is an emerging imaging modality that resolves microvasculature in deep tissues with high spatial resolution.” 

      This adjustment more accurately reflects the resolution capabilities of ULM as used in our study.

      • Line 22: 'vascularity' is not well defined in the manuscript. Consider defining or using another term.

      Thank you for pointing out the need for clarification on vascularity. We acknowledge that our initial use of the term “vascularity” may have been unclear and potentially confusing. In the revised manuscript, we have included a clear definition of “vascularity” in the Methods section under Quantitative Analysis of ULM Images (Line 534). 

      The following sentence shows the definition of vascularity:

      (Line 547) “Vascularity was defined as the proportion of the pixel count occupied by blood vessels within each ROI, obtained by binarizing the ULM vessel density maps and calculating the percentage of the pixels with MB signal.”

      We have also added an instant definition when it was firstly used in Results part:

      (Line 161) “When comparing vessel density maps, ULM images that are acquired in the awake state demonstrate a global reduction of vascularity, which refers to percentage of pixels that occupied by blood vessels.”

      • Line 30: I'm not convinced the first two sentences are useful.

      Thank you for pointing out this issue. The opening sentence of the article lacked focus and was too broad. We have rewritten the sentence as follows:

      (Line 34) “Sensitive imaging of correlates of activity in the awake brain is fundamental for advancing our understanding of neural function and neurological diseases.”

      • Line 37: 'micron-scale capillaries': this expression is unclear. Capillaries are typically micron-scaled, so it gives the impression that ULM can image ULM at the one-micron scale, which is not the case.

      Thank you for your helpful comment. We agree that “micron-scale capillaries” could be misleading, as it might imply a resolution at the single-micron level. To clarify, we have revised the sentence as follows:

      (Line 40) “ULM is uniquely capable of imaging microvasculature situated in deep tissue (e.g., at a depth of several centimeters).”

      This revised wording more accurately describes ULM’s capability without implying single-micron level resolution.

      • Line 74: I don't think motion-free imaging is possible in the context of awake animals. Consider 'limiting motion' instead.

      Thank you for pointing out the potential issue with the term “motion-free”. We agree that achieving entirely motion-free imaging is challenging, especially in the context of awake animals. In response to your suggestion, we have revised the sentence to better reflect this limitation:

      (Line 76) “To achieve consistent ULM brain imaging while allowing limited movement in awake animals, a headfixed imaging platform with a chronic cranial window was used in this study.”

      This revised wording more accurately conveys our approach to minimizing motion without implying that motion is completely eliminated.

      • Line 134:'clearly reveals decreased vessel diameter' How was that demonstrated?

      • Line 153: 'significant' according to which statistical test?

      • Line 167: 'slight increase', by how much, is it significant?

      • Line 183: 'smaller vessels' the center of the distribution is not at 10mm/s, and velocity is not necessarily correlated with diameter.

      • Line 184: 'more large vessels', see above. What is a large vessel, and how was this measured?

      • Line 205: 'significantly lower', according to which statistical test?

      We acknowledge that the original version did not properly use the terms of statistical analysis. In the revised manuscript, we have deleted the related points, and rewritten the statistical analysis part to ensure the terms are used correctly. Please refer to the revised part of “ULM reveals an increase in blood flow induced by isoflurane anesthesia” (From Line 169 to Line 209). In the revised Figures 4 and 6, we have also ensured that each quantitative analysis figure or its caption is clearly explained.

      •    Line 398: the interleaved sampling scheme should be described in more detail.

      Thank you for pointing out this issue. The previous version did not clearly explain the details of interleaved sampling. We have now added the following paragraph to the Ultrasound imaging sequence section in Methods:

      (Line 494) “Interleaved sampling is employed to capture high-frequency echoes more effectively. With the system’s sampling rate limited to 62.5 MHz, the upper limit of the center frequency of the transducer passband is 15.625 MHz. To mitigate aliasing, two transmissions are sent per angle, staggered in time. This approach effectively doubles the sampling rate, ensuring more accurate image reconstruction.”

      • Figure 1: Which mouse is it? Are these results consistent across all animals?

      • Figure 2: Which mouse is it? Are these results consistent across all animals?

      • Figure 3: Which mouse is it? Are these results consistent across all animals?

      • Figure 4: Which mouse is it? Are these results consistent across all animals?

      • Figure 5: Is it a single mouse or multiple mice? Are these results consistent across all animals?

      We acknowledge that the original version did not clearly indicate the numbers of animals in the statistical analysis. In the revised manuscript, we have added Supplementary Figure 1 to specify the mice used, and we have labeled each mouse accordingly in the figures or captions. In the revised Figures 4 and 6, we have ensured that each quantitative analysis figure or its caption clearly indicate the specific mice.

      For original Figures 1 and 2, these are presented as case studies to illustrate the methodology. Since the anesthesia time required for tail vein injection for each animal varies slightly, it is challenging to have the consistent time taken for each mouse to recover from anesthesia across all mice. For instance, in Figure 1, the mouse took nearly 500 seconds to recover from anesthesia, but this duration is not consistent across all animals, which is a limitation of the bolus injection technique. We have noted this point in the discussion (discussion on the limitation of bolus injection), and we have also clarified in the results section and figure captions that these figures represent a case study of a single mouse rather than a standardized recovery time for all animals.

      We further clarified this point in the end of the Figure 2 caption:

      (Fig.2 caption) “This figure presents a case study based on the same mouse shown in Fig 1. The x-axis for d-f begins at 500 seconds because, at this point, the mouse’s pupil size stabilized, indicating it had recovered to an awake state. Consequently, ULM images were accumulated starting from this time. It is important to note that not every mouse requires 500 seconds to fully awaken; the time to reach a stable awake state varies across individual mice.” We added the following statement before introducing Figure 1e:

      (Line 93) “Due to differences in tail vein injection timing and anesthesia depth, the time required for each mouse to fully awaken varied. Although it was not feasible to get pupil size stabilized just after 500 seconds for each animal, ULM reconstruction only used the data that acquired after the animal reached full pupillary dilation, to ensure that ULM accurately captures the cerebrovascular characteristics in the awake state.”

      We added the following statement before introducing Figure 2d:

      (Line 139) “To further verify that the proposed MB bolus injection method can help to achieve ULM image saturation shortly after mice awaken from anesthesia, an analysis on the change in MB concentration over time was conducted once pupil size had stabilized (T = 500s).”

      For Figures 3, 4, and 5 (in the revised version, Figures 4 and 5 have been combined into a single Figure 4), the data represents results from three individual mice, with each coronal plane corresponding to a different mouse. In the revised version, we have added labels to indicate the specific mouse in each image to improve clarity. We also recognize that some analyses in the original submission (original Figure 5) may have lacked sufficient statistical power due to the small sample size. Therefore, in the revised version, we have focused only on findings that were consistently observed across the three mice to ensure robust conclusions.

      Minor corrections and typos from all reviewers:

      We would like to sincerely thank the reviewers for their careful reading of our manuscript. We appreciate the time and effort taken to point out the minor typographical errors. We have carefully addressed and corrected all the identified typos, as listed below:

      From Reviewer #1:

      • Line 316: "insensate": correct, please.

      (Line 409) “After confirming that the mouse was anesthetized, the head of the animal was fixed in the stereotaxic frame.”

      From Reviewer #3:

      • Line 15: Super-resolution ultrasound localization microscopy -- consider removing super-resolution as it gives the impression that it is different from standard ULM.

      (Line 18) “Ultrasound localization microscopy (ULM) is an emerging imaging modality that resolves microvasculature in deep tissues with high spatial resolution.”

      • Line 39: typo: activities should be activity.

      (Line 41) “ULM can also be combined with the principles of functional ultrasound (fUS) to image whole-brain neural activity at a microscopic scale.”

      • Line 47: typo: over under.

      (Line 50) “Therefore, in neuroscience research, brain imaging in the awake state is often preferred over imaging under anesthesia.”

      Once again, we are grateful for the reviewers’ thorough review and valuable input, which have helped us improve the clarity and precision of the manuscript.

    1. eLife Assessment

      This valuable paper explores the idea that transient modulations of neural gain promote switches between distinct perceptual interpretations of ambiguous stimuli. The authors provide solid evidence for this idea by pupillometry (an indirect proxy of neuromodulatory activity), fMRI, neural network modeling, and dynamical systems analyses. The highly integrative nature of this approach is rare in the field.

    2. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper proposes a neural mechanism underlying the perception of ambiguous images: neuromodulation changes the gain of neural circuits promoting a switch between two possible percepts. Converging evidence for this is provided by indirect measurements of neuromodulatory activity and large-scale brain dynamics which are linked by a neural network model. However, both the data analysis as well as the computational modeling are incomplete and would benefit from a more rigorous approach.

      This is a revised version of the manuscript which, in my view, is a considerable step forward compared to the original submission.

      In particular, the authors now model phasic gain changes in the RNN, based on the network's uncertainty. This is original and much closer to what is suggested by the phasic pupil responses. They also show that switching is actually a network effect because switching times depend on network configuration (Fig 2). This resolves my main comments 1 and 2 about the model.

      The mechanism, as I understand it, is different from what the authors described before in the RNN with tonic gain changes. As uncertainty increases, the network enters a regime in which the two excitatory populations start to oscillate. My intuition is that this oscillation arises from the feedback loop created by the new gain control mechanism. If my intuition is correct, I think it would be worth to explain this mechanism in the paper more explicitly.

      Overall, the modeling part of the paper has changed quite a lot and I think it is now more solid which is why I have updated my "strength of evidence" rating.